diff options
| author | tpearson <tpearson@283d02a7-25f6-0310-bc7c-ecb5cbfe19da> | 2011-08-10 22:19:39 +0000 |
|---|---|---|
| committer | tpearson <tpearson@283d02a7-25f6-0310-bc7c-ecb5cbfe19da> | 2011-08-10 22:19:39 +0000 |
| commit | 22253cd8fbc0bd2e70f32aaf1f95ea3a3e819a60 (patch) | |
| tree | babc4a761925023e16fa94633959f35d1c251887 | |
| parent | 0813b39aed2cf4c84157a22c4c9594336d93d412 (diff) | |
| download | tdesdk-22253cd8fbc0bd2e70f32aaf1f95ea3a3e819a60.tar.gz tdesdk-22253cd8fbc0bd2e70f32aaf1f95ea3a3e819a60.zip | |
rename the following methods:
tqparent parent
tqmask mask
git-svn-id: svn://anonsvn.kde.org/home/kde/branches/trinity/kdesdk@1246260 283d02a7-25f6-0310-bc7c-ecb5cbfe19da
656 files changed, 2032 insertions, 2032 deletions
diff --git a/cervisia/addremovedlg.cpp b/cervisia/addremovedlg.cpp index 8af207a5..73c41d12 100644 --- a/cervisia/addremovedlg.cpp +++ b/cervisia/addremovedlg.cpp @@ -30,8 +30,8 @@ #include <klocale.h> -AddRemoveDialog::AddRemoveDialog(ActionType action, TQWidget* tqparent, const char* name) - : KDialogBase(tqparent, name, true, TQString(), +AddRemoveDialog::AddRemoveDialog(ActionType action, TQWidget* parent, const char* name) + : KDialogBase(parent, name, true, TQString(), Ok | Cancel | Help, Ok, true) { setCaption( (action==Add)? i18n("CVS Add") : diff --git a/cervisia/addremovedlg.h b/cervisia/addremovedlg.h index b40452e6..e18547f2 100644 --- a/cervisia/addremovedlg.h +++ b/cervisia/addremovedlg.h @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ class AddRemoveDialog : public KDialogBase public: enum ActionType { Add, AddBinary, Remove }; - explicit AddRemoveDialog(ActionType action, TQWidget* tqparent=0, const char* name=0); + explicit AddRemoveDialog(ActionType action, TQWidget* parent=0, const char* name=0); void setFileList(const TQStringList& files); diff --git a/cervisia/addrepositorydlg.cpp b/cervisia/addrepositorydlg.cpp index 0da05021..e451fca0 100644 --- a/cervisia/addrepositorydlg.cpp +++ b/cervisia/addrepositorydlg.cpp @@ -33,8 +33,8 @@ AddRepositoryDialog::AddRepositoryDialog(KConfig& cfg, const TQString& repo, - TQWidget* tqparent, const char* name) - : KDialogBase(tqparent, name, true, i18n("Add Repository"), + TQWidget* parent, const char* name) + : KDialogBase(parent, name, true, i18n("Add Repository"), Ok | Cancel, Ok, true) , partConfig(cfg) { diff --git a/cervisia/addrepositorydlg.h b/cervisia/addrepositorydlg.h index 3e18c6d6..6704f517 100644 --- a/cervisia/addrepositorydlg.h +++ b/cervisia/addrepositorydlg.h @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ class AddRepositoryDialog : public KDialogBase TQ_OBJECT public: - AddRepositoryDialog(KConfig& cfg, const TQString& repo, TQWidget* tqparent = 0, + AddRepositoryDialog(KConfig& cfg, const TQString& repo, TQWidget* parent = 0, const char* name = 0); virtual ~AddRepositoryDialog(); diff --git a/cervisia/annotatedlg.cpp b/cervisia/annotatedlg.cpp index e40a26bd..b1a0977c 100644 --- a/cervisia/annotatedlg.cpp +++ b/cervisia/annotatedlg.cpp @@ -23,8 +23,8 @@ #include "annotateview.h" -AnnotateDialog::AnnotateDialog(KConfig& cfg, TQWidget *tqparent, const char *name) - : KDialogBase(tqparent, name, false, TQString(), +AnnotateDialog::AnnotateDialog(KConfig& cfg, TQWidget *parent, const char *name) + : KDialogBase(parent, name, false, TQString(), Close | Help, Close, true) , partConfig(cfg) { diff --git a/cervisia/annotatedlg.h b/cervisia/annotatedlg.h index f0360e73..d9ba0317 100644 --- a/cervisia/annotatedlg.h +++ b/cervisia/annotatedlg.h @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ class AnnotateDialog : public KDialogBase { public: - explicit AnnotateDialog( KConfig& cfg, TQWidget *tqparent=0, const char *name=0 ); + explicit AnnotateDialog( KConfig& cfg, TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0 ); virtual ~AnnotateDialog(); diff --git a/cervisia/annotateview.cpp b/cervisia/annotateview.cpp index c3b4634a..f3d80605 100644 --- a/cervisia/annotateview.cpp +++ b/cervisia/annotateview.cpp @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ class AnnotateViewItem : public TQListViewItem public: enum { LineNumberColumn, AuthorColumn, ContentColumn }; - AnnotateViewItem(AnnotateView *tqparent, const LogInfo& logInfo, + AnnotateViewItem(AnnotateView *parent, const LogInfo& logInfo, const TQString &content, bool odd, int linenumber); virtual int compare(TQListViewItem *item, int col, bool ascending) const; @@ -58,9 +58,9 @@ private: const int AnnotateViewItem::BORDER = 4; -AnnotateViewItem::AnnotateViewItem(AnnotateView *tqparent, const LogInfo& logInfo, +AnnotateViewItem::AnnotateViewItem(AnnotateView *parent, const LogInfo& logInfo, const TQString &content, bool odd, int linenumber) - : TQListViewItem(tqparent) + : TQListViewItem(parent) , m_logInfo(logInfo) , m_content(content) , m_odd(odd) @@ -140,8 +140,8 @@ int AnnotateViewItem::width(const TQFontMetrics &fm, const TQListView *, int col caused by a bug in TQHeader::adjustHeaderSize() in TQt <= 3.0.4. */ -AnnotateView::AnnotateView(KConfig &cfg, TQWidget *tqparent, const char *name) - : TQListView(tqparent, name, WRepaintNoErase | WResizeNoErase) +AnnotateView::AnnotateView(KConfig &cfg, TQWidget *parent, const char *name) + : TQListView(parent, name, WRepaintNoErase | WResizeNoErase) { setFrameStyle(TQFrame::WinPanel | TQFrame::Sunken); setAllColumnsShowFocus(true); diff --git a/cervisia/annotateview.h b/cervisia/annotateview.h index acaafe24..e4c78b58 100644 --- a/cervisia/annotateview.h +++ b/cervisia/annotateview.h @@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ class AnnotateView : public TQListView public: - explicit AnnotateView( KConfig &cfg, TQWidget *tqparent=0, const char *name=0 ); + explicit AnnotateView( KConfig &cfg, TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0 ); void addLine(const Cervisia::LogInfo& logInfo, const TQString& content, bool odd); diff --git a/cervisia/cervisiapart.cpp b/cervisia/cervisiapart.cpp index 108a4fda..dea2bab8 100644 --- a/cervisia/cervisiapart.cpp +++ b/cervisia/cervisiapart.cpp @@ -81,8 +81,8 @@ using Cervisia::TagDialog; K_EXPORT_COMPONENT_FACTORY( libcervisiapart, CervisiaFactory ) CervisiaPart::CervisiaPart( TQWidget *parentWidget, const char *widgetName, - TQObject *tqparent, const char *name, const TQStringList& /*args*/ ) - : KParts::ReadOnlyPart( tqparent, name ) + TQObject *parent, const char *name, const TQStringList& /*args*/ ) + : KParts::ReadOnlyPart( parent, name ) , hasRunningJob( false ) , opt_hideFiles( false ) , opt_hideUpToDate( false ) @@ -1931,7 +1931,7 @@ void CervisiaBrowserExtension::setPropertiesActionEnabled(bool enabled) void CervisiaBrowserExtension::properties() { - static_cast<CervisiaPart*>(tqparent())->slotFileProperties(); + static_cast<CervisiaPart*>(parent())->slotFileProperties(); } // Local Variables: diff --git a/cervisia/cervisiapart.h b/cervisia/cervisiapart.h index 337529e0..b802e8ad 100644 --- a/cervisia/cervisiapart.h +++ b/cervisia/cervisiapart.h @@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ class CervisiaPart : public KParts::ReadOnlyPart public: CervisiaPart( TQWidget *parentWidget, const char *widgetName, - TQObject *tqparent, const char *name=0, const TQStringList& args = TQStringList()); + TQObject *parent, const char *name=0, const TQStringList& args = TQStringList()); virtual ~CervisiaPart(); /** diff --git a/cervisia/changelogdlg.cpp b/cervisia/changelogdlg.cpp index edaa3b6f..9d00a8e8 100644 --- a/cervisia/changelogdlg.cpp +++ b/cervisia/changelogdlg.cpp @@ -40,8 +40,8 @@ static inline TQString DateStringISO8601() ChangeLogDialog::Options *ChangeLogDialog::options = 0; -ChangeLogDialog::ChangeLogDialog(KConfig& cfg, TQWidget *tqparent, const char *name) - : KDialogBase(tqparent, name, true, i18n("Edit ChangeLog"), +ChangeLogDialog::ChangeLogDialog(KConfig& cfg, TQWidget *parent, const char *name) + : KDialogBase(parent, name, true, i18n("Edit ChangeLog"), Ok | Cancel, Ok, true) , partConfig(cfg) { diff --git a/cervisia/changelogdlg.h b/cervisia/changelogdlg.h index 54e36e87..ee7b8fc4 100644 --- a/cervisia/changelogdlg.h +++ b/cervisia/changelogdlg.h @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ class KConfig; class ChangeLogDialog : public KDialogBase { public: - explicit ChangeLogDialog( KConfig& cfg, TQWidget *tqparent=0, const char *name=0 ); + explicit ChangeLogDialog( KConfig& cfg, TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0 ); virtual ~ChangeLogDialog(); diff --git a/cervisia/checkoutdlg.cpp b/cervisia/checkoutdlg.cpp index f6ed66e8..9be04dd4 100644 --- a/cervisia/checkoutdlg.cpp +++ b/cervisia/checkoutdlg.cpp @@ -43,9 +43,9 @@ using Cervisia::IsValidTag; CheckoutDialog::CheckoutDialog(KConfig& cfg, CvsService_stub* service, - ActionType action, TQWidget* tqparent, + ActionType action, TQWidget* parent, const char* name) - : KDialogBase(tqparent, name, true, TQString(), + : KDialogBase(parent, name, true, TQString(), Ok | Cancel | Help, Ok, true) , act(action) , partConfig(cfg) diff --git a/cervisia/checkoutdlg.h b/cervisia/checkoutdlg.h index 4e6d3b73..a6a8d70e 100644 --- a/cervisia/checkoutdlg.h +++ b/cervisia/checkoutdlg.h @@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ public: enum ActionType { Checkout, Import }; CheckoutDialog( KConfig& cfg, CvsService_stub* service, ActionType action, - TQWidget *tqparent=0, const char *name=0 ); + TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0 ); TQString workingDirectory() const; TQString repository() const; diff --git a/cervisia/commitdlg.cpp b/cervisia/commitdlg.cpp index ff9fb144..a2e587f3 100644 --- a/cervisia/commitdlg.cpp +++ b/cervisia/commitdlg.cpp @@ -39,8 +39,8 @@ class CommitListItem : public TQCheckListItem { public: - CommitListItem(TQListView* tqparent, const TQString& text, const TQString fileName) - : TQCheckListItem(tqparent, text, TQCheckListItem::CheckBox) + CommitListItem(TQListView* parent, const TQString& text, const TQString fileName) + : TQCheckListItem(parent, text, TQCheckListItem::CheckBox) , m_fileName(fileName) { } @@ -53,8 +53,8 @@ private: CommitDialog::CommitDialog(KConfig& cfg, CvsService_stub* service, - TQWidget *tqparent, const char *name) - : KDialogBase(tqparent, name, true, i18n("CVS Commit"), + TQWidget *parent, const char *name) + : KDialogBase(parent, name, true, i18n("CVS Commit"), Ok | Cancel | Help | User1, Ok, true) , partConfig(cfg) , cvsService(service) diff --git a/cervisia/commitdlg.h b/cervisia/commitdlg.h index 7ee5ee1b..2cc32846 100644 --- a/cervisia/commitdlg.h +++ b/cervisia/commitdlg.h @@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ class CommitDialog : public KDialogBase TQ_OBJECT public: - CommitDialog( KConfig& cfg, CvsService_stub* service, TQWidget *tqparent=0, + CommitDialog( KConfig& cfg, CvsService_stub* service, TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0 ); virtual ~CommitDialog(); diff --git a/cervisia/cvsinitdlg.cpp b/cervisia/cvsinitdlg.cpp index f6be89d6..cf0b4641 100644 --- a/cervisia/cvsinitdlg.cpp +++ b/cervisia/cvsinitdlg.cpp @@ -32,8 +32,8 @@ using Cervisia::CvsInitDialog; -CvsInitDialog::CvsInitDialog(TQWidget* tqparent, const char* name) - : KDialogBase(tqparent, name, true, i18n("Create New Repository (cvs init)"), +CvsInitDialog::CvsInitDialog(TQWidget* parent, const char* name) + : KDialogBase(parent, name, true, i18n("Create New Repository (cvs init)"), Ok | Cancel, Ok, true) { TQFrame* mainWidget = makeMainWidget(); diff --git a/cervisia/cvsinitdlg.h b/cervisia/cvsinitdlg.h index f36d8742..e2d057cc 100644 --- a/cervisia/cvsinitdlg.h +++ b/cervisia/cvsinitdlg.h @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ class CvsInitDialog : public KDialogBase TQ_OBJECT public: - CvsInitDialog(TQWidget* tqparent = 0, const char* name = 0); + CvsInitDialog(TQWidget* parent = 0, const char* name = 0); TQString directory() const; diff --git a/cervisia/cvsservice/sshagent.cpp b/cervisia/cvsservice/sshagent.cpp index 6c6845f6..e263219b 100644 --- a/cervisia/cvsservice/sshagent.cpp +++ b/cervisia/cvsservice/sshagent.cpp @@ -36,8 +36,8 @@ TQString SshAgent::m_authSock = TQString(); TQString SshAgent::m_pid = TQString(); -SshAgent::SshAgent(TQObject* tqparent, const char* name) - : TQObject(tqparent, name) +SshAgent::SshAgent(TQObject* parent, const char* name) + : TQObject(parent, name) { } diff --git a/cervisia/cvsservice/sshagent.h b/cervisia/cvsservice/sshagent.h index e14bc0ae..65daaba6 100644 --- a/cervisia/cvsservice/sshagent.h +++ b/cervisia/cvsservice/sshagent.h @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ class SshAgent : public TQObject TQ_OBJECT public: - SshAgent(TQObject* tqparent = 0, const char* name = 0); + SshAgent(TQObject* parent = 0, const char* name = 0); ~SshAgent(); bool querySshAgent(); diff --git a/cervisia/diffdlg.cpp b/cervisia/diffdlg.cpp index 1de5e48f..8d7ed8c8 100644 --- a/cervisia/diffdlg.cpp +++ b/cervisia/diffdlg.cpp @@ -41,8 +41,8 @@ #include "diffview.h" -DiffDialog::DiffDialog(KConfig& cfg, TQWidget *tqparent, const char *name, bool modal) - : KDialogBase(tqparent, name, modal, TQString(), +DiffDialog::DiffDialog(KConfig& cfg, TQWidget *parent, const char *name, bool modal) + : KDialogBase(parent, name, modal, TQString(), Close | Help | User1, Close, true, KStdGuiItem::saveAs()) , partConfig(cfg) { @@ -236,7 +236,7 @@ bool DiffDialog::parseCvsDiff(CvsService_stub* service, const TQString& fileName // front end, it is executed from here. Of course, in that // case this dialog wouldn't have to be created in the first // place, but this design at least makes the handling trans- - // tqparent for the calling routines + // parent for the calling routines TQString extdiff = partConfig.readPathEntry("ExternalDiff"); if (!extdiff.isEmpty()) diff --git a/cervisia/diffdlg.h b/cervisia/diffdlg.h index eec4bee4..4539a915 100644 --- a/cervisia/diffdlg.h +++ b/cervisia/diffdlg.h @@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ class DiffDialog : public KDialogBase public: - explicit DiffDialog( KConfig& config, TQWidget *tqparent=0, const char *name=0, + explicit DiffDialog( KConfig& config, TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0, bool modal=false ); virtual ~DiffDialog(); diff --git a/cervisia/diffview.cpp b/cervisia/diffview.cpp index 7c77ec6e..554e6d3f 100644 --- a/cervisia/diffview.cpp +++ b/cervisia/diffview.cpp @@ -54,8 +54,8 @@ const int DiffView::BORDER = 7; DiffView::DiffView( KConfig& cfg, bool withlinenos, bool withmarker, - TQWidget *tqparent, const char *name ) - : QtTableView(tqparent, name, WRepaintNoErase) + TQWidget *parent, const char *name ) + : QtTableView(parent, name, WRepaintNoErase) , partConfig(cfg) { setNumRows(0); @@ -388,8 +388,8 @@ void DiffView::wheelEvent(TQWheelEvent *e) } -DiffZoomWidget::DiffZoomWidget(KConfig& cfg, TQWidget *tqparent, const char *name) - : TQFrame(tqparent, name) +DiffZoomWidget::DiffZoomWidget(KConfig& cfg, TQWidget *parent, const char *name) + : TQFrame(parent, name) { tqsetSizePolicy( TQSizePolicy( TQSizePolicy::Fixed, TQSizePolicy::Minimum ) ); diff --git a/cervisia/diffview.h b/cervisia/diffview.h index a0bee44a..2a2b998b 100644 --- a/cervisia/diffview.h +++ b/cervisia/diffview.h @@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ public: enum DiffType { Change, Insert, Delete, Neutral, Unchanged, Separator }; DiffView( KConfig& cfg, bool withlinenos, bool withmarker, - TQWidget *tqparent=0, const char *name=0 ); + TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0 ); void setPartner(DiffView *other); @@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ class DiffZoomWidget : public TQFrame TQ_OBJECT public: - DiffZoomWidget(KConfig& cfg, TQWidget *tqparent=0, const char *name=0); + DiffZoomWidget(KConfig& cfg, TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0); ~DiffZoomWidget(); void setDiffView(DiffView *view); diff --git a/cervisia/editwithmenu.cpp b/cervisia/editwithmenu.cpp index b91283e8..d7d1044a 100644 --- a/cervisia/editwithmenu.cpp +++ b/cervisia/editwithmenu.cpp @@ -27,8 +27,8 @@ using namespace Cervisia; #include <kurl.h> -EditWithMenu::EditWithMenu(const KURL& url, TQWidget* tqparent) - : TQObject(tqparent) +EditWithMenu::EditWithMenu(const KURL& url, TQWidget* parent) + : TQObject(parent) , m_menu(0) , m_url(url) { diff --git a/cervisia/editwithmenu.h b/cervisia/editwithmenu.h index 88872621..199170be 100644 --- a/cervisia/editwithmenu.h +++ b/cervisia/editwithmenu.h @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ class EditWithMenu : public TQObject TQ_OBJECT public: - EditWithMenu(const KURL& url, TQWidget* tqparent); + EditWithMenu(const KURL& url, TQWidget* parent); TQPopupMenu* menu(); private slots: diff --git a/cervisia/historydlg.cpp b/cervisia/historydlg.cpp index b200002d..1eb3b6ee 100644 --- a/cervisia/historydlg.cpp +++ b/cervisia/historydlg.cpp @@ -56,8 +56,8 @@ public: enum { Date, Event, Author, Revision, File, Path }; - HistoryItem(TQListView *tqparent, const TQDateTime& date) - : TQListViewItem(tqparent), m_date(date) + HistoryItem(TQListView *parent, const TQDateTime& date) + : TQListViewItem(parent), m_date(date) {} virtual int compare(TQListViewItem* i, int col, bool) const; @@ -138,8 +138,8 @@ bool HistoryItem::isOther() } -HistoryDialog::HistoryDialog(KConfig& cfg, TQWidget *tqparent, const char *name) - : KDialogBase(tqparent, name, false, TQString(), +HistoryDialog::HistoryDialog(KConfig& cfg, TQWidget *parent, const char *name) + : KDialogBase(parent, name, false, TQString(), Close | Help, ButtonCode(0), true) , partConfig(cfg) { diff --git a/cervisia/historydlg.h b/cervisia/historydlg.h index 7c0e4feb..d1a8fc3d 100644 --- a/cervisia/historydlg.h +++ b/cervisia/historydlg.h @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ class HistoryDialog : public KDialogBase TQ_OBJECT public: - explicit HistoryDialog( KConfig& cfg, TQWidget *tqparent=0, const char *name=0 ); + explicit HistoryDialog( KConfig& cfg, TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0 ); virtual ~HistoryDialog(); bool parseHistory(CvsService_stub* cvsService); diff --git a/cervisia/logdlg.cpp b/cervisia/logdlg.cpp index b357493b..84954778 100644 --- a/cervisia/logdlg.cpp +++ b/cervisia/logdlg.cpp @@ -57,8 +57,8 @@ #include "patchoptiondlg.h" -LogDialog::LogDialog(KConfig& cfg, TQWidget *tqparent, const char *name) - : KDialogBase(tqparent, name, false, TQString(), +LogDialog::LogDialog(KConfig& cfg, TQWidget *parent, const char *name) + : KDialogBase(parent, name, false, TQString(), Ok | Apply | Close | Help | User1 | User2 | User3, Close, true, KGuiItem(i18n("&Annotate")), KGuiItem(i18n("&Diff"), "vcs_diff"), diff --git a/cervisia/logdlg.h b/cervisia/logdlg.h index 2214b227..3e6d3b66 100644 --- a/cervisia/logdlg.h +++ b/cervisia/logdlg.h @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ class LogDialog : public KDialogBase TQ_OBJECT public: - explicit LogDialog( KConfig& cfg, TQWidget *tqparent=0, const char *name=0 ); + explicit LogDialog( KConfig& cfg, TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0 ); virtual ~LogDialog(); diff --git a/cervisia/loglist.cpp b/cervisia/loglist.cpp index 39254ebc..439ba36f 100644 --- a/cervisia/loglist.cpp +++ b/cervisia/loglist.cpp @@ -106,8 +106,8 @@ int LogListViewItem::compare(TQListViewItem* i, int col, bool ascending) const } -LogListView::LogListView(KConfig& cfg, TQWidget *tqparent, const char *name) - : KListView(tqparent, name) +LogListView::LogListView(KConfig& cfg, TQWidget *parent, const char *name) + : KListView(parent, name) , partConfig(cfg) { setAllColumnsShowFocus(true); diff --git a/cervisia/loglist.h b/cervisia/loglist.h index 1ec26bbc..87aa245b 100644 --- a/cervisia/loglist.h +++ b/cervisia/loglist.h @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ class LogListView : public KListView TQ_OBJECT public: - explicit LogListView( KConfig& cfg, TQWidget *tqparent=0, const char *name=0 ); + explicit LogListView( KConfig& cfg, TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0 ); virtual ~LogListView(); void addRevision(const Cervisia::LogInfo& logInfo); diff --git a/cervisia/logmessageedit.cpp b/cervisia/logmessageedit.cpp index 633981d6..90b0d405 100644 --- a/cervisia/logmessageedit.cpp +++ b/cervisia/logmessageedit.cpp @@ -26,8 +26,8 @@ using Cervisia::LogMessageEdit; #include <kaccel.h> -LogMessageEdit::LogMessageEdit(TQWidget* tqparent) - : KTextEdit(tqparent) +LogMessageEdit::LogMessageEdit(TQWidget* parent) + : KTextEdit(parent) , KCompletionBase() , m_completing(false) , m_completionStartPos(0) diff --git a/cervisia/logmessageedit.h b/cervisia/logmessageedit.h index 4d5321ed..04d90ad9 100644 --- a/cervisia/logmessageedit.h +++ b/cervisia/logmessageedit.h @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ class LogMessageEdit : public KTextEdit, public KCompletionBase TQ_OBJECT public: - explicit LogMessageEdit(TQWidget* tqparent); + explicit LogMessageEdit(TQWidget* parent); virtual void setCompletedText(const TQString& match); virtual void setCompletedItems(const TQStringList& items); diff --git a/cervisia/logplainview.cpp b/cervisia/logplainview.cpp index ad541f90..44754cd4 100644 --- a/cervisia/logplainview.cpp +++ b/cervisia/logplainview.cpp @@ -31,8 +31,8 @@ using namespace Cervisia; -LogPlainView::LogPlainView(TQWidget* tqparent, const char* name) - : KTextBrowser(tqparent, name) +LogPlainView::LogPlainView(TQWidget* parent, const char* name) + : KTextBrowser(parent, name) , m_find(0) , m_findPos(0) { diff --git a/cervisia/logplainview.h b/cervisia/logplainview.h index 606ccf08..4b9cbaf6 100644 --- a/cervisia/logplainview.h +++ b/cervisia/logplainview.h @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ class LogPlainView : public KTextBrowser TQ_OBJECT public: - explicit LogPlainView(TQWidget* tqparent = 0, const char* name = 0); + explicit LogPlainView(TQWidget* parent = 0, const char* name = 0); ~LogPlainView(); void addRevision(const Cervisia::LogInfo& logInfo); diff --git a/cervisia/logtree.cpp b/cervisia/logtree.cpp index bda58b89..88684312 100644 --- a/cervisia/logtree.cpp +++ b/cervisia/logtree.cpp @@ -59,8 +59,8 @@ public: }; -LogTreeView::LogTreeView(TQWidget *tqparent, const char *name) - : TQTable(tqparent, name) +LogTreeView::LogTreeView(TQWidget *parent, const char *name) + : TQTable(parent, name) { if (!static_initialized) { diff --git a/cervisia/logtree.h b/cervisia/logtree.h index 0180491d..f1af28b9 100644 --- a/cervisia/logtree.h +++ b/cervisia/logtree.h @@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ class LogTreeView : public TQTable TQ_OBJECT public: - explicit LogTreeView( TQWidget *tqparent=0, const char *name=0 ); + explicit LogTreeView( TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0 ); void addRevision(const Cervisia::LogInfo& logInfo); void setSelectedPair(TQString selectionA, TQString selectionB); diff --git a/cervisia/mergedlg.cpp b/cervisia/mergedlg.cpp index d0f015ed..be371c62 100644 --- a/cervisia/mergedlg.cpp +++ b/cervisia/mergedlg.cpp @@ -34,8 +34,8 @@ MergeDialog::MergeDialog(CvsService_stub* service, - TQWidget *tqparent, const char *name) - : KDialogBase(tqparent, name, true, i18n("CVS Merge"), + TQWidget *parent, const char *name) + : KDialogBase(parent, name, true, i18n("CVS Merge"), Ok | Cancel, Ok, true), cvsService(service) { diff --git a/cervisia/mergedlg.h b/cervisia/mergedlg.h index 58327b74..25289224 100644 --- a/cervisia/mergedlg.h +++ b/cervisia/mergedlg.h @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ class MergeDialog : public KDialogBase public: MergeDialog( CvsService_stub* service, - TQWidget *tqparent=0, const char *name=0 ); + TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0 ); bool byBranch() const; TQString branch() const; diff --git a/cervisia/misc.cpp b/cervisia/misc.cpp index 779fbe98..9adda71a 100644 --- a/cervisia/misc.cpp +++ b/cervisia/misc.cpp @@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ static int FindWhiteSpace(const TQString& str, int index) static const TQStringList FetchBranchesAndTags(const TQString& searchedType, CvsService_stub* cvsService, - TQWidget* tqparent) + TQWidget* parent) { TQStringList branchOrTagList; @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ static const TQStringList FetchBranchesAndTags(const TQString& searchedType, if( !cvsService->ok() ) return branchOrTagList; - ProgressDialog dlg(tqparent, "tqStatus", job, TQString(), i18n("CVS tqStatus")); + ProgressDialog dlg(parent, "tqStatus", job, TQString(), i18n("CVS tqStatus")); if( dlg.execute() ) { @@ -205,7 +205,7 @@ TQString Cervisia::NormalizeRepository(const TQString& repository) } -bool Cervisia::CheckOverwrite(const TQString& fileName, TQWidget* tqparent) +bool Cervisia::CheckOverwrite(const TQString& fileName, TQWidget* parent) { bool result = true; @@ -214,7 +214,7 @@ bool Cervisia::CheckOverwrite(const TQString& fileName, TQWidget* tqparent) // does the file already exist? if( fi.exists() ) { - result = (KMessageBox::warningContinueCancel(tqparent, + result = (KMessageBox::warningContinueCancel(parent, i18n("A file named \"%1\" already exists. Are you sure you want to overwrite it?").tqarg(fileName), i18n("Overwrite File?"), KGuiItem(i18n("&Overwrite"), "filesave", i18n("Overwrite the file"))) == KMessageBox::Continue); @@ -259,17 +259,17 @@ TQStringList splitLine(TQString line, char delim) } -const TQStringList fetchBranches(CvsService_stub* cvsService, TQWidget* tqparent) +const TQStringList fetchBranches(CvsService_stub* cvsService, TQWidget* parent) { return FetchBranchesAndTags(TQString::tqfromLatin1("branch"), cvsService, - tqparent); + parent); } -const TQStringList fetchTags(CvsService_stub* cvsService, TQWidget* tqparent) +const TQStringList fetchTags(CvsService_stub* cvsService, TQWidget* parent) { return FetchBranchesAndTags(TQString::tqfromLatin1("revision"), cvsService, - tqparent); + parent); } diff --git a/cervisia/misc.h b/cervisia/misc.h index c3715cee..803c8131 100644 --- a/cervisia/misc.h +++ b/cervisia/misc.h @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ TQString UserName(); */ TQString NormalizeRepository(const TQString& repository); -bool CheckOverwrite(const TQString& fileName, TQWidget* tqparent=0); +bool CheckOverwrite(const TQString& fileName, TQWidget* parent=0); } @@ -61,8 +61,8 @@ TQStringList splitLine(TQString, char delim=' '); TQString tempFileName(const TQString& suffix); void cleanupTempFiles(); -const TQStringList fetchBranches(CvsService_stub* cvsService, TQWidget* tqparent); -const TQStringList fetchTags(CvsService_stub* cvsService, TQWidget* tqparent); +const TQStringList fetchBranches(CvsService_stub* cvsService, TQWidget* parent); +const TQStringList fetchTags(CvsService_stub* cvsService, TQWidget* parent); /** * Compares two revision numbers. diff --git a/cervisia/patchoptiondlg.cpp b/cervisia/patchoptiondlg.cpp index a65aea6c..6516528f 100644 --- a/cervisia/patchoptiondlg.cpp +++ b/cervisia/patchoptiondlg.cpp @@ -28,8 +28,8 @@ using Cervisia::PatchOptionDialog; #include <klocale.h> -PatchOptionDialog::PatchOptionDialog(TQWidget* tqparent, const char* name) - : KDialogBase(tqparent, name, true/*modal*/, TQString(), +PatchOptionDialog::PatchOptionDialog(TQWidget* parent, const char* name) + : KDialogBase(parent, name, true/*modal*/, TQString(), Ok | Cancel | Help, Ok, true/*separator*/) { TQFrame* mainWidget = makeMainWidget(); diff --git a/cervisia/patchoptiondlg.h b/cervisia/patchoptiondlg.h index 20afb4b7..583664a3 100644 --- a/cervisia/patchoptiondlg.h +++ b/cervisia/patchoptiondlg.h @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ class PatchOptionDialog : public KDialogBase TQ_OBJECT public: - explicit PatchOptionDialog(TQWidget* tqparent = 0, const char* name = 0); + explicit PatchOptionDialog(TQWidget* parent = 0, const char* name = 0); virtual ~PatchOptionDialog(); TQString diffOptions() const; diff --git a/cervisia/progressdlg.cpp b/cervisia/progressdlg.cpp index ca3c975c..abf23d1a 100644 --- a/cervisia/progressdlg.cpp +++ b/cervisia/progressdlg.cpp @@ -52,10 +52,10 @@ struct ProgressDialog::Private }; -ProgressDialog::ProgressDialog(TQWidget* tqparent, const TQString& heading, +ProgressDialog::ProgressDialog(TQWidget* parent, const TQString& heading, const DCOPRef& job, const TQString& errorIndicator, const TQString& caption) - : KDialogBase(tqparent, 0, true, caption, Cancel, Cancel, true) + : KDialogBase(parent, 0, true, caption, Cancel, Cancel, true) , DCOPObject() , d(new Private) { diff --git a/cervisia/progressdlg.h b/cervisia/progressdlg.h index 6eb71d88..5d20d2a7 100644 --- a/cervisia/progressdlg.h +++ b/cervisia/progressdlg.h @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ class ProgressDialog : public KDialogBase, public DCOPObject // TQ_OBJECT public: - ProgressDialog(TQWidget* tqparent, const TQString& heading, const DCOPRef& job, + ProgressDialog(TQWidget* parent, const TQString& heading, const DCOPRef& job, const TQString& errorIndicator, const TQString& caption = ""); ~ProgressDialog(); diff --git a/cervisia/protocolview.cpp b/cervisia/protocolview.cpp index f091ba80..eb248cc1 100644 --- a/cervisia/protocolview.cpp +++ b/cervisia/protocolview.cpp @@ -32,8 +32,8 @@ #include "cvsjob_stub.h" -ProtocolView::ProtocolView(const TQCString& appId, TQWidget *tqparent, const char *name) - : TQTextEdit(tqparent, name) +ProtocolView::ProtocolView(const TQCString& appId, TQWidget *parent, const char *name) + : TQTextEdit(parent, name) , job(0) , m_isUpdateJob(false) { diff --git a/cervisia/protocolview.h b/cervisia/protocolview.h index aaf1e797..42995d85 100644 --- a/cervisia/protocolview.h +++ b/cervisia/protocolview.h @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ class ProtocolView : public TQTextEdit, public DCOPObject // TQ_OBJECT public: - explicit ProtocolView(const TQCString& appId, TQWidget *tqparent=0, const char *name=0); + explicit ProtocolView(const TQCString& appId, TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0); ~ProtocolView(); bool startJob(bool isUpdateJob = false); diff --git a/cervisia/qttableview.cpp b/cervisia/qttableview.cpp index f50005df..a9e8a9fd 100644 --- a/cervisia/qttableview.cpp +++ b/cervisia/qttableview.cpp @@ -44,8 +44,8 @@ public: void paintEvent( TQPaintEvent * ); }; -TQCornerSquare::TQCornerSquare( TQWidget *tqparent, const char *name ) - : TQWidget( tqparent, name ) +TQCornerSquare::TQCornerSquare( TQWidget *parent, const char *name ) + : TQWidget( parent, name ) { } @@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ void TQCornerSquare::paintEvent( TQPaintEvent * ) /*! - Constructs a table view. The \a tqparent, \a name and \f arguments + Constructs a table view. The \a parent, \a name and \f arguments are passed to the TQFrame constructor. The \link setTableFlags() table flags\endlink are all cleared (set to 0). @@ -143,8 +143,8 @@ void TQCornerSquare::paintEvent( TQPaintEvent * ) */ -QtTableView::QtTableView( TQWidget *tqparent, const char *name, WFlags f ) - : TQFrame( tqparent, name, f ) +QtTableView::QtTableView( TQWidget *parent, const char *name, WFlags f ) + : TQFrame( parent, name, f ) { nRows = nCols = 0; // zero rows/cols xCellOffs = yCellOffs = 0; // zero offset diff --git a/cervisia/qttableview.h b/cervisia/qttableview.h index 2c306ed8..49e4b139 100644 --- a/cervisia/qttableview.h +++ b/cervisia/qttableview.h @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ public: void tqrepaint( const TQRect &, bool erase=TRUE ); protected: - QtTableView( TQWidget *tqparent=0, const char *name=0, WFlags f=0 ); + QtTableView( TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0, WFlags f=0 ); ~QtTableView(); int numRows() const; diff --git a/cervisia/repositorydlg.cpp b/cervisia/repositorydlg.cpp index b5d50e1b..1ebce85f 100644 --- a/cervisia/repositorydlg.cpp +++ b/cervisia/repositorydlg.cpp @@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ class RepositoryListItem : public KListViewItem { public: - RepositoryListItem(KListView* tqparent, const TQString& repo, bool loggedin); + RepositoryListItem(KListView* parent, const TQString& repo, bool loggedin); void setRsh(const TQString& rsh); void setServer(const TQString& server) { m_server = server; } @@ -85,9 +85,9 @@ static bool LoginNeeded(const TQString& repository) } -RepositoryListItem::RepositoryListItem(KListView* tqparent, const TQString& repo, +RepositoryListItem::RepositoryListItem(KListView* parent, const TQString& repo, bool loggedin) - : KListViewItem(tqparent) + : KListViewItem(parent) , m_isLoggedIn(loggedin) { setText(0, repo); @@ -153,8 +153,8 @@ void RepositoryListItem::changeLoginStatusColumn() RepositoryDialog::RepositoryDialog(KConfig& cfg, CvsService_stub* cvsService, - TQWidget* tqparent, const char* name) - : KDialogBase(tqparent, name, true, i18n("Configure Access to Repositories"), + TQWidget* parent, const char* name) + : KDialogBase(parent, name, true, i18n("Configure Access to Repositories"), Ok | Cancel | Help, Ok, true) , m_partConfig(cfg) , m_cvsService(cvsService) diff --git a/cervisia/repositorydlg.h b/cervisia/repositorydlg.h index dde4fee6..bd567e5b 100644 --- a/cervisia/repositorydlg.h +++ b/cervisia/repositorydlg.h @@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ class RepositoryDialog : public KDialogBase public: RepositoryDialog(KConfig& cfg, CvsService_stub* cvsService, - TQWidget* tqparent = 0, const char* name = 0); + TQWidget* parent = 0, const char* name = 0); virtual ~RepositoryDialog(); void readConfigFile(); diff --git a/cervisia/resolvedlg.cpp b/cervisia/resolvedlg.cpp index 3665c9ba..fd3e7d9a 100644 --- a/cervisia/resolvedlg.cpp +++ b/cervisia/resolvedlg.cpp @@ -95,8 +95,8 @@ private: } -ResolveDialog::ResolveDialog(KConfig& cfg, TQWidget *tqparent, const char *name) - : KDialogBase(tqparent, name, false, TQString(), +ResolveDialog::ResolveDialog(KConfig& cfg, TQWidget *parent, const char *name) + : KDialogBase(parent, name, false, TQString(), Close | Help | User1 | User2, Close, true, KStdGuiItem::saveAs(), KStdGuiItem::save()) , markeditem(-1) diff --git a/cervisia/resolvedlg.h b/cervisia/resolvedlg.h index 4f169847..7d25b741 100644 --- a/cervisia/resolvedlg.h +++ b/cervisia/resolvedlg.h @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ class ResolveDialog : public KDialogBase public: enum ChooseType { ChA, ChB, ChAB, ChBA, ChEdit }; - explicit ResolveDialog( KConfig& cfg, TQWidget *tqparent=0, const char *name=0 ); + explicit ResolveDialog( KConfig& cfg, TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0 ); virtual ~ResolveDialog(); bool parseFile(const TQString &name); diff --git a/cervisia/resolvedlg_p.cpp b/cervisia/resolvedlg_p.cpp index f5bbdf2f..b353c9f4 100644 --- a/cervisia/resolvedlg_p.cpp +++ b/cervisia/resolvedlg_p.cpp @@ -22,8 +22,8 @@ using namespace Cervisia; #include <ktextedit.h> -ResolveEditorDialog::ResolveEditorDialog(KConfig& cfg, TQWidget *tqparent, const char *name) - : KDialogBase(tqparent, name, true, TQString(), +ResolveEditorDialog::ResolveEditorDialog(KConfig& cfg, TQWidget *parent, const char *name) + : KDialogBase(parent, name, true, TQString(), Ok | Cancel, Ok, true) , m_partConfig(cfg) { diff --git a/cervisia/resolvedlg_p.h b/cervisia/resolvedlg_p.h index 463561c2..680da0a6 100644 --- a/cervisia/resolvedlg_p.h +++ b/cervisia/resolvedlg_p.h @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ namespace Cervisia class ResolveEditorDialog : public KDialogBase { public: - explicit ResolveEditorDialog(KConfig& cfg, TQWidget* tqparent=0, const char* name=0); + explicit ResolveEditorDialog(KConfig& cfg, TQWidget* parent=0, const char* name=0); virtual ~ResolveEditorDialog(); void setContent(const TQString& text); diff --git a/cervisia/settingsdlg.cpp b/cervisia/settingsdlg.cpp index ba08273a..8551a7e9 100644 --- a/cervisia/settingsdlg.cpp +++ b/cervisia/settingsdlg.cpp @@ -58,8 +58,8 @@ namespace } -FontButton::FontButton( const TQString &text, TQWidget *tqparent, const char *name ) - : TQPushButton(text, tqparent, name) +FontButton::FontButton( const TQString &text, TQWidget *parent, const char *name ) + : TQPushButton(text, parent, name) { connect( this, TQT_SIGNAL(clicked()), this, TQT_SLOT(chooseFont()) ); } @@ -77,11 +77,11 @@ void FontButton::chooseFont() } -SettingsDialog::SettingsDialog( KConfig *conf, TQWidget *tqparent, const char *name ) +SettingsDialog::SettingsDialog( KConfig *conf, TQWidget *parent, const char *name ) : KDialogBase(KDialogBase::IconList, i18n("Configure Cervisia"), KDialogBase::Ok | KDialogBase::Cancel | KDialogBase::Help, KDialogBase::Ok, - tqparent, name, true) + parent, name, true) { config = conf; diff --git a/cervisia/settingsdlg.h b/cervisia/settingsdlg.h index ad189bde..9f36a46b 100644 --- a/cervisia/settingsdlg.h +++ b/cervisia/settingsdlg.h @@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ class FontButton : public TQPushButton TQ_OBJECT public: - FontButton( const TQString &text, TQWidget *tqparent=0, const char *name=0 ); + FontButton( const TQString &text, TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0 ); private slots: void chooseFont(); @@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ class SettingsDialog : public KDialogBase TQ_OBJECT public: - SettingsDialog( KConfig *conf, TQWidget *tqparent=0, const char *name=0 ); + SettingsDialog( KConfig *conf, TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0 ); virtual ~SettingsDialog(); protected slots: diff --git a/cervisia/tagdlg.cpp b/cervisia/tagdlg.cpp index 3563c381..3d8b9516 100644 --- a/cervisia/tagdlg.cpp +++ b/cervisia/tagdlg.cpp @@ -35,8 +35,8 @@ using Cervisia::TagDialog; TagDialog::TagDialog(ActionType action, CvsService_stub* service, - TQWidget *tqparent, const char *name) - : KDialogBase(tqparent, name, true, TQString(), + TQWidget *parent, const char *name) + : KDialogBase(parent, name, true, TQString(), Ok | Cancel | Help, Ok, true), act(action), cvsService(service), diff --git a/cervisia/tagdlg.h b/cervisia/tagdlg.h index 57d720bf..8e0ff1b5 100644 --- a/cervisia/tagdlg.h +++ b/cervisia/tagdlg.h @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ public: enum ActionType { Create, Delete }; TagDialog( ActionType action, CvsService_stub* service, - TQWidget *tqparent=0, const char *name=0 ); + TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0 ); bool branchTag() const; bool forceTag() const; diff --git a/cervisia/tooltip.h b/cervisia/tooltip.h index 1036af5b..26e617bf 100644 --- a/cervisia/tooltip.h +++ b/cervisia/tooltip.h @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ public: /** * @param widget The widget you want to add tooltips to. It's also used as - * tqparent for the TQObject. So you don't have to free an instance of this + * parent for the TQObject. So you don't have to free an instance of this * class yourself. */ explicit ToolTip(TQWidget* widget); @@ -55,9 +55,9 @@ signals: * wants to display anythink it must set a valid tooltip rectangle and a * non empty text. * - * @param pos The position of the tooltip in the tqparent widget's coordinate system. + * @param pos The position of the tooltip in the parent widget's coordinate system. * - * @param rect The rectangle in the tqparent widget's coordinate system where the + * @param rect The rectangle in the parent widget's coordinate system where the * tooltip is valid. * * @param text The tooltip text. diff --git a/cervisia/updatedlg.cpp b/cervisia/updatedlg.cpp index 71e88ebe..55243796 100644 --- a/cervisia/updatedlg.cpp +++ b/cervisia/updatedlg.cpp @@ -34,8 +34,8 @@ UpdateDialog::UpdateDialog(CvsService_stub* service, - TQWidget *tqparent, const char *name) - : KDialogBase(tqparent, name, true, i18n("CVS Update"), + TQWidget *parent, const char *name) + : KDialogBase(parent, name, true, i18n("CVS Update"), Ok | Cancel, Ok, true), cvsService(service) { diff --git a/cervisia/updatedlg.h b/cervisia/updatedlg.h index 883342b4..59582974 100644 --- a/cervisia/updatedlg.h +++ b/cervisia/updatedlg.h @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ class UpdateDialog : public KDialogBase public: UpdateDialog( CvsService_stub* service, - TQWidget *tqparent=0, const char *name=0 ); + TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0 ); bool byTag() const; TQString tag() const; diff --git a/cervisia/updateview.cpp b/cervisia/updateview.cpp index 50f7825a..ae2ae61b 100644 --- a/cervisia/updateview.cpp +++ b/cervisia/updateview.cpp @@ -38,8 +38,8 @@ using Cervisia::Entry; using Cervisia::EntrytqStatus; -UpdateView::UpdateView(KConfig& partConfig, TQWidget *tqparent, const char *name) - : KListView(tqparent, name), +UpdateView::UpdateView(KConfig& partConfig, TQWidget *parent, const char *name) + : KListView(parent, name), m_partConfig(partConfig), m_unfoldingTree(false) { @@ -333,7 +333,7 @@ void UpdateView::foldTree() while (TQListViewItem* item = it.current()) { // don't close the top level directory - if (isDirItem(item) && item->tqparent()) + if (isDirItem(item) && item->parent()) item->setOpen(false); ++it; @@ -500,7 +500,7 @@ void UpdateView::syncSelection() UpdateDirItem* dirItem(0); if (isDirItem(item)) dirItem = static_cast<UpdateDirItem*>(item); - else if (TQListViewItem* parentItem = item->tqparent()) + else if (TQListViewItem* parentItem = item->parent()) dirItem = static_cast<UpdateDirItem*>(parentItem); if (dirItem) diff --git a/cervisia/updateview.h b/cervisia/updateview.h index ecf5fcf4..181cf739 100644 --- a/cervisia/updateview.h +++ b/cervisia/updateview.h @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ public: NoRemoved=4, NoNotInCVS=8 , NoEmptyDirectories = 16 }; enum Action { Add, Remove, Update, UpdateNoAct, Commit }; - explicit UpdateView(KConfig& partConfig, TQWidget *tqparent=0, const char *name=0); + explicit UpdateView(KConfig& partConfig, TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0); virtual ~UpdateView(); diff --git a/cervisia/updateview_items.cpp b/cervisia/updateview_items.cpp index a29ca153..4e07c1ab 100644 --- a/cervisia/updateview_items.cpp +++ b/cervisia/updateview_items.cpp @@ -51,10 +51,10 @@ TQString UpdateItem::dirPath() const { TQString path; - const UpdateItem* item = static_cast<UpdateItem*>(tqparent()); + const UpdateItem* item = static_cast<UpdateItem*>(parent()); while (item) { - const UpdateItem* parentItem = static_cast<UpdateItem*>(item->tqparent()); + const UpdateItem* parentItem = static_cast<UpdateItem*>(item->parent()); if (parentItem) { path.prepend(item->m_entry.m_name + TQDir::separator()); @@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ TQString UpdateItem::dirPath() const TQString UpdateItem::filePath() const { // the filePath of the root item is '.' - return tqparent() ? dirPath() + m_entry.m_name : TQChar('.'); + return parent() ? dirPath() + m_entry.m_name : TQChar('.'); } @@ -79,9 +79,9 @@ TQString UpdateItem::filePath() const // ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -UpdateDirItem::UpdateDirItem(UpdateDirItem* tqparent, +UpdateDirItem::UpdateDirItem(UpdateDirItem* parent, const Entry& entry) - : UpdateItem(tqparent, entry), + : UpdateItem(parent, entry), m_opened(false) { setExpandable(true); @@ -89,9 +89,9 @@ UpdateDirItem::UpdateDirItem(UpdateDirItem* tqparent, } -UpdateDirItem::UpdateDirItem(UpdateView* tqparent, +UpdateDirItem::UpdateDirItem(UpdateView* parent, const Entry& entry) - : UpdateItem(tqparent, entry), + : UpdateItem(parent, entry), m_opened(false) { setExpandable(true); @@ -494,8 +494,8 @@ TQString UpdateDirItem::text(int column) const // ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -UpdateFileItem::UpdateFileItem(UpdateDirItem* tqparent, const Entry& entry) - : UpdateItem(tqparent, entry), +UpdateFileItem::UpdateFileItem(UpdateDirItem* parent, const Entry& entry) + : UpdateItem(parent, entry), m_undefined(false) { } diff --git a/cervisia/updateview_items.h b/cervisia/updateview_items.h index 83bd0efc..ca26930f 100644 --- a/cervisia/updateview_items.h +++ b/cervisia/updateview_items.h @@ -42,10 +42,10 @@ class UpdateItem : public TQListViewItem { public: - UpdateItem(UpdateView* tqparent, const Cervisia::Entry& entry) - : TQListViewItem(tqparent), m_entry(entry) {} - UpdateItem(UpdateItem* tqparent, const Cervisia::Entry& entry) - : TQListViewItem(tqparent), m_entry(entry) {} + UpdateItem(UpdateView* parent, const Cervisia::Entry& entry) + : TQListViewItem(parent), m_entry(entry) {} + UpdateItem(UpdateItem* parent, const Cervisia::Entry& entry) + : TQListViewItem(parent), m_entry(entry) {} const Cervisia::Entry& entry() const { return m_entry; } @@ -73,8 +73,8 @@ public: enum { Name }; - UpdateDirItem(UpdateView* tqparent, const Cervisia::Entry& entry); - UpdateDirItem(UpdateDirItem* tqparent, const Cervisia::Entry& entry); + UpdateDirItem(UpdateView* parent, const Cervisia::Entry& entry); + UpdateDirItem(UpdateDirItem* parent, const Cervisia::Entry& entry); void syncWithDirectory(); void syncWithEntries(); @@ -121,7 +121,7 @@ public: enum { Name, MimeType, tqStatus, Revision, TagOrDate, Timestamp }; - UpdateFileItem(UpdateDirItem* tqparent, const Cervisia::Entry& entry); + UpdateFileItem(UpdateDirItem* parent, const Cervisia::Entry& entry); bool undefinedState() const { return m_undefined; } diff --git a/cervisia/updateview_visitors.cpp b/cervisia/updateview_visitors.cpp index 0da6940b..8232d98c 100644 --- a/cervisia/updateview_visitors.cpp +++ b/cervisia/updateview_visitors.cpp @@ -50,11 +50,11 @@ void ApplyFilterVisitor::postVisit(UpdateDirItem* item) // - it has visible tqchildren // - it is not opened // - empty directories are not hidden - // - it has no tqparent (top level item) + // - it has no parent (top level item) const bool visible(!m_invisibleDirItems.count(item) || !item->wasScanned() || !(m_filter & UpdateView::NoEmptyDirectories) - || !item->tqparent()); + || !item->parent()); // only set invisible as TQListViewItem::setVisible() is recursive // and so maybe overrides the state applied by the filter @@ -81,7 +81,7 @@ void ApplyFilterVisitor::visit(UpdateFileItem* item) void ApplyFilterVisitor::markAllParentsAsVisible(UpdateItem* item) { - while ((item = static_cast<UpdateDirItem*>(item->tqparent()))) + while ((item = static_cast<UpdateDirItem*>(item->parent()))) { TItemSet::iterator it = m_invisibleDirItems.find(item); if (it != m_invisibleDirItems.end()) diff --git a/cervisia/watchdlg.cpp b/cervisia/watchdlg.cpp index 2e1fc74e..607dbd46 100644 --- a/cervisia/watchdlg.cpp +++ b/cervisia/watchdlg.cpp @@ -28,8 +28,8 @@ #include <klocale.h> -WatchDialog::WatchDialog(ActionType action, TQWidget *tqparent, const char *name) - : KDialogBase(tqparent, name, true, TQString(), +WatchDialog::WatchDialog(ActionType action, TQWidget *parent, const char *name) + : KDialogBase(parent, name, true, TQString(), Ok | Cancel | Help, Ok, true) { setCaption( (action==Add)? i18n("CVS Watch Add") : i18n("CVS Watch Remove") ); diff --git a/cervisia/watchdlg.h b/cervisia/watchdlg.h index 3189d676..ea7e9b39 100644 --- a/cervisia/watchdlg.h +++ b/cervisia/watchdlg.h @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ public: enum ActionType { Add, Remove }; enum Events { None=0, All=1, Commits=2, Edits=4, Unedits=8 }; - explicit WatchDialog( ActionType action, TQWidget *tqparent=0, const char *name=0 ); + explicit WatchDialog( ActionType action, TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0 ); Events events() const; diff --git a/cervisia/watchersdlg.cpp b/cervisia/watchersdlg.cpp index 73165762..afe9e7a3 100644 --- a/cervisia/watchersdlg.cpp +++ b/cervisia/watchersdlg.cpp @@ -30,8 +30,8 @@ #include "progressdlg.h" -WatchersDialog::WatchersDialog(KConfig& cfg, TQWidget* tqparent, const char* name) - : KDialogBase(tqparent, name, false, TQString(), +WatchersDialog::WatchersDialog(KConfig& cfg, TQWidget* parent, const char* name) + : KDialogBase(parent, name, false, TQString(), Close, ButtonCode(0), true) , partConfig(cfg) { diff --git a/cervisia/watchersdlg.h b/cervisia/watchersdlg.h index 9cfb023a..fff50d88 100644 --- a/cervisia/watchersdlg.h +++ b/cervisia/watchersdlg.h @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ class CvsService_stub; class WatchersDialog : public KDialogBase { public: - explicit WatchersDialog(KConfig& cfg, TQWidget* tqparent = 0, + explicit WatchersDialog(KConfig& cfg, TQWidget* parent = 0, const char* name = 0); virtual ~WatchersDialog(); diff --git a/kapptemplate/kapp/apppref.cpp b/kapptemplate/kapp/apppref.cpp index 5ab7d8a6..8716b3e0 100644 --- a/kapptemplate/kapp/apppref.cpp +++ b/kapptemplate/kapp/apppref.cpp @@ -22,8 +22,8 @@ ${APP_NAME}Preferences::${APP_NAME}Preferences() m_pageTwo = new ${APP_NAME}PrefPageTwo(frame); } -${APP_NAME}PrefPageOne::${APP_NAME}PrefPageOne(TQWidget *tqparent) - : TQFrame(tqparent) +${APP_NAME}PrefPageOne::${APP_NAME}PrefPageOne(TQWidget *parent) + : TQFrame(parent) { TQHBoxLayout *tqlayout = new TQHBoxLayout(this); tqlayout->setAutoAdd(true); @@ -31,8 +31,8 @@ ${APP_NAME}PrefPageOne::${APP_NAME}PrefPageOne(TQWidget *tqparent) new TQLabel("Add something here", this); } -${APP_NAME}PrefPageTwo::${APP_NAME}PrefPageTwo(TQWidget *tqparent) - : TQFrame(tqparent) +${APP_NAME}PrefPageTwo::${APP_NAME}PrefPageTwo(TQWidget *parent) + : TQFrame(parent) { TQHBoxLayout *tqlayout = new TQHBoxLayout(this); tqlayout->setAutoAdd(true); diff --git a/kapptemplate/kapp/apppref.h b/kapptemplate/kapp/apppref.h index c20c8af3..5424df0e 100644 --- a/kapptemplate/kapp/apppref.h +++ b/kapptemplate/kapp/apppref.h @@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ class ${APP_NAME}PrefPageOne : public TQFrame Q_OBJECT TQ_OBJECT public: - ${APP_NAME}PrefPageOne(TQWidget *tqparent = 0); + ${APP_NAME}PrefPageOne(TQWidget *parent = 0); }; class ${APP_NAME}PrefPageTwo : public TQFrame @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ class ${APP_NAME}PrefPageTwo : public TQFrame Q_OBJECT TQ_OBJECT public: - ${APP_NAME}PrefPageTwo(TQWidget *tqparent = 0); + ${APP_NAME}PrefPageTwo(TQWidget *parent = 0); }; #endif // ${APP_NAME_UC}PREF_H diff --git a/kapptemplate/kapp/appview.cpp b/kapptemplate/kapp/appview.cpp index 48365348..bc923619 100644 --- a/kapptemplate/kapp/appview.cpp +++ b/kapptemplate/kapp/appview.cpp @@ -12,8 +12,8 @@ cat << EOF > $LOCATION_ROOT/${APP_NAME_LC}/${APP_NAME_LC}view.cpp #include <kmessagebox.h> #include <krun.h> -${APP_NAME}View::${APP_NAME}View(TQWidget *tqparent) - : TQWidget(tqparent), +${APP_NAME}View::${APP_NAME}View(TQWidget *parent) + : TQWidget(parent), DCOPObject("${APP_NAME}Iface") { // setup our tqlayout manager to automatically add our widgets diff --git a/kapptemplate/kapp/appview.h b/kapptemplate/kapp/appview.h index 25dddfd1..1240b280 100644 --- a/kapptemplate/kapp/appview.h +++ b/kapptemplate/kapp/appview.h @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ public: /** * Default constructor */ - ${APP_NAME}View(TQWidget *tqparent); + ${APP_NAME}View(TQWidget *parent); /** * Destructor diff --git a/kapptemplate/kpartapp/app_part.cpp b/kapptemplate/kpartapp/app_part.cpp index 831e5f95..adbda9db 100644 --- a/kapptemplate/kpartapp/app_part.cpp +++ b/kapptemplate/kpartapp/app_part.cpp @@ -18,9 +18,9 @@ typedef KParts::GenericFactory<${APP_NAME}Part> ${APP_NAME}PartFactory; K_EXPORT_COMPONENT_FACTORY( lib${APP_NAME_LC}part, ${APP_NAME}PartFactory ) ${APP_NAME}Part::${APP_NAME}Part( TQWidget *parentWidget, const char *widgetName, - TQObject *tqparent, const char *name, + TQObject *parent, const char *name, const TQStringList & /*args*/ ) - : KParts::ReadWritePart(tqparent, name) + : KParts::ReadWritePart(parent, name) { // we need an instance setInstance( ${APP_NAME}PartFactory::instance() ); @@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ void ${APP_NAME}Part::setModified(bool modified) else save->setEnabled(false); - // in any event, we want our tqparent to do it's thing + // in any event, we want our parent to do it's thing ReadWritePart::setModified(modified); } diff --git a/kapptemplate/kpartapp/app_part.h b/kapptemplate/kpartapp/app_part.h index 72687a6d..89fe4974 100644 --- a/kapptemplate/kpartapp/app_part.h +++ b/kapptemplate/kpartapp/app_part.h @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ public: * Default constructor */ ${APP_NAME}Part(TQWidget *parentWidget, const char *widgetName, - TQObject *tqparent, const char *name, const TQStringList &args); + TQObject *parent, const char *name, const TQStringList &args); /** * Destructor diff --git a/kapptemplate/kpartplugin/plugin_app.cpp b/kapptemplate/kpartplugin/plugin_app.cpp index c6a27fb8..0ec7a273 100644 --- a/kapptemplate/kpartplugin/plugin_app.cpp +++ b/kapptemplate/kpartplugin/plugin_app.cpp @@ -13,9 +13,9 @@ typedef KGenericFactory<Plugin${APP_NAME}> ${APP_NAME}Factory; K_EXPORT_COMPONENT_FACTORY( lib${APP_NAME_LC}plugin, ${APP_NAME}Factory( "${APP_NAME_LC}" ) ); -Plugin${APP_NAME}::Plugin${APP_NAME}( TQObject* tqparent, const char* name, +Plugin${APP_NAME}::Plugin${APP_NAME}( TQObject* parent, const char* name, const TQStringList & /*args*/ ) - : Plugin( tqparent, name ) + : Plugin( parent, name ) { // Instantiate all of your actions here. These will appear in // Konqueror's menu and toolbars. @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ void Plugin${APP_NAME}::slotAction() // This plugin assumes KHTMLPart. If your plugin can handle more // than this or a different Part than this, simply delete or // change the following block. - if ( !tqparent()->inherits("KHTMLPart") ) + if ( !parent()->inherits("KHTMLPart") ) { TQString title( i18n( "Cannot Translate Source" ) ); TQString text( i18n( "You cannot translate anything except web pages " @@ -43,9 +43,9 @@ void Plugin${APP_NAME}::slotAction() return; } - // Get a handle on our tqparent so we may get the necessary data for + // Get a handle on our parent so we may get the necessary data for // processing - KHTMLPart *part = dynamic_cast<KHTMLPart *>(tqparent()); + KHTMLPart *part = dynamic_cast<KHTMLPart *>(parent()); // This plugin only uses the URL. You may use whatever data you // need. diff --git a/kapptemplate/kpartplugin/plugin_app.h b/kapptemplate/kpartplugin/plugin_app.h index 2d1745f5..2ff1c439 100644 --- a/kapptemplate/kpartplugin/plugin_app.h +++ b/kapptemplate/kpartplugin/plugin_app.h @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ class Plugin${APP_NAME} : public KParts::Plugin Q_OBJECT TQ_OBJECT public: - Plugin${APP_NAME}( TQObject* tqparent = 0, const char* name = 0, + Plugin${APP_NAME}( TQObject* parent = 0, const char* name = 0, const TQStringList &args = TQStringList() ); virtual ~Plugin${APP_NAME}(); diff --git a/kbabel/addons/kfile-plugins/kfile_po.cpp b/kbabel/addons/kfile-plugins/kfile_po.cpp index 5ad0ebaa..cb2b6390 100644 --- a/kbabel/addons/kfile-plugins/kfile_po.cpp +++ b/kbabel/addons/kfile-plugins/kfile_po.cpp @@ -40,9 +40,9 @@ using namespace KBabel; typedef KGenericFactory<KPoPlugin> POFactory; K_EXPORT_COMPONENT_FACTORY(kfile_po, POFactory("kfile_po")) -KPoPlugin::KPoPlugin(TQObject *tqparent, const char *name, +KPoPlugin::KPoPlugin(TQObject *parent, const char *name, const TQStringList& args) - : KFilePlugin(tqparent, name, args) + : KFilePlugin(parent, name, args) { KFileMimeTypeInfo* info = addMimeTypeInfo("application/x-gettext"); diff --git a/kbabel/addons/kfile-plugins/kfile_po.h b/kbabel/addons/kfile-plugins/kfile_po.h index d5e46c34..e78ee873 100644 --- a/kbabel/addons/kfile-plugins/kfile_po.h +++ b/kbabel/addons/kfile-plugins/kfile_po.h @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ class KPoPlugin : public KFilePlugin TQ_OBJECT public: - KPoPlugin(TQObject *tqparent, const char *name, const TQStringList& args); + KPoPlugin(TQObject *parent, const char *name, const TQStringList& args); virtual bool readInfo(KFileMetaInfo& info, uint); }; diff --git a/kbabel/catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp b/kbabel/catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp index 63f2a077..3501f17b 100644 --- a/kbabel/catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp +++ b/kbabel/catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp @@ -98,8 +98,8 @@ const char* columnNames[] = { #define COLTEXT(a) (i18n(columnNames[a])) -CatalogManagerView::CatalogManagerView(KBabel::Project::Ptr project, TQWidget* tqparent,const char* name) - : TQListView(tqparent,name) +CatalogManagerView::CatalogManagerView(KBabel::Project::Ptr project, TQWidget* parent,const char* name) + : TQListView(parent,name) , _dirWatch(0) , _readInfoCount(0) , _active(false) @@ -1638,14 +1638,14 @@ void CatalogManagerView::slotFileCommand(int index) if(index>=0 && item && item->isFile()) { - CatManListItem* tqparent = (CatManListItem*)item->tqparent(); + CatManListItem* parent = (CatManListItem*)item->parent(); TQString cmd=*(_settings.fileCommands).at(index); cmd.replace("@PACKAGE@",item->name()); cmd.replace("@POFILE@",item->poFile()); cmd.replace("@POTFILE@",item->potFile()); - cmd.replace("@PODIR@",tqparent->poFile()); - cmd.replace("@POTDIR@",tqparent->potFile()); + cmd.replace("@PODIR@",parent->poFile()); + cmd.replace("@POTDIR@",parent->potFile()); cmd.replace("@POEMAIL@",item->text(COL_TRANSLATOR)); kdDebug(KBABEL_CATMAN) << cmd << endl; @@ -1660,7 +1660,7 @@ void CatalogManagerView::slotFileCommand(int index) connect( proc,TQT_SIGNAL( receivedStderr(KProcess*,char*,int) ), this ,TQT_SLOT( showOutput(KProcess*,char*,int) ) ); - *proc << "cd" << tqparent->poFile() << ";" << cmd; + *proc << "cd" << parent->poFile() << ";" << cmd; proc->start(KProcess::NotifyOnExit,KProcess::AllOutput); } @@ -2206,7 +2206,7 @@ void CatalogManagerView::updateDir(TQString relDir) deleteDirItem(relDir); // if this directory has to be removed, check, if - // the tqparent directory has to be removed too + // the parent directory has to be removed too const int index=relDir.findRev("/",relDir.length()-2); if(index<0) { @@ -2266,7 +2266,7 @@ void CatalogManagerView::directoryChanged(const TQString& dir) CatManListItem* thisItem=_dirList[relDir]; if(!thisItem) { - // if this item is not in the list search for next existing tqparent item + // if this item is not in the list search for next existing parent item TQString prevRelDir; do { @@ -2289,7 +2289,7 @@ void CatalogManagerView::directoryChanged(const TQString& dir) } else { - // if a tqparent item dir is found, create the needed item in this dir + // if a parent item dir is found, create the needed item in this dir // and build the tree from this item on kdDebug(KBABEL_CATMAN) << "building dir: " << prevRelDir << endl; CatManListItem* item = new CatManListItem(this, thisItem,_settings.poBaseDir+prevRelDir @@ -2624,7 +2624,7 @@ CatManListItem *CatalogManagerView::itemBelow( CatManListItem *item ) { while( !static_cast<CatManListItem *>( item->nextSibling() ) ) { - item = static_cast<CatManListItem *>( item->tqparent() ); + item = static_cast<CatManListItem *>( item->parent() ); if( !item ) return item; } return static_cast<CatManListItem *>( item->nextSibling() ); @@ -2634,7 +2634,7 @@ CatManListItem *CatalogManagerView::itemBelow( CatManListItem *item ) { while( !static_cast<CatManListItem *>( item->nextSibling() ) ) { - item = static_cast<CatManListItem *>( item->tqparent()); + item = static_cast<CatManListItem *>( item->parent()); if( !item ) return item; } return static_cast<CatManListItem *>( item->nextSibling() ); @@ -2651,7 +2651,7 @@ CatManListItem *CatalogManagerView::itemAbove( CatManListItem *item ) { while( !static_cast<CatManListItem *>( item->previousSibling() ) ) { - item = static_cast<CatManListItem *>( item->tqparent() ); + item = static_cast<CatManListItem *>( item->parent() ); if( !item ) return item; } return static_cast<CatManListItem *>( item->previousSibling() ); @@ -2661,7 +2661,7 @@ CatManListItem *CatalogManagerView::itemAbove( CatManListItem *item ) { while( !static_cast<CatManListItem *>( item->previousSibling() ) ) { - item = static_cast<CatManListItem *>( item->tqparent()); + item = static_cast<CatManListItem *>( item->parent()); if( !item ) return item; } return static_cast<CatManListItem *>( item->previousSibling() ); diff --git a/kbabel/catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.h b/kbabel/catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.h index 8a405430..d923a3bb 100644 --- a/kbabel/catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.h +++ b/kbabel/catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.h @@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ class CatalogManagerView : public TQListView Q_OBJECT TQ_OBJECT public: - CatalogManagerView(KBabel::Project::Ptr project, TQWidget* tqparent=0, const char* name=0); + CatalogManagerView(KBabel::Project::Ptr project, TQWidget* parent=0, const char* name=0); virtual ~CatalogManagerView(); KBabel::CatManSettings settings() const; @@ -126,14 +126,14 @@ public slots: * traverses all childs in the directory of the current item * (including all subdirectories) and displays some statistics * about the translations. If the item is a file, its - * tqparent directory is used instead. + * parent directory is used instead. */ void statistics(); /** * traverses all marked childs in the directory of the current item * (including all subdirectories) and displays some statistics * about the translations. If the item is a file, its - * tqparent directory is used instead. + * parent directory is used instead. */ void markedStatistics(); /** diff --git a/kbabel/catalogmanager/catmanlistitem.cpp b/kbabel/catalogmanager/catmanlistitem.cpp index aa52237f..d5997dd5 100644 --- a/kbabel/catalogmanager/catmanlistitem.cpp +++ b/kbabel/catalogmanager/catmanlistitem.cpp @@ -53,15 +53,15 @@ using namespace KBabel; -CatManListItem::CatManListItem(CatalogManagerView *view, TQListViewItem* tqparent,TQString fullPath,TQString fullPotPath,TQString package) - : TQListViewItem(tqparent) +CatManListItem::CatManListItem(CatalogManagerView *view, TQListViewItem* parent,TQString fullPath,TQString fullPotPath,TQString package) + : TQListViewItem(parent) { _view = view; init(fullPath,fullPotPath,package); } -CatManListItem::CatManListItem(CatalogManagerView *view, TQListView* tqparent,TQString fullPath,TQString fullPotPath) - : TQListViewItem(tqparent) +CatManListItem::CatManListItem(CatalogManagerView *view, TQListView* parent,TQString fullPath,TQString fullPotPath) + : TQListViewItem(parent) { _primary=TQFileInfo(fullPath); _template=TQFileInfo(fullPotPath); @@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ void CatManListItem::init(const TQString& fullPath, const TQString& fullPotPath, _wordList.clear(); _wordListUpdated = false; - update(tqparent()->isOpen(),false,true); + update(parent()->isOpen(),false,true); if( !isDir() ) setPixmap(COL_MARKER,ICON_NOFLAG); } @@ -332,11 +332,11 @@ TQString CatManListItem::key(int col, bool) const void CatManListItem::update(bool showPoInfo,bool includeChildren , bool noParents) { - if( _view->isStopped() ) return; // if tqparent view is stopped, we should stop as well + if( _view->isStopped() ) return; // if parent view is stopped, we should stop as well bool updateWordList = _view->settings().indexWords; - // flag, if something has changed and tqparent has to be updated + // flag, if something has changed and parent has to be updated bool updateParent=false; // update flags for files... @@ -596,7 +596,7 @@ void CatManListItem::update(bool showPoInfo,bool includeChildren // however, is can be saved template or translation!!! - only translation is handled??? void CatManListItem::updateAfterSave( PoInfo &poInfo ) { - // flag, if something has changed and tqparent has to be updated + // flag, if something has changed and parent has to be updated bool updateParent=false; // update flags for files... @@ -661,7 +661,7 @@ void CatManListItem::updateAfterSave( PoInfo &poInfo ) setPixmap(COL_NAME,icon); - // if the status changed, update the tqparent item + // if the status changed, update the parent item if(needWork != neededWork) { updateParent=true; @@ -677,11 +677,11 @@ void CatManListItem::updateAfterSave( PoInfo &poInfo ) void CatManListItem::updateParents() { - CatManListItem *item = (CatManListItem*)tqparent(); + CatManListItem *item = (CatManListItem*)parent(); while( item && !_view->isStopped()) { item->update(false,false); - item = (CatManListItem*)item->tqparent(); + item = (CatManListItem*)item->parent(); } } @@ -827,9 +827,9 @@ TQPixmap CatManListItem::paintExclamation(TQPixmap* pixmap) int diameter=TQMIN(width,height); - TQBitmap tqmask=pixmap->createHeuristicMask(); + TQBitmap mask=pixmap->createHeuristicMask(); - TQPainter mp(&tqmask); + TQPainter mp(&mask); mp.setPen(TQPen(TQt::color1,1)); mp.drawEllipse(width-diameter,height-diameter,diameter,diameter); @@ -840,14 +840,14 @@ TQPixmap CatManListItem::paintExclamation(TQPixmap* pixmap) p.setPen( TQPen(red,1) ); p.drawEllipse(width-diameter,height-diameter,diameter,diameter); - result.setMask(tqmask); + result.setMask(mask); return result; } TQListViewItem *CatManListItem::previousSibling() { - TQListViewItem * i = tqparent(); + TQListViewItem * i = parent(); if( !i ) return i; i = i->firstChild(); if( !i ) return i; diff --git a/kbabel/catalogmanager/catmanlistitem.h b/kbabel/catalogmanager/catmanlistitem.h index e31a5d4d..ac22e2e8 100644 --- a/kbabel/catalogmanager/catmanlistitem.h +++ b/kbabel/catalogmanager/catmanlistitem.h @@ -60,11 +60,11 @@ public: /** the type of this item */ enum Type{File,Dir}; - CatManListItem(CatalogManagerView *view, TQListViewItem* tqparent,TQString fullPath + CatManListItem(CatalogManagerView *view, TQListViewItem* parent,TQString fullPath ,TQString fullPotPath,TQString package); /** creates the toplevel root item with package name "/" */ - CatManListItem(CatalogManagerView *view, TQListView* tqparent,TQString fullPath, TQString fullPotPath); + CatManListItem(CatalogManagerView *view, TQListView* parent,TQString fullPath, TQString fullPotPath); /** * returns the package names (including relative path) of the @@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ public: /** * checks if the file on the disc has changed, * reads information about the file and displays it - * @param noParents flag, if the update has to include the tqparent + * @param noParents flag, if the update has to include the parent * of the item, if the status has changed. Since at the first build of * the tree, the status of every item changes, this is not useful then. */ @@ -227,7 +227,7 @@ private: /** a list of errors found by validation tool*/ TQValueList<IgnoreItem> _errors; - /** tqparent view for this item, used for stopping the activity */ + /** parent view for this item, used for stopping the activity */ CatalogManagerView *_view; /** index of words, but it does not contain any useful information as values */ diff --git a/kbabel/catalogmanager/findinfilesdialog.cpp b/kbabel/catalogmanager/findinfilesdialog.cpp index 5f10678b..25c37594 100644 --- a/kbabel/catalogmanager/findinfilesdialog.cpp +++ b/kbabel/catalogmanager/findinfilesdialog.cpp @@ -44,8 +44,8 @@ using namespace KBabel; -FindInFilesDialog::FindInFilesDialog(bool forReplace, TQWidget* tqparent) - :FindDialog(forReplace, tqparent) +FindInFilesDialog::FindInFilesDialog(bool forReplace, TQWidget* parent) + :FindDialog(forReplace, parent) { TQGroupBox* box = new TQGroupBox(2, Qt::Horizontal, i18n("File Options"), mainWidget()); mainWidget()->tqlayout()->add(box); diff --git a/kbabel/catalogmanager/findinfilesdialog.h b/kbabel/catalogmanager/findinfilesdialog.h index afabcb58..5f27795c 100644 --- a/kbabel/catalogmanager/findinfilesdialog.h +++ b/kbabel/catalogmanager/findinfilesdialog.h @@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ public: * Constructor * @param replaceDlg flag, if this is a replace dialog */ - FindInFilesDialog(bool replaceDlg, TQWidget* tqparent); + FindInFilesDialog(bool replaceDlg, TQWidget* parent); ~FindInFilesDialog(); /** diff --git a/kbabel/catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp b/kbabel/catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp index afc299b9..7043c8f3 100644 --- a/kbabel/catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp +++ b/kbabel/catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp @@ -60,8 +60,8 @@ #include "cvsdialog.h" -CVSDialog::CVSDialog( CVS::Command cmd, TQWidget * tqparent, KSharedConfig* config ) - : KDialog( tqparent, "CVSDIALOG", true ), m_config( config ) +CVSDialog::CVSDialog( CVS::Command cmd, TQWidget * parent, KSharedConfig* config ) + : KDialog( parent, "CVSDIALOG", true ), m_config( config ) { _cmd = cmd; p=0L; diff --git a/kbabel/catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.h b/kbabel/catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.h index 3c492704..dc726f59 100644 --- a/kbabel/catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.h +++ b/kbabel/catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.h @@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ class CVSDialog : public KDialog * Constructor for creating the dialog. * @param cmd The type of command to be executed. */ - CVSDialog( CVS::Command cmd, TQWidget * tqparent, KSharedConfig* config ); + CVSDialog( CVS::Command cmd, TQWidget * parent, KSharedConfig* config ); ~CVSDialog(); /** * Set the list of files which will be used for the CVS command. diff --git a/kbabel/catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp b/kbabel/catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp index 6ab70423..b0764af8 100644 --- a/kbabel/catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp +++ b/kbabel/catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp @@ -182,18 +182,18 @@ TQString CVSHandler::cvstqStatus( const TQString& filename ) const return map[filename]; } -void CVSHandler::execCVSCommand( TQWidget* tqparent, CVS::Command cmd, const TQString& filename, bool templates, KSharedConfig* config ) +void CVSHandler::execCVSCommand( TQWidget* parent, CVS::Command cmd, const TQString& filename, bool templates, KSharedConfig* config ) { if ( !_isPORepository ) { // This message box should never be visible but who knows... ;-) - KMessageBox::sorry( tqparent, i18n( "This is not a valid CVS repository. " + KMessageBox::sorry( parent, i18n( "This is not a valid CVS repository. " "The CVS commands cannot be executed." ) ); return; } TQFileInfo info( filename ); if ( !info.isDir( ) ) { - execCVSCommand( tqparent, cmd, TQStringList( filename ), templates, config ); + execCVSCommand( parent, cmd, TQStringList( filename ), templates, config ); return; } @@ -218,14 +218,14 @@ void CVSHandler::execCVSCommand( TQWidget* tqparent, CVS::Command cmd, const TQS break; } - showDialog( tqparent, cmd, TQStringList( filename ), command, config ); + showDialog( parent, cmd, TQStringList( filename ), command, config ); } -void CVSHandler::execCVSCommand( TQWidget* tqparent, CVS::Command cmd, const TQStringList& files, bool templates, KSharedConfig* config ) +void CVSHandler::execCVSCommand( TQWidget* parent, CVS::Command cmd, const TQStringList& files, bool templates, KSharedConfig* config ) { if ( !_isPORepository ) { // This message box should never be visible but who knows... ;-) - KMessageBox::sorry( tqparent, i18n( "This is not a valid CVS repository. " + KMessageBox::sorry( parent, i18n( "This is not a valid CVS repository. " "The CVS commands cannot be executed." ) ); return; } @@ -262,7 +262,7 @@ void CVSHandler::execCVSCommand( TQWidget* tqparent, CVS::Command cmd, const TQS command += " \'" + temp + "\'"; } - showDialog( tqparent, cmd, files, command, config ); + showDialog( parent, cmd, files, command, config ); } void CVSHandler::setAutoUpdateTemplates( bool update ) @@ -270,9 +270,9 @@ void CVSHandler::setAutoUpdateTemplates( bool update ) _autoUpdateTemplates = update; } -void CVSHandler::showDialog( TQWidget* tqparent, CVS::Command cmd, const TQStringList& files, const TQString& commandLine, KSharedConfig* config ) +void CVSHandler::showDialog( TQWidget* parent, CVS::Command cmd, const TQStringList& files, const TQString& commandLine, KSharedConfig* config ) { - CVSDialog * dia = new CVSDialog( cmd, tqparent, config ); + CVSDialog * dia = new CVSDialog( cmd, parent, config ); dia->setFiles( files ); dia->setCommandLine( commandLine ); if ( cmd == CVS::Commit ) { @@ -313,7 +313,7 @@ void CVSHandler::checkToAdd( const TQStringList& files ) toBeAdded << *it; temp = TQFileInfo( *it ).dirPath( true ); } - // check recursivlely if tqparent dirs have to be added as well + // check recursivlely if parent dirs have to be added as well while ( fstatus( temp ) == NOT_IN_CVS && toBeAdded.findIndex( temp ) == -1 ) { toBeAdded << temp; temp = TQFileInfo( temp ).dirPath( true ); diff --git a/kbabel/catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.h b/kbabel/catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.h index 78e248da..1c08af92 100644 --- a/kbabel/catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.h +++ b/kbabel/catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.h @@ -79,8 +79,8 @@ class CVSHandler : public TQObject TQString filetqStatus( const FiletqStatus status ) const; TQString cvstqStatus( const TQString& filename ) const; - void execCVSCommand( TQWidget* tqparent, CVS::Command cmd, const TQString& filename, bool templates, KSharedConfig* config ); - void execCVSCommand( TQWidget* tqparent, CVS::Command cmd, const TQStringList& files, bool templates, KSharedConfig* config ); + void execCVSCommand( TQWidget* parent, CVS::Command cmd, const TQString& filename, bool templates, KSharedConfig* config ); + void execCVSCommand( TQWidget* parent, CVS::Command cmd, const TQStringList& files, bool templates, KSharedConfig* config ); void setAutoUpdateTemplates( bool update ); @@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ class CVSHandler : public TQObject void signalFilesCommitted( const TQStringList& ); private: - void showDialog( TQWidget* tqparent, CVS::Command cmd, const TQStringList& files, const TQString& commandLine, KSharedConfig* config ); + void showDialog( TQWidget* parent, CVS::Command cmd, const TQStringList& files, const TQString& commandLine, KSharedConfig* config ); void checkToAdd( const TQStringList& files ); void processStatusOutput( const TQString& status ); void processDiff( TQString output ); diff --git a/kbabel/catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp b/kbabel/catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp index 01a4bccd..b54b25eb 100644 --- a/kbabel/catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp +++ b/kbabel/catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp @@ -57,8 +57,8 @@ #include "svndialog.h" -SVNDialog::SVNDialog( SVN::Command cmd, TQWidget * tqparent, KSharedConfig* config ) - : KDialog( tqparent, "SVN DIALOG", true ), m_tempFile( 0 ), m_config( config ) +SVNDialog::SVNDialog( SVN::Command cmd, TQWidget * parent, KSharedConfig* config ) + : KDialog( parent, "SVN DIALOG", true ), m_tempFile( 0 ), m_config( config ) { _cmd = cmd; p=0L; diff --git a/kbabel/catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.h b/kbabel/catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.h index 55c57f27..a8083216 100644 --- a/kbabel/catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.h +++ b/kbabel/catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.h @@ -72,7 +72,7 @@ class SVNDialog : public KDialog * Constructor for creating the dialog. * @param cmd The type of command to be executed. */ - SVNDialog( SVN::Command cmd, TQWidget * tqparent, KSharedConfig* config ); + SVNDialog( SVN::Command cmd, TQWidget * parent, KSharedConfig* config ); ~SVNDialog(); /** * Set the list of files which will be used for the SVN command. diff --git a/kbabel/catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp b/kbabel/catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp index 71907fb8..5f91e1e8 100644 --- a/kbabel/catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp +++ b/kbabel/catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp @@ -274,18 +274,18 @@ TQString SVNHandler::svntqStatus( const TQString& filename ) const return map[filename]; } -void SVNHandler::execSVNCommand( TQWidget* tqparent, SVN::Command cmd, const TQString& filename, bool templates, KSharedConfig* config) +void SVNHandler::execSVNCommand( TQWidget* parent, SVN::Command cmd, const TQString& filename, bool templates, KSharedConfig* config) { // Unlike cvs, svn works also from outside the repository(as long as the path is in a repository of course!) // ### FIXME: wrong, svn commit cannot work if the current directory is not a SVN one - execSVNCommand( tqparent, cmd, TQStringList( filename ), templates, config ); + execSVNCommand( parent, cmd, TQStringList( filename ), templates, config ); } -void SVNHandler::execSVNCommand( TQWidget* tqparent, SVN::Command cmd, const TQStringList& files, bool templates, KSharedConfig* config ) +void SVNHandler::execSVNCommand( TQWidget* parent, SVN::Command cmd, const TQStringList& files, bool templates, KSharedConfig* config ) { if ( !_isPORepository ) { // This message box should never be visible but who knows... ;-) - KMessageBox::sorry( tqparent, i18n( "This is not a valid SVN repository. " + KMessageBox::sorry( parent, i18n( "This is not a valid SVN repository. " "The SVN commands cannot be executed." ) ); return; } @@ -328,7 +328,7 @@ void SVNHandler::execSVNCommand( TQWidget* tqparent, SVN::Command cmd, const TQS command += " \'" + temp + "\'"; } - showDialog( tqparent, cmd, files, command, config ); + showDialog( parent, cmd, files, command, config ); } void SVNHandler::setAutoUpdateTemplates( bool update ) @@ -336,9 +336,9 @@ void SVNHandler::setAutoUpdateTemplates( bool update ) _autoUpdateTemplates = update; } -void SVNHandler::showDialog( TQWidget* tqparent, SVN::Command cmd, const TQStringList& files, const TQString& commandLine, KSharedConfig* config ) +void SVNHandler::showDialog( TQWidget* parent, SVN::Command cmd, const TQStringList& files, const TQString& commandLine, KSharedConfig* config ) { - SVNDialog * dia = new SVNDialog( cmd, tqparent, config ); + SVNDialog * dia = new SVNDialog( cmd, parent, config ); dia->setFiles( files ); dia->setCommandLine( commandLine ); if ( cmd == SVN::Commit ) { @@ -415,7 +415,7 @@ void SVNHandler::checkToAdd( const TQStringList& files ) } // ### TODO: does SVN really needs this or does it do it automatically? - // check recursivlely if tqparent dirs have to be added as well + // check recursivlely if parent dirs have to be added as well while ( ! isInSvn( temp ) && toBeAdded.findIndex( temp ) == -1 ) { toBeAdded << temp; temp = TQFileInfo( temp ).dirPath( true ); diff --git a/kbabel/catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.h b/kbabel/catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.h index cad3e93f..57ce13b4 100644 --- a/kbabel/catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.h +++ b/kbabel/catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.h @@ -78,8 +78,8 @@ class SVNHandler : public TQObject TQString filetqStatus( const FiletqStatus status ) const; TQString svntqStatus( const TQString& filename ) const; - void execSVNCommand( TQWidget* tqparent, SVN::Command cmd, const TQString& filename, bool templates, KSharedConfig* config ); - void execSVNCommand( TQWidget* tqparent, SVN::Command cmd, const TQStringList& files, bool templates, KSharedConfig* config ); + void execSVNCommand( TQWidget* parent, SVN::Command cmd, const TQString& filename, bool templates, KSharedConfig* config ); + void execSVNCommand( TQWidget* parent, SVN::Command cmd, const TQStringList& files, bool templates, KSharedConfig* config ); void setAutoUpdateTemplates( bool update ); @@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ class SVNHandler : public TQObject void signalFilesCommitted( const TQStringList& ); private: - void showDialog( TQWidget* tqparent, SVN::Command cmd, const TQStringList& files, const TQString& commandLine, KSharedConfig* config ); + void showDialog( TQWidget* parent, SVN::Command cmd, const TQStringList& files, const TQString& commandLine, KSharedConfig* config ); /// Check quickly if the file is part of a SVN repository bool isInSvn( const TQString& path ); void checkToAdd( const TQStringList& files ); diff --git a/kbabel/catalogmanager/markpatterndialog.cpp b/kbabel/catalogmanager/markpatterndialog.cpp index 063069e6..c53b008f 100644 --- a/kbabel/catalogmanager/markpatterndialog.cpp +++ b/kbabel/catalogmanager/markpatterndialog.cpp @@ -47,8 +47,8 @@ #include "markpatterndialog.h" #include "markpatternwidget.h" -MarkPatternDialog::MarkPatternDialog(TQWidget * tqparent, const char * name) - : KDialogBase(tqparent, name, true, 0, Ok|Cancel, Ok) +MarkPatternDialog::MarkPatternDialog(TQWidget * parent, const char * name) + : KDialogBase(parent, name, true, 0, Ok|Cancel, Ok) { actionButton(Ok)->setEnabled(false); diff --git a/kbabel/catalogmanager/markpatterndialog.h b/kbabel/catalogmanager/markpatterndialog.h index 46a39c32..3ca2d232 100644 --- a/kbabel/catalogmanager/markpatterndialog.h +++ b/kbabel/catalogmanager/markpatterndialog.h @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ class MarkPatternDialog : public KDialogBase TQ_OBJECT public: - MarkPatternDialog(TQWidget * tqparent, const char * name = 0); + MarkPatternDialog(TQWidget * parent, const char * name = 0); TQString pattern( ); bool isCaseSensitive( ); diff --git a/kbabel/catalogmanager/multiroughtransdlg.cpp b/kbabel/catalogmanager/multiroughtransdlg.cpp index e5b272f1..16373a0b 100644 --- a/kbabel/catalogmanager/multiroughtransdlg.cpp +++ b/kbabel/catalogmanager/multiroughtransdlg.cpp @@ -48,11 +48,11 @@ using namespace KBabel; MultiRoughTransDlg::MultiRoughTransDlg(KBabelDictBox *dict, TQPtrList<CatManListItem> files - , TQWidget *tqparent,const char *name) - : RoughTransDlg(dict, new Catalog(), tqparent, name ) + , TQWidget *parent,const char *name) + : RoughTransDlg(dict, new Catalog(), parent, name ) ,_fileList(files) { - TQWidget* bars = TQT_TQWIDGET(progressbar->tqparent()); + TQWidget* bars = TQT_TQWIDGET(progressbar->parent()); TQLabel* label = new TQLabel( i18n("Files:"), bars ); filesProgressbar = new KProgress(bars,"files progressbar"); filesProgressbar->setTextEnabled(true); diff --git a/kbabel/catalogmanager/multiroughtransdlg.h b/kbabel/catalogmanager/multiroughtransdlg.h index 560ae1d8..4c5b8fc3 100644 --- a/kbabel/catalogmanager/multiroughtransdlg.h +++ b/kbabel/catalogmanager/multiroughtransdlg.h @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ class MultiRoughTransDlg : public RoughTransDlg TQ_OBJECT public: - MultiRoughTransDlg(KBabelDictBox* dictBox, TQPtrList<CatManListItem> list, TQWidget *tqparent + MultiRoughTransDlg(KBabelDictBox* dictBox, TQPtrList<CatManListItem> list, TQWidget *parent , const char *name=0); protected slots: diff --git a/kbabel/catalogmanager/validateprogress.cpp b/kbabel/catalogmanager/validateprogress.cpp index a5440a6f..42fd3f39 100644 --- a/kbabel/catalogmanager/validateprogress.cpp +++ b/kbabel/catalogmanager/validateprogress.cpp @@ -52,8 +52,8 @@ // version identification for validation ignores #define IGNOREFILE_VERSION 0x00 -ValidateProgressDialog::ValidateProgressDialog(const TQString& ignoreURL, TQWidget *tqparent,const char *name) - : KDialogBase(tqparent,name,true,i18n("Caption of dialog","Validation") +ValidateProgressDialog::ValidateProgressDialog(const TQString& ignoreURL, TQWidget *parent,const char *name) + : KDialogBase(parent,name,true,i18n("Caption of dialog","Validation") , Close, Close) , _ignoreURL(ignoreURL), _tool(0), _stopped(false) , _ignoreFuzzy(false), _setAsFuzzy(false) diff --git a/kbabel/catalogmanager/validateprogress.h b/kbabel/catalogmanager/validateprogress.h index f0ae950f..feb0088d 100644 --- a/kbabel/catalogmanager/validateprogress.h +++ b/kbabel/catalogmanager/validateprogress.h @@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ class ValidateProgressDialog : public KDialogBase TQ_OBJECT public: - ValidateProgressDialog(const TQString& ignoreURL, TQWidget* tqparent, const char *name=0); + ValidateProgressDialog(const TQString& ignoreURL, TQWidget* parent, const char *name=0); virtual ~ValidateProgressDialog(); void setIgnoreFuzzy(bool enable) { _ignoreFuzzy = enable; } diff --git a/kbabel/common/catalog.cpp b/kbabel/common/catalog.cpp index 3d9de8b2..182cf3b0 100644 --- a/kbabel/common/catalog.cpp +++ b/kbabel/common/catalog.cpp @@ -70,8 +70,8 @@ #include <kmessagebox.h> using namespace KBabel; -Catalog::Catalog(TQObject* tqparent, const char* name, TQString projectFile) - : TQObject(tqparent,name) +Catalog::Catalog(TQObject* parent, const char* name, TQString projectFile) + : TQObject(parent,name) { if ( projectFile.isEmpty() ) projectFile = KBabel::ProjectManager::defaultProjectName(); @@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ Catalog::Catalog(TQObject* tqparent, const char* name, TQString projectFile) readPreferences(); } -Catalog::Catalog(const Catalog& c): TQObject(c.tqparent(),c.name() +Catalog::Catalog(const Catalog& c): TQObject(c.parent(),c.name() ) { kdFatal() << "Copy constructor of Catalog, please report how to reproduce to the authors" << endl; diff --git a/kbabel/common/catalog.h b/kbabel/common/catalog.h index 74fbcdd7..dd8c3a30 100644 --- a/kbabel/common/catalog.h +++ b/kbabel/common/catalog.h @@ -128,11 +128,11 @@ public: /** * A constructor for an empty message catalog. - * @param tqparent tqparent @ref TQObject for this catalog + * @param parent parent @ref TQObject for this catalog * @param name unique name for this object * @param configFile configuration file to read config from */ - Catalog(TQObject* tqparent=0, const char* name=0, TQString projectFile = TQString() ); + Catalog(TQObject* parent=0, const char* name=0, TQString projectFile = TQString() ); /** * Deprecated. A copy constructor. Do not use since each Catalog registers diff --git a/kbabel/common/catalogfileplugin.h b/kbabel/common/catalogfileplugin.h index ea7cc245..d4e72a76 100644 --- a/kbabel/common/catalogfileplugin.h +++ b/kbabel/common/catalogfileplugin.h @@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ class KDE_EXPORT CatalogImportPlugin: public TQObject TQ_OBJECT public: - CatalogImportPlugin(TQObject* tqparent, const char* name); + CatalogImportPlugin(TQObject* parent, const char* name); virtual ~CatalogImportPlugin(); /** @@ -181,7 +181,7 @@ class KDE_EXPORT CatalogExportPlugin: public TQObject TQ_OBJECT public: - CatalogExportPlugin(TQObject* tqparent, const char* name); + CatalogExportPlugin(TQObject* parent, const char* name); virtual ~CatalogExportPlugin(); virtual ConversiontqStatus save(const TQString& file, const TQString& mimetype, const Catalog* catalog) = 0; diff --git a/kbabel/common/exportplugin.cpp b/kbabel/common/exportplugin.cpp index 3aa5af48..25fbef50 100644 --- a/kbabel/common/exportplugin.cpp +++ b/kbabel/common/exportplugin.cpp @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ struct KBabel::CatalogExportPluginPrivate bool _stop; }; -CatalogExportPlugin::CatalogExportPlugin(TQObject* tqparent, const char* name) : TQObject(tqparent,name) +CatalogExportPlugin::CatalogExportPlugin(TQObject* parent, const char* name) : TQObject(parent,name) { d = new CatalogExportPluginPrivate; d->_stop=false; diff --git a/kbabel/common/importplugin.cpp b/kbabel/common/importplugin.cpp index 4ef1562c..ed6d15ef 100644 --- a/kbabel/common/importplugin.cpp +++ b/kbabel/common/importplugin.cpp @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ using namespace KBabel; -CatalogImportPlugin::CatalogImportPlugin(TQObject* tqparent, const char* name) : TQObject(tqparent,name) +CatalogImportPlugin::CatalogImportPlugin(TQObject* parent, const char* name) : TQObject(parent,name) { d = new CatalogImportPluginPrivate; d->_catalog = 0; diff --git a/kbabel/common/kbabeldatatool.h b/kbabel/common/kbabeldatatool.h index ae1406c6..ee3bfb11 100644 --- a/kbabel/common/kbabeldatatool.h +++ b/kbabel/common/kbabeldatatool.h @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ class KBabelDataTool: public KDataTool TQ_OBJECT protected: - KBabelDataTool( TQObject* tqparent, const char* name ) : KDataTool( tqparent, name ) {} + KBabelDataTool( TQObject* parent, const char* name ) : KDataTool( parent, name ) {} public slots: /** The only method to be redefined in inherited classes. * This method is called everytime the settings are changed. diff --git a/kbabel/common/kbmailer.cpp b/kbabel/common/kbmailer.cpp index d63940af..90f61256 100644 --- a/kbabel/common/kbmailer.cpp +++ b/kbabel/common/kbmailer.cpp @@ -53,8 +53,8 @@ using namespace KBabel; -KBabelMailer::KBabelMailer( TQWidget* tqparent, Project::Ptr project) - : _project( project ), m_parent( tqparent ) +KBabelMailer::KBabelMailer( TQWidget* parent, Project::Ptr project) + : _project( project ), m_parent( parent ) { m_tempDir.setAutoDelete( true ); readConfig(); diff --git a/kbabel/common/kbmailer.h b/kbabel/common/kbmailer.h index 1f35d6e2..fe1cfe89 100644 --- a/kbabel/common/kbmailer.h +++ b/kbabel/common/kbmailer.h @@ -62,11 +62,11 @@ class KDE_EXPORT KBabelMailer /** * Constructor. * - * @param tqparent The tqparent widget. + * @param parent The parent widget. * @param project The project to be used. - * @since 1.11.2 (KDE 3.5.2): @p tqparent parameter + * @since 1.11.2 (KDE 3.5.2): @p parent parameter */ - KBabelMailer( TQWidget* tqparent, Project::Ptr project); + KBabelMailer( TQWidget* parent, Project::Ptr project); virtual ~KBabelMailer(); /** @@ -157,7 +157,7 @@ class KDE_EXPORT KBabelMailer */ TQString _poBaseDir; - /// The tqparent widget + /// The parent widget TQWidget* m_parent; }; diff --git a/kbabel/common/msgfmt.cpp b/kbabel/common/msgfmt.cpp index 36af8551..f91f25f9 100644 --- a/kbabel/common/msgfmt.cpp +++ b/kbabel/common/msgfmt.cpp @@ -46,8 +46,8 @@ using namespace KBabel; -Msgfmt::Msgfmt(TQObject* tqparent,const char* name) - : TQObject(tqparent , name) +Msgfmt::Msgfmt(TQObject* parent,const char* name) + : TQObject(parent , name) { } diff --git a/kbabel/common/msgfmt.h b/kbabel/common/msgfmt.h index 9831a43f..025a2fdd 100644 --- a/kbabel/common/msgfmt.h +++ b/kbabel/common/msgfmt.h @@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ class KDE_EXPORT Msgfmt : private TQObject TQ_OBJECT public: enum tqStatus{NoExecutable,Ok,SyntaxError,HeaderError,Error,Unsupported}; - Msgfmt(TQObject* tqparent=0,const char* name=0); + Msgfmt(TQObject* parent=0,const char* name=0); tqStatus checkSyntax(TQString file,TQString& output, bool gnu = false); tqStatus checkSyntaxInDir(TQString dir,TQString regexp,TQString& output); diff --git a/kbabel/common/stringdistance.h b/kbabel/common/stringdistance.h index 022b7fa5..13265b95 100644 --- a/kbabel/common/stringdistance.h +++ b/kbabel/common/stringdistance.h @@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ private: // emphasize the following members are private * * The class Distance calculates the distance * between two Entities (left & right). - * It is the tqparent for other distance-classes. + * It is the parent for other distance-classes. */ class Distance : public NonCopyable { diff --git a/kbabel/commonui/cmdedit.cpp b/kbabel/commonui/cmdedit.cpp index f0da9701..df8ce38a 100644 --- a/kbabel/commonui/cmdedit.cpp +++ b/kbabel/commonui/cmdedit.cpp @@ -42,8 +42,8 @@ #include <kdialog.h> -CmdEdit::CmdEdit(TQWidget* tqparent, const char* name) - : TQWidget(tqparent,name) +CmdEdit::CmdEdit(TQWidget* parent, const char* name) + : TQWidget(parent,name) { TQGridLayout* tqlayout = new TQGridLayout( this , 1 , 1 ); tqlayout->setSpacing( KDialog::spacingHint() ); diff --git a/kbabel/commonui/cmdedit.h b/kbabel/commonui/cmdedit.h index bd091166..57c96a3f 100644 --- a/kbabel/commonui/cmdedit.h +++ b/kbabel/commonui/cmdedit.h @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ class CmdEdit : public TQWidget Q_OBJECT TQ_OBJECT public: - CmdEdit(TQWidget* tqparent=0,const char* name=0); + CmdEdit(TQWidget* parent=0,const char* name=0); void setCommands(const TQStringList& commands,const TQStringList& commandNames); void commands(TQStringList& commands, TQStringList& commandNames); diff --git a/kbabel/commonui/context.cpp b/kbabel/commonui/context.cpp index 0700b895..f9e5be2f 100644 --- a/kbabel/commonui/context.cpp +++ b/kbabel/commonui/context.cpp @@ -62,8 +62,8 @@ #include <ktexteditor/selectioninterface.h> #include <ktexteditor/viewcursorinterface.h> -SourceContext::SourceContext(TQWidget *tqparent, KBabel::Project::Ptr project): TQWidget(tqparent) - , m_parent( tqparent ) +SourceContext::SourceContext(TQWidget *parent, KBabel::Project::Ptr project): TQWidget(parent) + , m_parent( parent ) , _part(0) , _view(0) , _referenceCombo(0) diff --git a/kbabel/commonui/context.h b/kbabel/commonui/context.h index dd7218b4..3b019f67 100644 --- a/kbabel/commonui/context.h +++ b/kbabel/commonui/context.h @@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ class KDE_EXPORT SourceContext : public TQWidget Q_OBJECT TQ_OBJECT public: - SourceContext(TQWidget* tqparent, KBabel::Project::Ptr project); + SourceContext(TQWidget* parent, KBabel::Project::Ptr project); void setProject(KBabel::Project::Ptr project); diff --git a/kbabel/commonui/finddialog.cpp b/kbabel/commonui/finddialog.cpp index cd752396..980f9802 100644 --- a/kbabel/commonui/finddialog.cpp +++ b/kbabel/commonui/finddialog.cpp @@ -52,8 +52,8 @@ using namespace KBabel; -FindDialog::FindDialog(bool forReplace, TQWidget* tqparent) - :KDialogBase(tqparent, "finddialog",true, "", Ok|Cancel, Ok) +FindDialog::FindDialog(bool forReplace, TQWidget* parent) + :KDialogBase(parent, "finddialog",true, "", Ok|Cancel, Ok) , _regExpEditDialog(0), _replaceDlg(forReplace) { TQWidget* page = new TQWidget(this); @@ -531,8 +531,8 @@ void FindDialog::regExpButtonClicked() } } -ReplaceDialog::ReplaceDialog(TQWidget* tqparent) - :KDialogBase(Plain, "", Close|User1|User2|User3, User1, tqparent,"finddialog" +ReplaceDialog::ReplaceDialog(TQWidget* parent) + :KDialogBase(Plain, "", Close|User1|User2|User3, User1, parent,"finddialog" , true,false,i18n("&Replace"),i18n("&Goto Next"),i18n("R&eplace All")) { TQWidget* page = plainPage(); diff --git a/kbabel/commonui/finddialog.h b/kbabel/commonui/finddialog.h index 83badefa..29f346ff 100644 --- a/kbabel/commonui/finddialog.h +++ b/kbabel/commonui/finddialog.h @@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ public: * Constructor * @param replaceDlg flag, if this is a replace dialog */ - FindDialog(bool replaceDlg, TQWidget* tqparent); + FindDialog(bool replaceDlg, TQWidget* parent); ~FindDialog(); /** @@ -125,7 +125,7 @@ class KDE_EXPORT ReplaceDialog : public KDialogBase Q_OBJECT TQ_OBJECT public: - ReplaceDialog(TQWidget* tqparent); + ReplaceDialog(TQWidget* parent); ~ReplaceDialog(); signals: diff --git a/kbabel/commonui/kactionselector.cpp b/kbabel/commonui/kactionselector.cpp index 52a60bbf..9e5d3e79 100644 --- a/kbabel/commonui/kactionselector.cpp +++ b/kbabel/commonui/kactionselector.cpp @@ -57,8 +57,8 @@ class KActionSelectorPrivate { //BEGIN Constructor/destructor -KActionSelector::KActionSelector( TQWidget *tqparent, const char *name ) - : TQWidget( tqparent, name ) +KActionSelector::KActionSelector( TQWidget *parent, const char *name ) + : TQWidget( parent, name ) { d = new KActionSelectorPrivate(); d->moveOnDoubleClick = true; diff --git a/kbabel/commonui/kactionselector.h b/kbabel/commonui/kactionselector.h index 421597ba..f6090934 100644 --- a/kbabel/commonui/kactionselector.h +++ b/kbabel/commonui/kactionselector.h @@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ class KActionSelector : public TQWidget { TQ_PROPERTY( bool showUpDownButtons READ showUpDownButtons WRITE setShowUpDownButtons ) public: - KActionSelector( TQWidget *tqparent=0, const char *name=0 ); + KActionSelector( TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0 ); ~KActionSelector(); /** diff --git a/kbabel/commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp b/kbabel/commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp index 2fe24188..02c20196 100644 --- a/kbabel/commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp +++ b/kbabel/commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp @@ -123,8 +123,8 @@ static TQSize sizeHintForWidget(const TQWidget* widget) -SavePreferences::SavePreferences(TQWidget *tqparent) - : KTabCtl(tqparent) +SavePreferences::SavePreferences(TQWidget *parent) + : KTabCtl(parent) { TQWidget* page = new TQWidget(this); TQVBoxLayout* tqlayout=new TQVBoxLayout(page); @@ -398,8 +398,8 @@ void SavePreferences::setAutoSaveVisible( const bool on ) -IdentityPreferences::IdentityPreferences(TQWidget* tqparent, const TQString& project) - : TQWidget(tqparent) +IdentityPreferences::IdentityPreferences(TQWidget* parent, const TQString& project) + : TQWidget(parent) { TQWidget* page = this; TQVBoxLayout* tqlayout=new TQVBoxLayout(page); @@ -658,8 +658,8 @@ void IdentityPreferences::lookupGnuPluralFormHeader() } -MiscPreferences::MiscPreferences(TQWidget *tqparent) - : TQWidget(tqparent), _regExpEditDialog(0) +MiscPreferences::MiscPreferences(TQWidget *parent) + : TQWidget(parent), _regExpEditDialog(0) { TQWidget* page = this; @@ -790,8 +790,8 @@ void MiscPreferences::regExpButtonClicked() } -SpellPreferences::SpellPreferences(TQWidget* tqparent) - : TQWidget(tqparent) +SpellPreferences::SpellPreferences(TQWidget* parent) + : TQWidget(parent) { TQWidget* page = this; TQVBoxLayout* tqlayout=new TQVBoxLayout(page); @@ -874,8 +874,8 @@ void SpellPreferences::defaults(const SpellcheckSettings& settings) *spellConfig = spCfg; } -CatmanPreferences::CatmanPreferences(TQWidget* tqparent) - : TQWidget(tqparent) +CatmanPreferences::CatmanPreferences(TQWidget* parent) + : TQWidget(parent) { TQWidget* page = this; @@ -976,8 +976,8 @@ void CatmanPreferences::defaults(const CatManSettings& settings) m_msgfmtButton->setChecked( settings.msgfmt ); } -DirCommandsPreferences::DirCommandsPreferences(TQWidget* tqparent) - : TQWidget(tqparent) +DirCommandsPreferences::DirCommandsPreferences(TQWidget* parent) + : TQWidget(parent) { TQWidget* page = this; @@ -1039,8 +1039,8 @@ void DirCommandsPreferences::defaults(const CatManSettings& settings) } -FileCommandsPreferences::FileCommandsPreferences(TQWidget* tqparent) - : TQWidget(tqparent) +FileCommandsPreferences::FileCommandsPreferences(TQWidget* parent) + : TQWidget(parent) { TQWidget* page = this; @@ -1102,8 +1102,8 @@ void FileCommandsPreferences::defaults(const CatManSettings& settings) _fileCmdEdit->setCommands( settings.fileCommands, settings.fileCommandNames ); } -ViewPreferences::ViewPreferences(TQWidget* tqparent) - : TQWidget(tqparent) +ViewPreferences::ViewPreferences(TQWidget* parent) + : TQWidget(parent) { TQWidget* page = this; @@ -1145,7 +1145,7 @@ void ViewPreferences::defaults(const CatManSettings& _settings) _translatorColumnCheckbox->setChecked(_settings.translatorColumn); } -SourceContextPreferences::SourceContextPreferences(TQWidget* tqparent): TQWidget(tqparent) +SourceContextPreferences::SourceContextPreferences(TQWidget* parent): TQWidget(parent) { TQWidget* page = this; TQVBoxLayout* tqlayout=new TQVBoxLayout(page); diff --git a/kbabel/commonui/projectprefwidgets.h b/kbabel/commonui/projectprefwidgets.h index f5fef9e2..d41be3ac 100644 --- a/kbabel/commonui/projectprefwidgets.h +++ b/kbabel/commonui/projectprefwidgets.h @@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ class KDE_EXPORT SavePreferences : public KTabCtl Q_OBJECT TQ_OBJECT public: - SavePreferences(TQWidget* tqparent=0); + SavePreferences(TQWidget* parent=0); void defaults(const KBabel::SaveSettings& settings); void setAutoSaveVisible(const bool on); @@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ class IdentityPreferences : public TQWidget Q_OBJECT TQ_OBJECT public: - IdentityPreferences(TQWidget *tqparent = 0, const TQString& project = ""); + IdentityPreferences(TQWidget *parent = 0, const TQString& project = ""); virtual bool eventFilter(TQObject *, TQEvent*); void defaults(const KBabel::IdentitySettings& settings); @@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ class MiscPreferences : public TQWidget Q_OBJECT TQ_OBJECT public: - MiscPreferences(TQWidget *tqparent=0); + MiscPreferences(TQWidget *parent=0); void defaults(const KBabel::MiscSettings& settings); private slots: @@ -171,7 +171,7 @@ class SpellPreferences : public TQWidget Q_OBJECT TQ_OBJECT public: - SpellPreferences(TQWidget *tqparent=0); + SpellPreferences(TQWidget *parent=0); void mergeSettings(KBabel::SpellcheckSettings& set) const; void updateWidgets(const KBabel::SpellcheckSettings& settings); @@ -193,7 +193,7 @@ class CatmanPreferences : public TQWidget Q_OBJECT TQ_OBJECT public: - CatmanPreferences(TQWidget *tqparent = 0); + CatmanPreferences(TQWidget *parent = 0); void defaults(const KBabel::CatManSettings& settings); private: @@ -212,7 +212,7 @@ class DirCommandsPreferences : public TQWidget Q_OBJECT TQ_OBJECT public: - DirCommandsPreferences(TQWidget *tqparent = 0); + DirCommandsPreferences(TQWidget *parent = 0); virtual ~DirCommandsPreferences(); void mergeSettings(KBabel::CatManSettings& settings) const; @@ -231,7 +231,7 @@ class FileCommandsPreferences : public TQWidget Q_OBJECT TQ_OBJECT public: - FileCommandsPreferences(TQWidget *tqparent = 0); + FileCommandsPreferences(TQWidget *parent = 0); virtual ~FileCommandsPreferences(); void mergeSettings(KBabel::CatManSettings& settings) const; @@ -250,7 +250,7 @@ class ViewPreferences : public TQWidget Q_OBJECT TQ_OBJECT public: - ViewPreferences(TQWidget *tqparent = 0); + ViewPreferences(TQWidget *parent = 0); void defaults(const KBabel::CatManSettings& settings); private: @@ -274,7 +274,7 @@ class SourceContextPreferences : public TQWidget Q_OBJECT TQ_OBJECT public: - SourceContextPreferences(TQWidget* tqparent=0); + SourceContextPreferences(TQWidget* parent=0); virtual ~SourceContextPreferences(); void mergeSettings(KBabel::SourceContextSettings& settings) const; diff --git a/kbabel/commonui/projectwizard.cpp b/kbabel/commonui/projectwizard.cpp index dc147c32..00a88631 100644 --- a/kbabel/commonui/projectwizard.cpp +++ b/kbabel/commonui/projectwizard.cpp @@ -47,8 +47,8 @@ using namespace KBabel; -ProjectWizard::ProjectWizard(TQWidget *tqparent,const char *name) - : KWizard(tqparent,name,true) +ProjectWizard::ProjectWizard(TQWidget *parent,const char *name) + : KWizard(parent,name,true) { _wizard = new ProjectStep1(this,"project wizard widget"); diff --git a/kbabel/commonui/projectwizard.h b/kbabel/commonui/projectwizard.h index 487a16e7..fc48d456 100644 --- a/kbabel/commonui/projectwizard.h +++ b/kbabel/commonui/projectwizard.h @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ class KDE_EXPORT ProjectWizard : public KWizard Q_OBJECT TQ_OBJECT public: - ProjectWizard(TQWidget* tqparent = 0, const char * name = 0); + ProjectWizard(TQWidget* parent = 0, const char * name = 0); Project::Ptr project(); diff --git a/kbabel/commonui/roughtransdlg.cpp b/kbabel/commonui/roughtransdlg.cpp index 135b2794..57fb21d0 100644 --- a/kbabel/commonui/roughtransdlg.cpp +++ b/kbabel/commonui/roughtransdlg.cpp @@ -64,8 +64,8 @@ using namespace KBabel; RoughTransDlg::RoughTransDlg(KBabelDictBox *dict, Catalog *cat - , TQWidget *tqparent,const char *name) - : KDialogBase(tqparent,name,true + , TQWidget *parent,const char *name) + : KDialogBase(parent,name,true ,i18n("Caption of dialog","Rough Translation") , User1|User2|User3|Close) ,catalog(cat) diff --git a/kbabel/commonui/roughtransdlg.h b/kbabel/commonui/roughtransdlg.h index ec7dc609..56c1f253 100644 --- a/kbabel/commonui/roughtransdlg.h +++ b/kbabel/commonui/roughtransdlg.h @@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ class KDE_EXPORT RoughTransDlg : public KDialogBase TQ_OBJECT public: - RoughTransDlg(KBabelDictBox* dictBox, KBabel::Catalog* catalog, TQWidget *tqparent + RoughTransDlg(KBabelDictBox* dictBox, KBabel::Catalog* catalog, TQWidget *parent , const char *name=0); ~RoughTransDlg(); diff --git a/kbabel/commonui/toolaction.cpp b/kbabel/commonui/toolaction.cpp index 9be27a69..37f9f671 100644 --- a/kbabel/commonui/toolaction.cpp +++ b/kbabel/commonui/toolaction.cpp @@ -34,8 +34,8 @@ #include <kdebug.h> ToolAction::ToolAction( const TQString & text, const KShortcut& cut, const KDataToolInfo & info, const TQString & command, - TQObject * tqparent, const char * name ) - : KAction( text, info.iconName() == "unknown" ? TQString() : info.iconName(), cut, tqparent, name ), + TQObject * parent, const char * name ) + : KAction( text, info.iconName() == "unknown" ? TQString() : info.iconName(), cut, parent, name ), m_command( command ), m_info( info ) { @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ void ToolAction::slotActivated() emit toolActivated( m_info, m_command ); } -TQPtrList<KAction> ToolAction::dataToolActionList( const TQValueList<KDataToolInfo> & tools, const TQObject *receiver, const char* slot, const TQStringList& command, bool excludeCommand, KActionCollection* tqparent, const TQString& namePrefix ) +TQPtrList<KAction> ToolAction::dataToolActionList( const TQValueList<KDataToolInfo> & tools, const TQObject *receiver, const char* slot, const TQStringList& command, bool excludeCommand, KActionCollection* parent, const TQString& namePrefix ) { TQPtrList<KAction> actionList; if ( tools.isEmpty() ) @@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ TQPtrList<KAction> ToolAction::dataToolActionList( const TQValueList<KDataToolIn TQString sc=*sit; ToolAction * action = new ToolAction( *uit, (sc.isEmpty()?TQString():sc), *entry, *cit - , tqparent + , parent , TQString(namePrefix+(*entry).service()->library()+"_"+(*cit)).utf8() ); connect( action, TQT_SIGNAL( toolActivated( const KDataToolInfo &, const TQString & ) ), receiver, slot ); diff --git a/kbabel/commonui/toolaction.h b/kbabel/commonui/toolaction.h index 064b8981..09f7af18 100644 --- a/kbabel/commonui/toolaction.h +++ b/kbabel/commonui/toolaction.h @@ -44,14 +44,14 @@ class KDE_EXPORT ToolAction : public KAction Q_OBJECT TQ_OBJECT public: - ToolAction( const TQString & text, const KShortcut& cut, const KDataToolInfo & info, const TQString & command, TQObject * tqparent = 0, const char * name = 0); + ToolAction( const TQString & text, const KShortcut& cut, const KDataToolInfo & info, const TQString & command, TQObject * parent = 0, const char * name = 0); /** * return the list of KActions created for a list of tools. @ref command * allows to specify rescriction of commands, for which the list should * or shouldn't be created according to the @ref excludeCommand flag. */ - static TQPtrList<KAction> dataToolActionList( const TQValueList<KDataToolInfo> & tools, const TQObject *receiver, const char* slot, const TQStringList& command, bool excludeCommand, KActionCollection* tqparent=0, const TQString& namePrefix=TQString() ); + static TQPtrList<KAction> dataToolActionList( const TQValueList<KDataToolInfo> & tools, const TQObject *receiver, const char* slot, const TQStringList& command, bool excludeCommand, KActionCollection* parent=0, const TQString& namePrefix=TQString() ); /** * returns information about all available validation tools (KDataTools with support for CatalogItem diff --git a/kbabel/commonui/toolselectionwidget.cpp b/kbabel/commonui/toolselectionwidget.cpp index 3b10f09d..55a46f93 100644 --- a/kbabel/commonui/toolselectionwidget.cpp +++ b/kbabel/commonui/toolselectionwidget.cpp @@ -36,8 +36,8 @@ #include <tqlistbox.h> -ToolSelectionWidget::ToolSelectionWidget( TQWidget * tqparent, const char * name ) - : KActionSelector( tqparent, name ) +ToolSelectionWidget::ToolSelectionWidget( TQWidget * parent, const char * name ) + : KActionSelector( parent, name ) { } diff --git a/kbabel/commonui/toolselectionwidget.h b/kbabel/commonui/toolselectionwidget.h index a019b823..9b07aefe 100644 --- a/kbabel/commonui/toolselectionwidget.h +++ b/kbabel/commonui/toolselectionwidget.h @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ class KDE_EXPORT ToolSelectionWidget : public KActionSelector Q_OBJECT TQ_OBJECT public: - ToolSelectionWidget(TQWidget* tqparent=0, const char* name=0 ); + ToolSelectionWidget(TQWidget* parent=0, const char* name=0 ); TQStringList selectedTools(); diff --git a/kbabel/datatools/accelerators/main.cc b/kbabel/datatools/accelerators/main.cc index 3b13b2bf..75ca871d 100644 --- a/kbabel/datatools/accelerators/main.cc +++ b/kbabel/datatools/accelerators/main.cc @@ -51,8 +51,8 @@ K_EXPORT_COMPONENT_FACTORY( kbabel_accelstool, KGenericFactory<AcceleratorTool> using namespace KBabel; -AcceleratorTool::AcceleratorTool( TQObject* tqparent, const char* name, const TQStringList & ) - : KDataTool( tqparent, name ), _cache_origin( 0 ) +AcceleratorTool::AcceleratorTool( TQObject* parent, const char* name, const TQStringList & ) + : KDataTool( parent, name ), _cache_origin( 0 ) { // bogus translation just for allowing the translation i18n("what check found errors","accelerator"); diff --git a/kbabel/datatools/accelerators/main.h b/kbabel/datatools/accelerators/main.h index df1617cf..2660ac8e 100644 --- a/kbabel/datatools/accelerators/main.h +++ b/kbabel/datatools/accelerators/main.h @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ class AcceleratorTool : public KDataTool TQ_OBJECT public: - AcceleratorTool( TQObject* tqparent, const char* name, const TQStringList & ); + AcceleratorTool( TQObject* parent, const char* name, const TQStringList & ); virtual bool run( const TQString& command, void* data, const TQString& datatype, const TQString& mimetype); private: diff --git a/kbabel/datatools/arguments/main.cc b/kbabel/datatools/arguments/main.cc index 43ae38b4..f12bfac8 100644 --- a/kbabel/datatools/arguments/main.cc +++ b/kbabel/datatools/arguments/main.cc @@ -51,8 +51,8 @@ K_EXPORT_COMPONENT_FACTORY( kbabel_argstool, KGenericFactory<ArgumentTool> ( "kb using namespace KBabel; -ArgumentTool::ArgumentTool( TQObject* tqparent, const char* name, const TQStringList & ) - : KDataTool( tqparent, name ), _cache_origin( 0 ) +ArgumentTool::ArgumentTool( TQObject* parent, const char* name, const TQStringList & ) + : KDataTool( parent, name ), _cache_origin( 0 ) { i18n( "what check found errors","arguments"); } diff --git a/kbabel/datatools/arguments/main.h b/kbabel/datatools/arguments/main.h index 1831ea33..ae2d7fd5 100644 --- a/kbabel/datatools/arguments/main.h +++ b/kbabel/datatools/arguments/main.h @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ class ArgumentTool : public KDataTool TQ_OBJECT public: - ArgumentTool( TQObject* tqparent, const char* name, const TQStringList & ); + ArgumentTool( TQObject* parent, const char* name, const TQStringList & ); virtual bool run( const TQString& command, void* data, const TQString& datatype, const TQString& mimetype); private: KBabel::Project::Ptr _cache_origin; diff --git a/kbabel/datatools/context/main.cc b/kbabel/datatools/context/main.cc index 5a17e8c3..95736dbd 100644 --- a/kbabel/datatools/context/main.cc +++ b/kbabel/datatools/context/main.cc @@ -52,8 +52,8 @@ K_EXPORT_COMPONENT_FACTORY( kbabel_contexttool, KGenericFactory<ContextTool> ( " using namespace KBabel; -ContextTool::ContextTool( TQObject* tqparent, const char* name, const TQStringList & ) - : KDataTool( tqparent, name ), _cache_origin( 0 ) +ContextTool::ContextTool( TQObject* parent, const char* name, const TQStringList & ) + : KDataTool( parent, name ), _cache_origin( 0 ) { i18n("what check found errors","context info"); } diff --git a/kbabel/datatools/context/main.h b/kbabel/datatools/context/main.h index c85d8d83..e71975e5 100644 --- a/kbabel/datatools/context/main.h +++ b/kbabel/datatools/context/main.h @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ class ContextTool : public KDataTool TQ_OBJECT public: - ContextTool( TQObject* tqparent, const char* name, const TQStringList & ); + ContextTool( TQObject* parent, const char* name, const TQStringList & ); virtual bool run( const TQString& command, void* data, const TQString& datatype, const TQString& mimetype); private: KBabel::Project::Ptr _cache_origin; diff --git a/kbabel/datatools/equations/main.cc b/kbabel/datatools/equations/main.cc index cb1e1f7b..5abd7fed 100644 --- a/kbabel/datatools/equations/main.cc +++ b/kbabel/datatools/equations/main.cc @@ -52,8 +52,8 @@ K_EXPORT_COMPONENT_FACTORY( kbabel_equationstool, KGenericFactory<EquationsTool> using namespace KBabel; -EquationsTool::EquationsTool( TQObject* tqparent, const char* name, const TQStringList & ) - : KDataTool( tqparent, name ), _equation("^[a-zA-Z0-9]+=.+") +EquationsTool::EquationsTool( TQObject* parent, const char* name, const TQStringList & ) + : KDataTool( parent, name ), _equation("^[a-zA-Z0-9]+=.+") { i18n("what check found errors","equations"); } diff --git a/kbabel/datatools/equations/main.h b/kbabel/datatools/equations/main.h index 11adddaf..16eff40d 100644 --- a/kbabel/datatools/equations/main.h +++ b/kbabel/datatools/equations/main.h @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ class EquationsTool : public KDataTool TQ_OBJECT public: - EquationsTool( TQObject* tqparent, const char* name, const TQStringList & ); + EquationsTool( TQObject* parent, const char* name, const TQStringList & ); virtual bool run( const TQString& command, void* data, const TQString& datatype, const TQString& mimetype); private: TQRegExp _equation; diff --git a/kbabel/datatools/length/main.cc b/kbabel/datatools/length/main.cc index 706cf10c..be809ffb 100644 --- a/kbabel/datatools/length/main.cc +++ b/kbabel/datatools/length/main.cc @@ -55,8 +55,8 @@ K_EXPORT_COMPONENT_FACTORY( kbabel_lengthtool, KGenericFactory<LengthTool> ( "kb using namespace KBabel; -LengthTool::LengthTool( TQObject* tqparent, const char* name, const TQStringList & ) - : KDataTool( tqparent, name ), _cache_origin( 0 ) +LengthTool::LengthTool( TQObject* parent, const char* name, const TQStringList & ) + : KDataTool( parent, name ), _cache_origin( 0 ) { i18n("which check found errors","translation has inconsistent length"); } diff --git a/kbabel/datatools/length/main.h b/kbabel/datatools/length/main.h index cff49df8..7b3bc8cc 100644 --- a/kbabel/datatools/length/main.h +++ b/kbabel/datatools/length/main.h @@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ class LengthTool : public KDataTool TQ_OBJECT public: - LengthTool( TQObject* tqparent, const char* name, const TQStringList & ); + LengthTool( TQObject* parent, const char* name, const TQStringList & ); virtual bool run( const TQString& command, void* data, const TQString& datatype, const TQString& mimetype); private: KBabel::Project::Ptr _cache_origin; diff --git a/kbabel/datatools/not-translated/main.cc b/kbabel/datatools/not-translated/main.cc index 9159c011..d14530b6 100644 --- a/kbabel/datatools/not-translated/main.cc +++ b/kbabel/datatools/not-translated/main.cc @@ -54,8 +54,8 @@ K_EXPORT_COMPONENT_FACTORY( kbabel_nottranslatedtool, KGenericFactory<NotTransla using namespace KBabel; -NotTranslatedTool::NotTranslatedTool( TQObject* tqparent, const char* name, const TQStringList & ) - : KDataTool( tqparent, name ) , _cache_origin( 0 ) +NotTranslatedTool::NotTranslatedTool( TQObject* parent, const char* name, const TQStringList & ) + : KDataTool( parent, name ) , _cache_origin( 0 ) { i18n("which check found errors","English text in translation"); } diff --git a/kbabel/datatools/not-translated/main.h b/kbabel/datatools/not-translated/main.h index a9cba848..a2867df1 100644 --- a/kbabel/datatools/not-translated/main.h +++ b/kbabel/datatools/not-translated/main.h @@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ class NotTranslatedTool : public KDataTool TQ_OBJECT public: - NotTranslatedTool( TQObject* tqparent, const char* name, const TQStringList & ); + NotTranslatedTool( TQObject* parent, const char* name, const TQStringList & ); virtual bool run( const TQString& command, void* data, const TQString& datatype, const TQString& mimetype); private: diff --git a/kbabel/datatools/pluralforms/main.cc b/kbabel/datatools/pluralforms/main.cc index 5bc9e904..34782cfe 100644 --- a/kbabel/datatools/pluralforms/main.cc +++ b/kbabel/datatools/pluralforms/main.cc @@ -53,8 +53,8 @@ K_EXPORT_COMPONENT_FACTORY( kbabel_pluraltool, KGenericFactory<PluralsTool> ( "k using namespace KBabel; -PluralsTool::PluralsTool( TQObject* tqparent, const char* name, const TQStringList & ) - : KDataTool( tqparent, name ), _cache_origin( 0 ), _neededForms(-1) +PluralsTool::PluralsTool( TQObject* parent, const char* name, const TQStringList & ) + : KDataTool( parent, name ), _cache_origin( 0 ), _neededForms(-1) { i18n("what check found errors", "plural forms"); } diff --git a/kbabel/datatools/pluralforms/main.h b/kbabel/datatools/pluralforms/main.h index ee6617dd..88cfe7b5 100644 --- a/kbabel/datatools/pluralforms/main.h +++ b/kbabel/datatools/pluralforms/main.h @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ class PluralsTool : public KDataTool TQ_OBJECT public: - PluralsTool( TQObject* tqparent, const char* name, const TQStringList & ); + PluralsTool( TQObject* parent, const char* name, const TQStringList & ); virtual bool run( const TQString& command, void* data, const TQString& datatype, const TQString& mimetype); private: KBabel::Project::Ptr _cache_origin; diff --git a/kbabel/datatools/punctuation/main.cc b/kbabel/datatools/punctuation/main.cc index 3b2bc35e..80f14c53 100644 --- a/kbabel/datatools/punctuation/main.cc +++ b/kbabel/datatools/punctuation/main.cc @@ -51,8 +51,8 @@ K_EXPORT_COMPONENT_FACTORY( kbabel_punctuationtool, KGenericFactory<PunctuationT using namespace KBabel; -PunctuationTool::PunctuationTool( TQObject* tqparent, const char* name, const TQStringList & ) - : KDataTool( tqparent, name ) +PunctuationTool::PunctuationTool( TQObject* parent, const char* name, const TQStringList & ) + : KDataTool( parent, name ) { // bogus translation just for allowing the translation i18n("what check found errors","punctuation"); diff --git a/kbabel/datatools/punctuation/main.h b/kbabel/datatools/punctuation/main.h index 6d58783e..6ccbdf1f 100644 --- a/kbabel/datatools/punctuation/main.h +++ b/kbabel/datatools/punctuation/main.h @@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ class PunctuationTool : public KDataTool TQ_OBJECT public: - PunctuationTool( TQObject* tqparent, const char* name, const TQStringList & ); + PunctuationTool( TQObject* parent, const char* name, const TQStringList & ); virtual bool run( const TQString& command, void* data, const TQString& datatype, const TQString& mimetype); }; diff --git a/kbabel/datatools/regexp/main.cc b/kbabel/datatools/regexp/main.cc index 132a8c21..3a40eac1 100644 --- a/kbabel/datatools/regexp/main.cc +++ b/kbabel/datatools/regexp/main.cc @@ -49,13 +49,13 @@ K_EXPORT_COMPONENT_FACTORY( kbabel_regexptool, KGenericFactory<RegExpTool> ( "kb using namespace KBabel; -RegExpTool::RegExpTool( TQObject* tqparent, const char* name, const TQStringList & ) - : KDataTool( tqparent, name ) +RegExpTool::RegExpTool( TQObject* parent, const char* name, const TQStringList & ) + : KDataTool( parent, name ) { i18n("which check found errors","translation has inconsistent length"); loadExpressions(); if ( ! _error.isNull() ) - KMessageBox::error( (TQWidget*)tqparent, i18n( "Error loading data (%1)" ).tqarg( _error ) ); + KMessageBox::error( (TQWidget*)parent, i18n( "Error loading data (%1)" ).tqarg( _error ) ); } bool RegExpTool::run( const TQString& command, void* data, const TQString& datatype, const TQString& mimetype ) diff --git a/kbabel/datatools/regexp/main.h b/kbabel/datatools/regexp/main.h index c28c37d0..06c1945b 100644 --- a/kbabel/datatools/regexp/main.h +++ b/kbabel/datatools/regexp/main.h @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ class RegExpTool : public KDataTool TQ_OBJECT public: - RegExpTool( TQObject* tqparent, const char* name, const TQStringList & ); + RegExpTool( TQObject* parent, const char* name, const TQStringList & ); virtual bool run( const TQString& command, void* data, const TQString& datatype, const TQString& mimetype); private: diff --git a/kbabel/datatools/setfuzzy/main.cc b/kbabel/datatools/setfuzzy/main.cc index 192dc4f6..86dc332d 100644 --- a/kbabel/datatools/setfuzzy/main.cc +++ b/kbabel/datatools/setfuzzy/main.cc @@ -49,8 +49,8 @@ K_EXPORT_COMPONENT_FACTORY( kbabel_setfuzzytool, KGenericFactory<SetFuzzyTool> ( using namespace KBabel; -SetFuzzyTool::SetFuzzyTool( TQObject* tqparent, const char* name, const TQStringList & ) - : KDataTool( tqparent, name ) +SetFuzzyTool::SetFuzzyTool( TQObject* parent, const char* name, const TQStringList & ) + : KDataTool( parent, name ) { } diff --git a/kbabel/datatools/setfuzzy/main.h b/kbabel/datatools/setfuzzy/main.h index 729abd1a..966eadc8 100644 --- a/kbabel/datatools/setfuzzy/main.h +++ b/kbabel/datatools/setfuzzy/main.h @@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ class SetFuzzyTool : public KDataTool TQ_OBJECT public: - SetFuzzyTool( TQObject* tqparent, const char* name, const TQStringList & ); + SetFuzzyTool( TQObject* parent, const char* name, const TQStringList & ); virtual bool run( const TQString& command, void* data, const TQString& datatype, const TQString& mimetype); }; diff --git a/kbabel/datatools/whitespace/main.cc b/kbabel/datatools/whitespace/main.cc index 68548501..1b4eacf8 100644 --- a/kbabel/datatools/whitespace/main.cc +++ b/kbabel/datatools/whitespace/main.cc @@ -54,8 +54,8 @@ K_EXPORT_COMPONENT_FACTORY( kbabel_whitespacetool, KGenericFactory<WhitespaceToo using namespace KBabel; -WhitespaceTool::WhitespaceTool( TQObject* tqparent, const char* name, const TQStringList & ) - : KDataTool( tqparent, name ), _cache_origin( 0 ), _equation("^[a-zA-Z0-9]+=") +WhitespaceTool::WhitespaceTool( TQObject* parent, const char* name, const TQStringList & ) + : KDataTool( parent, name ), _cache_origin( 0 ), _equation("^[a-zA-Z0-9]+=") { i18n("which check found errors","whitespace only translation"); } diff --git a/kbabel/datatools/whitespace/main.h b/kbabel/datatools/whitespace/main.h index 9c6c4f24..f9d2697a 100644 --- a/kbabel/datatools/whitespace/main.h +++ b/kbabel/datatools/whitespace/main.h @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ class WhitespaceTool : public KDataTool TQ_OBJECT public: - WhitespaceTool( TQObject* tqparent, const char* name, const TQStringList & ); + WhitespaceTool( TQObject* parent, const char* name, const TQStringList & ); virtual bool run( const TQString& command, void* data, const TQString& datatype, const TQString& mimetype); private: KBabel::Project::Ptr _cache_origin; diff --git a/kbabel/datatools/xml/main.cc b/kbabel/datatools/xml/main.cc index 229ce734..da80d7d1 100644 --- a/kbabel/datatools/xml/main.cc +++ b/kbabel/datatools/xml/main.cc @@ -54,8 +54,8 @@ K_EXPORT_COMPONENT_FACTORY( kbabel_xmltool, KGenericFactory<XMLTool> ( "kbabelda using namespace KBabel; -XMLTool::XMLTool( TQObject* tqparent, const char* name, const TQStringList & ) - : KDataTool( tqparent, name ), _cache_origin( 0 ) +XMLTool::XMLTool( TQObject* parent, const char* name, const TQStringList & ) + : KDataTool( parent, name ), _cache_origin( 0 ) { i18n( "what check found errors", "XML tags" ); } diff --git a/kbabel/datatools/xml/main.h b/kbabel/datatools/xml/main.h index 1b983475..783105fd 100644 --- a/kbabel/datatools/xml/main.h +++ b/kbabel/datatools/xml/main.h @@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ class XMLTool : public KDataTool TQ_OBJECT public: - XMLTool( TQObject* tqparent, const char* name, const TQStringList & ); + XMLTool( TQObject* parent, const char* name, const TQStringList & ); virtual bool run( const TQString& command, void* data, const TQString& datatype, const TQString& mimetype); private: bool isFullyCompliant( const TQString& text); diff --git a/kbabel/filters/gettext/gettextexport.cpp b/kbabel/filters/gettext/gettextexport.cpp index cb7a3b24..31cca29f 100644 --- a/kbabel/filters/gettext/gettextexport.cpp +++ b/kbabel/filters/gettext/gettextexport.cpp @@ -51,8 +51,8 @@ K_EXPORT_COMPONENT_FACTORY( kbabel_gettextexport, KGenericFactory<GettextExportP using namespace KBabel; -GettextExportPlugin::GettextExportPlugin(TQObject* tqparent, const char* name, const TQStringList &) : - CatalogExportPlugin(tqparent,name), m_wrapWidth( -1 ) +GettextExportPlugin::GettextExportPlugin(TQObject* parent, const char* name, const TQStringList &) : + CatalogExportPlugin(parent,name), m_wrapWidth( -1 ) { } diff --git a/kbabel/filters/gettext/gettextexport.h b/kbabel/filters/gettext/gettextexport.h index cfe46ed0..695105d2 100644 --- a/kbabel/filters/gettext/gettextexport.h +++ b/kbabel/filters/gettext/gettextexport.h @@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ class TQTextCodec; class GettextExportPlugin: public KBabel::CatalogExportPlugin { public: - GettextExportPlugin(TQObject* tqparent, const char* name, const TQStringList &); + GettextExportPlugin(TQObject* parent, const char* name, const TQStringList &); virtual KBabel::ConversiontqStatus save(const TQString& file, const TQString& mimetype, const KBabel::Catalog* catalog); private: diff --git a/kbabel/filters/gettext/gettextimport.cpp b/kbabel/filters/gettext/gettextimport.cpp index f66516cc..a48e327b 100644 --- a/kbabel/filters/gettext/gettextimport.cpp +++ b/kbabel/filters/gettext/gettextimport.cpp @@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ K_EXPORT_COMPONENT_FACTORY( kbabel_gettextimport, KGenericFactory<GettextImportP using namespace KBabel; -GettextImportPlugin::GettextImportPlugin(TQObject* tqparent, const char* name, const TQStringList &) : CatalogImportPlugin(tqparent,name) +GettextImportPlugin::GettextImportPlugin(TQObject* parent, const char* name, const TQStringList &) : CatalogImportPlugin(parent,name) { } diff --git a/kbabel/filters/gettext/gettextimport.h b/kbabel/filters/gettext/gettextimport.h index 5549168b..fa20aa62 100644 --- a/kbabel/filters/gettext/gettextimport.h +++ b/kbabel/filters/gettext/gettextimport.h @@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ class TQTextCodec; class GettextImportPlugin: public KBabel::CatalogImportPlugin { public: - GettextImportPlugin(TQObject* tqparent, const char* name, const TQStringList &); + GettextImportPlugin(TQObject* parent, const char* name, const TQStringList &); virtual KBabel::ConversiontqStatus load(const TQString& file, const TQString& mimetype); virtual const TQString id() { return "GNU gettext"; } diff --git a/kbabel/filters/linguist/linguistexport.cpp b/kbabel/filters/linguist/linguistexport.cpp index 072ecde8..10fc37e2 100644 --- a/kbabel/filters/linguist/linguistexport.cpp +++ b/kbabel/filters/linguist/linguistexport.cpp @@ -53,8 +53,8 @@ K_EXPORT_COMPONENT_FACTORY( kbabel_linguistexport, KGenericFactory<LinguistExpor using namespace KBabel; -LinguistExportPlugin::LinguistExportPlugin( TQObject * tqparent, const char * name, const TQStringList& ) - : CatalogExportPlugin( tqparent, name ) +LinguistExportPlugin::LinguistExportPlugin( TQObject * parent, const char * name, const TQStringList& ) + : CatalogExportPlugin( parent, name ) { } diff --git a/kbabel/filters/linguist/linguistexport.h b/kbabel/filters/linguist/linguistexport.h index f4ed3240..d468fce4 100644 --- a/kbabel/filters/linguist/linguistexport.h +++ b/kbabel/filters/linguist/linguistexport.h @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ class Catalog; class LinguistExportPlugin : public KBabel::CatalogExportPlugin { public: - LinguistExportPlugin( TQObject * tqparent, const char * name, const TQStringList& ); + LinguistExportPlugin( TQObject * parent, const char * name, const TQStringList& ); virtual KBabel::ConversiontqStatus save( const TQString& filename, const TQString& mimetype, const KBabel::Catalog * catalog ); private: diff --git a/kbabel/filters/linguist/linguistimport.cpp b/kbabel/filters/linguist/linguistimport.cpp index f4e1102f..6d8dda81 100644 --- a/kbabel/filters/linguist/linguistimport.cpp +++ b/kbabel/filters/linguist/linguistimport.cpp @@ -55,8 +55,8 @@ K_EXPORT_COMPONENT_FACTORY( kbabel_linguistimport, KGenericFactory<LinguistImpor using namespace KBabel; -LinguistImportPlugin::LinguistImportPlugin( TQObject * tqparent, const char * name, const TQStringList& ) - : CatalogImportPlugin( tqparent, name ) +LinguistImportPlugin::LinguistImportPlugin( TQObject * parent, const char * name, const TQStringList& ) + : CatalogImportPlugin( parent, name ) { } diff --git a/kbabel/filters/linguist/linguistimport.h b/kbabel/filters/linguist/linguistimport.h index 3f6d8051..b0bc51d9 100644 --- a/kbabel/filters/linguist/linguistimport.h +++ b/kbabel/filters/linguist/linguistimport.h @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ class TQStringList; class LinguistImportPlugin : public KBabel::CatalogImportPlugin { public: - LinguistImportPlugin( TQObject * tqparent, const char * name, const TQStringList& ); + LinguistImportPlugin( TQObject * parent, const char * name, const TQStringList& ); virtual KBabel::ConversiontqStatus load( const TQString& filename, const TQString& mimetype ); virtual const TQString id( ) { return "TQt translation source"; } diff --git a/kbabel/filters/xliff/xliffexport.cpp b/kbabel/filters/xliff/xliffexport.cpp index 187a1dda..c633e8b1 100644 --- a/kbabel/filters/xliff/xliffexport.cpp +++ b/kbabel/filters/xliff/xliffexport.cpp @@ -53,8 +53,8 @@ K_EXPORT_COMPONENT_FACTORY( kbabel_xliffexport, KGenericFactory<XLIFFExportPlugi using namespace KBabel; -XLIFFExportPlugin::XLIFFExportPlugin( TQObject * tqparent, const char * name, const TQStringList& ) - : CatalogExportPlugin( tqparent, name ) +XLIFFExportPlugin::XLIFFExportPlugin( TQObject * parent, const char * name, const TQStringList& ) + : CatalogExportPlugin( parent, name ) { } diff --git a/kbabel/filters/xliff/xliffexport.h b/kbabel/filters/xliff/xliffexport.h index 71253133..eccc311c 100644 --- a/kbabel/filters/xliff/xliffexport.h +++ b/kbabel/filters/xliff/xliffexport.h @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ class Catalog; class XLIFFExportPlugin : public KBabel::CatalogExportPlugin { public: - XLIFFExportPlugin( TQObject * tqparent, const char * name, const TQStringList& ); + XLIFFExportPlugin( TQObject * parent, const char * name, const TQStringList& ); virtual KBabel::ConversiontqStatus save( const TQString& filename, const TQString& mimetype, const KBabel::Catalog * catalog ); private: diff --git a/kbabel/filters/xliff/xliffimport.cpp b/kbabel/filters/xliff/xliffimport.cpp index 3bf16e19..246b8c24 100644 --- a/kbabel/filters/xliff/xliffimport.cpp +++ b/kbabel/filters/xliff/xliffimport.cpp @@ -68,8 +68,8 @@ K_EXPORT_COMPONENT_FACTORY( kbabel_xliffimport, KGenericFactory<XLIFFImportPlugi using namespace KBabel; -XLIFFImportPlugin::XLIFFImportPlugin( TQObject * tqparent, const char * name, const TQStringList& ) - : CatalogImportPlugin( tqparent, name ) +XLIFFImportPlugin::XLIFFImportPlugin( TQObject * parent, const char * name, const TQStringList& ) + : CatalogImportPlugin( parent, name ) { } diff --git a/kbabel/filters/xliff/xliffimport.h b/kbabel/filters/xliff/xliffimport.h index a18a9a82..a32a686b 100644 --- a/kbabel/filters/xliff/xliffimport.h +++ b/kbabel/filters/xliff/xliffimport.h @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ class TQStringList; class XLIFFImportPlugin : public KBabel::CatalogImportPlugin { public: - XLIFFImportPlugin( TQObject * tqparent, const char * name, const TQStringList& ); + XLIFFImportPlugin( TQObject * parent, const char * name, const TQStringList& ); virtual KBabel::ConversiontqStatus load( const TQString& filename, const TQString& mimetype ); virtual const TQString id( ) { return "XLIFF 1.1"; } diff --git a/kbabel/kbabel/charselectview.cpp b/kbabel/kbabel/charselectview.cpp index f174c3ed..9a19e5ec 100644 --- a/kbabel/kbabel/charselectview.cpp +++ b/kbabel/kbabel/charselectview.cpp @@ -49,8 +49,8 @@ using namespace KBabel; -CharacterSelectorView::CharacterSelectorView(KBCatalog* catalog,TQWidget *tqparent, Project::Ptr project) - : KBCatalogView(catalog,tqparent,project) +CharacterSelectorView::CharacterSelectorView(KBCatalog* catalog,TQWidget *parent, Project::Ptr project) + : KBCatalogView(catalog,parent,project) { TQVBoxLayout* tqlayout = new TQVBoxLayout( this ); tqlayout->setResizeMode( TQLayout::Minimum ); diff --git a/kbabel/kbabel/charselectview.h b/kbabel/kbabel/charselectview.h index 4d0ee3a6..49113331 100644 --- a/kbabel/kbabel/charselectview.h +++ b/kbabel/kbabel/charselectview.h @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ public: /** * Default constructor */ - CharacterSelectorView(KBCatalog* catalog,TQWidget *tqparent, KBabel::Project::Ptr project); + CharacterSelectorView(KBCatalog* catalog,TQWidget *parent, KBabel::Project::Ptr project); void saveSettings(KConfig* config); void restoreSettings(KConfig* config); diff --git a/kbabel/kbabel/commentview.cpp b/kbabel/kbabel/commentview.cpp index 324c4d32..44a049dc 100644 --- a/kbabel/kbabel/commentview.cpp +++ b/kbabel/kbabel/commentview.cpp @@ -62,8 +62,8 @@ using namespace KBabel; -CommentView::CommentView(KBCatalog* catalog,TQWidget *tqparent, Project::Ptr project) - : KBCatalogView(catalog,tqparent, project) +CommentView::CommentView(KBCatalog* catalog,TQWidget *parent, Project::Ptr project) + : KBCatalogView(catalog,parent, project) { setAcceptDrops(true); diff --git a/kbabel/kbabel/commentview.h b/kbabel/kbabel/commentview.h index f00d1241..0c38b37a 100644 --- a/kbabel/kbabel/commentview.h +++ b/kbabel/kbabel/commentview.h @@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ public: /** * Default constructor */ - CommentView(KBCatalog* catalog,TQWidget *tqparent, KBabel::Project::Ptr project); + CommentView(KBCatalog* catalog,TQWidget *parent, KBabel::Project::Ptr project); /** * this is called from the catalog when updating his views. diff --git a/kbabel/kbabel/contextview.cpp b/kbabel/kbabel/contextview.cpp index 94bbf000..11d8434a 100644 --- a/kbabel/kbabel/contextview.cpp +++ b/kbabel/kbabel/contextview.cpp @@ -47,8 +47,8 @@ using namespace KBabel; -ContextView::ContextView(KBCatalog* catalog,TQWidget *tqparent, Project::Ptr project) - : KBCatalogView(catalog,tqparent,project) +ContextView::ContextView(KBCatalog* catalog,TQWidget *parent, Project::Ptr project) + : KBCatalogView(catalog,parent,project) { TQVBoxLayout* tqlayout = new TQVBoxLayout( this ); tqlayout->setResizeMode( TQLayout::Minimum ); diff --git a/kbabel/kbabel/contextview.h b/kbabel/kbabel/contextview.h index 9f0b2405..8524faa9 100644 --- a/kbabel/kbabel/contextview.h +++ b/kbabel/kbabel/contextview.h @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ public: /** * Default constructor */ - ContextView(KBCatalog* catalog,TQWidget *tqparent, KBabel::Project::Ptr project); + ContextView(KBCatalog* catalog,TQWidget *parent, KBabel::Project::Ptr project); public slots: virtual void updateView(); diff --git a/kbabel/kbabel/errorlistview.cpp b/kbabel/kbabel/errorlistview.cpp index 74deba91..719798d3 100644 --- a/kbabel/kbabel/errorlistview.cpp +++ b/kbabel/kbabel/errorlistview.cpp @@ -47,8 +47,8 @@ using namespace KBabel; -ErrorListView::ErrorListView(KBCatalog* catalog,TQWidget *tqparent, Project::Ptr project) - : KBCatalogView(catalog,tqparent,project) +ErrorListView::ErrorListView(KBCatalog* catalog,TQWidget *parent, Project::Ptr project) + : KBCatalogView(catalog,parent,project) { TQVBoxLayout* tqlayout = new TQVBoxLayout( this ); tqlayout->setResizeMode( TQLayout::Minimum ); diff --git a/kbabel/kbabel/errorlistview.h b/kbabel/kbabel/errorlistview.h index 022d94c1..9d812b04 100644 --- a/kbabel/kbabel/errorlistview.h +++ b/kbabel/kbabel/errorlistview.h @@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ public: /** * Default constructor */ - ErrorListView(KBCatalog* catalog,TQWidget *tqparent, KBabel::Project::Ptr project); + ErrorListView(KBCatalog* catalog,TQWidget *parent, KBabel::Project::Ptr project); public slots: virtual void updateView(); diff --git a/kbabel/kbabel/gotodialog.cpp b/kbabel/kbabel/gotodialog.cpp index 9bec7bf7..a6fca91e 100644 --- a/kbabel/kbabel/gotodialog.cpp +++ b/kbabel/kbabel/gotodialog.cpp @@ -37,8 +37,8 @@ #include "gotodialog.h" -GotoDialog::GotoDialog(int max,TQWidget* tqparent) - : KDialogBase(tqparent,0,true,i18n("Go to Entry"),Ok|Cancel) +GotoDialog::GotoDialog(int max,TQWidget* parent) + : KDialogBase(parent,0,true,i18n("Go to Entry"),Ok|Cancel) { TQGroupBox* box=new TQGroupBox(1,Qt::Horizontal,i18n("Go to Entry"),this); _spinBox= new KIntSpinBox(1,max,1,1,10,box); diff --git a/kbabel/kbabel/gotodialog.h b/kbabel/kbabel/gotodialog.h index afd9b250..b1022967 100644 --- a/kbabel/kbabel/gotodialog.h +++ b/kbabel/kbabel/gotodialog.h @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ class KIntSpinBox; class GotoDialog : public KDialogBase { public: - GotoDialog(int max, TQWidget* tqparent); + GotoDialog(int max, TQWidget* parent); virtual ~GotoDialog(); /** reimplemented to select contents when shown*/ diff --git a/kbabel/kbabel/hidingmsgedit.cpp b/kbabel/kbabel/hidingmsgedit.cpp index d1458fb4..3d0b128a 100644 --- a/kbabel/kbabel/hidingmsgedit.cpp +++ b/kbabel/kbabel/hidingmsgedit.cpp @@ -41,8 +41,8 @@ using namespace KBabel; -HidingMsgEdit::HidingMsgEdit(uint numberOfPlurals, TQWidget* eventFilter, KSpell* spell, TQWidget *tqparent, const char *name ) : - TQWidgetStack(tqparent,name) +HidingMsgEdit::HidingMsgEdit(uint numberOfPlurals, TQWidget* eventFilter, KSpell* spell, TQWidget *parent, const char *name ) : + TQWidgetStack(parent,name) , _singleEdit(0) , _multipleEdit(0) , _eventFilter(eventFilter) diff --git a/kbabel/kbabel/hidingmsgedit.h b/kbabel/kbabel/hidingmsgedit.h index 65c65d40..9aed746d 100644 --- a/kbabel/kbabel/hidingmsgedit.h +++ b/kbabel/kbabel/hidingmsgedit.h @@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ class HidingMsgEdit : public TQWidgetStack { Q_OBJECT TQ_OBJECT public: - HidingMsgEdit(uint numberOfPlurals, TQWidget* eventFilter=0, KSpell* spell=0, TQWidget *tqparent=0, const char *name=0); + HidingMsgEdit(uint numberOfPlurals, TQWidget* eventFilter=0, KSpell* spell=0, TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0); ~HidingMsgEdit(); void setNumberOfPlurals(uint numberOfPlurals); diff --git a/kbabel/kbabel/kbabel.cpp b/kbabel/kbabel/kbabel.cpp index 64733fa1..f7607534 100644 --- a/kbabel/kbabel/kbabel.cpp +++ b/kbabel/kbabel/kbabel.cpp @@ -113,7 +113,7 @@ TQPtrList<KBabelPreferences> KBabelMW::prefDialogs; class MyKProgress: public KProgress { public: - MyKProgress( TQWidget *tqparent, const char *name ) : KProgress( tqparent, name ) + MyKProgress( TQWidget *parent, const char *name ) : KProgress( parent, name ) { tqsetSizePolicy( TQSizePolicy::Minimum, TQSizePolicy::Preferred ); } @@ -1614,10 +1614,10 @@ KBabelMW *KBabelMW::winForURL(const KURL& url, TQString project) KBabelView *v = KBabelView::viewForURL(url,project); if(v) { - TQObject *p = v->tqparent(); + TQObject *p = v->parent(); while(p && !p->inherits("KBabelMW")) { - p = p->tqparent(); + p = p->parent(); } if(p) @@ -1634,10 +1634,10 @@ KBabelMW *KBabelMW::emptyWin(TQString project) KBabelView *v = KBabelView::emptyView(project); if(v) { - TQObject *p = v->tqparent(); + TQObject *p = v->parent(); while(p && !p->inherits("KBabelMW")) { - p = p->tqparent(); + p = p->parent(); } if(p) diff --git a/kbabel/kbabel/kbabelsplash.cpp b/kbabel/kbabel/kbabelsplash.cpp index e5dcf563..785943d8 100644 --- a/kbabel/kbabel/kbabelsplash.cpp +++ b/kbabel/kbabel/kbabelsplash.cpp @@ -40,8 +40,8 @@ KBabelSplash* KBabelSplash::instance = 0; -KBabelSplash::KBabelSplash( TQWidget* tqparent, const char* name ) - : TQVBox( tqparent, name, WType_Dialog|WShowModal|WStyle_Customize|WStyle_NoBorder|WDestructiveClose ) +KBabelSplash::KBabelSplash( TQWidget* parent, const char* name ) + : TQVBox( parent, name, WType_Dialog|WShowModal|WStyle_Customize|WStyle_NoBorder|WDestructiveClose ) { setMargin( 0 ); setSpacing( 0 ); diff --git a/kbabel/kbabel/kbabelsplash.h b/kbabel/kbabel/kbabelsplash.h index 24f2865a..b799029f 100644 --- a/kbabel/kbabel/kbabelsplash.h +++ b/kbabel/kbabel/kbabelsplash.h @@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ Q_OBJECT TQ_OBJECT public: - KBabelSplash( TQWidget* tqparent = 0, const char* name = 0 ); + KBabelSplash( TQWidget* parent = 0, const char* name = 0 ); ~KBabelSplash() { instance = 0; } static KBabelSplash* instance; diff --git a/kbabel/kbabel/kbabelview.cpp b/kbabel/kbabel/kbabelview.cpp index 1f9aab72..8c5746b0 100644 --- a/kbabel/kbabel/kbabelview.cpp +++ b/kbabel/kbabel/kbabelview.cpp @@ -115,11 +115,11 @@ using namespace KBabel; TQPtrList<KBabelView> *KBabelView::viewList = 0; -KBabelView::KBabelView(KBCatalog* catalog,KBabelMW *tqparent, Project::Ptr project) - : TQWidget(tqparent) +KBabelView::KBabelView(KBCatalog* catalog,KBabelMW *parent, Project::Ptr project) + : TQWidget(parent) , _redirectedBackSearch (false) , _project (project) - , m_mainwindow (tqparent) + , m_mainwindow (parent) , m_sourceview (0) { if(!viewList) diff --git a/kbabel/kbabel/kbabelview.h b/kbabel/kbabel/kbabelview.h index a6b8e252..3398457d 100644 --- a/kbabel/kbabel/kbabelview.h +++ b/kbabel/kbabel/kbabelview.h @@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ public: * Default constructor * @param buildLeds flag, if status leds should be created in editor */ - KBabelView(KBCatalog* catalog,KBabelMW *tqparent, KBabel::Project::Ptr project); + KBabelView(KBCatalog* catalog,KBabelMW *parent, KBabel::Project::Ptr project); /** * Destructor diff --git a/kbabel/kbabel/kbbookmarkhandler.cpp b/kbabel/kbabel/kbbookmarkhandler.cpp index 3f9b70b8..d9f080cb 100644 --- a/kbabel/kbabel/kbbookmarkhandler.cpp +++ b/kbabel/kbabel/kbbookmarkhandler.cpp @@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ KBabelBookmark::KBabelBookmark(int msgindex, TQString msgtext) } // insert one '&' before every consecutive group of ampersands to keep the - // first of these from acting either as accelerator or tqmask in the menu + // first of these from acting either as accelerator or mask in the menu TQRegExp rx("&+"); int pos = msgtext.find(rx); while (pos >= 0) { diff --git a/kbabel/kbabel/kbcatalog.cpp b/kbabel/kbabel/kbcatalog.cpp index 933df9de..5f3fc9fb 100644 --- a/kbabel/kbabel/kbcatalog.cpp +++ b/kbabel/kbabel/kbcatalog.cpp @@ -35,8 +35,8 @@ #include "headereditor.h" -KBCatalog::KBCatalog(TQString configFile, TQObject* tqparent, const char* name) - : KBabel::Catalog(tqparent,name,configFile) +KBCatalog::KBCatalog(TQString configFile, TQObject* parent, const char* name) + : KBabel::Catalog(parent,name,configFile) { _headerEditor=0; } diff --git a/kbabel/kbabel/kbcatalog.h b/kbabel/kbabel/kbcatalog.h index 9911180b..02cc18c2 100644 --- a/kbabel/kbabel/kbcatalog.h +++ b/kbabel/kbabel/kbcatalog.h @@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ class KBCatalog : public KBabel::Catalog TQ_OBJECT public: - KBCatalog(TQString configFile = TQString() ,TQObject* tqparent=0, const char* name=0); + KBCatalog(TQString configFile = TQString() ,TQObject* parent=0, const char* name=0); virtual ~KBCatalog(); HeaderEditor* headerEditor(); diff --git a/kbabel/kbabel/kbcataloglistview.cpp b/kbabel/kbabel/kbcataloglistview.cpp index 25cff704..cd48f274 100644 --- a/kbabel/kbabel/kbcataloglistview.cpp +++ b/kbabel/kbabel/kbcataloglistview.cpp @@ -34,8 +34,8 @@ using namespace KBabel; -KBCatalogListView::KBCatalogListView(KBCatalog* catalog, TQWidget *tqparent, KBabel::Project::Ptr project) - : TQWidget(tqparent) +KBCatalogListView::KBCatalogListView(KBCatalog* catalog, TQWidget *parent, KBabel::Project::Ptr project) + : TQWidget(parent) { m_catalog= catalog; TQVBoxLayout* tqlayout=new TQVBoxLayout(this); diff --git a/kbabel/kbabel/kbcataloglistview.h b/kbabel/kbabel/kbcataloglistview.h index 53e7327a..2de5974e 100644 --- a/kbabel/kbabel/kbcataloglistview.h +++ b/kbabel/kbabel/kbcataloglistview.h @@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ class KBCatalogListView : public TQWidget, public KBabel::CatalogView Q_OBJECT TQ_OBJECT public: - KBCatalogListView(KBCatalog* catalog, TQWidget *tqparent, KBabel::Project::Ptr project); + KBCatalogListView(KBCatalog* catalog, TQWidget *parent, KBabel::Project::Ptr project); ~KBCatalogListView(); diff --git a/kbabel/kbabel/kbcataloglistviewitem.cpp b/kbabel/kbabel/kbcataloglistviewitem.cpp index 45be428e..dd14221c 100644 --- a/kbabel/kbabel/kbcataloglistviewitem.cpp +++ b/kbabel/kbabel/kbcataloglistviewitem.cpp @@ -23,8 +23,8 @@ #include "kbcataloglistviewitem.h" #include <assert.h> -KBCatalogListViewItem::KBCatalogListViewItem(KListView* lv, KListViewItem* tqparent, uint id, TQString msgid, TQString msgstr) - : Super(lv, tqparent, "","",""), m_id(id), m_msgid(msgid), m_msgstr(msgstr) +KBCatalogListViewItem::KBCatalogListViewItem(KListView* lv, KListViewItem* parent, uint id, TQString msgid, TQString msgstr) + : Super(lv, parent, "","",""), m_id(id), m_msgid(msgid), m_msgstr(msgstr) { setText(0,TQString::number(id)); } diff --git a/kbabel/kbabel/kbcataloglistviewitem.h b/kbabel/kbabel/kbcataloglistviewitem.h index 16353c70..4a24c159 100644 --- a/kbabel/kbabel/kbcataloglistviewitem.h +++ b/kbabel/kbabel/kbcataloglistviewitem.h @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ class KBCatalogListViewItem : public KListViewItem { typedef KListViewItem Super; public: - KBCatalogListViewItem(KListView* lv, KListViewItem* tqparent, uint id, TQString msgid, TQString msgstr); + KBCatalogListViewItem(KListView* lv, KListViewItem* parent, uint id, TQString msgid, TQString msgstr); ~KBCatalogListViewItem(); diff --git a/kbabel/kbabel/kbcatalogview.cpp b/kbabel/kbabel/kbcatalogview.cpp index fc7898f7..af4dd3dd 100644 --- a/kbabel/kbabel/kbcatalogview.cpp +++ b/kbabel/kbabel/kbcatalogview.cpp @@ -36,8 +36,8 @@ using namespace KBabel; -KBCatalogView::KBCatalogView(KBCatalog* catalog, TQWidget* tqparent, Project::Ptr project) - : TQWidget (tqparent), KBabel::CatalogView () , _project (project) +KBCatalogView::KBCatalogView(KBCatalog* catalog, TQWidget* parent, Project::Ptr project) + : TQWidget (parent), KBabel::CatalogView () , _project (project) { if (catalog == 0) kdFatal(KBABEL) << "catalog==0" << endl; diff --git a/kbabel/kbabel/kbcatalogview.h b/kbabel/kbabel/kbcatalogview.h index 33cf8904..ca3caa87 100644 --- a/kbabel/kbabel/kbcatalogview.h +++ b/kbabel/kbabel/kbcatalogview.h @@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ public: /** * Default constructor */ - KBCatalogView(KBCatalog* catalog, TQWidget* tqparent, KBabel::Project::Ptr project); + KBCatalogView(KBCatalog* catalog, TQWidget* parent, KBabel::Project::Ptr project); /** * Destructor diff --git a/kbabel/kbabel/kbcharselect.cpp b/kbabel/kbabel/kbcharselect.cpp index b2719386..2b55d4f5 100644 --- a/kbabel/kbabel/kbcharselect.cpp +++ b/kbabel/kbabel/kbcharselect.cpp @@ -41,8 +41,8 @@ #include <tqspinbox.h> #include <tqscrollview.h> -KBCharSelect::KBCharSelect(TQWidget* tqparent,const char* name) - : TQVBox(tqparent,name) +KBCharSelect::KBCharSelect(TQWidget* parent,const char* name) + : TQVBox(parent,name) { setSpacing( KDialog::spacingHint() ); diff --git a/kbabel/kbabel/kbcharselect.h b/kbabel/kbabel/kbcharselect.h index a13071bf..c8248f9b 100644 --- a/kbabel/kbabel/kbcharselect.h +++ b/kbabel/kbabel/kbcharselect.h @@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ class KBCharSelect : public TQVBox Q_OBJECT TQ_OBJECT public: - KBCharSelect(TQWidget* tqparent, const char* name=0); + KBCharSelect(TQWidget* parent, const char* name=0); void saveSettings(KConfig* config); void restoreSettings(KConfig* config); diff --git a/kbabel/kbabel/mymultilineedit.cpp b/kbabel/kbabel/mymultilineedit.cpp index a3251a6b..af824fdd 100644 --- a/kbabel/kbabel/mymultilineedit.cpp +++ b/kbabel/kbabel/mymultilineedit.cpp @@ -62,8 +62,8 @@ using namespace KBabel; -MyMultiLineEdit::MyMultiLineEdit(int ID, TQWidget* tqparent,const char* name) - :KTextEdit(tqparent,name), emitUndo(true), +MyMultiLineEdit::MyMultiLineEdit(int ID, TQWidget* parent,const char* name) + :KTextEdit(parent,name), emitUndo(true), _firstChangedLine(0), _lastChangedLine(0), _lastParagraph(0), @@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ MyMultiLineEdit::MyMultiLineEdit(int ID, TQWidget* tqparent,const char* name) { setUndoRedoEnabled(false); // we handle this ourselves setWordWrap( WidgetWidth ); - viewport()->setAcceptDrops( false ); // we need our tqparent to get drops + viewport()->setAcceptDrops( false ); // we need our parent to get drops connect(this, TQT_SIGNAL(selectionChanged()), this, TQT_SLOT( onSelectionChanged() ) ); } @@ -592,8 +592,8 @@ void MyMultiLineEdit::setOverwriteMode( bool b ) } /*******************************************************************************/ -MsgMultiLineEdit::MsgMultiLineEdit(int ID, KSpell* spell, TQWidget* tqparent,const char* name) - :MyMultiLineEdit(ID, tqparent,name), +MsgMultiLineEdit::MsgMultiLineEdit(int ID, KSpell* spell, TQWidget* parent,const char* name) + :MyMultiLineEdit(ID, parent,name), _quotes(false), _cleverEditing(false), _highlightBg(false), diff --git a/kbabel/kbabel/mymultilineedit.h b/kbabel/kbabel/mymultilineedit.h index bc0075d0..272878da 100644 --- a/kbabel/kbabel/mymultilineedit.h +++ b/kbabel/kbabel/mymultilineedit.h @@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ class MyMultiLineEdit : public KTextEdit Q_OBJECT TQ_OBJECT public: - MyMultiLineEdit(int ID,TQWidget* tqparent,const char* name=0); + MyMultiLineEdit(int ID,TQWidget* parent,const char* name=0); /** applies cmd to the displayed text, but does not emit @@ -130,7 +130,7 @@ protected: virtual TQPopupMenu *createPopupMenu(); virtual TQPopupMenu *createPopupMenu(const TQPoint &pos); - /* the tqparent handles this */ + /* the parent handles this */ virtual void wheelEvent(TQWheelEvent*); bool emitUndo; @@ -178,7 +178,7 @@ class MsgMultiLineEdit : public MyMultiLineEdit public: enum TextColor { NormalColor, ErrorColor }; - MsgMultiLineEdit(int ID, KSpell* spell=0, TQWidget* tqparent=0,const char* name=0); + MsgMultiLineEdit(int ID, KSpell* spell=0, TQWidget* parent=0,const char* name=0); virtual ~MsgMultiLineEdit(); /** is displaying surrounding quotes enabled? */ diff --git a/kbabel/kbabel/sourceview.cpp b/kbabel/kbabel/sourceview.cpp index bf61189f..33b0d27b 100644 --- a/kbabel/kbabel/sourceview.cpp +++ b/kbabel/kbabel/sourceview.cpp @@ -45,8 +45,8 @@ using namespace KBabel; -SourceView::SourceView(KBCatalog* catalog,TQWidget *tqparent, Project::Ptr project) - : KBCatalogView(catalog,tqparent,project) +SourceView::SourceView(KBCatalog* catalog,TQWidget *parent, Project::Ptr project) + : KBCatalogView(catalog,parent,project) { TQVBoxLayout* tqlayout = new TQVBoxLayout( this ); tqlayout->setResizeMode( TQLayout::Minimum ); diff --git a/kbabel/kbabel/sourceview.h b/kbabel/kbabel/sourceview.h index c17c49cc..20d5321f 100644 --- a/kbabel/kbabel/sourceview.h +++ b/kbabel/kbabel/sourceview.h @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ public: /** * Default constructor */ - SourceView(KBCatalog* catalog,TQWidget *tqparent, KBabel::Project::Ptr project); + SourceView(KBCatalog* catalog,TQWidget *parent, KBabel::Project::Ptr project); public slots: virtual void updateView(); diff --git a/kbabel/kbabel/spelldlg.cpp b/kbabel/kbabel/spelldlg.cpp index fc53b6e0..fab8c606 100644 --- a/kbabel/kbabel/spelldlg.cpp +++ b/kbabel/kbabel/spelldlg.cpp @@ -40,8 +40,8 @@ #include <kglobal.h> #include <klocale.h> -SpellDlg::SpellDlg(bool haveMarkedText,TQWidget *tqparent,const char *name) - : KDialogBase(tqparent,name,true,i18n("Caption of dialog","Spelling") +SpellDlg::SpellDlg(bool haveMarkedText,TQWidget *parent,const char *name) + : KDialogBase(parent,name,true,i18n("Caption of dialog","Spelling") , Ok|Cancel) { setButtonOK(KGuiItem(i18n("&Spell Check"),"spellcheck")); diff --git a/kbabel/kbabel/spelldlg.h b/kbabel/kbabel/spelldlg.h index be182d7e..71ced638 100644 --- a/kbabel/kbabel/spelldlg.h +++ b/kbabel/kbabel/spelldlg.h @@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ class SpellDlg : public KDialogBase TQ_OBJECT public: - SpellDlg(bool haveMarkedText, TQWidget* tqparent, const char *name=0); + SpellDlg(bool haveMarkedText, TQWidget* parent, const char *name=0); ~SpellDlg(); bool all() const; diff --git a/kbabel/kbabel/taglistview.cpp b/kbabel/kbabel/taglistview.cpp index 51a37d49..62d4eba5 100644 --- a/kbabel/kbabel/taglistview.cpp +++ b/kbabel/kbabel/taglistview.cpp @@ -44,8 +44,8 @@ using namespace KBabel; -TagListView::TagListView(KBCatalog* catalog,TQWidget *tqparent, Project::Ptr project) - : KBCatalogView(catalog,tqparent,project) +TagListView::TagListView(KBCatalog* catalog,TQWidget *parent, Project::Ptr project) + : KBCatalogView(catalog,parent,project) { TQVBoxLayout* tqlayout = new TQVBoxLayout( this ); tqlayout->setResizeMode( TQLayout::Minimum ); diff --git a/kbabel/kbabel/taglistview.h b/kbabel/kbabel/taglistview.h index d2d21308..95de3dc7 100644 --- a/kbabel/kbabel/taglistview.h +++ b/kbabel/kbabel/taglistview.h @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ public: /** * Default constructor */ - TagListView(KBCatalog* catalog,TQWidget *tqparent, KBabel::Project::Ptr project); + TagListView(KBCatalog* catalog,TQWidget *parent, KBabel::Project::Ptr project); public slots: virtual void updateView(); diff --git a/kbabel/kbabeldict/aboutmoduledlg.cpp b/kbabel/kbabeldict/aboutmoduledlg.cpp index c4a5969e..861fe01a 100644 --- a/kbabel/kbabeldict/aboutmoduledlg.cpp +++ b/kbabel/kbabeldict/aboutmoduledlg.cpp @@ -35,8 +35,8 @@ #include <kbugreport.h> #include <klocale.h> -AboutModuleDlg::AboutModuleDlg(const KAboutData *aboutData, TQWidget *tqparent) - : KAboutApplication(aboutData, tqparent) +AboutModuleDlg::AboutModuleDlg(const KAboutData *aboutData, TQWidget *parent) + : KAboutApplication(aboutData, parent) , _aboutData(aboutData) { setHelpLinkText(i18n("Report Bug...")); diff --git a/kbabel/kbabeldict/aboutmoduledlg.h b/kbabel/kbabeldict/aboutmoduledlg.h index a3b1656e..399ea38f 100644 --- a/kbabel/kbabeldict/aboutmoduledlg.h +++ b/kbabel/kbabeldict/aboutmoduledlg.h @@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ class AboutModuleDlg : public KAboutApplication TQ_OBJECT public: - AboutModuleDlg(const KAboutData *aboutData, TQWidget* tqparent=0); + AboutModuleDlg(const KAboutData *aboutData, TQWidget* parent=0); public slots: virtual void helpClickedSlot(const TQString&); diff --git a/kbabel/kbabeldict/dictchooser.cpp b/kbabel/kbabeldict/dictchooser.cpp index e0ccbaf5..d3b8df63 100644 --- a/kbabel/kbabeldict/dictchooser.cpp +++ b/kbabel/kbabeldict/dictchooser.cpp @@ -45,8 +45,8 @@ #include <ktempfile.h> DictChooser::DictChooser(KBabelDictBox*b, TQStringList selected - , TQWidget *tqparent, const char *name) - : TQWidget(tqparent,name), box(b) + , TQWidget *parent, const char *name) + : TQWidget(parent,name), box(b) { tempConfig.clear(); tempConfig.setAutoDelete(true); diff --git a/kbabel/kbabeldict/dictchooser.h b/kbabel/kbabeldict/dictchooser.h index e8ef1d71..ba5e5c56 100644 --- a/kbabel/kbabeldict/dictchooser.h +++ b/kbabel/kbabeldict/dictchooser.h @@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ class KDE_EXPORT DictChooser : public TQWidget public: DictChooser(KBabelDictBox* box, TQStringList selected, - TQWidget *tqparent , const char *name=0); + TQWidget *parent , const char *name=0); TQStringList selectedDicts(); diff --git a/kbabel/kbabeldict/dictionarymenu.cpp b/kbabel/kbabeldict/dictionarymenu.cpp index ff23e972..d850f9a6 100644 --- a/kbabel/kbabeldict/dictionarymenu.cpp +++ b/kbabel/kbabeldict/dictionarymenu.cpp @@ -39,8 +39,8 @@ #include <tqsignalmapper.h> DictionaryMenu::DictionaryMenu(KPopupMenu *popupMenu, KActionCollection *collection - , TQObject *tqparent) - : TQObject(tqparent, "dictionarymenu") + , TQObject *parent) + : TQObject(parent, "dictionarymenu") , popup(popupMenu) , actionCollection(collection) , maxId(10) diff --git a/kbabel/kbabeldict/dictionarymenu.h b/kbabel/kbabeldict/dictionarymenu.h index 5cbc151c..0687ff54 100644 --- a/kbabel/kbabeldict/dictionarymenu.h +++ b/kbabel/kbabeldict/dictionarymenu.h @@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ class KDE_EXPORT DictionaryMenu : public TQObject TQ_OBJECT public: - DictionaryMenu(KPopupMenu *menu, KActionCollection *collection, TQObject *tqparent=0); + DictionaryMenu(KPopupMenu *menu, KActionCollection *collection, TQObject *parent=0); ~DictionaryMenu(); void add(const TQString& name,const TQString& id); diff --git a/kbabel/kbabeldict/kbabeldictbox.cpp b/kbabel/kbabeldict/kbabeldictbox.cpp index 21bd9154..e5c67b57 100644 --- a/kbabel/kbabeldict/kbabeldictbox.cpp +++ b/kbabel/kbabeldict/kbabeldictbox.cpp @@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ using namespace KBabel; class ResultListItem : public TQListViewItem { public: - ResultListItem(TQListView *tqparent, const SearchResult& result,bool richText); + ResultListItem(TQListView *parent, const SearchResult& result,bool richText); virtual TQString key(int column, bool ascending) const; const SearchResult* result() const; @@ -88,9 +88,9 @@ private: bool _richText; }; -ResultListItem::ResultListItem(TQListView *tqparent, const SearchResult& result +ResultListItem::ResultListItem(TQListView *parent, const SearchResult& result , bool richText) - : TQListViewItem(tqparent) + : TQListViewItem(parent) , _result(result) , _richText(richText) { @@ -179,11 +179,11 @@ const SearchResult *ResultListItem::result() const } /* - * Constructs a KBabelDictBox which is a child of 'tqparent', with the + * Constructs a KBabelDictBox which is a child of 'parent', with the * name 'name' and widget flags set to 'f' */ -KBabelDictBox::KBabelDictBox( TQWidget* tqparent, const char* name, WFlags fl ) - : DCOPObject("KBabelDict"), TQWidget( tqparent, name, fl ) +KBabelDictBox::KBabelDictBox( TQWidget* parent, const char* name, WFlags fl ) + : DCOPObject("KBabelDict"), TQWidget( parent, name, fl ) { active=-1; currentResult=0; @@ -929,7 +929,7 @@ TQPtrList<ModuleInfo> KBabelDictBox::moduleInfos() } -TQPtrList<PrefWidget> KBabelDictBox::modPrefWidgets(TQWidget *tqparent) +TQPtrList<PrefWidget> KBabelDictBox::modPrefWidgets(TQWidget *parent) { TQPtrList<PrefWidget> list; list.setAutoDelete(false); @@ -937,7 +937,7 @@ TQPtrList<PrefWidget> KBabelDictBox::modPrefWidgets(TQWidget *tqparent) for(e = moduleList.first(); e != 0; e = moduleList.next()) { - list.append(e->preferencesWidget(tqparent)); + list.append(e->preferencesWidget(parent)); } return list; diff --git a/kbabel/kbabeldict/kbabeldictbox.h b/kbabel/kbabeldict/kbabeldictbox.h index 0b850798..147f000a 100644 --- a/kbabel/kbabeldict/kbabeldictbox.h +++ b/kbabel/kbabeldict/kbabeldictbox.h @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ class KDE_EXPORT KBabelDictBox : public TQWidget, virtual public KBabelDictIFace TQ_OBJECT public: - KBabelDictBox( TQWidget* tqparent = 0, const char* name = 0 + KBabelDictBox( TQWidget* parent = 0, const char* name = 0 , WFlags fl = 0 ); ~KBabelDictBox(); @@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ public: TQPtrList<ModuleInfo> moduleInfos(); /** @returns preferencesWidgets of modules */ - TQPtrList<PrefWidget> modPrefWidgets(TQWidget* tqparent); + TQPtrList<PrefWidget> modPrefWidgets(TQWidget* parent); int activeModule(); bool activeModuleEditable(); diff --git a/kbabel/kbabeldict/kbabeldictview.cpp b/kbabel/kbabeldict/kbabeldictview.cpp index 5346e758..18bb20ac 100644 --- a/kbabel/kbabeldict/kbabeldictview.cpp +++ b/kbabel/kbabeldict/kbabeldictview.cpp @@ -61,11 +61,11 @@ #include <kiconloader.h> /* - * Constructs a KBabelDictView which is a child of 'tqparent', with the + * Constructs a KBabelDictView which is a child of 'parent', with the * name 'name' and widget flags set to 'f' */ -KBabelDictView::KBabelDictView( TQWidget* tqparent, const char* name, WFlags fl ) - : TQWidget( tqparent, name, fl ) +KBabelDictView::KBabelDictView( TQWidget* parent, const char* name, WFlags fl ) + : TQWidget( parent, name, fl ) { TQVBoxLayout *mainLayout = new TQVBoxLayout(this); mainLayout->setSpacing(KDialog::spacingHint()); diff --git a/kbabel/kbabeldict/kbabeldictview.h b/kbabel/kbabeldict/kbabeldictview.h index fbde9928..46d082db 100644 --- a/kbabel/kbabeldict/kbabeldictview.h +++ b/kbabel/kbabeldict/kbabeldictview.h @@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ class KBabelDictView : public TQWidget TQ_OBJECT public: - KBabelDictView( TQWidget* tqparent = 0, const char* name = 0, WFlags fl = 0 ); + KBabelDictView( TQWidget* parent = 0, const char* name = 0, WFlags fl = 0 ); ~KBabelDictView(); bool prefVisible(); diff --git a/kbabel/kbabeldict/kbabelsplash.cpp b/kbabel/kbabeldict/kbabelsplash.cpp index eec450c6..a62cec5f 100644 --- a/kbabel/kbabeldict/kbabelsplash.cpp +++ b/kbabel/kbabeldict/kbabelsplash.cpp @@ -40,8 +40,8 @@ KBabelSplash* KBabelSplash::instance = 0; -KBabelSplash::KBabelSplash( TQWidget* tqparent, const char* name ) - : TQVBox( tqparent, name, WType_Dialog|WShowModal|WStyle_Customize|WStyle_NoBorder|WDestructiveClose ) +KBabelSplash::KBabelSplash( TQWidget* parent, const char* name ) + : TQVBox( parent, name, WType_Dialog|WShowModal|WStyle_Customize|WStyle_NoBorder|WDestructiveClose ) { setMargin( 0 ); setSpacing( 0 ); diff --git a/kbabel/kbabeldict/kbabelsplash.h b/kbabel/kbabeldict/kbabelsplash.h index 22ed99d7..25c15f12 100644 --- a/kbabel/kbabeldict/kbabelsplash.h +++ b/kbabel/kbabeldict/kbabelsplash.h @@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ Q_OBJECT TQ_OBJECT public: - KBabelSplash( TQWidget* tqparent = 0, const char* name = 0 ); + KBabelSplash( TQWidget* parent = 0, const char* name = 0 ); ~KBabelSplash() { instance = 0; } static KBabelSplash* instance; diff --git a/kbabel/kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/KDBSearchEngine.cpp b/kbabel/kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/KDBSearchEngine.cpp index fe312253..16458a75 100644 --- a/kbabel/kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/KDBSearchEngine.cpp +++ b/kbabel/kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/KDBSearchEngine.cpp @@ -72,8 +72,8 @@ using namespace KBabel; -KDBSearchEngine::KDBSearchEngine (TQObject * tqparent, const char *name): -SearchEngine (tqparent, name) +KDBSearchEngine::KDBSearchEngine (TQObject * parent, const char *name): +SearchEngine (parent, name) { edited = "unknown"; dm = 0; //Database Manager @@ -1203,10 +1203,10 @@ KDBSearchEngine::readSettings (KConfigBase * config) } PrefWidget * -KDBSearchEngine::preferencesWidget (TQWidget * tqparent) +KDBSearchEngine::preferencesWidget (TQWidget * parent) { - pw = new PreferencesWidget (tqparent); + pw = new PreferencesWidget (parent); setSettings (); connect (pw, TQT_SIGNAL (restoreNow ()), this, TQT_SLOT (setSettings ())); connect (pw, TQT_SIGNAL (applyNow ()), this, TQT_SLOT (updateSettings ())); diff --git a/kbabel/kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/KDBSearchEngine.h b/kbabel/kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/KDBSearchEngine.h index d884f233..2f56247c 100644 --- a/kbabel/kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/KDBSearchEngine.h +++ b/kbabel/kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/KDBSearchEngine.h @@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ class KDBSearchEngine : public SearchEngine public: - KDBSearchEngine(TQObject *tqparent=0,const char *name=0); + KDBSearchEngine(TQObject *parent=0,const char *name=0); ~KDBSearchEngine(); enum Rules {Equal = 1, Contains = 2, Contained = 4, RegExp = 8}; enum FormatRules { Dots = 1, Ampersand = 2, FirstWordUpper = 4, //Not yet used @@ -194,7 +194,7 @@ public: virtual void saveSettings(KConfigBase *config); virtual void readSettings(KConfigBase *config); - virtual PrefWidget *preferencesWidget(TQWidget *tqparent); + virtual PrefWidget *preferencesWidget(TQWidget *parent); virtual const KAboutData *about() const; diff --git a/kbabel/kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/database.cpp b/kbabel/kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/database.cpp index 6fa383df..05f31654 100644 --- a/kbabel/kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/database.cpp +++ b/kbabel/kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/database.cpp @@ -294,8 +294,8 @@ DataBaseItem::toRawData (char *_data) DataBaseManager::DataBaseManager (TQString directory, TQString lang, - TQObject * tqparent, const char *name): -TQObject (tqparent, name) + TQObject * parent, const char *name): +TQObject (parent, name) { TQString filename; diff --git a/kbabel/kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/database.h b/kbabel/kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/database.h index 05a09955..76342634 100644 --- a/kbabel/kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/database.h +++ b/kbabel/kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/database.h @@ -176,7 +176,7 @@ class DataBaseManager : public TQObject */ - DataBaseManager(TQString directory,TQString lang,TQObject *tqparent=0,const char *name=0); + DataBaseManager(TQString directory,TQString lang,TQObject *parent=0,const char *name=0); ~DataBaseManager(); /* Create a new databse structure. diff --git a/kbabel/kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbscan.cpp b/kbabel/kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbscan.cpp index 5a4d5a6e..2969a9df 100644 --- a/kbabel/kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbscan.cpp +++ b/kbabel/kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbscan.cpp @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ using namespace KBabel; PoScanner::PoScanner(DataBaseManager *dbm, - TQObject *tqparent,const char *name):TQObject(tqparent,name) + TQObject *parent,const char *name):TQObject(parent,name) { dm=dbm; removeOldCatalogTranslation=false; //Check if this flag do something. diff --git a/kbabel/kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbscan.h b/kbabel/kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbscan.h index c6212fbd..85ab77d5 100644 --- a/kbabel/kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbscan.h +++ b/kbabel/kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbscan.h @@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ class PoScanner : public TQObject public: - PoScanner(DataBaseManager *dbm,TQObject *tqparent=0,const char *name=0); + PoScanner(DataBaseManager *dbm,TQObject *parent=0,const char *name=0); /* Scan a single PO file. diff --git a/kbabel/kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbse_factory.cpp b/kbabel/kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbse_factory.cpp index 599ace4c..86975874 100644 --- a/kbabel/kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbse_factory.cpp +++ b/kbabel/kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbse_factory.cpp @@ -21,8 +21,8 @@ KInstance *DbSeFactory::s_instance = 0; KAboutData *DbSeFactory::s_about = 0; -DbSeFactory::DbSeFactory( TQObject *tqparent, const char *name) - : KLibFactory(tqparent,name) +DbSeFactory::DbSeFactory( TQObject *parent, const char *name) + : KLibFactory(parent,name) { } @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ DbSeFactory::~DbSeFactory() } -TQObject *DbSeFactory::createObject( TQObject *tqparent, const char *name, +TQObject *DbSeFactory::createObject( TQObject *parent, const char *name, const char *classname, const TQStringList &) { if(TQCString(classname) != "SearchEngine") @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ TQObject *DbSeFactory::createObject( TQObject *tqparent, const char *name, return 0; } - KDBSearchEngine *se = new KDBSearchEngine(tqparent,name); + KDBSearchEngine *se = new KDBSearchEngine(parent,name); emit objectCreated(se); return se; diff --git a/kbabel/kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbse_factory.h b/kbabel/kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbse_factory.h index b146b021..1016f74d 100644 --- a/kbabel/kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbse_factory.h +++ b/kbabel/kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbse_factory.h @@ -10,10 +10,10 @@ class DbSeFactory : public KLibFactory Q_OBJECT TQ_OBJECT public: - DbSeFactory( TQObject *tqparent=0, const char *name=0); + DbSeFactory( TQObject *parent=0, const char *name=0); ~DbSeFactory(); - virtual TQObject *createObject( TQObject *tqparent=0, const char *name=0, + virtual TQObject *createObject( TQObject *parent=0, const char *name=0, const char *classname=TQOBJECT_OBJECT_NAME_STRING, const TQStringList &args = TQStringList()); diff --git a/kbabel/kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/preferenceswidget.cpp b/kbabel/kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/preferenceswidget.cpp index c81a8562..a2c8c289 100644 --- a/kbabel/kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/preferenceswidget.cpp +++ b/kbabel/kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/preferenceswidget.cpp @@ -14,8 +14,8 @@ #include "dbseprefwidget.h" #include "preferenceswidget.h" -PreferencesWidget::PreferencesWidget(TQWidget *tqparent, const char* name) - : PrefWidget(tqparent,name) +PreferencesWidget::PreferencesWidget(TQWidget *parent, const char* name) + : PrefWidget(parent,name) { TQVBoxLayout *tqlayout = new TQVBoxLayout(this); // TQLabel *label = new TQLabel(i18n("Settings for KDE database search engine"),this); diff --git a/kbabel/kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/preferenceswidget.h b/kbabel/kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/preferenceswidget.h index 134c60bd..980a8f74 100644 --- a/kbabel/kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/preferenceswidget.h +++ b/kbabel/kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/preferenceswidget.h @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ class PreferencesWidget : public PrefWidget TQ_OBJECT public: - PreferencesWidget(TQWidget *tqparent=0, const char* name=0); + PreferencesWidget(TQWidget *parent=0, const char* name=0); virtual ~PreferencesWidget(); virtual void apply(); diff --git a/kbabel/kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/KDBSearchEngine2.cpp b/kbabel/kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/KDBSearchEngine2.cpp index 077565d4..826800d9 100644 --- a/kbabel/kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/KDBSearchEngine2.cpp +++ b/kbabel/kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/KDBSearchEngine2.cpp @@ -47,8 +47,8 @@ #include <kdebug.h> #define i18n (const char *) -KDBSearchEngine2::KDBSearchEngine2(TQObject *tqparent,const char*name) - : SearchEngine(tqparent,name) +KDBSearchEngine2::KDBSearchEngine2(TQObject *parent,const char*name) + : SearchEngine(parent,name) { pw=0; dbDirectory="."; @@ -255,10 +255,10 @@ void KDBSearchEngine2::stringChanged( TQString orig, TQString translated } -PrefWidget * KDBSearchEngine2::preferencesWidget(TQWidget *tqparent) +PrefWidget * KDBSearchEngine2::preferencesWidget(TQWidget *parent) { - pw = new KDB2PreferencesWidget(tqparent); + pw = new KDB2PreferencesWidget(parent); kdDebug(0) << "new KDB2 preferences widget" << endl; setSettings(); connect(pw,TQT_SIGNAL(restoreNow()),this,TQT_SLOT(setSettings())); diff --git a/kbabel/kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/KDBSearchEngine2.h b/kbabel/kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/KDBSearchEngine2.h index 89a32571..6bc46ab1 100644 --- a/kbabel/kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/KDBSearchEngine2.h +++ b/kbabel/kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/KDBSearchEngine2.h @@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ class KDBSearchEngine2 : public SearchEngine public: - KDBSearchEngine2(TQObject *tqparent=0, const char *name=0); + KDBSearchEngine2(TQObject *parent=0, const char *name=0); virtual ~KDBSearchEngine2(); //init if needed. @@ -78,9 +78,9 @@ class KDBSearchEngine2 : public SearchEngine * search engine. The returned widget should not be bigger than * 400x400. If you need more space, you maybe want to use * a tabbed widget. - * @param tqparent the tqparent of the returned widget + * @param parent the parent of the returned widget */ - virtual PrefWidget* preferencesWidget(TQWidget *tqparent); + virtual PrefWidget* preferencesWidget(TQWidget *parent); /** @returns information about this SearchEngine */ virtual const KAboutData *about() const; diff --git a/kbabel/kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbscan.cpp b/kbabel/kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbscan.cpp index 96239ba9..a21252a2 100644 --- a/kbabel/kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbscan.cpp +++ b/kbabel/kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbscan.cpp @@ -120,7 +120,7 @@ TQValueList<KURL> MessagesSource::filesInDir(KURL url,bool recursive) //FIXME: clean this class PoScanner::PoScanner(DataBaseInterface *dbi, - TQObject *tqparent,const char *name):TQObject(tqparent,name) + TQObject *parent,const char *name):TQObject(parent,name) { di=dbi; removeOldCatalogTranslation=true; diff --git a/kbabel/kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbscan.h b/kbabel/kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbscan.h index cbf1d2e6..f3ee15d4 100644 --- a/kbabel/kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbscan.h +++ b/kbabel/kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbscan.h @@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ class PoScanner : public TQObject public: - PoScanner(DataBaseInterface *dbi,TQObject *tqparent=0,const char *name=0); + PoScanner(DataBaseInterface *dbi,TQObject *parent=0,const char *name=0); /* Scan a single PO file. diff --git a/kbabel/kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2_factory.cpp b/kbabel/kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2_factory.cpp index 0c65710c..55f6a16f 100644 --- a/kbabel/kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2_factory.cpp +++ b/kbabel/kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2_factory.cpp @@ -22,8 +22,8 @@ KInstance *DbSe2Factory::s_instance = 0; KAboutData *DbSe2Factory::s_about = 0; -DbSe2Factory::DbSe2Factory( TQObject *tqparent, const char *name) - : KLibFactory(tqparent,name) +DbSe2Factory::DbSe2Factory( TQObject *parent, const char *name) + : KLibFactory(parent,name) { } @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ DbSe2Factory::~DbSe2Factory() } -TQObject *DbSe2Factory::createObject( TQObject *tqparent, const char *name, +TQObject *DbSe2Factory::createObject( TQObject *parent, const char *name, const char *classname, const TQStringList &) { if(TQCString(classname) != "SearchEngine") @@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ TQObject *DbSe2Factory::createObject( TQObject *tqparent, const char *name, return 0; } - KDBSearchEngine2 *se = new KDBSearchEngine2(tqparent,name); + KDBSearchEngine2 *se = new KDBSearchEngine2(parent,name); emit objectCreated(se); return se; diff --git a/kbabel/kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2_factory.h b/kbabel/kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2_factory.h index 2f1b98ca..793c03d3 100644 --- a/kbabel/kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2_factory.h +++ b/kbabel/kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2_factory.h @@ -10,10 +10,10 @@ class DbSe2Factory : public KLibFactory Q_OBJECT TQ_OBJECT public: - DbSe2Factory( TQObject *tqparent=0, const char *name=0); + DbSe2Factory( TQObject *parent=0, const char *name=0); ~DbSe2Factory(); - virtual TQObject *createObject( TQObject *tqparent=0, const char *name=0, + virtual TQObject *createObject( TQObject *parent=0, const char *name=0, const char *classname=TQOBJECT_OBJECT_NAME_STRING, const TQStringList &args = TQStringList()); diff --git a/kbabel/kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/preferenceswidget.cpp b/kbabel/kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/preferenceswidget.cpp index ba16327c..ff767436 100644 --- a/kbabel/kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/preferenceswidget.cpp +++ b/kbabel/kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/preferenceswidget.cpp @@ -15,8 +15,8 @@ #include "dbse2.h" #include "preferenceswidget.h" -KDB2PreferencesWidget::KDB2PreferencesWidget(TQWidget *tqparent, const char* name) - : PrefWidget(tqparent,name) +KDB2PreferencesWidget::KDB2PreferencesWidget(TQWidget *parent, const char* name) + : PrefWidget(parent,name) { TQVBoxLayout *tqlayout = new TQVBoxLayout(this); // TQLabel *label = new TQLabel(i18n("Settings for KDE Database Search Engine"),this); diff --git a/kbabel/kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/preferenceswidget.h b/kbabel/kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/preferenceswidget.h index 68e283bd..3aa9bcb8 100644 --- a/kbabel/kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/preferenceswidget.h +++ b/kbabel/kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/preferenceswidget.h @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ class KDB2PreferencesWidget : public PrefWidget TQ_OBJECT public: - KDB2PreferencesWidget(TQWidget *tqparent=0, const char* name=0); + KDB2PreferencesWidget(TQWidget *parent=0, const char* name=0); virtual ~KDB2PreferencesWidget(); virtual void apply(); diff --git a/kbabel/kbabeldict/modules/poauxiliary/pa_factory.cpp b/kbabel/kbabeldict/modules/poauxiliary/pa_factory.cpp index 730424f1..f17397f9 100644 --- a/kbabel/kbabeldict/modules/poauxiliary/pa_factory.cpp +++ b/kbabel/kbabeldict/modules/poauxiliary/pa_factory.cpp @@ -54,8 +54,8 @@ KInstance *PaFactory::s_instance = 0; KAboutData *PaFactory::s_about = 0; -PaFactory::PaFactory( TQObject *tqparent, const char *name) - : KLibFactory(tqparent,name) +PaFactory::PaFactory( TQObject *parent, const char *name) + : KLibFactory(parent,name) { } @@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ PaFactory::~PaFactory() } -TQObject *PaFactory::createObject( TQObject *tqparent, const char *name +TQObject *PaFactory::createObject( TQObject *parent, const char *name , const char *classname, const TQStringList &) { if(TQCString(classname) != "SearchEngine") @@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ TQObject *PaFactory::createObject( TQObject *tqparent, const char *name return 0; } - return new PoAuxiliary(tqparent,name); + return new PoAuxiliary(parent,name); } diff --git a/kbabel/kbabeldict/modules/poauxiliary/pa_factory.h b/kbabel/kbabeldict/modules/poauxiliary/pa_factory.h index 7c92e008..ab0fad0e 100644 --- a/kbabel/kbabeldict/modules/poauxiliary/pa_factory.h +++ b/kbabel/kbabeldict/modules/poauxiliary/pa_factory.h @@ -44,10 +44,10 @@ class PaFactory : public KLibFactory Q_OBJECT TQ_OBJECT public: - PaFactory( TQObject *tqparent=0, const char *name=0); + PaFactory( TQObject *parent=0, const char *name=0); ~PaFactory(); - virtual TQObject *createObject( TQObject *tqparent=0, const char *name=0 + virtual TQObject *createObject( TQObject *parent=0, const char *name=0 , const char *classname=TQOBJECT_OBJECT_NAME_STRING , const TQStringList &args = TQStringList()); diff --git a/kbabel/kbabeldict/modules/poauxiliary/poauxiliary.cpp b/kbabel/kbabeldict/modules/poauxiliary/poauxiliary.cpp index ce4b7800..9025d716 100644 --- a/kbabel/kbabeldict/modules/poauxiliary/poauxiliary.cpp +++ b/kbabel/kbabeldict/modules/poauxiliary/poauxiliary.cpp @@ -50,8 +50,8 @@ using namespace KBabel; -PoAuxiliary::PoAuxiliary(TQObject *tqparent, const char *name) - : SearchEngine(tqparent, name) +PoAuxiliary::PoAuxiliary(TQObject *parent, const char *name) + : SearchEngine(parent, name) { catalog = new Catalog(this, "PoAuxiliary::catalog"); prefWidget=0; @@ -124,9 +124,9 @@ void PoAuxiliary::readSettings(KConfigBase *config) restoreSettings(); } -PrefWidget *PoAuxiliary::preferencesWidget(TQWidget *tqparent) +PrefWidget *PoAuxiliary::preferencesWidget(TQWidget *parent) { - prefWidget = new AuxiliaryPreferencesWidget(tqparent,"pocompendium_prefwidget"); + prefWidget = new AuxiliaryPreferencesWidget(parent,"pocompendium_prefwidget"); connect(prefWidget, TQT_SIGNAL(applySettings()), this, TQT_SLOT(applySettings())); connect(prefWidget, TQT_SIGNAL(restoreSettings()) , this, TQT_SLOT(restoreSettings())); diff --git a/kbabel/kbabeldict/modules/poauxiliary/poauxiliary.h b/kbabel/kbabeldict/modules/poauxiliary/poauxiliary.h index 0ad4c635..d3769237 100644 --- a/kbabel/kbabeldict/modules/poauxiliary/poauxiliary.h +++ b/kbabel/kbabeldict/modules/poauxiliary/poauxiliary.h @@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ class PoAuxiliary : public SearchEngine TQ_OBJECT public: - PoAuxiliary(TQObject *tqparent=0, const char *name=0); + PoAuxiliary(TQObject *parent=0, const char *name=0); virtual ~PoAuxiliary(); virtual bool isReady() const; @@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ public: virtual void saveSettings(KConfigBase *config); virtual void readSettings(KConfigBase *config); - virtual PrefWidget *preferencesWidget(TQWidget *tqparent); + virtual PrefWidget *preferencesWidget(TQWidget *parent); virtual const KAboutData *about() const; diff --git a/kbabel/kbabeldict/modules/poauxiliary/preferenceswidget.cpp b/kbabel/kbabeldict/modules/poauxiliary/preferenceswidget.cpp index 2c984c46..873c07b6 100644 --- a/kbabel/kbabeldict/modules/poauxiliary/preferenceswidget.cpp +++ b/kbabel/kbabeldict/modules/poauxiliary/preferenceswidget.cpp @@ -43,8 +43,8 @@ #include "preferenceswidget.h" #include "pwidget.h" -AuxiliaryPreferencesWidget::AuxiliaryPreferencesWidget(TQWidget *tqparent, const char* name) - : PrefWidget(tqparent,name) +AuxiliaryPreferencesWidget::AuxiliaryPreferencesWidget(TQWidget *parent, const char* name) + : PrefWidget(parent,name) , changed(false) { TQVBoxLayout *tqlayout = new TQVBoxLayout(this); diff --git a/kbabel/kbabeldict/modules/poauxiliary/preferenceswidget.h b/kbabel/kbabeldict/modules/poauxiliary/preferenceswidget.h index e967d958..ac4e024f 100644 --- a/kbabel/kbabeldict/modules/poauxiliary/preferenceswidget.h +++ b/kbabel/kbabeldict/modules/poauxiliary/preferenceswidget.h @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ class AuxiliaryPreferencesWidget : public PrefWidget TQ_OBJECT public: - AuxiliaryPreferencesWidget(TQWidget *tqparent=0, const char* name=0); + AuxiliaryPreferencesWidget(TQWidget *parent=0, const char* name=0); virtual ~AuxiliaryPreferencesWidget(); virtual void apply(); diff --git a/kbabel/kbabeldict/modules/pocompendium/compendiumdata.cpp b/kbabel/kbabeldict/modules/pocompendium/compendiumdata.cpp index 71d79641..e6565e54 100644 --- a/kbabel/kbabeldict/modules/pocompendium/compendiumdata.cpp +++ b/kbabel/kbabeldict/modules/pocompendium/compendiumdata.cpp @@ -42,8 +42,8 @@ using namespace KBabel; -CompendiumData::CompendiumData(TQObject *tqparent) - : TQObject(tqparent) +CompendiumData::CompendiumData(TQObject *parent) + : TQObject(parent) , _active(false) , _error(false) , _initialized(false) diff --git a/kbabel/kbabeldict/modules/pocompendium/compendiumdata.h b/kbabel/kbabeldict/modules/pocompendium/compendiumdata.h index 6d229d74..1d621bd8 100644 --- a/kbabel/kbabeldict/modules/pocompendium/compendiumdata.h +++ b/kbabel/kbabeldict/modules/pocompendium/compendiumdata.h @@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ class CompendiumData : public TQObject TQ_OBJECT public: - CompendiumData(TQObject *tqparent=0); + CompendiumData(TQObject *parent=0); bool load(KURL url); diff --git a/kbabel/kbabeldict/modules/pocompendium/pc_factory.cpp b/kbabel/kbabeldict/modules/pocompendium/pc_factory.cpp index 0d3d2d24..cb61de6b 100644 --- a/kbabel/kbabeldict/modules/pocompendium/pc_factory.cpp +++ b/kbabel/kbabeldict/modules/pocompendium/pc_factory.cpp @@ -54,8 +54,8 @@ KInstance *PcFactory::s_instance = 0; KAboutData *PcFactory::s_about = 0; -PcFactory::PcFactory( TQObject *tqparent, const char *name) - : KLibFactory(tqparent,name) +PcFactory::PcFactory( TQObject *parent, const char *name) + : KLibFactory(parent,name) { } @@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ PcFactory::~PcFactory() } -TQObject *PcFactory::createObject( TQObject *tqparent, const char *name +TQObject *PcFactory::createObject( TQObject *parent, const char *name , const char *classname, const TQStringList &) { if(TQCString(classname) != "SearchEngine") @@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ TQObject *PcFactory::createObject( TQObject *tqparent, const char *name return 0; } - return new PoCompendium(tqparent,name); + return new PoCompendium(parent,name); } diff --git a/kbabel/kbabeldict/modules/pocompendium/pc_factory.h b/kbabel/kbabeldict/modules/pocompendium/pc_factory.h index b92cfcb0..dca44e09 100644 --- a/kbabel/kbabeldict/modules/pocompendium/pc_factory.h +++ b/kbabel/kbabeldict/modules/pocompendium/pc_factory.h @@ -44,10 +44,10 @@ class PcFactory : public KLibFactory Q_OBJECT TQ_OBJECT public: - PcFactory( TQObject *tqparent=0, const char *name=0); + PcFactory( TQObject *parent=0, const char *name=0); ~PcFactory(); - virtual TQObject *createObject( TQObject *tqparent=0, const char *name=0 + virtual TQObject *createObject( TQObject *parent=0, const char *name=0 , const char *classname=TQOBJECT_OBJECT_NAME_STRING , const TQStringList &args = TQStringList()); diff --git a/kbabel/kbabeldict/modules/pocompendium/pocompendium.cpp b/kbabel/kbabeldict/modules/pocompendium/pocompendium.cpp index 6e664316..60de6a4f 100644 --- a/kbabel/kbabeldict/modules/pocompendium/pocompendium.cpp +++ b/kbabel/kbabeldict/modules/pocompendium/pocompendium.cpp @@ -63,8 +63,8 @@ using namespace KBabel; static KStaticDeleter< TQDict<CompendiumData> > compDataDeleter; TQDict<CompendiumData> *PoCompendium::_compDict = 0; -PoCompendium::PoCompendium(TQObject *tqparent, const char *name) - : SearchEngine(tqparent, name) +PoCompendium::PoCompendium(TQObject *parent, const char *name) + : SearchEngine(parent, name) { prefWidget=0; data=0; @@ -160,9 +160,9 @@ void PoCompendium::readSettings(KConfigBase *config) restoreSettings(); } -PrefWidget *PoCompendium::preferencesWidget(TQWidget *tqparent) +PrefWidget *PoCompendium::preferencesWidget(TQWidget *parent) { - prefWidget = new CompendiumPreferencesWidget(tqparent,"pocompendium_prefwidget"); + prefWidget = new CompendiumPreferencesWidget(parent,"pocompendium_prefwidget"); kdDebug(KBABEL_SEARCH) << "PreferencesWidget is " << prefWidget << endl; connect(prefWidget, TQT_SIGNAL(applySettings()), this, TQT_SLOT(applySettings())); connect(prefWidget, TQT_SIGNAL(restoreSettings()) diff --git a/kbabel/kbabeldict/modules/pocompendium/pocompendium.h b/kbabel/kbabeldict/modules/pocompendium/pocompendium.h index 1b3d1496..8f2b19a8 100644 --- a/kbabel/kbabeldict/modules/pocompendium/pocompendium.h +++ b/kbabel/kbabeldict/modules/pocompendium/pocompendium.h @@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ class PoCompendium : public SearchEngine TQ_OBJECT public: - PoCompendium(TQObject *tqparent=0, const char *name=0); + PoCompendium(TQObject *parent=0, const char *name=0); virtual ~PoCompendium(); virtual bool isReady() const; @@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ public: virtual void saveSettings(KConfigBase *config); virtual void readSettings(KConfigBase *config); - virtual PrefWidget *preferencesWidget(TQWidget *tqparent); + virtual PrefWidget *preferencesWidget(TQWidget *parent); virtual const KAboutData *about() const; diff --git a/kbabel/kbabeldict/modules/pocompendium/preferenceswidget.cpp b/kbabel/kbabeldict/modules/pocompendium/preferenceswidget.cpp index 9cbeb381..74321121 100644 --- a/kbabel/kbabeldict/modules/pocompendium/preferenceswidget.cpp +++ b/kbabel/kbabeldict/modules/pocompendium/preferenceswidget.cpp @@ -44,8 +44,8 @@ #include "preferenceswidget.h" #include "pwidget.h" -CompendiumPreferencesWidget::CompendiumPreferencesWidget(TQWidget *tqparent, const char* name) - : PrefWidget(tqparent,name) +CompendiumPreferencesWidget::CompendiumPreferencesWidget(TQWidget *parent, const char* name) + : PrefWidget(parent,name) , changed(false) { TQVBoxLayout *tqlayout = new TQVBoxLayout(this); diff --git a/kbabel/kbabeldict/modules/pocompendium/preferenceswidget.h b/kbabel/kbabeldict/modules/pocompendium/preferenceswidget.h index e67a00d9..d98fe9c2 100644 --- a/kbabel/kbabeldict/modules/pocompendium/preferenceswidget.h +++ b/kbabel/kbabeldict/modules/pocompendium/preferenceswidget.h @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ class CompendiumPreferencesWidget : public PrefWidget TQ_OBJECT public: - CompendiumPreferencesWidget(TQWidget *tqparent=0, const char* name=0); + CompendiumPreferencesWidget(TQWidget *parent=0, const char* name=0); virtual ~CompendiumPreferencesWidget(); virtual void apply(); diff --git a/kbabel/kbabeldict/modules/tmx/pc_factory.cpp b/kbabel/kbabeldict/modules/tmx/pc_factory.cpp index 772eae41..864f9fed 100644 --- a/kbabel/kbabeldict/modules/tmx/pc_factory.cpp +++ b/kbabel/kbabeldict/modules/tmx/pc_factory.cpp @@ -54,8 +54,8 @@ KInstance *PcFactory::s_instance = 0; KAboutData *PcFactory::s_about = 0; -PcFactory::PcFactory( TQObject *tqparent, const char *name) - : KLibFactory(tqparent,name) +PcFactory::PcFactory( TQObject *parent, const char *name) + : KLibFactory(parent,name) { } @@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ PcFactory::~PcFactory() } -TQObject *PcFactory::createObject( TQObject *tqparent, const char *name +TQObject *PcFactory::createObject( TQObject *parent, const char *name , const char *classname, const TQStringList &) { if(TQCString(classname) != "SearchEngine") @@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ TQObject *PcFactory::createObject( TQObject *tqparent, const char *name return 0; } - return new TmxCompendium(tqparent,name); + return new TmxCompendium(parent,name); } diff --git a/kbabel/kbabeldict/modules/tmx/pc_factory.h b/kbabel/kbabeldict/modules/tmx/pc_factory.h index f4337116..9ddaf873 100644 --- a/kbabel/kbabeldict/modules/tmx/pc_factory.h +++ b/kbabel/kbabeldict/modules/tmx/pc_factory.h @@ -46,10 +46,10 @@ class PcFactory : public KLibFactory Q_OBJECT TQ_OBJECT public: - PcFactory( TQObject *tqparent=0, const char *name=0); + PcFactory( TQObject *parent=0, const char *name=0); ~PcFactory(); - virtual TQObject *createObject( TQObject *tqparent=0, const char *name=0 + virtual TQObject *createObject( TQObject *parent=0, const char *name=0 , const char *classname=TQOBJECT_OBJECT_NAME_STRING , const TQStringList &args = TQStringList()); diff --git a/kbabel/kbabeldict/modules/tmx/preferenceswidget.cpp b/kbabel/kbabeldict/modules/tmx/preferenceswidget.cpp index 16200985..7aed4474 100644 --- a/kbabel/kbabeldict/modules/tmx/preferenceswidget.cpp +++ b/kbabel/kbabeldict/modules/tmx/preferenceswidget.cpp @@ -46,8 +46,8 @@ #include "preferenceswidget.h" #include "pwidget.h" -TmxCompendiumPreferencesWidget::TmxCompendiumPreferencesWidget(TQWidget *tqparent, const char* name) - : PrefWidget(tqparent,name) +TmxCompendiumPreferencesWidget::TmxCompendiumPreferencesWidget(TQWidget *parent, const char* name) + : PrefWidget(parent,name) , changed(false) { TQVBoxLayout *tqlayout = new TQVBoxLayout(this); diff --git a/kbabel/kbabeldict/modules/tmx/preferenceswidget.h b/kbabel/kbabeldict/modules/tmx/preferenceswidget.h index a91aff42..ad18a169 100644 --- a/kbabel/kbabeldict/modules/tmx/preferenceswidget.h +++ b/kbabel/kbabeldict/modules/tmx/preferenceswidget.h @@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ class TmxCompendiumPreferencesWidget : public PrefWidget TQ_OBJECT public: - TmxCompendiumPreferencesWidget(TQWidget *tqparent=0, const char* name=0); + TmxCompendiumPreferencesWidget(TQWidget *parent=0, const char* name=0); virtual ~TmxCompendiumPreferencesWidget(); virtual void apply(); diff --git a/kbabel/kbabeldict/modules/tmx/tmxcompendium.cpp b/kbabel/kbabeldict/modules/tmx/tmxcompendium.cpp index 42dfbdee..9163d7cb 100644 --- a/kbabel/kbabeldict/modules/tmx/tmxcompendium.cpp +++ b/kbabel/kbabeldict/modules/tmx/tmxcompendium.cpp @@ -58,8 +58,8 @@ static KStaticDeleter< TQDict<TmxCompendiumData> > compDataDeleter; TQDict<TmxCompendiumData> *TmxCompendium::_compDict = 0; -TmxCompendium::TmxCompendium(TQObject *tqparent, const char *name) - : SearchEngine(tqparent, name) +TmxCompendium::TmxCompendium(TQObject *parent, const char *name) + : SearchEngine(parent, name) { prefWidget=0; data=0; @@ -152,9 +152,9 @@ void TmxCompendium::readSettings(KConfigBase *config) restoreSettings(); } -PrefWidget *TmxCompendium::preferencesWidget(TQWidget *tqparent) +PrefWidget *TmxCompendium::preferencesWidget(TQWidget *parent) { - prefWidget = new TmxCompendiumPreferencesWidget(tqparent,"tmxcompendium_prefwidget"); + prefWidget = new TmxCompendiumPreferencesWidget(parent,"tmxcompendium_prefwidget"); connect(prefWidget, TQT_SIGNAL(applySettings()), this, TQT_SLOT(applySettings())); connect(prefWidget, TQT_SIGNAL(restoreSettings()) , this, TQT_SLOT(restoreSettings())); diff --git a/kbabel/kbabeldict/modules/tmx/tmxcompendium.h b/kbabel/kbabeldict/modules/tmx/tmxcompendium.h index 8e96fbd5..9fec1b92 100644 --- a/kbabel/kbabeldict/modules/tmx/tmxcompendium.h +++ b/kbabel/kbabeldict/modules/tmx/tmxcompendium.h @@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ class TmxCompendium : public SearchEngine TQ_OBJECT public: - TmxCompendium(TQObject *tqparent=0, const char *name=0); + TmxCompendium(TQObject *parent=0, const char *name=0); virtual ~TmxCompendium(); virtual bool isReady() const; @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ public: virtual void saveSettings(KConfigBase *config); virtual void readSettings(KConfigBase *config); - virtual PrefWidget *preferencesWidget(TQWidget *tqparent); + virtual PrefWidget *preferencesWidget(TQWidget *parent); virtual const KAboutData *about() const; diff --git a/kbabel/kbabeldict/modules/tmx/tmxcompendiumdata.cpp b/kbabel/kbabeldict/modules/tmx/tmxcompendiumdata.cpp index d4497e29..8646806e 100644 --- a/kbabel/kbabeldict/modules/tmx/tmxcompendiumdata.cpp +++ b/kbabel/kbabeldict/modules/tmx/tmxcompendiumdata.cpp @@ -47,8 +47,8 @@ using namespace KBabel; -TmxCompendiumData::TmxCompendiumData(TQObject *tqparent) - : TQObject(tqparent) +TmxCompendiumData::TmxCompendiumData(TQObject *parent) + : TQObject(parent) , _active(false) , _error(false) , _initialized(false) diff --git a/kbabel/kbabeldict/modules/tmx/tmxcompendiumdata.h b/kbabel/kbabeldict/modules/tmx/tmxcompendiumdata.h index 325fb9b5..3e8f2825 100644 --- a/kbabel/kbabeldict/modules/tmx/tmxcompendiumdata.h +++ b/kbabel/kbabeldict/modules/tmx/tmxcompendiumdata.h @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ class TmxCompendiumData : public TQObject TQ_OBJECT public: - TmxCompendiumData(TQObject *tqparent=0); + TmxCompendiumData(TQObject *parent=0); bool load(const KURL& url, const TQString& language); diff --git a/kbabel/kbabeldict/searchengine.cpp b/kbabel/kbabeldict/searchengine.cpp index 912f4da7..bceec8a8 100644 --- a/kbabel/kbabeldict/searchengine.cpp +++ b/kbabel/kbabeldict/searchengine.cpp @@ -62,8 +62,8 @@ SearchResult::SearchResult(const SearchResult& r) } -PrefWidget::PrefWidget(TQWidget *tqparent, const char *name) - : TQWidget(tqparent,name) +PrefWidget::PrefWidget(TQWidget *parent, const char *name) + : TQWidget(parent,name) { } @@ -72,8 +72,8 @@ PrefWidget::~PrefWidget() } -SearchEngine::SearchEngine(TQObject *tqparent, const char *name) - : TQObject(tqparent, name) +SearchEngine::SearchEngine(TQObject *parent, const char *name) + : TQObject(parent, name) { autoUpdate=false; results.setAutoDelete(true); diff --git a/kbabel/kbabeldict/searchengine.h b/kbabel/kbabeldict/searchengine.h index f14baa1e..c5b28ad5 100644 --- a/kbabel/kbabeldict/searchengine.h +++ b/kbabel/kbabeldict/searchengine.h @@ -247,7 +247,7 @@ class KDE_EXPORT PrefWidget : public TQWidget TQ_OBJECT public: - PrefWidget(TQWidget *tqparent, const char* name=0); + PrefWidget(TQWidget *parent, const char* name=0); virtual ~PrefWidget(); public slots: @@ -272,7 +272,7 @@ class KDE_EXPORT SearchEngine : public TQObject TQ_OBJECT public: - SearchEngine(TQObject *tqparent=0, const char *name=0); + SearchEngine(TQObject *parent=0, const char *name=0); virtual ~SearchEngine(); @@ -354,9 +354,9 @@ public: * search engine. The returned widget should not be bigger than * 400x400. If you need more space, you maybe want to use * a tabbed widget. - * @param tqparent the tqparent of the returned widget + * @param parent the parent of the returned widget */ - virtual PrefWidget* preferencesWidget(TQWidget *tqparent)=0; + virtual PrefWidget* preferencesWidget(TQWidget *parent)=0; /** @returns information about this SearchEngine */ virtual const KAboutData *about() const= 0; diff --git a/kbugbuster/backend/mailsender.cpp b/kbugbuster/backend/mailsender.cpp index 58ed6c93..2a5ae930 100644 --- a/kbugbuster/backend/mailsender.cpp +++ b/kbugbuster/backend/mailsender.cpp @@ -151,22 +151,22 @@ bool MailSender::send(const TQString &fromName,const TQString &fromEmail,const T void MailSender::smtpSuccess() { - if ( tqparent() != sender() || !tqparent()->inherits( "Smtp" ) ) + if ( parent() != sender() || !parent()->inherits( "Smtp" ) ) return; - static_cast<Smtp *>( tqparent() )->quit(); + static_cast<Smtp *>( parent() )->quit(); emit finished(); } void MailSender::smtpError(const TQString &_command, const TQString &_response) { - if ( tqparent() != sender() || !tqparent()->inherits( "Smtp" ) ) + if ( parent() != sender() || !parent()->inherits( "Smtp" ) ) return; TQString command = _command; TQString response = _response; - Smtp *smtp = static_cast<Smtp *>( tqparent() ); + Smtp *smtp = static_cast<Smtp *>( parent() ); smtp->removeChild( this ); delete smtp; diff --git a/kbugbuster/gui/buglvi.cpp b/kbugbuster/gui/buglvi.cpp index 320462ff..f4643b8d 100644 --- a/kbugbuster/gui/buglvi.cpp +++ b/kbugbuster/gui/buglvi.cpp @@ -27,8 +27,8 @@ using namespace KBugBusterMainWindow; -BugLVI::BugLVI( KListView *tqparent , const Bug &bug ) -: KListViewItem( tqparent, bug.number() + " ", +BugLVI::BugLVI( KListView *parent , const Bug &bug ) +: KListViewItem( parent, bug.number() + " ", i18n( "1 day", "%n days", bug.age() ), bug.title(), //KStringHandler::csqueeze( bug.title(), 70 ), Bug::statusLabel( bug.status() ), diff --git a/kbugbuster/gui/buglvi.h b/kbugbuster/gui/buglvi.h index 94b91299..5f66f398 100644 --- a/kbugbuster/gui/buglvi.h +++ b/kbugbuster/gui/buglvi.h @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ namespace KBugBusterMainWindow class BugLVI : public KListViewItem { public: - BugLVI( KListView *tqparent , const Bug &bug ); + BugLVI( KListView *parent , const Bug &bug ); ~BugLVI(); Bug& bug() { return m_bug; } diff --git a/kbugbuster/gui/centralwidget.cpp b/kbugbuster/gui/centralwidget.cpp index 2c715bc1..9a747367 100644 --- a/kbugbuster/gui/centralwidget.cpp +++ b/kbugbuster/gui/centralwidget.cpp @@ -48,9 +48,9 @@ using namespace KBugBusterMainWindow; CentralWidget::CentralWidget( const TQCString &initialPackage, const TQCString &initialComponent, - const TQCString &initialBug, TQWidget *tqparent, + const TQCString &initialBug, TQWidget *parent, const char * name ) - : TQWidget( tqparent, name ) + : TQWidget( parent, name ) { // Master tqlayout ( new TQVBoxLayout( this, 0, diff --git a/kbugbuster/gui/centralwidget.h b/kbugbuster/gui/centralwidget.h index 9a4f3574..619c654d 100644 --- a/kbugbuster/gui/centralwidget.h +++ b/kbugbuster/gui/centralwidget.h @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ class CentralWidget : public TQWidget public: CentralWidget( const TQCString &initialPackage, const TQCString &initalComponent,const TQCString& initialBug, - TQWidget* tqparent = 0, const char* name = 0 ); + TQWidget* parent = 0, const char* name = 0 ); ~CentralWidget(); void initialize( const TQString &initialPackage = TQString(), diff --git a/kbugbuster/gui/cwbugdetails.cpp b/kbugbuster/gui/cwbugdetails.cpp index 6c6115c1..f0e07cb2 100644 --- a/kbugbuster/gui/cwbugdetails.cpp +++ b/kbugbuster/gui/cwbugdetails.cpp @@ -35,8 +35,8 @@ using namespace KBugBusterMainWindow; -CWBugDetails::CWBugDetails( TQWidget *tqparent , const char * name ) - : TQWidget( tqparent, name ) +CWBugDetails::CWBugDetails( TQWidget *parent , const char * name ) + : TQWidget( parent, name ) { TQBoxLayout *topLayout = new TQVBoxLayout( this ); diff --git a/kbugbuster/gui/cwbugdetails.h b/kbugbuster/gui/cwbugdetails.h index 169899c3..d5deb1cc 100644 --- a/kbugbuster/gui/cwbugdetails.h +++ b/kbugbuster/gui/cwbugdetails.h @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ class CWBugDetails : public TQWidget TQ_OBJECT public: - CWBugDetails( TQWidget* tqparent = 0, const char* name = 0 ); + CWBugDetails( TQWidget* parent = 0, const char* name = 0 ); ~CWBugDetails(); void setBug( const Bug &, const BugDetails & ); diff --git a/kbugbuster/gui/cwbugdetailscontainer.cpp b/kbugbuster/gui/cwbugdetailscontainer.cpp index 89611ca0..ef8fc8ef 100644 --- a/kbugbuster/gui/cwbugdetailscontainer.cpp +++ b/kbugbuster/gui/cwbugdetailscontainer.cpp @@ -36,8 +36,8 @@ using namespace KBugBusterMainWindow; -CWBugDetailsContainer::CWBugDetailsContainer( TQWidget *tqparent , const char * name ) -: CWBugDetailsContainer_Base( tqparent, name ) +CWBugDetailsContainer::CWBugDetailsContainer( TQWidget *parent , const char * name ) +: CWBugDetailsContainer_Base( parent, name ) { // Do some stuff Designer can't do: m_bugCloseBtn->setIconSet( BarIconSet( "edittrash" ) ); diff --git a/kbugbuster/gui/cwbugdetailscontainer.h b/kbugbuster/gui/cwbugdetailscontainer.h index 8fedf8bb..f0c2f7c8 100644 --- a/kbugbuster/gui/cwbugdetailscontainer.h +++ b/kbugbuster/gui/cwbugdetailscontainer.h @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ class CWBugDetailsContainer : public CWBugDetailsContainer_Base TQ_OBJECT public: - CWBugDetailsContainer( TQWidget* tqparent = 0, const char* name = 0 ); + CWBugDetailsContainer( TQWidget* parent = 0, const char* name = 0 ); ~CWBugDetailsContainer(); void setBug( const Bug &, const BugDetails & ); diff --git a/kbugbuster/gui/cwbuglistcontainer.cpp b/kbugbuster/gui/cwbuglistcontainer.cpp index fc496a9b..59b27899 100644 --- a/kbugbuster/gui/cwbuglistcontainer.cpp +++ b/kbugbuster/gui/cwbuglistcontainer.cpp @@ -41,8 +41,8 @@ using namespace KBugBusterMainWindow; -CWBugListContainer::CWBugListContainer( TQWidget *tqparent , const char * name ) - : TQWidget( tqparent, name ), m_find(0), m_findItem(0) +CWBugListContainer::CWBugListContainer( TQWidget *parent , const char * name ) + : TQWidget( parent, name ), m_find(0), m_findItem(0) { TQBoxLayout *topLayout = new TQVBoxLayout( this ); topLayout->setSpacing( KDialog::spacingHint() ); diff --git a/kbugbuster/gui/cwbuglistcontainer.h b/kbugbuster/gui/cwbuglistcontainer.h index 878b0a2b..048df22d 100644 --- a/kbugbuster/gui/cwbuglistcontainer.h +++ b/kbugbuster/gui/cwbuglistcontainer.h @@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ class CWBugListContainer : public TQWidget TQ_OBJECT public: - CWBugListContainer( TQWidget* tqparent = 0, const char* name = 0 ); + CWBugListContainer( TQWidget* parent = 0, const char* name = 0 ); ~CWBugListContainer(); void setBugList( const Package &package, const TQString &component, const Bug::List &bugs ); diff --git a/kbugbuster/gui/cwloadingwidget.cpp b/kbugbuster/gui/cwloadingwidget.cpp index 8bff359d..6e8a9852 100644 --- a/kbugbuster/gui/cwloadingwidget.cpp +++ b/kbugbuster/gui/cwloadingwidget.cpp @@ -27,16 +27,16 @@ using namespace KBugBusterMainWindow; -CWLoadingWidget::CWLoadingWidget( WidgetMode mode, TQWidget *tqparent, +CWLoadingWidget::CWLoadingWidget( WidgetMode mode, TQWidget *parent, const char * name ) -: TQFrame( tqparent, name ) +: TQFrame( parent, name ) { init( mode ); } CWLoadingWidget::CWLoadingWidget( const TQString &text, WidgetMode mode, - TQWidget *tqparent, const char * name ) -: TQFrame( tqparent, name ) + TQWidget *parent, const char * name ) +: TQFrame( parent, name ) { init( mode ); setText( text ); diff --git a/kbugbuster/gui/cwloadingwidget.h b/kbugbuster/gui/cwloadingwidget.h index b2f49710..b0536b09 100644 --- a/kbugbuster/gui/cwloadingwidget.h +++ b/kbugbuster/gui/cwloadingwidget.h @@ -43,10 +43,10 @@ public: */ enum WidgetMode { TopFrame = 0, BottomFrame }; - CWLoadingWidget( WidgetMode mode = TopFrame, TQWidget* tqparent = 0, + CWLoadingWidget( WidgetMode mode = TopFrame, TQWidget* parent = 0, const char* name = 0 ); CWLoadingWidget( const TQString &text, WidgetMode mode = TopFrame, - TQWidget* tqparent = 0, const char* name = 0 ); + TQWidget* parent = 0, const char* name = 0 ); ~CWLoadingWidget(); TQString text() const { return m_text; } diff --git a/kbugbuster/gui/cwsearchwidget.cpp b/kbugbuster/gui/cwsearchwidget.cpp index 7fa6fb48..5a075bb8 100644 --- a/kbugbuster/gui/cwsearchwidget.cpp +++ b/kbugbuster/gui/cwsearchwidget.cpp @@ -26,8 +26,8 @@ using namespace KBugBusterMainWindow; -CWSearchWidget::CWSearchWidget( TQWidget *tqparent , const char * name ) -: CWSearchWidget_Base( tqparent, name ) +CWSearchWidget::CWSearchWidget( TQWidget *parent , const char * name ) +: CWSearchWidget_Base( parent, name ) { // Set fonts and margins CWSearchWidget_BaseLayout->setSpacing( KDialog::spacingHint() ); diff --git a/kbugbuster/gui/cwsearchwidget.h b/kbugbuster/gui/cwsearchwidget.h index 5539a45a..178c8631 100644 --- a/kbugbuster/gui/cwsearchwidget.h +++ b/kbugbuster/gui/cwsearchwidget.h @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ class CWSearchWidget : public CWSearchWidget_Base TQ_OBJECT public: - CWSearchWidget( TQWidget* tqparent = 0, const char* name = 0 ); + CWSearchWidget( TQWidget* parent = 0, const char* name = 0 ); ~CWSearchWidget(); public slots: diff --git a/kbugbuster/gui/kbbmainwindow.cpp b/kbugbuster/gui/kbbmainwindow.cpp index c351b68e..3c57c6eb 100644 --- a/kbugbuster/gui/kbbmainwindow.cpp +++ b/kbugbuster/gui/kbbmainwindow.cpp @@ -61,8 +61,8 @@ using namespace KBugBusterMainWindow; class TextViewer : public KDialogBase { public: - TextViewer( const TQString &title, TQWidget *tqparent = 0 ) - : KDialogBase( Plain, title, Ok, Ok, tqparent, 0, + TextViewer( const TQString &title, TQWidget *parent = 0 ) + : KDialogBase( Plain, title, Ok, Ok, parent, 0, false ) { TQFrame *topFrame = plainPage(); diff --git a/kbugbuster/gui/kbbmainwindow.h b/kbugbuster/gui/kbbmainwindow.h index 9cb7d2f2..71d621ec 100644 --- a/kbugbuster/gui/kbbmainwindow.h +++ b/kbugbuster/gui/kbbmainwindow.h @@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ class KBBMainWindow : public KMainWindow, virtual public KBookmarkOwner KBBMainWindow( const TQCString &initialPackage = "", const TQCString &initialCpomponent = "", const TQCString &initialBug = "", - TQWidget* tqparent = 0, const char* name = 0 ); + TQWidget* parent = 0, const char* name = 0 ); ~KBBMainWindow(); /// Overloaded functions of KBookmarkOwner diff --git a/kbugbuster/gui/messageeditor.cpp b/kbugbuster/gui/messageeditor.cpp index df9ca4e1..54d56ea6 100644 --- a/kbugbuster/gui/messageeditor.cpp +++ b/kbugbuster/gui/messageeditor.cpp @@ -14,8 +14,8 @@ #include <tqpushbutton.h> #include "messageeditor.moc" -MessageEditor::MessageEditor( TQWidget *tqparent ) - : KDialogBase(Plain,i18n("Edit Message Buttons"),Ok|Cancel,Ok,tqparent,0, +MessageEditor::MessageEditor( TQWidget *parent ) + : KDialogBase(Plain,i18n("Edit Message Buttons"),Ok|Cancel,Ok,parent,0, true,true) { TQFrame *topFrame = plainPage(); diff --git a/kbugbuster/gui/messageeditor.h b/kbugbuster/gui/messageeditor.h index de004511..79d02ccf 100644 --- a/kbugbuster/gui/messageeditor.h +++ b/kbugbuster/gui/messageeditor.h @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ class MessageEditor : public KDialogBase { Q_OBJECT TQ_OBJECT public: - MessageEditor( TQWidget *tqparent ); + MessageEditor( TQWidget *parent ); protected slots: void slotOk(); diff --git a/kbugbuster/gui/msginputdialog.cpp b/kbugbuster/gui/msginputdialog.cpp index b84e269f..388a02df 100644 --- a/kbugbuster/gui/msginputdialog.cpp +++ b/kbugbuster/gui/msginputdialog.cpp @@ -20,8 +20,8 @@ MsgInputDialog::MsgInputDialog(MsgInputDialog::MessageType type, const Bug &bug, const Package &package, const TQString "edMsg, - TQWidget *tqparent) - : KDialogBase(Plain,TQString(),User1|User2|Ok|Cancel,Ok,tqparent,0,false, + TQWidget *parent) + : KDialogBase(Plain,TQString(),User1|User2|Ok|Cancel,Ok,parent,0,false, true,KStdGuiItem::clear(),i18n( "&Edit Presets..." )), mBug( bug ), mPackage( package ), diff --git a/kbugbuster/gui/msginputdialog.h b/kbugbuster/gui/msginputdialog.h index 996a46ef..3b0e8ff3 100644 --- a/kbugbuster/gui/msginputdialog.h +++ b/kbugbuster/gui/msginputdialog.h @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ class MsgInputDialog : public KDialogBase enum MessageType{ Close, Reply, ReplyPrivate }; MsgInputDialog( MessageType, const Bug &, const Package &, - const TQString &, TQWidget *tqparent=0); + const TQString &, TQWidget *parent=0); virtual ~MsgInputDialog(); TQString message() const; diff --git a/kbugbuster/gui/packagelvi.cpp b/kbugbuster/gui/packagelvi.cpp index d432d312..6374fe29 100644 --- a/kbugbuster/gui/packagelvi.cpp +++ b/kbugbuster/gui/packagelvi.cpp @@ -16,15 +16,15 @@ #include "packagelvi.h" -PackageLVI::PackageLVI( TQListView *tqparent , const Package &pkg, const TQString &component ) -: TQListViewItem( tqparent, pkg.name(), pkg.description() ) +PackageLVI::PackageLVI( TQListView *parent , const Package &pkg, const TQString &component ) +: TQListViewItem( parent, pkg.name(), pkg.description() ) { m_package = pkg; m_component = component; } -PackageLVI::PackageLVI( TQListViewItem *tqparent , const Package &pkg, const TQString &component ) -: TQListViewItem( tqparent, component ) +PackageLVI::PackageLVI( TQListViewItem *parent , const Package &pkg, const TQString &component ) +: TQListViewItem( parent, component ) { m_package = pkg; m_component = component; diff --git a/kbugbuster/gui/packagelvi.h b/kbugbuster/gui/packagelvi.h index 435c1331..0fae435e 100644 --- a/kbugbuster/gui/packagelvi.h +++ b/kbugbuster/gui/packagelvi.h @@ -28,9 +28,9 @@ class PackageLVI : public TQListViewItem { public: // Top-level package - PackageLVI( TQListView *tqparent , const Package &pkg, const TQString &component ); + PackageLVI( TQListView *parent , const Package &pkg, const TQString &component ); // Child component - PackageLVI( TQListViewItem *tqparent , const Package &pkg, const TQString &component ); + PackageLVI( TQListViewItem *parent , const Package &pkg, const TQString &component ); ~PackageLVI(); diff --git a/kbugbuster/gui/packageselectdialog.cpp b/kbugbuster/gui/packageselectdialog.cpp index 98cb1ece..4d3e72ac 100644 --- a/kbugbuster/gui/packageselectdialog.cpp +++ b/kbugbuster/gui/packageselectdialog.cpp @@ -14,8 +14,8 @@ #include "packageselectdialog.h" #include "packageselectdialog.moc" -PackageListView::PackageListView( TQWidget *tqparent ) : - TQListView( tqparent ) +PackageListView::PackageListView( TQWidget *parent ) : + TQListView( parent ) { setFocusPolicy( TQ_StrongFocus ); } @@ -39,8 +39,8 @@ void PackageListView::keyPressEvent( TQKeyEvent *e ) emit typed( mTyped ); } -PackageSelectDialog::PackageSelectDialog(TQWidget *tqparent,const char *name) : - KDialogBase( tqparent, name, true, i18n("Select Product"), Ok|Cancel ) +PackageSelectDialog::PackageSelectDialog(TQWidget *parent,const char *name) : + KDialogBase( parent, name, true, i18n("Select Product"), Ok|Cancel ) { TQWidget *topWidget = new TQWidget( this ); setMainWidget( topWidget ); diff --git a/kbugbuster/gui/packageselectdialog.h b/kbugbuster/gui/packageselectdialog.h index a3ab9b59..dec96efa 100644 --- a/kbugbuster/gui/packageselectdialog.h +++ b/kbugbuster/gui/packageselectdialog.h @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ class PackageListView : public TQListView Q_OBJECT TQ_OBJECT public: - PackageListView( TQWidget *tqparent ); + PackageListView( TQWidget *parent ); void resetTyped(); @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ class PackageSelectDialog : public KDialogBase Q_OBJECT TQ_OBJECT public: - PackageSelectDialog(TQWidget *tqparent=0,const char *name=0); + PackageSelectDialog(TQWidget *parent=0,const char *name=0); ~PackageSelectDialog(); void setRecentPackages( const TQStringList & ); diff --git a/kbugbuster/gui/preferencesdialog.cpp b/kbugbuster/gui/preferencesdialog.cpp index 2b6f09ab..2c1a845c 100644 --- a/kbugbuster/gui/preferencesdialog.cpp +++ b/kbugbuster/gui/preferencesdialog.cpp @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ class ServerItem : public TQListViewItem class ServerListView : public TQListView { public: - ServerListView( TQWidget *tqparent ) : TQListView( tqparent ) + ServerListView( TQWidget *parent ) : TQListView( parent ) { addColumn( i18n("Name") ); addColumn( i18n("Base URL") ); @@ -60,9 +60,9 @@ class ServerListView : public TQListView } }; -PreferencesDialog::PreferencesDialog( TQWidget* tqparent, const char* name ) +PreferencesDialog::PreferencesDialog( TQWidget* parent, const char* name ) : KDialogBase ( IconList, i18n("Preferences"), Ok|Apply|Cancel, Ok, - tqparent, name, false, true ) + parent, name, false, true ) { setupServerPage(); setupAdvancedPage(); @@ -274,21 +274,21 @@ void PreferencesDialog::writeConfig() emit configChanged(); } -SelectServerDlg::SelectServerDlg(PreferencesDialog *tqparent, const char */*name*/ ) - :KDialogBase(tqparent, 0, true, i18n("Select Server"), +SelectServerDlg::SelectServerDlg(PreferencesDialog *parent, const char */*name*/ ) + :KDialogBase(parent, 0, true, i18n("Select Server"), KDialogBase::Ok | KDialogBase::Cancel) { list = new ServerListView(this ); setMainWidget( list ); - tqparent->createServerItem( list, "KDE", "http://bugs.kde.org", "KDE" ); - tqparent->createServerItem( list, "GNOME", "http://bugzilla.gnome.org", "2.10" ); - tqparent->createServerItem( list, "Mozilla", "http://bugzilla.mozilla.org", "2.17.1" ); - tqparent->createServerItem( list, "Apache", "http://nagoya.apache.org/bugzilla/", "2.14.2" ); - tqparent->createServerItem( list, "XFree86", "http://bugs.xfree86.org/cgi-bin/bugzilla/", "2.14.2" ); - tqparent->createServerItem( list, "Ximian", "http://bugzilla.ximian.com", "2.10" ); - tqparent->createServerItem( list, "RedHat", "http://bugzilla.redhat.com/bugzilla/", "2.17.1" ); - tqparent->createServerItem( list, "Mandriva", "http://qa.mandriva.com/", "2.17.4" ); + parent->createServerItem( list, "KDE", "http://bugs.kde.org", "KDE" ); + parent->createServerItem( list, "GNOME", "http://bugzilla.gnome.org", "2.10" ); + parent->createServerItem( list, "Mozilla", "http://bugzilla.mozilla.org", "2.17.1" ); + parent->createServerItem( list, "Apache", "http://nagoya.apache.org/bugzilla/", "2.14.2" ); + parent->createServerItem( list, "XFree86", "http://bugs.xfree86.org/cgi-bin/bugzilla/", "2.14.2" ); + parent->createServerItem( list, "Ximian", "http://bugzilla.ximian.com", "2.10" ); + parent->createServerItem( list, "RedHat", "http://bugzilla.redhat.com/bugzilla/", "2.17.1" ); + parent->createServerItem( list, "Mandriva", "http://qa.mandriva.com/", "2.17.4" ); connect( list, TQT_SIGNAL( doubleClicked ( TQListViewItem *)), this, TQT_SLOT( slotDoubleClicked( TQListViewItem *))); } diff --git a/kbugbuster/gui/preferencesdialog.h b/kbugbuster/gui/preferencesdialog.h index 209a084c..1e6d824d 100644 --- a/kbugbuster/gui/preferencesdialog.h +++ b/kbugbuster/gui/preferencesdialog.h @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ class PreferencesDialog : public KDialogBase Q_OBJECT TQ_OBJECT public: - PreferencesDialog( TQWidget* tqparent = 0, const char* name = 0 ); + PreferencesDialog( TQWidget* parent = 0, const char* name = 0 ); ~PreferencesDialog(); void createServerItem( ServerListView *listView, const TQString &name, @@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ class SelectServerDlg : public KDialogBase Q_OBJECT TQ_OBJECT public: - SelectServerDlg(PreferencesDialog *tqparent, const char */*name*/ ); + SelectServerDlg(PreferencesDialog *parent, const char */*name*/ ); ServerItem *serverSelected(); protected slots: void slotDoubleClicked( TQListViewItem *); diff --git a/kbugbuster/gui/serverconfigdialog.cpp b/kbugbuster/gui/serverconfigdialog.cpp index 99cb28f3..feaab83d 100644 --- a/kbugbuster/gui/serverconfigdialog.cpp +++ b/kbugbuster/gui/serverconfigdialog.cpp @@ -12,8 +12,8 @@ #include <tqvbox.h> #include <tqcombobox.h> -ServerConfigDialog::ServerConfigDialog( TQWidget *tqparent, const char *name ) : - KDialogBase( tqparent, name, true, i18n("Edit Bugzilla Server"), Ok|Cancel ) +ServerConfigDialog::ServerConfigDialog( TQWidget *parent, const char *name ) : + KDialogBase( parent, name, true, i18n("Edit Bugzilla Server"), Ok|Cancel ) { TQWidget *topFrame = makeMainWidget(); diff --git a/kbugbuster/gui/serverconfigdialog.h b/kbugbuster/gui/serverconfigdialog.h index 39a0d596..36bdbd96 100644 --- a/kbugbuster/gui/serverconfigdialog.h +++ b/kbugbuster/gui/serverconfigdialog.h @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ class ServerConfigDialog : public KDialogBase Q_OBJECT TQ_OBJECT public: - ServerConfigDialog( TQWidget *tqparent = 0 , const char *name = 0 ); + ServerConfigDialog( TQWidget *parent = 0 , const char *name = 0 ); void setServerConfig( const BugServerConfig & ); BugServerConfig serverConfig(); diff --git a/kbugbuster/gui/severityselectdialog.cpp b/kbugbuster/gui/severityselectdialog.cpp index c21a5383..bef2640b 100644 --- a/kbugbuster/gui/severityselectdialog.cpp +++ b/kbugbuster/gui/severityselectdialog.cpp @@ -10,8 +10,8 @@ #include "severityselectdialog.h" #include "severityselectdialog.moc" -SeveritySelectDialog::SeveritySelectDialog(TQWidget *tqparent,const char *name) : - KDialogBase( tqparent, name, true, i18n("Select Severity"), Ok|Cancel ) +SeveritySelectDialog::SeveritySelectDialog(TQWidget *parent,const char *name) : + KDialogBase( parent, name, true, i18n("Select Severity"), Ok|Cancel ) { mButtonGroup = new TQButtonGroup( 1,Qt::Horizontal, i18n("Severity"), this ); setMainWidget( mButtonGroup ); diff --git a/kbugbuster/gui/severityselectdialog.h b/kbugbuster/gui/severityselectdialog.h index 778f2900..46f52bb0 100644 --- a/kbugbuster/gui/severityselectdialog.h +++ b/kbugbuster/gui/severityselectdialog.h @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ class SeveritySelectDialog : public KDialogBase Q_OBJECT TQ_OBJECT public: - SeveritySelectDialog(TQWidget *tqparent=0,const char *name=0); + SeveritySelectDialog(TQWidget *parent=0,const char *name=0); void setSeverity( Bug::Severity ); diff --git a/kbugbuster/kresources/kcalresourceconfig.cpp b/kbugbuster/kresources/kcalresourceconfig.cpp index 3ed92e54..58466642 100644 --- a/kbugbuster/kresources/kcalresourceconfig.cpp +++ b/kbugbuster/kresources/kcalresourceconfig.cpp @@ -34,8 +34,8 @@ #include "resourceprefs.h" #include "kcalresourceconfig.h" -KCalResourceConfig::KCalResourceConfig( TQWidget* tqparent, const char* name ) - : KRES::ConfigWidget( tqparent, name ) +KCalResourceConfig::KCalResourceConfig( TQWidget* parent, const char* name ) + : KRES::ConfigWidget( parent, name ) { resize( 245, 115 ); diff --git a/kbugbuster/kresources/kcalresourceconfig.h b/kbugbuster/kresources/kcalresourceconfig.h index de8eb4d2..cbfdcfe3 100644 --- a/kbugbuster/kresources/kcalresourceconfig.h +++ b/kbugbuster/kresources/kcalresourceconfig.h @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ class KCalResourceConfig : public KRES::ConfigWidget Q_OBJECT TQ_OBJECT public: - KCalResourceConfig( TQWidget *tqparent = 0, const char *name = 0 ); + KCalResourceConfig( TQWidget *parent = 0, const char *name = 0 ); public slots: virtual void loadSettings( KRES::Resource *resource ); diff --git a/kcachegrind/kcachegrind/callgraphview.cpp b/kcachegrind/kcachegrind/callgraphview.cpp index 4135f6b4..5fc8dbb3 100644 --- a/kcachegrind/kcachegrind/callgraphview.cpp +++ b/kcachegrind/kcachegrind/callgraphview.cpp @@ -963,8 +963,8 @@ void GraphExporter::buildGraph(TraceFunction* f, int d, // // PannerView // -PannerView::PannerView(TQWidget * tqparent, const char * name) - : TQCanvasView(tqparent, name, WNoAutoErase | WStaticContents) +PannerView::PannerView(TQWidget * parent, const char * name) + : TQCanvasView(parent, name, WNoAutoErase | WStaticContents) { _movingZoomRect = false; @@ -1368,8 +1368,8 @@ void CallGraphTip::maybeTip( const TQPoint& pos ) // CallGraphView // CallGraphView::CallGraphView(TraceItemView* parentView, - TQWidget* tqparent, const char* name) - : TQCanvasView(tqparent, name), TraceItemView(parentView) + TQWidget* parent, const char* name) + : TQCanvasView(parent, name), TraceItemView(parentView) { _zoomPosition = DEFAULT_ZOOMPOS; _lastAutoPosition = TopLeft; diff --git a/kcachegrind/kcachegrind/callgraphview.h b/kcachegrind/kcachegrind/callgraphview.h index f2e567c1..631c6a30 100644 --- a/kcachegrind/kcachegrind/callgraphview.h +++ b/kcachegrind/kcachegrind/callgraphview.h @@ -287,7 +287,7 @@ class PannerView: public TQCanvasView TQ_OBJECT public: - PannerView(TQWidget * tqparent = 0, const char * name = 0); + PannerView(TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0); void setZoomRect(TQRect r); @@ -423,7 +423,7 @@ public: enum ZoomPosition { TopLeft, TopRight, BottomLeft, BottomRight, Auto }; CallGraphView(TraceItemView* parentView, - TQWidget* tqparent=0, const char* name=0); + TQWidget* parent=0, const char* name=0); ~CallGraphView(); void readViewConfig(KConfig*, TQString prefix, TQString postfix, bool); diff --git a/kcachegrind/kcachegrind/callitem.cpp b/kcachegrind/kcachegrind/callitem.cpp index 3667f668..3a3a7266 100644 --- a/kcachegrind/kcachegrind/callitem.cpp +++ b/kcachegrind/kcachegrind/callitem.cpp @@ -34,8 +34,8 @@ // CallItem -CallItem::CallItem(CallView* view, TQListView* tqparent, TraceCall* c) - : TQListViewItem(tqparent) +CallItem::CallItem(CallView* view, TQListView* parent, TraceCall* c) + : TQListViewItem(parent) { _call = c; _view = view; diff --git a/kcachegrind/kcachegrind/callmapview.cpp b/kcachegrind/kcachegrind/callmapview.cpp index 605e572e..3f363f29 100644 --- a/kcachegrind/kcachegrind/callmapview.cpp +++ b/kcachegrind/kcachegrind/callmapview.cpp @@ -51,8 +51,8 @@ CallMapView::CallMapView(bool showCallers, TraceItemView* parentView, - TQWidget* tqparent, const char* name) - : TreeMapWidget(new CallMapBaseItem(), tqparent, name), TraceItemView(parentView) + TQWidget* parent, const char* name) + : TreeMapWidget(new CallMapBaseItem(), parent, name), TraceItemView(parentView) { _showCallers = showCallers; @@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ TQString CallMapView::whatsThis() const "<em>very</em> time consuming, you may want to limit " "the maximum drawn nesting level before. " "'Best' determinates the split direction for tqchildren " - "from the aspect ratio of the tqparent. " + "from the aspect ratio of the parent. " "'Always Best' decides on remaining space for each " "sibling. " "'Ignore Proportions' takes space for function name " @@ -171,7 +171,7 @@ void CallMapView::context(TreeMapItem* i,const TQPoint & p) if ((int)name.length()>Configuration::maxSymbolLength()) name = name.left(Configuration::maxSymbolLength()) + "..."; fpopup.insertItem(name, 101+count); - item = item->tqparent(); + item = item->parent(); count++; } popup.insertSeparator(); @@ -223,7 +223,7 @@ void CallMapView::context(TreeMapItem* i,const TQPoint & p) l2popup.setItemChecked(201+count, true); foundStopName = true; } - item = item->tqparent(); + item = item->parent(); count++; } } @@ -326,7 +326,7 @@ void CallMapView::context(TreeMapItem* i,const TQPoint & p) if (r>100 && r<150) { r -= 100; while (i && (r>1)) { - i=i->tqparent(); + i=i->parent(); r--; } activatedSlot(i); @@ -336,7 +336,7 @@ void CallMapView::context(TreeMapItem* i,const TQPoint & p) if (r>200 && r<250) { r -= 200; while (i && (r>1)) { - i=i->tqparent(); + i=i->parent(); r--; } if (i) @@ -556,7 +556,7 @@ TQString CallMapView::tipString(TreeMapItem* i) const if (!tip.isEmpty()) tip += "\n"; tip += itemTip; - i = i->tqparent(); + i = i->parent(); count++; } if (count == Configuration::maxSymbolCount()) tip += "\n..."; diff --git a/kcachegrind/kcachegrind/callmapview.h b/kcachegrind/kcachegrind/callmapview.h index 67cecb6d..1ee45258 100644 --- a/kcachegrind/kcachegrind/callmapview.h +++ b/kcachegrind/kcachegrind/callmapview.h @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ class CallMapView: public TreeMapWidget, public TraceItemView public: CallMapView(bool showCallers, TraceItemView* parentView, - TQWidget* tqparent=0, const char* name=0); + TQWidget* parent=0, const char* name=0); TQWidget* widget() { return this; } TQString whatsThis() const; diff --git a/kcachegrind/kcachegrind/callview.cpp b/kcachegrind/kcachegrind/callview.cpp index 11da69e4..2eb08f68 100644 --- a/kcachegrind/kcachegrind/callview.cpp +++ b/kcachegrind/kcachegrind/callview.cpp @@ -36,8 +36,8 @@ CallView::CallView(bool showCallers, TraceItemView* parentView, - TQWidget* tqparent, const char* name) - : TQListView(tqparent, name), TraceItemView(parentView) + TQWidget* parent, const char* name) + : TQListView(parent, name), TraceItemView(parentView) { _showCallers = showCallers; diff --git a/kcachegrind/kcachegrind/callview.h b/kcachegrind/kcachegrind/callview.h index b18e6c3c..be644f97 100644 --- a/kcachegrind/kcachegrind/callview.h +++ b/kcachegrind/kcachegrind/callview.h @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ class CallView: public TQListView, public TraceItemView public: CallView(bool showCallers, TraceItemView* parentView, - TQWidget* tqparent=0, const char* name=0); + TQWidget* parent=0, const char* name=0); virtual TQWidget* widget() { return this; } TQString whatsThis() const; diff --git a/kcachegrind/kcachegrind/configdlg.cpp b/kcachegrind/kcachegrind/configdlg.cpp index 4fa94f3a..7e56c686 100644 --- a/kcachegrind/kcachegrind/configdlg.cpp +++ b/kcachegrind/kcachegrind/configdlg.cpp @@ -38,8 +38,8 @@ ConfigDlg::ConfigDlg(Configuration* c, TraceData* data, - TQWidget* tqparent, const char* name) - :ConfigDlgBase(tqparent, name) + TQWidget* parent, const char* name) + :ConfigDlgBase(parent, name) { _config = c; _data = data; @@ -340,7 +340,7 @@ void ConfigDlg::dirsItemChanged(TQListViewItem* i) void ConfigDlg::dirsDeletePressed() { if (!_dirItem || (_dirItem->depth() == 0)) return; - TQListViewItem* p = _dirItem->tqparent(); + TQListViewItem* p = _dirItem->parent(); if (!p) return; Configuration* c = Configuration::config(); diff --git a/kcachegrind/kcachegrind/configdlg.h b/kcachegrind/kcachegrind/configdlg.h index 58c9b80d..5ef6bab0 100644 --- a/kcachegrind/kcachegrind/configdlg.h +++ b/kcachegrind/kcachegrind/configdlg.h @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ class ConfigDlg : public ConfigDlgBase public: ConfigDlg(Configuration*, TraceData*, - TQWidget* tqparent = 0, const char* name = 0); + TQWidget* parent = 0, const char* name = 0); ~ConfigDlg(); static bool configure(Configuration*, TraceData*, TQWidget*); diff --git a/kcachegrind/kcachegrind/costlistitem.cpp b/kcachegrind/kcachegrind/costlistitem.cpp index 91caea4b..3129838a 100644 --- a/kcachegrind/kcachegrind/costlistitem.cpp +++ b/kcachegrind/kcachegrind/costlistitem.cpp @@ -33,9 +33,9 @@ // CostListItem -CostListItem::CostListItem(TQListView* tqparent, TraceCostItem* costItem, +CostListItem::CostListItem(TQListView* parent, TraceCostItem* costItem, TraceCostType* ct, int size) - :TQListViewItem(tqparent) + :TQListViewItem(parent) { _groupSize = size; _skipped = 0; @@ -49,9 +49,9 @@ CostListItem::CostListItem(TQListView* tqparent, TraceCostItem* costItem, } } -CostListItem::CostListItem(TQListView* tqparent, int skipped, +CostListItem::CostListItem(TQListView* parent, int skipped, TraceCostItem* costItem, TraceCostType* ct) - :TQListViewItem(tqparent) + :TQListViewItem(parent) { _skipped = skipped; _costItem = costItem; diff --git a/kcachegrind/kcachegrind/costlistitem.h b/kcachegrind/kcachegrind/costlistitem.h index 369a0c74..99f654e1 100644 --- a/kcachegrind/kcachegrind/costlistitem.h +++ b/kcachegrind/kcachegrind/costlistitem.h @@ -25,10 +25,10 @@ class CostListItem: public TQListViewItem { public: - CostListItem(TQListView* tqparent, TraceCostItem* cost, + CostListItem(TQListView* parent, TraceCostItem* cost, TraceCostType* ct, int size = -1); // entry with multiple skipped items - CostListItem(TQListView* tqparent, int skipped, TraceCostItem* cost, + CostListItem(TQListView* parent, int skipped, TraceCostItem* cost, TraceCostType* ct); int compare(TQListViewItem * i, int col, bool ascending ) const; diff --git a/kcachegrind/kcachegrind/costtypeitem.cpp b/kcachegrind/kcachegrind/costtypeitem.cpp index cf71a3a9..df5bf35a 100644 --- a/kcachegrind/kcachegrind/costtypeitem.cpp +++ b/kcachegrind/kcachegrind/costtypeitem.cpp @@ -31,9 +31,9 @@ // CostTypeItem -CostTypeItem::CostTypeItem(TQListView* tqparent, TraceCostItem* costItem, +CostTypeItem::CostTypeItem(TQListView* parent, TraceCostItem* costItem, TraceCostType* ct, TraceCost::CostType gt) - :TQListViewItem(tqparent) + :TQListViewItem(parent) { _costItem = costItem; _costType = ct; diff --git a/kcachegrind/kcachegrind/costtypeitem.h b/kcachegrind/kcachegrind/costtypeitem.h index 6bf60fa8..d34973db 100644 --- a/kcachegrind/kcachegrind/costtypeitem.h +++ b/kcachegrind/kcachegrind/costtypeitem.h @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ class CostTypeItem: public TQListViewItem { public: - CostTypeItem(TQListView* tqparent, TraceCostItem* costItem, + CostTypeItem(TQListView* parent, TraceCostItem* costItem, TraceCostType* ct, TraceCost::CostType gt); int compare(TQListViewItem * i, int col, bool ascending ) const; diff --git a/kcachegrind/kcachegrind/costtypeview.cpp b/kcachegrind/kcachegrind/costtypeview.cpp index ff69bf47..d4087eba 100644 --- a/kcachegrind/kcachegrind/costtypeview.cpp +++ b/kcachegrind/kcachegrind/costtypeview.cpp @@ -36,8 +36,8 @@ CostTypeView::CostTypeView(TraceItemView* parentView, - TQWidget* tqparent, const char* name) - : TQListView(tqparent, name), TraceItemView(parentView) + TQWidget* parent, const char* name) + : TQListView(parent, name), TraceItemView(parentView) { addColumn( i18n( "Event Type" ) ); addColumn( i18n( "Incl." ) ); diff --git a/kcachegrind/kcachegrind/costtypeview.h b/kcachegrind/kcachegrind/costtypeview.h index 8940b3c7..ee9963e3 100644 --- a/kcachegrind/kcachegrind/costtypeview.h +++ b/kcachegrind/kcachegrind/costtypeview.h @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ class CostTypeView: public TQListView, public TraceItemView public: CostTypeView(TraceItemView* parentView, - TQWidget* tqparent=0, const char* name=0); + TQWidget* parent=0, const char* name=0); virtual TQWidget* widget() { return this; } TQString whatsThis() const; diff --git a/kcachegrind/kcachegrind/coverageitem.cpp b/kcachegrind/kcachegrind/coverageitem.cpp index ab872f71..569359a8 100644 --- a/kcachegrind/kcachegrind/coverageitem.cpp +++ b/kcachegrind/kcachegrind/coverageitem.cpp @@ -32,11 +32,11 @@ // CallerCoverageItem -CallerCoverageItem::CallerCoverageItem(TQListView* tqparent, Coverage* c, +CallerCoverageItem::CallerCoverageItem(TQListView* parent, Coverage* c, TraceFunction* base, TraceCostType* ct, TraceCost::CostType gt) - : TQListViewItem(tqparent) + : TQListViewItem(parent) { _skipped = 0; _coverage = c; @@ -50,11 +50,11 @@ CallerCoverageItem::CallerCoverageItem(TQListView* tqparent, Coverage* c, setGroupType(gt); } -CallerCoverageItem::CallerCoverageItem(TQListView* tqparent, int skipped, Coverage* c, +CallerCoverageItem::CallerCoverageItem(TQListView* parent, int skipped, Coverage* c, TraceFunction* base, TraceCostType* ct, TraceCost::CostType gt) - : TQListViewItem(tqparent) + : TQListViewItem(parent) { _skipped = skipped; _coverage = c; @@ -172,11 +172,11 @@ int CallerCoverageItem::compare(TQListViewItem * i, // CalleeCoverageItem -CalleeCoverageItem::CalleeCoverageItem(TQListView* tqparent, Coverage* c, +CalleeCoverageItem::CalleeCoverageItem(TQListView* parent, Coverage* c, TraceFunction* base, TraceCostType* ct, TraceCost::CostType gt) - : TQListViewItem(tqparent) + : TQListViewItem(parent) { _skipped = 0; _coverage = c; @@ -190,11 +190,11 @@ CalleeCoverageItem::CalleeCoverageItem(TQListView* tqparent, Coverage* c, setGroupType(gt); } -CalleeCoverageItem::CalleeCoverageItem(TQListView* tqparent, int skipped, Coverage* c, +CalleeCoverageItem::CalleeCoverageItem(TQListView* parent, int skipped, Coverage* c, TraceFunction* base, TraceCostType* ct, TraceCost::CostType gt) - : TQListViewItem(tqparent) + : TQListViewItem(parent) { _skipped = skipped; _coverage = c; diff --git a/kcachegrind/kcachegrind/coverageitem.h b/kcachegrind/kcachegrind/coverageitem.h index 04da4305..ba442aa6 100644 --- a/kcachegrind/kcachegrind/coverageitem.h +++ b/kcachegrind/kcachegrind/coverageitem.h @@ -31,9 +31,9 @@ class Coverage; class CallerCoverageItem: public TQListViewItem { public: - CallerCoverageItem(TQListView* tqparent, Coverage* c, TraceFunction* base, + CallerCoverageItem(TQListView* parent, Coverage* c, TraceFunction* base, TraceCostType* ct, TraceCost::CostType gt); - CallerCoverageItem(TQListView* tqparent, int skipped, Coverage* c, TraceFunction* base, + CallerCoverageItem(TQListView* parent, int skipped, Coverage* c, TraceFunction* base, TraceCostType* ct, TraceCost::CostType gt); int compare(TQListViewItem * i, int col, bool ascending ) const; @@ -57,9 +57,9 @@ private: class CalleeCoverageItem: public TQListViewItem { public: - CalleeCoverageItem(TQListView* tqparent, Coverage* c, TraceFunction* base, + CalleeCoverageItem(TQListView* parent, Coverage* c, TraceFunction* base, TraceCostType* ct, TraceCost::CostType gt); - CalleeCoverageItem(TQListView* tqparent, int skipped, Coverage* c, TraceFunction* base, + CalleeCoverageItem(TQListView* parent, int skipped, Coverage* c, TraceFunction* base, TraceCostType* ct, TraceCost::CostType gt); int compare(TQListViewItem * i, int col, bool ascending ) const; diff --git a/kcachegrind/kcachegrind/coverageview.cpp b/kcachegrind/kcachegrind/coverageview.cpp index ba6ce77f..6243d8af 100644 --- a/kcachegrind/kcachegrind/coverageview.cpp +++ b/kcachegrind/kcachegrind/coverageview.cpp @@ -37,8 +37,8 @@ CoverageView::CoverageView(bool showCallers, TraceItemView* parentView, - TQWidget* tqparent, const char* name) - : TQListView(tqparent, name), TraceItemView(parentView) + TQWidget* parent, const char* name) + : TQListView(parent, name), TraceItemView(parentView) { _showCallers = showCallers; diff --git a/kcachegrind/kcachegrind/coverageview.h b/kcachegrind/kcachegrind/coverageview.h index 0be96e85..09c5de03 100644 --- a/kcachegrind/kcachegrind/coverageview.h +++ b/kcachegrind/kcachegrind/coverageview.h @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ class CoverageView: public TQListView, public TraceItemView public: CoverageView(bool showCallers, TraceItemView* parentView, - TQWidget* tqparent=0, const char* name=0); + TQWidget* parent=0, const char* name=0); virtual TQWidget* widget() { return this; } TQString whatsThis() const; diff --git a/kcachegrind/kcachegrind/dumpselection.cpp b/kcachegrind/kcachegrind/dumpselection.cpp index 15027325..4d812ef9 100644 --- a/kcachegrind/kcachegrind/dumpselection.cpp +++ b/kcachegrind/kcachegrind/dumpselection.cpp @@ -20,8 +20,8 @@ DumpSelection::DumpSelection( TopLevel* top, - TQWidget* tqparent, const char* name) - : DumpSelectionBase(tqparent, name), TraceItemView(0, top) + TQWidget* parent, const char* name) + : DumpSelectionBase(parent, name), TraceItemView(0, top) { } diff --git a/kcachegrind/kcachegrind/dumpselection.h b/kcachegrind/kcachegrind/dumpselection.h index b6bcddce..49ca532d 100644 --- a/kcachegrind/kcachegrind/dumpselection.h +++ b/kcachegrind/kcachegrind/dumpselection.h @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ class DumpSelection : public DumpSelectionBase, public TraceItemView TQ_OBJECT public: - DumpSelection( TopLevel*, TQWidget* tqparent = 0, const char* name = 0); + DumpSelection( TopLevel*, TQWidget* parent = 0, const char* name = 0); virtual ~DumpSelection(); TQWidget* widget() { return this; } diff --git a/kcachegrind/kcachegrind/functionitem.cpp b/kcachegrind/kcachegrind/functionitem.cpp index 5b70fd2e..9df7e651 100644 --- a/kcachegrind/kcachegrind/functionitem.cpp +++ b/kcachegrind/kcachegrind/functionitem.cpp @@ -37,9 +37,9 @@ // FunctionItem -FunctionItem::FunctionItem(TQListView* tqparent, TraceFunction* f, +FunctionItem::FunctionItem(TQListView* parent, TraceFunction* f, TraceCostType* ct, TraceCost::CostType gt) - :TQListViewItem(tqparent) + :TQListViewItem(parent) { #if 0 _costPixValid = false; @@ -56,9 +56,9 @@ FunctionItem::FunctionItem(TQListView* tqparent, TraceFunction* f, setText(4, f->prettyLocation()); } -FunctionItem::FunctionItem(TQListView* tqparent, int skipped, +FunctionItem::FunctionItem(TQListView* parent, int skipped, TraceFunction* f, TraceCostType* ct) - :TQListViewItem(tqparent) + :TQListViewItem(parent) { #if 0 _costPixValid = false; diff --git a/kcachegrind/kcachegrind/functionitem.h b/kcachegrind/kcachegrind/functionitem.h index fcf24123..d8f98f49 100644 --- a/kcachegrind/kcachegrind/functionitem.h +++ b/kcachegrind/kcachegrind/functionitem.h @@ -29,10 +29,10 @@ class FunctionItem: public TQListViewItem { public: - FunctionItem(TQListView* tqparent, TraceFunction* function, + FunctionItem(TQListView* parent, TraceFunction* function, TraceCostType* ct, TraceCost::CostType gt); // constructor for a "Skipped ... " entry - FunctionItem(TQListView* tqparent, int skipped, + FunctionItem(TQListView* parent, int skipped, TraceFunction* function, TraceCostType* ct); int compare(TQListViewItem * i, int col, bool ascending ) const; diff --git a/kcachegrind/kcachegrind/functionselection.cpp b/kcachegrind/kcachegrind/functionselection.cpp index 0ea7e72c..437a17bf 100644 --- a/kcachegrind/kcachegrind/functionselection.cpp +++ b/kcachegrind/kcachegrind/functionselection.cpp @@ -41,8 +41,8 @@ #include "toplevel.h" FunctionSelection::FunctionSelection( TopLevel* top, - TQWidget* tqparent, const char* name) - : FunctionSelectionBase(tqparent, name), TraceItemView(0, top) + TQWidget* parent, const char* name) + : FunctionSelectionBase(parent, name), TraceItemView(0, top) { _group = 0; _inSetGroup = false; diff --git a/kcachegrind/kcachegrind/functionselection.h b/kcachegrind/kcachegrind/functionselection.h index 2aacbeba..c5f78107 100644 --- a/kcachegrind/kcachegrind/functionselection.h +++ b/kcachegrind/kcachegrind/functionselection.h @@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ class FunctionSelection : public FunctionSelectionBase, public TraceItemView TQ_OBJECT public: - FunctionSelection( TopLevel*, TQWidget* tqparent = 0, const char* name = 0); + FunctionSelection( TopLevel*, TQWidget* parent = 0, const char* name = 0); ~FunctionSelection(); TraceCostItem* group(TQString); diff --git a/kcachegrind/kcachegrind/instritem.cpp b/kcachegrind/kcachegrind/instritem.cpp index 3aa7d22d..81341672 100644 --- a/kcachegrind/kcachegrind/instritem.cpp +++ b/kcachegrind/kcachegrind/instritem.cpp @@ -37,9 +37,9 @@ // InstrItem // for messages -InstrItem::InstrItem(InstrView* iv, TQListView* tqparent, +InstrItem::InstrItem(InstrView* iv, TQListView* parent, Addr addr, const TQString& msg) - : TQListViewItem(tqparent) + : TQListViewItem(parent) { _view = iv; _addr = addr; @@ -56,11 +56,11 @@ InstrItem::InstrItem(InstrView* iv, TQListView* tqparent, } // for code lines -InstrItem::InstrItem(InstrView* iv, TQListView* tqparent, +InstrItem::InstrItem(InstrView* iv, TQListView* parent, Addr addr, bool inside, const TQString& code, const TQString& cmd, const TQString& args, TraceInstr* instr) - : TQListViewItem(tqparent) + : TQListViewItem(parent) { _view = iv; _addr = addr; @@ -86,9 +86,9 @@ InstrItem::InstrItem(InstrView* iv, TQListView* tqparent, } // for call lines -InstrItem::InstrItem(InstrView* iv, TQListViewItem* tqparent, Addr addr, +InstrItem::InstrItem(InstrView* iv, TQListViewItem* parent, Addr addr, TraceInstr* instr, TraceInstrCall* instrCall) - : TQListViewItem(tqparent) + : TQListViewItem(parent) { _view = iv; _addr = addr; @@ -118,9 +118,9 @@ InstrItem::InstrItem(InstrView* iv, TQListViewItem* tqparent, Addr addr, } // for jump lines -InstrItem::InstrItem(InstrView* iv, TQListViewItem* tqparent, Addr addr, +InstrItem::InstrItem(InstrView* iv, TQListViewItem* parent, Addr addr, TraceInstr* instr, TraceInstrJump* instrJump) - : TQListViewItem(tqparent) + : TQListViewItem(parent) { _view = iv; _addr = addr; diff --git a/kcachegrind/kcachegrind/instritem.h b/kcachegrind/kcachegrind/instritem.h index ab5467d9..e521ebe0 100644 --- a/kcachegrind/kcachegrind/instritem.h +++ b/kcachegrind/kcachegrind/instritem.h @@ -33,21 +33,21 @@ class InstrItem: public TQListViewItem public: // for messages - InstrItem(InstrView* iv, TQListView* tqparent, + InstrItem(InstrView* iv, TQListView* parent, Addr addr, const TQString&); // for instruction lines - InstrItem(InstrView* iv, TQListView* tqparent, + InstrItem(InstrView* iv, TQListView* parent, Addr addr, bool inside, const TQString&, const TQString&, const TQString&, TraceInstr* instr); // for call instr - InstrItem(InstrView* iv, TQListViewItem* tqparent, Addr addr, + InstrItem(InstrView* iv, TQListViewItem* parent, Addr addr, TraceInstr* instr, TraceInstrCall* instrCall); // for jump lines - InstrItem(InstrView* iv, TQListViewItem* tqparent, Addr addr, + InstrItem(InstrView* iv, TQListViewItem* parent, Addr addr, TraceInstr* instr, TraceInstrJump* instrJump); Addr addr() const { return _addr; } diff --git a/kcachegrind/kcachegrind/instrview.cpp b/kcachegrind/kcachegrind/instrview.cpp index d578b4f8..39bd9b0b 100644 --- a/kcachegrind/kcachegrind/instrview.cpp +++ b/kcachegrind/kcachegrind/instrview.cpp @@ -111,8 +111,8 @@ static bool parseLine(char* buf, Addr& addr, InstrView::InstrView(TraceItemView* parentView, - TQWidget* tqparent, const char* name) - : TQListView(tqparent, name), TraceItemView(parentView) + TQWidget* parent, const char* name) + : TQListView(parent, name), TraceItemView(parentView) { _showHexCode = DEFAULT_SHOWHEXCODE; _lastHexCodeWidth = 50; diff --git a/kcachegrind/kcachegrind/instrview.h b/kcachegrind/kcachegrind/instrview.h index 86d011cc..79d3d763 100644 --- a/kcachegrind/kcachegrind/instrview.h +++ b/kcachegrind/kcachegrind/instrview.h @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ class InstrView : public TQListView, public TraceItemView public: InstrView(TraceItemView* parentView, - TQWidget* tqparent = 0, const char* name = 0); + TQWidget* parent = 0, const char* name = 0); virtual TQWidget* widget() { return this; } TQString whatsThis() const; diff --git a/kcachegrind/kcachegrind/multiview.cpp b/kcachegrind/kcachegrind/multiview.cpp index d3ad670c..18148927 100644 --- a/kcachegrind/kcachegrind/multiview.cpp +++ b/kcachegrind/kcachegrind/multiview.cpp @@ -34,8 +34,8 @@ // MultiView // -MultiView::MultiView(TopLevel* top, TQWidget* tqparent, const char* name) - : TQSplitter(tqparent, name), TraceItemView(0, top) +MultiView::MultiView(TopLevel* top, TQWidget* parent, const char* name) + : TQSplitter(parent, name), TraceItemView(0, top) { // default setOrientation(Qt::Horizontal); diff --git a/kcachegrind/kcachegrind/multiview.h b/kcachegrind/kcachegrind/multiview.h index 393638ba..9d771013 100644 --- a/kcachegrind/kcachegrind/multiview.h +++ b/kcachegrind/kcachegrind/multiview.h @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ class MultiView : public TQSplitter, public TraceItemView TQ_OBJECT public: - MultiView(TopLevel* top, TQWidget* tqparent = 0, const char* name = 0); + MultiView(TopLevel* top, TQWidget* parent = 0, const char* name = 0); TQWidget* widget() { return this; } TabView* activeTabView() const { return _active; } diff --git a/kcachegrind/kcachegrind/partgraph.cpp b/kcachegrind/kcachegrind/partgraph.cpp index 44d54984..47bda4c9 100644 --- a/kcachegrind/kcachegrind/partgraph.cpp +++ b/kcachegrind/kcachegrind/partgraph.cpp @@ -29,8 +29,8 @@ // PartAreaWidget -PartAreaWidget::PartAreaWidget(TQWidget* tqparent, const char* name) - : TreeMapWidget(new BasePartItem(), tqparent, name) +PartAreaWidget::PartAreaWidget(TQWidget* parent, const char* name) + : TreeMapWidget(new BasePartItem(), parent, name) { _data = 0; _function = 0; @@ -156,12 +156,12 @@ TQString PartAreaWidget::tipString(TreeMapItem* i) const itemTip += "\n"; tip = itemTip + tip; - i = i->tqparent(); + i = i->parent(); count++; } // skip to part - while (i && i->rtti()==3) i = i->tqparent(); + while (i && i->rtti()==3) i = i->parent(); if (i && i->rtti()==2) { itemTip = i18n("Profile Part %1").tqarg(i->text(0)); diff --git a/kcachegrind/kcachegrind/partgraph.h b/kcachegrind/kcachegrind/partgraph.h index 1477382e..f8ad4ccd 100644 --- a/kcachegrind/kcachegrind/partgraph.h +++ b/kcachegrind/kcachegrind/partgraph.h @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ public: // Visualisation inside of trace parts enum VisualisationMode { NoVisualisation, Partitioning, Inclusive }; - PartAreaWidget(TQWidget* tqparent=0, const char* name=0); + PartAreaWidget(TQWidget* parent=0, const char* name=0); void setData(TraceData* d); void setCostType(TraceCostType* ct); diff --git a/kcachegrind/kcachegrind/partlistitem.cpp b/kcachegrind/kcachegrind/partlistitem.cpp index f23db9a4..debea16a 100644 --- a/kcachegrind/kcachegrind/partlistitem.cpp +++ b/kcachegrind/kcachegrind/partlistitem.cpp @@ -33,10 +33,10 @@ // PartListItem -PartListItem::PartListItem(TQListView* tqparent, TraceCostItem* costItem, +PartListItem::PartListItem(TQListView* parent, TraceCostItem* costItem, TraceCostType* ct, TraceCost::CostType gt, TracePart* part) - :TQListViewItem(tqparent) + :TQListViewItem(parent) { _partCostItem = costItem->findDepFromPart(part); _part = part; diff --git a/kcachegrind/kcachegrind/partlistitem.h b/kcachegrind/kcachegrind/partlistitem.h index c395b239..0ab99a9c 100644 --- a/kcachegrind/kcachegrind/partlistitem.h +++ b/kcachegrind/kcachegrind/partlistitem.h @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ class PartListItem: public TQListViewItem { public: - PartListItem(TQListView* tqparent, TraceCostItem* costItem, + PartListItem(TQListView* parent, TraceCostItem* costItem, TraceCostType* ct, TraceCost::CostType gt, TracePart* part); int compare(TQListViewItem * i, int col, bool ascending ) const; diff --git a/kcachegrind/kcachegrind/partselection.cpp b/kcachegrind/kcachegrind/partselection.cpp index b4eb29be..c501702d 100644 --- a/kcachegrind/kcachegrind/partselection.cpp +++ b/kcachegrind/kcachegrind/partselection.cpp @@ -36,8 +36,8 @@ #include "partselection.h" #include "partgraph.h" -PartSelection::PartSelection( TQWidget* tqparent, const char* name) - : PartSelectionBase(tqparent, name) +PartSelection::PartSelection( TQWidget* parent, const char* name) + : PartSelectionBase(parent, name) { _data = 0; _costType = 0; @@ -310,7 +310,7 @@ void PartSelection::contextMenuRequested(TreeMapItem* i, str = i18n("Select") + " '" + ni->text(0) + "'"; popup.insertItem(str, id); - ni = ni->tqparent(); + ni = ni->parent(); id++; } } @@ -365,7 +365,7 @@ void PartSelection::contextMenuRequested(TreeMapItem* i, if (r>=100) { TreeMapItem* ci = i; while (ci && r>100) { - ci = ci->tqparent(); + ci = ci->parent(); r--; } doubleClicked(ci); @@ -545,7 +545,7 @@ void PartSelection::fillInfo() TQString info = _data->activePartRange(); TreeMapItem* i = partAreaWidget->current(); - while (i && i->rtti()!=2) i = i->tqparent(); + while (i && i->rtti()!=2) i = i->parent(); if (i) { TracePart* part = ((PartItem*)i)->part(); diff --git a/kcachegrind/kcachegrind/partselection.h b/kcachegrind/kcachegrind/partselection.h index dfdeff17..b8a195f8 100644 --- a/kcachegrind/kcachegrind/partselection.h +++ b/kcachegrind/kcachegrind/partselection.h @@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ class PartSelection: public PartSelectionBase TQ_OBJECT public: - PartSelection( TQWidget* tqparent = 0, const char* name = 0); + PartSelection( TQWidget* parent = 0, const char* name = 0); ~PartSelection(); TraceData* data() { return _data; } diff --git a/kcachegrind/kcachegrind/partview.cpp b/kcachegrind/kcachegrind/partview.cpp index 039b708c..853e9928 100644 --- a/kcachegrind/kcachegrind/partview.cpp +++ b/kcachegrind/kcachegrind/partview.cpp @@ -38,8 +38,8 @@ PartView::PartView(TraceItemView* parentView, - TQWidget* tqparent, const char* name) - : TQListView(tqparent, name), TraceItemView(parentView) + TQWidget* parent, const char* name) + : TQListView(parent, name), TraceItemView(parentView) { _inSelectionUpdate = false; diff --git a/kcachegrind/kcachegrind/partview.h b/kcachegrind/kcachegrind/partview.h index 06de9bf7..92761cc1 100644 --- a/kcachegrind/kcachegrind/partview.h +++ b/kcachegrind/kcachegrind/partview.h @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ class PartView: public TQListView, public TraceItemView public: PartView(TraceItemView* parentView, - TQWidget* tqparent=0, const char* name=0); + TQWidget* parent=0, const char* name=0); virtual TQWidget* widget() { return this; } TQString whatsThis() const; diff --git a/kcachegrind/kcachegrind/sourceitem.cpp b/kcachegrind/kcachegrind/sourceitem.cpp index db1ee04b..9556c038 100644 --- a/kcachegrind/kcachegrind/sourceitem.cpp +++ b/kcachegrind/kcachegrind/sourceitem.cpp @@ -37,11 +37,11 @@ // SourceItem // for source lines -SourceItem::SourceItem(SourceView* sv, TQListView* tqparent, +SourceItem::SourceItem(SourceView* sv, TQListView* parent, int fileno, unsigned int lineno, bool inside, const TQString& src, TraceLine* line) - : TQListViewItem(tqparent) + : TQListViewItem(parent) { _view = sv; _lineno = lineno; @@ -64,10 +64,10 @@ SourceItem::SourceItem(SourceView* sv, TQListView* tqparent, } // for call lines -SourceItem::SourceItem(SourceView* sv, TQListViewItem* tqparent, +SourceItem::SourceItem(SourceView* sv, TQListViewItem* parent, int fileno, unsigned int lineno, TraceLine* line, TraceLineCall* lineCall) - : TQListViewItem(tqparent) + : TQListViewItem(parent) { _view = sv; _lineno = lineno; @@ -98,10 +98,10 @@ SourceItem::SourceItem(SourceView* sv, TQListViewItem* tqparent, } // for jump lines -SourceItem::SourceItem(SourceView* sv, TQListViewItem* tqparent, +SourceItem::SourceItem(SourceView* sv, TQListViewItem* parent, int fileno, unsigned int lineno, TraceLine* line, TraceLineJump* lineJump) - : TQListViewItem(tqparent) + : TQListViewItem(parent) { _view = sv; _lineno = lineno; diff --git a/kcachegrind/kcachegrind/sourceitem.h b/kcachegrind/kcachegrind/sourceitem.h index 532811e0..30589835 100644 --- a/kcachegrind/kcachegrind/sourceitem.h +++ b/kcachegrind/kcachegrind/sourceitem.h @@ -32,18 +32,18 @@ class SourceItem: public TQListViewItem { public: // for source lines - SourceItem(SourceView* sv, TQListView* tqparent, + SourceItem(SourceView* sv, TQListView* parent, int fileno, unsigned int lineno, bool inside, const TQString& src, TraceLine* line = 0); // for call lines - SourceItem(SourceView* sv, TQListViewItem* tqparent, + SourceItem(SourceView* sv, TQListViewItem* parent, int fileno, unsigned int lineno, TraceLine* line, TraceLineCall* lineCall); // for jump lines - SourceItem(SourceView* sv, TQListViewItem* tqparent, + SourceItem(SourceView* sv, TQListViewItem* parent, int fileno, unsigned int lineno, TraceLine* line, TraceLineJump* lineJump); diff --git a/kcachegrind/kcachegrind/sourceview.cpp b/kcachegrind/kcachegrind/sourceview.cpp index be171d90..64b3e995 100644 --- a/kcachegrind/kcachegrind/sourceview.cpp +++ b/kcachegrind/kcachegrind/sourceview.cpp @@ -38,8 +38,8 @@ SourceView::SourceView(TraceItemView* parentView, - TQWidget* tqparent, const char* name) - : TQListView(tqparent, name), TraceItemView(parentView) + TQWidget* parent, const char* name) + : TQListView(parent, name), TraceItemView(parentView) { _inSelectionUpdate = false; diff --git a/kcachegrind/kcachegrind/sourceview.h b/kcachegrind/kcachegrind/sourceview.h index 2e2c0386..b72fc7ad 100644 --- a/kcachegrind/kcachegrind/sourceview.h +++ b/kcachegrind/kcachegrind/sourceview.h @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ class SourceView : public TQListView, public TraceItemView public: SourceView(TraceItemView* parentView, - TQWidget* tqparent = 0, const char* name = 0); + TQWidget* parent = 0, const char* name = 0); TQWidget* widget() { return this; } TQString whatsThis() const; diff --git a/kcachegrind/kcachegrind/stackitem.cpp b/kcachegrind/kcachegrind/stackitem.cpp index 3b41740a..af0499ba 100644 --- a/kcachegrind/kcachegrind/stackitem.cpp +++ b/kcachegrind/kcachegrind/stackitem.cpp @@ -31,8 +31,8 @@ // StackItem StackItem::StackItem(StackSelection* ss, - TQListView* tqparent, TraceFunction* f) - :TQListViewItem(tqparent) + TQListView* parent, TraceFunction* f) + :TQListViewItem(parent) { _view = ss; _function = f; @@ -46,8 +46,8 @@ StackItem::StackItem(StackSelection* ss, } StackItem::StackItem(StackSelection* ss, - TQListView* tqparent, TraceCall* call) - :TQListViewItem(tqparent) + TQListView* parent, TraceCall* call) + :TQListViewItem(parent) { _view = ss; _call = call; diff --git a/kcachegrind/kcachegrind/stackitem.h b/kcachegrind/kcachegrind/stackitem.h index 31e24b75..250e9f66 100644 --- a/kcachegrind/kcachegrind/stackitem.h +++ b/kcachegrind/kcachegrind/stackitem.h @@ -36,8 +36,8 @@ class StackItem: public TQListViewItem { public: // for top - StackItem(StackSelection* ss, TQListView* tqparent, TraceFunction* f); - StackItem(StackSelection* ss, TQListView* tqparent, TraceCall* c); + StackItem(StackSelection* ss, TQListView* parent, TraceFunction* f); + StackItem(StackSelection* ss, TQListView* parent, TraceCall* c); TraceFunction* function() { return _function; } TraceCall* call() { return _call; } diff --git a/kcachegrind/kcachegrind/stackselection.cpp b/kcachegrind/kcachegrind/stackselection.cpp index fcba2ab9..59094754 100644 --- a/kcachegrind/kcachegrind/stackselection.cpp +++ b/kcachegrind/kcachegrind/stackselection.cpp @@ -35,8 +35,8 @@ #include "stackselection.h" #include "stackitem.h" -StackSelection::StackSelection( TQWidget* tqparent, const char* name) - : StackSelectionBase(tqparent, name) +StackSelection::StackSelection( TQWidget* parent, const char* name) + : StackSelectionBase(parent, name) { _data = 0; _browser = new StackBrowser(); diff --git a/kcachegrind/kcachegrind/stackselection.h b/kcachegrind/kcachegrind/stackselection.h index 6b71c2b8..2bb3a750 100644 --- a/kcachegrind/kcachegrind/stackselection.h +++ b/kcachegrind/kcachegrind/stackselection.h @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ class StackSelection : public StackSelectionBase TQ_OBJECT public: - StackSelection( TQWidget* tqparent = 0, const char* name = 0); + StackSelection( TQWidget* parent = 0, const char* name = 0); ~StackSelection(); TraceData* data() const { return _data; } diff --git a/kcachegrind/kcachegrind/tabview.cpp b/kcachegrind/kcachegrind/tabview.cpp index bb5e340c..52f728b5 100644 --- a/kcachegrind/kcachegrind/tabview.cpp +++ b/kcachegrind/kcachegrind/tabview.cpp @@ -43,10 +43,10 @@ // TabBar -TabBar::TabBar(TabView* v, TQTabWidget* tqparent, const char *name) - : TQTabBar(tqparent, name) +TabBar::TabBar(TabView* v, TQTabWidget* parent, const char *name) + : TQTabBar(parent, name) { - _tabWidget = tqparent; + _tabWidget = parent; _tabView = v; } @@ -114,8 +114,8 @@ void TabBar::mousePressEvent(TQMouseEvent *e) // Splitter // -Splitter::Splitter(Qt::Orientation o, TQWidget* tqparent, const char* name) - : TQSplitter(o, tqparent, name) +Splitter::Splitter(Qt::Orientation o, TQWidget* parent, const char* name) + : TQSplitter(o, parent, name) {} void Splitter::moveEvent(TQMoveEvent* e) @@ -145,9 +145,9 @@ void Splitter::checkVisiblity() // TabWidget // -TabWidget::TabWidget(TabView* v, TQWidget* tqparent, +TabWidget::TabWidget(TabView* v, TQWidget* parent, const char* name, WFlags f) - : TQTabWidget(tqparent, name, f) + : TQTabWidget(parent, name, f) { _hasVisibleRect = false; setTabBar(new TabBar(v, this)); @@ -229,8 +229,8 @@ void TabWidget::moveEvent(TQMoveEvent* e) */ TabView::TabView(TraceItemView* parentView, - TQWidget* tqparent, const char* name) - : TQWidget(tqparent, name), TraceItemView(parentView) + TQWidget* parent, const char* name) + : TQWidget(parent, name), TraceItemView(parentView) { setFocusPolicy(TQ_StrongFocus); @@ -704,7 +704,7 @@ void TabView::selected(TraceItemView*, TraceItem* s) select(s); updateView(); - // still forward to tqparent + // still forward to parent if (_parentView) _parentView->selected(this, s); } diff --git a/kcachegrind/kcachegrind/tabview.h b/kcachegrind/kcachegrind/tabview.h index caea8126..221e6e08 100644 --- a/kcachegrind/kcachegrind/tabview.h +++ b/kcachegrind/kcachegrind/tabview.h @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ class TabBar : public TQTabBar TQ_OBJECT public: - TabBar(TabView*, TQTabWidget* tqparent, const char *name = 0); + TabBar(TabView*, TQTabWidget* parent, const char *name = 0); protected: void mousePressEvent(TQMouseEvent *e); @@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ class Splitter: public TQSplitter TQ_OBJECT public: - Splitter(Qt::Orientation o, TQWidget* tqparent = 0, const char* name = 0); + Splitter(Qt::Orientation o, TQWidget* parent = 0, const char* name = 0); void checkVisiblity(); protected: @@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ class TabWidget: public TQTabWidget public: - TabWidget(TabView*, TQWidget* tqparent = 0, + TabWidget(TabView*, TQWidget* parent = 0, const char* name = 0, WFlags f = 0); bool hasVisibleRect() { return _hasVisibleRect; } @@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ class TabView : public TQWidget, public TraceItemView public: TabView(TraceItemView* parentView, - TQWidget* tqparent = 0, const char* name = 0); + TQWidget* parent = 0, const char* name = 0); virtual TQWidget* widget() { return this; } TQString whatsThis() const ; diff --git a/kcachegrind/kcachegrind/toplevel.cpp b/kcachegrind/kcachegrind/toplevel.cpp index e625e42d..db1dace7 100644 --- a/kcachegrind/kcachegrind/toplevel.cpp +++ b/kcachegrind/kcachegrind/toplevel.cpp @@ -631,15 +631,15 @@ void TopLevel::createMiscActions() actionCollection(), "view_expanded"); - hint = i18n("Show percentage costs relative to tqparent"); + hint = i18n("Show percentage costs relative to parent"); _taExpanded->setToolTip( hint ); _taExpanded->setWhatsThis( hint ); - hint = i18n("<b>Show percentage costs relative to tqparent</b>" + hint = i18n("<b>Show percentage costs relative to parent</b>" "<p>If this is switched off, percentage costs are always shown " "relative to the total cost of the profile part(s) that are " "currently browsed. By turning on this option, percentage cost " - "of shown cost items will be relative to the tqparent cost item." + "of shown cost items will be relative to the parent cost item." "<ul><table>" "<tr><td><b>Cost Type</td><td><b>Parent Cost</td></tr>" "<tr><td>Function Cumulative</td><td>Total</td></tr>" diff --git a/kcachegrind/kcachegrind/tracedata.cpp b/kcachegrind/kcachegrind/tracedata.cpp index c277cde5..526c1cb0 100644 --- a/kcachegrind/kcachegrind/tracedata.cpp +++ b/kcachegrind/kcachegrind/tracedata.cpp @@ -4843,10 +4843,10 @@ void TraceData::update() } TraceCost* TraceData::search(TraceItem::CostType t, TQString name, - TraceCostType* ct, TraceCost* tqparent) + TraceCostType* ct, TraceCost* parent) { TraceCost* result = 0; - TraceItem::CostType pt = tqparent ? tqparent->type() : NoCostType; + TraceItem::CostType pt = parent ? parent->type() : NoCostType; SubCost sc, scTop = 0; switch(t) { @@ -4860,9 +4860,9 @@ TraceCost* TraceData::search(TraceItem::CostType t, TQString name, if (f->name() != name) continue; - if ((pt == Class) && (tqparent != f->cls())) continue; - if ((pt == File) && (tqparent != f->file())) continue; - if ((pt == Object) && (tqparent != f->object())) continue; + if ((pt == Class) && (parent != f->cls())) continue; + if ((pt == File) && (parent != f->file())) continue; + if ((pt == Object) && (parent != f->object())) continue; if (ct) { sc = f->inclusive()->subCost(ct); @@ -4931,7 +4931,7 @@ TraceCost* TraceData::search(TraceItem::CostType t, TQString name, case Instr: if (pt == Function) { - TraceInstrMap* instrMap = ((TraceFunction*)tqparent)->instrMap(); + TraceInstrMap* instrMap = ((TraceFunction*)parent)->instrMap(); if (!instrMap) break; TraceInstr *instr; @@ -4949,9 +4949,9 @@ TraceCost* TraceData::search(TraceItem::CostType t, TQString name, { TraceFunctionSourceList sList; if (pt == Function) - sList = ((TraceFunction*)tqparent)->sourceFiles(); + sList = ((TraceFunction*)parent)->sourceFiles(); else if (pt == FunctionSource) - sList.append((TraceFunctionSource*) tqparent); + sList.append((TraceFunctionSource*) parent); else break; TraceLineMap* lineMap; diff --git a/kcachegrind/kcachegrind/tracedata.h b/kcachegrind/kcachegrind/tracedata.h index edc4c8f8..cb97e623 100644 --- a/kcachegrind/kcachegrind/tracedata.h +++ b/kcachegrind/kcachegrind/tracedata.h @@ -1879,13 +1879,13 @@ class TraceData: public TraceCost /** * Search for item with given name and highest subcost of given cost type. * - * For some items, they will only be found if the tqparent cost is given: - * Instr, Line, Call => need tqparent of type Function - * For Function, a tqparent of type Obj/File/Class can be given, but + * For some items, they will only be found if the parent cost is given: + * Instr, Line, Call => need parent of type Function + * For Function, a parent of type Obj/File/Class can be given, but * isn't needed. */ TraceCost* search(TraceItem::CostType, TQString, - TraceCostType* ct = 0, TraceCost* tqparent = 0); + TraceCostType* ct = 0, TraceCost* parent = 0); // for pretty function names without signature if unique... TraceFunctionMap::Iterator functionIterator(TraceFunction*); diff --git a/kcachegrind/kcachegrind/traceitemview.h b/kcachegrind/kcachegrind/traceitemview.h index 1d0c0394..f83aa896 100644 --- a/kcachegrind/kcachegrind/traceitemview.h +++ b/kcachegrind/kcachegrind/traceitemview.h @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ public: enum Direction { None, Back, Forward, Up }; - // a TraceItemView can have a position in a tqparent container + // a TraceItemView can have a position in a parent container enum Position { Hidden, Top, Right, Left, Bottom }; TraceItemView(TraceItemView* parentView, TopLevel* top = 0); @@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ public: // Overwrite in container views to also set new data for all members. virtual void setData(TraceData* d); - // change from tqparent, call updateView() to update lazily (only if visible) + // change from parent, call updateView() to update lazily (only if visible) void setCostType(TraceCostType* t) { _newCostType = t; } void setCostType2(TraceCostType* t) { _newCostType2 = t; } void set(TraceItem::CostType g) { _newGroupType = g; } @@ -113,7 +113,7 @@ public: /** * Notification from child views. - * Default implementation notifies tqparent + * Default implementation notifies parent */ virtual void selected(TraceItemView* sender, TraceItem*); virtual void selected(TraceItemView* sender, const TracePartList&); diff --git a/kcachegrind/kcachegrind/treemap.cpp b/kcachegrind/kcachegrind/treemap.cpp index 66c73ad4..c1f7f12b 100644 --- a/kcachegrind/kcachegrind/treemap.cpp +++ b/kcachegrind/kcachegrind/treemap.cpp @@ -720,11 +720,11 @@ int TreeMapItemList::compareItems ( Item item1, Item item2 ) bool ascending; int result; - TreeMapItem* tqparent = ((TreeMapItem*)item1)->tqparent(); + TreeMapItem* parent = ((TreeMapItem*)item1)->parent(); // shouldn't happen - if (!tqparent) return 0; + if (!parent) return 0; - int textNo = tqparent->sorting(&ascending); + int textNo = parent->sorting(&ascending); if (textNo < 0) { double diff = ((TreeMapItem*)item1)->value() - @@ -741,22 +741,22 @@ int TreeMapItemList::compareItems ( Item item1, Item item2 ) TreeMapItem* TreeMapItemList::commonParent() { - TreeMapItem* tqparent, *item; - tqparent = first(); - if (tqparent) + TreeMapItem* parent, *item; + parent = first(); + if (parent) while( (item = next()) != 0) - tqparent = tqparent->commonParent(item); + parent = parent->commonParent(item); - return tqparent; + return parent; } // TreeMapItem -TreeMapItem::TreeMapItem(TreeMapItem* tqparent, double value) +TreeMapItem::TreeMapItem(TreeMapItem* parent, double value) { _value = value; - _parent = tqparent; + _parent = parent; _sum = 0; _tqchildren = 0; @@ -767,7 +767,7 @@ TreeMapItem::TreeMapItem(TreeMapItem* tqparent, double value) _freeRects = 0; if (_parent) { - // take sorting from tqparent + // take sorting from parent _sortTextNo = _parent->sorting(&_sortAscending); _parent->addItem(this); } @@ -778,12 +778,12 @@ TreeMapItem::TreeMapItem(TreeMapItem* tqparent, double value) } -TreeMapItem::TreeMapItem(TreeMapItem* tqparent, double value, +TreeMapItem::TreeMapItem(TreeMapItem* parent, double value, TQString text1, TQString text2, TQString text3, TQString text4) { _value = value; - _parent = tqparent; + _parent = parent; // this resizes the text vector only if needed if (!text4.isEmpty()) setText(3, text4); @@ -832,7 +832,7 @@ bool TreeMapItem::isChildOf(TreeMapItem* item) TreeMapItem* TreeMapItem::commonParent(TreeMapItem* item) { while (item && !isChildOf(item)) { - item = item->tqparent(); + item = item->parent(); } return item; } @@ -1106,8 +1106,8 @@ void TreeMapTip::maybeTip( const TQPoint& pos ) // TreeMapWidget TreeMapWidget::TreeMapWidget(TreeMapItem* base, - TQWidget* tqparent, const char* name) - : TQWidget(tqparent, name) + TQWidget* parent, const char* name) + : TQWidget(parent, name) { _base = base; _base->setWidget(this); @@ -1472,9 +1472,9 @@ void TreeMapWidget::deletingItem(TreeMapItem* i) // don't redraw a deleted item if (_needsRefresh == i) { - // we can savely redraw the tqparent, as deleting order is - // from child to tqparent; i.e. i->tqparent() is existing. - _needsRefresh = i->tqparent(); + // we can savely redraw the parent, as deleting order is + // from child to parent; i.e. i->parent() is existing. + _needsRefresh = i->parent(); } } @@ -1494,7 +1494,7 @@ TQString TreeMapWidget::tipString(TreeMapItem* i) const tip += itemTip; } - i = i->tqparent(); + i = i->parent(); } return tip; } @@ -1556,7 +1556,7 @@ TreeMapItem* TreeMapWidget::possibleSelection(TreeMapItem* i) const if (_maxSelectDepth>=0) { int depth = i->depth(); while(i && depth > _maxSelectDepth) { - i = i->tqparent(); + i = i->parent(); depth--; } } @@ -1570,7 +1570,7 @@ TreeMapItem* TreeMapWidget::visibleItem(TreeMapItem* i) const /* Must have a visible area */ while(i && ((i->tqitemRect().width() <1) || (i->tqitemRect().height() <1))) { - TreeMapItem* p = i->tqparent(); + TreeMapItem* p = i->parent(); if (!p) break; int idx = p->tqchildren()->findRef(i); idx--; @@ -1670,13 +1670,13 @@ TreeMapItem* TreeMapWidget::setTmpSelected(TreeMapItem* item, bool selected) } -bool TreeMapWidget::clearSelection(TreeMapItem* tqparent) +bool TreeMapWidget::clearSelection(TreeMapItem* parent) { TreeMapItemList old = _selection; TreeMapItem* i=_selection.first(); while (i) { - if (i->isChildOf(tqparent)) { + if (i->isChildOf(parent)) { _selection.remove(); i = _selection.current(); } @@ -1764,11 +1764,11 @@ TreeMapItem* TreeMapWidget::setTmpRangeSelection(TreeMapItem* i1, TreeMapItem* commonParent = i1; while (commonParent && !i2->isChildOf(commonParent)) { i1 = commonParent; - commonParent = commonParent->tqparent(); + commonParent = commonParent->parent(); } if (!commonParent) return changed; - while (i2 && i2->tqparent() != commonParent) - i2 = i2->tqparent(); + while (i2 && i2->parent() != commonParent) + i2 = i2->parent(); if (!i2) return changed; TreeMapItemList* list = commonParent->tqchildren(); @@ -1961,7 +1961,7 @@ void TreeMapWidget::mouseDoubleClickEvent( TQMouseEvent* e ) /* returns -1 if nothing visible found */ int nextVisible(TreeMapItem* i) { - TreeMapItem* p = i->tqparent(); + TreeMapItem* p = i->parent(); if (!p || p->tqitemRect().isEmpty()) return -1; int idx = p->tqchildren()->findRef(i); @@ -1979,7 +1979,7 @@ int nextVisible(TreeMapItem* i) /* returns -1 if nothing visible found */ int prevVisible(TreeMapItem* i) { - TreeMapItem* p = i->tqparent(); + TreeMapItem* p = i->parent(); if (!p || p->tqitemRect().isEmpty()) return -1; int idx = p->tqchildren()->findRef(i); @@ -2050,7 +2050,7 @@ void TreeMapWidget::keyPressEvent( TQKeyEvent* e ) } TreeMapItem* old = _current, *newItem; - TreeMapItem* p = _current->tqparent(); + TreeMapItem* p = _current->parent(); bool goBack; if (_current->sorting(&goBack) == -1) { @@ -2210,7 +2210,7 @@ void TreeMapWidget::drawItem(TQPainter* p, TreeMapItem* i; if (_markNo>0) { - for(i = item;i;i=i->tqparent()) + for(i = item;i;i=i->parent()) if (i->isMarked(_markNo)) break; isSelected = (i!=0); @@ -2935,7 +2935,7 @@ void TreeMapWidget::selectionActivated(int id) TreeMapItem* i = _menuItem; id -= _selectionID; while (id>0 && i) { - i=i->tqparent(); + i=i->parent(); id--; } if (i) @@ -2957,7 +2957,7 @@ void TreeMapWidget::addSelectionItems(TQPopupMenu* popup, TQString name = i->text(0); if (name.isEmpty()) break; popup->insertItem(i->text(0), id++); - i = i->tqparent(); + i = i->parent(); } } @@ -2968,7 +2968,7 @@ void TreeMapWidget::fieldStopActivated(int id) TreeMapItem* i = _menuItem; id -= _fieldStopID+1; while (id>0 && i) { - i=i->tqparent(); + i=i->parent(); id--; } if (i) @@ -3000,7 +3000,7 @@ void TreeMapWidget::addFieldStopItems(TQPopupMenu* popup, popup->setItemChecked(id, true); foundFieldStop = true; } - i = i->tqparent(); + i = i->parent(); } } diff --git a/kcachegrind/kcachegrind/treemap.h b/kcachegrind/kcachegrind/treemap.h index de60f40f..1604a51c 100644 --- a/kcachegrind/kcachegrind/treemap.h +++ b/kcachegrind/kcachegrind/treemap.h @@ -244,8 +244,8 @@ public: HAlternate, VAlternate, Horizontal, Vertical }; - TreeMapItem(TreeMapItem* tqparent = 0, double value = 1.0 ); - TreeMapItem(TreeMapItem* tqparent, double value, + TreeMapItem(TreeMapItem* parent = 0, double value = 1.0 ); + TreeMapItem(TreeMapItem* parent, double value, TQString text1, TQString text2 = TQString(), TQString text3 = TQString(), TQString text4 = TQString()); virtual ~TreeMapItem(); @@ -268,9 +268,9 @@ public: bool initialized(); /** - * Adds an item to a tqparent. + * Adds an item to a parent. * When no sorting is used, the item is appended (drawn at bottom). - * This is only needed if the tqparent was not already specified in the + * This is only needed if the parent was not already specified in the * construction of the item. */ void addItem(TreeMapItem*); @@ -289,7 +289,7 @@ public: /** * Parent Item */ - TreeMapItem* tqparent() const { return _parent; } + TreeMapItem* parent() const { return _parent; } /** * Temporary rectangle used for drawing this item the last time. @@ -409,7 +409,7 @@ public: enum SelectionMode { Single, Multi, Extended, NoSelection }; /* The widget becomes owner of the base item */ - TreeMapWidget(TreeMapItem* base, TQWidget* tqparent=0, const char* name=0); + TreeMapWidget(TreeMapItem* base, TQWidget* parent=0, const char* name=0); ~TreeMapWidget(); /** @@ -436,7 +436,7 @@ public: /** * Returns the item possible for selection. this returns the - * given item itself or a tqparent thereof, + * given item itself or a parent thereof, * depending on setting of maxSelectDepth(). */ TreeMapItem* possibleSelection(TreeMapItem*) const; @@ -461,17 +461,17 @@ public: /** * Clear selection of all selected items which are tqchildren of - * tqparent. When tqparent == 0, clears whole selection + * parent. When parent == 0, clears whole selection * Returns true if selection changed. */ - bool clearSelection(TreeMapItem* tqparent = 0); + bool clearSelection(TreeMapItem* parent = 0); /** * Selects or unselects items in a range. * This is needed internally for Shift-Click in Extented mode. * Range means for a hierarchical widget: * - select/unselect i1 and i2 according selected - * - search common tqparent of i1 and i2, and select/unselect the + * - search common parent of i1 and i2, and select/unselect the * range of direct tqchildren between but excluding the child * leading to i1 and the child leading to i2. */ @@ -535,12 +535,12 @@ public: * If a tqchildren value() is almost the parents sum(), * it can happen that the border to be drawn for visibilty of * nesting relations takes to much space, and the - * tqparent/child size relation can not be mapped to a correct + * parent/child size relation can not be mapped to a correct * area size relation. * * Either * (1) Ignore the incorrect drawing, or - * (2) Skip drawing of the tqparent level alltogether. + * (2) Skip drawing of the parent level alltogether. */ void setSkipIncorrectBorder(bool enable = true); bool skipIncorrectBorder() const { return _skipIncorrectBorder; } diff --git a/kfile-plugins/c++/kfile_cpp.cpp b/kfile-plugins/c++/kfile_cpp.cpp index 7e81352b..0840ab7f 100644 --- a/kfile-plugins/c++/kfile_cpp.cpp +++ b/kfile-plugins/c++/kfile_cpp.cpp @@ -31,9 +31,9 @@ typedef KGenericFactory<KCppPlugin> CppFactory; K_EXPORT_COMPONENT_FACTORY(kfile_cpp, CppFactory("kfile_cpp")) -KCppPlugin::KCppPlugin(TQObject *tqparent, const char *name, +KCppPlugin::KCppPlugin(TQObject *parent, const char *name, const TQStringList &args) - : KFilePlugin(tqparent, name, args) + : KFilePlugin(parent, name, args) { kdDebug(7034) << "c++ plugin\n"; makeMimeTypeInfo("text/x-c++src"); diff --git a/kfile-plugins/c++/kfile_cpp.h b/kfile-plugins/c++/kfile_cpp.h index 40072797..bfc3ed42 100644 --- a/kfile-plugins/c++/kfile_cpp.h +++ b/kfile-plugins/c++/kfile_cpp.h @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ class KCppPlugin: public KFilePlugin TQ_OBJECT public: - KCppPlugin(TQObject *tqparent, const char *name, const TQStringList& args); + KCppPlugin(TQObject *parent, const char *name, const TQStringList& args); virtual bool readInfo(KFileMetaInfo& info, uint what); private: diff --git a/kfile-plugins/diff/kfile_diff.cpp b/kfile-plugins/diff/kfile_diff.cpp index e0ff1bb4..957d0574 100644 --- a/kfile-plugins/diff/kfile_diff.cpp +++ b/kfile-plugins/diff/kfile_diff.cpp @@ -44,9 +44,9 @@ K_EXPORT_COMPONENT_FACTORY(kfile_diff, KGenericFactory<KDiffPlugin>("kfile_diff")) -KDiffPlugin::KDiffPlugin(TQObject *tqparent, const char *name, +KDiffPlugin::KDiffPlugin(TQObject *parent, const char *name, const TQStringList &preferredItems) - : KFilePlugin(tqparent, name, preferredItems) + : KFilePlugin(parent, name, preferredItems) { kdDebug(7034) << "diff plugin" << endl; diff --git a/kfile-plugins/diff/kfile_diff.h b/kfile-plugins/diff/kfile_diff.h index 36b9f13b..be3ac019 100644 --- a/kfile-plugins/diff/kfile_diff.h +++ b/kfile-plugins/diff/kfile_diff.h @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ class KDiffPlugin: public KFilePlugin TQ_OBJECT public: - KDiffPlugin( TQObject *tqparent, const char *name, + KDiffPlugin( TQObject *parent, const char *name, const TQStringList& preferredItems ); diff --git a/kfile-plugins/ts/kfile_ts.cpp b/kfile-plugins/ts/kfile_ts.cpp index 72714887..0d6f5dc1 100644 --- a/kfile-plugins/ts/kfile_ts.cpp +++ b/kfile-plugins/ts/kfile_ts.cpp @@ -29,8 +29,8 @@ typedef KGenericFactory<KTsPlugin> TsFactory; K_EXPORT_COMPONENT_FACTORY(kfile_ts, TsFactory("kfile_ts")) -KTsPlugin::KTsPlugin(TQObject *tqparent, const char *name, - const TQStringList &args) : KFilePlugin(tqparent, name, args) +KTsPlugin::KTsPlugin(TQObject *parent, const char *name, + const TQStringList &args) : KFilePlugin(parent, name, args) { makeMimeTypeInfo( "application/x-linguist" ); } diff --git a/kfile-plugins/ts/kfile_ts.h b/kfile-plugins/ts/kfile_ts.h index 65941e47..7d4fba66 100644 --- a/kfile-plugins/ts/kfile_ts.h +++ b/kfile-plugins/ts/kfile_ts.h @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ class KTsPlugin: public KFilePlugin TQ_OBJECT public: - KTsPlugin(TQObject *tqparent, const char *name, const TQStringList& args); + KTsPlugin(TQObject *parent, const char *name, const TQStringList& args); virtual bool readInfo(KFileMetaInfo& info, uint what); private: diff --git a/kmtrace/ktrace.c b/kmtrace/ktrace.c index cf3c55c0..21fca376 100644 --- a/kmtrace/ktrace.c +++ b/kmtrace/ktrace.c @@ -495,14 +495,14 @@ addAllocationToTree(void) int i, j; void *bt[TR_BT_SIZE + 1]; CallerNode* cn = CallTree; - CallerNode** tqparent = &CallTree; + CallerNode** parent = &CallTree; bt_size = backtrace(bt, TR_BT_SIZE); for (i = bt_size - 1; i >= 4; i--) { if (cn == NULL) { - *tqparent = cn = (CallerNode*) malloc(sizeof(CallerNode)); + *parent = cn = (CallerNode*) malloc(sizeof(CallerNode)); cn->funcAdr = bt[i]; cn->mallocs = 0; cn->noCallees = 0; @@ -517,7 +517,7 @@ addAllocationToTree(void) for (j = 0; j < cn->noCallees; j++) if (bt[i - 1] == cn->callees[j]->funcAdr) { - tqparent = &cn->callees[j]; + parent = &cn->callees[j]; cn = cn->callees[j]; knownCallee = 1; break; @@ -541,7 +541,7 @@ addAllocationToTree(void) (newSize - cn->maxCallees) * sizeof(CallerNode*)); cn->maxCallees = newSize; } - tqparent = &cn->callees[cn->noCallees++]; + parent = &cn->callees[cn->noCallees++]; cn = 0; } } diff --git a/kompare/komparenavtreepart/komparenavtreepart.cpp b/kompare/komparenavtreepart/komparenavtreepart.cpp index 87e8ce2b..1a402260 100644 --- a/kompare/komparenavtreepart/komparenavtreepart.cpp +++ b/kompare/komparenavtreepart/komparenavtreepart.cpp @@ -37,8 +37,8 @@ using namespace Diff2; -KompareNavTreePart::KompareNavTreePart( TQWidget* tqparent, const char* name ) - : KParts::ReadOnlyPart( TQT_TQOBJECT(tqparent), name ), +KompareNavTreePart::KompareNavTreePart( TQWidget* parent, const char* name ) + : KParts::ReadOnlyPart( TQT_TQOBJECT(parent), name ), m_splitter( 0 ), m_modelList( 0 ), m_srcDirTree( 0 ), @@ -453,7 +453,7 @@ void KChangeLVI::setDifferenceText() setText( 2, text ); } -KChangeLVI::KChangeLVI( KListView* tqparent, Difference* diff ) : KListViewItem( tqparent ) +KChangeLVI::KChangeLVI( KListView* parent, Difference* diff ) : KListViewItem( parent ) { m_difference = diff; @@ -487,7 +487,7 @@ KChangeLVI::~KChangeLVI() { } -KFileLVI::KFileLVI( KListView* tqparent, DiffModel* model ) : KListViewItem( tqparent ) +KFileLVI::KFileLVI( KListView* parent, DiffModel* model ) : KListViewItem( parent ) { m_model = model; @@ -519,7 +519,7 @@ KFileLVI::~KFileLVI() { } -KDirLVI::KDirLVI( KListView* tqparent, TQString& dir ) : KListViewItem( tqparent ) +KDirLVI::KDirLVI( KListView* parent, TQString& dir ) : KListViewItem( parent ) { // kdDebug(8105) << "KDirLVI (KListView) constructor called with dir = " << dir << endl; m_rootItem = true; @@ -533,7 +533,7 @@ KDirLVI::KDirLVI( KListView* tqparent, TQString& dir ) : KListViewItem( tqparent setText( 0, m_dirName ); } -KDirLVI::KDirLVI( KDirLVI* tqparent, TQString& dir ) : KListViewItem( tqparent ) +KDirLVI::KDirLVI( KDirLVI* parent, TQString& dir ) : KListViewItem( parent ) { // kdDebug(8105) << "KDirLVI (KDirLVI) constructor called with dir = " << dir << endl; m_rootItem = false; @@ -619,7 +619,7 @@ TQString KDirLVI::fullPath( TQString& path ) path = path.prepend( m_dirName ); - KDirLVI* lviParent = dynamic_cast<KDirLVI*>( tqparent() ); + KDirLVI* lviParent = dynamic_cast<KDirLVI*>( parent() ); if ( lviParent ) { path = lviParent->fullPath( path ); @@ -676,7 +676,7 @@ KompareNavTreePartFactory::~KompareNavTreePartFactory() } KParts::Part* KompareNavTreePartFactory::createPartObject( TQWidget* parentWidget, const char* widgetName, - TQObject* /*tqparent*/, const char* /*name*/, + TQObject* /*parent*/, const char* /*name*/, const char* /*classname*/, const TQStringList & /*args*/ ) { // Create an instance of our Part diff --git a/kompare/komparenavtreepart/komparenavtreepart.h b/kompare/komparenavtreepart/komparenavtreepart.h index 45a16001..b0177a8c 100644 --- a/kompare/komparenavtreepart/komparenavtreepart.h +++ b/kompare/komparenavtreepart/komparenavtreepart.h @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ class KompareNavTreePart : public KParts::ReadOnlyPart TQ_OBJECT public: - KompareNavTreePart( TQWidget* tqparent = 0L, const char* name = 0L ); + KompareNavTreePart( TQWidget* parent = 0L, const char* name = 0L ); virtual ~KompareNavTreePart(); public: @@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ private: TQString compareFromEndAndReturnSame( const TQString& string1, const TQString& string2 ); void addDirToTreeView( enum Kompare::Target, const TQString& filename ); - KListViewItem* findDirInDirTree( const KListViewItem* tqparent, const TQString& dir ); + KListViewItem* findDirInDirTree( const KListViewItem* parent, const TQString& dir ); // KListViewItem* firstItem(); // KListViewItem* lastItem(); @@ -125,7 +125,7 @@ private: class KChangeLVI : public KListViewItem { public: - KChangeLVI( KListView* tqparent, Diff2::Difference* diff ); + KChangeLVI( KListView* parent, Diff2::Difference* diff ); ~KChangeLVI(); public: Diff2::Difference* difference() { return m_difference; }; @@ -139,7 +139,7 @@ private: class KFileLVI : public KListViewItem { public: - KFileLVI( KListView* tqparent, Diff2::DiffModel* model ); + KFileLVI( KListView* parent, Diff2::DiffModel* model ); ~KFileLVI(); public: Diff2::DiffModel* model() { return m_model; }; @@ -151,8 +151,8 @@ private: class KDirLVI : public KListViewItem { public: - KDirLVI( KDirLVI* tqparent, TQString& dir ); - KDirLVI( KListView* tqparent, TQString& dir ); + KDirLVI( KDirLVI* parent, TQString& dir ); + KDirLVI( KListView* parent, TQString& dir ); ~KDirLVI(); public: void addModel( TQString& dir, Diff2::DiffModel* model, TQPtrDict<KDirLVI>* modelToDirItemDict ); @@ -181,7 +181,7 @@ public: KompareNavTreePartFactory(); virtual ~KompareNavTreePartFactory(); virtual KParts::Part* createPartObject( TQWidget *parentWidget, const char *widgetName, - TQObject *tqparent, const char *name, + TQObject *parent, const char *name, const char *classname, const TQStringList &args ); static KInstance* instance(); diff --git a/kompare/komparepart/kompare_part.cpp b/kompare/komparepart/kompare_part.cpp index 1ea3217e..1339a203 100644 --- a/kompare/komparepart/kompare_part.cpp +++ b/kompare/komparepart/kompare_part.cpp @@ -57,8 +57,8 @@ ViewSettings* KomparePart::m_viewSettings = 0L; DiffSettings* KomparePart::m_diffSettings = 0L; KomparePart::KomparePart( TQWidget *parentWidget, const char *widgetName, - TQObject *tqparent, const char *name, const TQStringList & /*args*/ ) : - KParts::ReadWritePart(tqparent, name), + TQObject *parent, const char *name, const TQStringList & /*args*/ ) : + KParts::ReadWritePart(parent, name), m_tempDiff( 0 ), m_info() { diff --git a/kompare/komparepart/kompare_part.h b/kompare/komparepart/kompare_part.h index 985fe6fc..7afc93fc 100644 --- a/kompare/komparepart/kompare_part.h +++ b/kompare/komparepart/kompare_part.h @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ public: * Default constructor */ KomparePart( TQWidget *parentWidget, const char *widgetName, - TQObject *tqparent, const char *name, const TQStringList & /*args*/); + TQObject *parent, const char *name, const TQStringList & /*args*/); /** * Destructor diff --git a/kompare/komparepart/kompareconnectwidget.cpp b/kompare/komparepart/kompareconnectwidget.cpp index 07781942..4d7bd603 100644 --- a/kompare/komparepart/kompareconnectwidget.cpp +++ b/kompare/komparepart/kompareconnectwidget.cpp @@ -39,9 +39,9 @@ using namespace Diff2; KompareConnectWidgetFrame::KompareConnectWidgetFrame( KompareListView* left, KompareListView* right, ViewSettings* settings, - KompareSplitter* tqparent, + KompareSplitter* parent, const char* name ) : - TQSplitterHandle(Qt::Horizontal, (TQSplitter *)tqparent, name), + TQSplitterHandle(Qt::Horizontal, (TQSplitter *)parent, name), m_wid ( left, right, settings, this, name ), m_label ( "", this ), m_layout ( this ) @@ -101,8 +101,8 @@ void KompareConnectWidgetFrame::mouseReleaseEvent( TQMouseEvent *e ) } KompareConnectWidget::KompareConnectWidget( KompareListView* left, KompareListView* right, - ViewSettings* settings, TQWidget* tqparent, const char* name ) - : TQWidget(tqparent, name), + ViewSettings* settings, TQWidget* parent, const char* name ) + : TQWidget(parent, name), m_settings( settings ), m_leftView( left ), m_rightView( right ), @@ -112,7 +112,7 @@ KompareConnectWidget::KompareConnectWidget( KompareListView* left, KompareListVi // connect( m_settings, TQT_SIGNAL( settingsChanged() ), this, TQT_SLOT( slotDelayedRepaint() ) ); setBackgroundMode( NoBackground ); tqsetSizePolicy( TQSizePolicy( TQSizePolicy::Fixed, TQSizePolicy::Minimum ) ); - setFocusProxy( tqparent->parentWidget() ); + setFocusProxy( parent->parentWidget() ); } KompareConnectWidget::~KompareConnectWidget() diff --git a/kompare/komparepart/kompareconnectwidget.h b/kompare/komparepart/kompareconnectwidget.h index a5561a8a..cc22ed86 100644 --- a/kompare/komparepart/kompareconnectwidget.h +++ b/kompare/komparepart/kompareconnectwidget.h @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ class KompareConnectWidget : public TQWidget public: KompareConnectWidget( KompareListView* left, KompareListView* right, - ViewSettings* settings, TQWidget* tqparent, const char* name = 0 ); + ViewSettings* settings, TQWidget* parent, const char* name = 0 ); ~KompareConnectWidget(); public slots: @@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ class KompareConnectWidgetFrame : public TQSplitterHandle TQ_OBJECT public: KompareConnectWidgetFrame( KompareListView* left, KompareListView* right, - ViewSettings* settings, KompareSplitter* tqparent, const char* name = 0 ); + ViewSettings* settings, KompareSplitter* parent, const char* name = 0 ); ~KompareConnectWidgetFrame(); TQSize tqsizeHint() const; @@ -81,7 +81,7 @@ public: KompareConnectWidget* wid() { return &m_wid; } protected: - // stop the tqparent TQSplitterHandle painting + // stop the parent TQSplitterHandle painting void paintEvent( TQPaintEvent* /* e */ ) { } void mouseMoveEvent( TQMouseEvent * ); diff --git a/kompare/komparepart/komparelistview.cpp b/kompare/komparepart/komparelistview.cpp index f52191a6..f8779fa9 100644 --- a/kompare/komparepart/komparelistview.cpp +++ b/kompare/komparepart/komparelistview.cpp @@ -47,9 +47,9 @@ using namespace Diff2; KompareListViewFrame::KompareListViewFrame( bool isSource, ViewSettings* settings, - KompareSplitter* tqparent, + KompareSplitter* parent, const char* name ): - TQFrame ( tqparent, name ), + TQFrame ( parent, name ), m_view ( isSource, settings, this, name ), m_label ( isSource?"Source":"Dest", this ), m_layout ( this ) @@ -69,11 +69,11 @@ KompareListViewFrame::KompareListViewFrame( bool isSource, m_layout.addWidget(&m_view); connect( &m_view, TQT_SIGNAL(differenceClicked(const Diff2::Difference*)), - tqparent, TQT_SLOT(slotDifferenceClicked(const Diff2::Difference*)) ); + parent, TQT_SLOT(slotDifferenceClicked(const Diff2::Difference*)) ); - connect( tqparent, TQT_SIGNAL(scrollViewsToId(int)), &m_view, TQT_SLOT(scrollToId(int)) ); - connect( tqparent, TQT_SIGNAL(setXOffset(int)), &m_view, TQT_SLOT(setXOffset(int)) ); - connect( &m_view, TQT_SIGNAL(resized()), tqparent, TQT_SLOT(slotUpdateScrollBars()) ); + connect( parent, TQT_SIGNAL(scrollViewsToId(int)), &m_view, TQT_SLOT(scrollToId(int)) ); + connect( parent, TQT_SIGNAL(setXOffset(int)), &m_view, TQT_SLOT(setXOffset(int)) ); + connect( &m_view, TQT_SIGNAL(resized()), parent, TQT_SLOT(slotUpdateScrollBars()) ); } void KompareListViewFrame::slotSetModel( const DiffModel* model ) @@ -98,8 +98,8 @@ void KompareListViewFrame::slotSetModel( const DiffModel* model ) KompareListView::KompareListView( bool isSource, ViewSettings* settings, - TQWidget* tqparent, const char* name ) : - KListView( tqparent, name ), + TQWidget* parent, const char* name ) : + KListView( parent, name ), m_isSource( isSource ), m_settings( settings ), m_scrollId( -1 ), @@ -125,7 +125,7 @@ KompareListView::KompareListView( bool isSource, setFocusPolicy( TQ_NoFocus ); setFont( m_settings->m_font ); setSpaces( m_settings->m_tabToNumberOfSpaces ); - setFocusProxy( tqparent->parentWidget() ); + setFocusProxy( parent->parentWidget() ); } KompareListView::~KompareListView() @@ -410,7 +410,7 @@ void KompareListView::setSpaces( int spaces ) void KompareListView::wheelEvent( TQWheelEvent* e ) { - e->ignore(); // we want the tqparent to catch wheel events + e->ignore(); // we want the parent to catch wheel events } void KompareListView::resizeEvent( TQResizeEvent* e ) @@ -420,28 +420,28 @@ void KompareListView::resizeEvent( TQResizeEvent* e ) kdDebug() << "resizeEvent " << endl; } -KompareListViewItem::KompareListViewItem( KompareListView* tqparent ) - : TQListViewItem( tqparent ), +KompareListViewItem::KompareListViewItem( KompareListView* parent ) + : TQListViewItem( parent ), m_scrollId( 0 ) { // kdDebug(8104) << "Created KompareListViewItem with scroll id " << m_scrollId << endl; } -KompareListViewItem::KompareListViewItem( KompareListView* tqparent, KompareListViewItem* after ) - : TQListViewItem( tqparent, after ), +KompareListViewItem::KompareListViewItem( KompareListView* parent, KompareListViewItem* after ) + : TQListViewItem( parent, after ), m_scrollId( after->scrollId() + after->maxHeight() ) { // kdDebug(8104) << "Created KompareListViewItem with scroll id " << m_scrollId << endl; } -KompareListViewItem::KompareListViewItem( KompareListViewItem* tqparent ) - : TQListViewItem( tqparent ), +KompareListViewItem::KompareListViewItem( KompareListViewItem* parent ) + : TQListViewItem( parent ), m_scrollId( 0 ) { } -KompareListViewItem::KompareListViewItem( KompareListViewItem* tqparent, KompareListViewItem* /*after*/ ) - : TQListViewItem( tqparent ), +KompareListViewItem::KompareListViewItem( KompareListViewItem* parent, KompareListViewItem* /*after*/ ) + : TQListViewItem( parent ), m_scrollId( 0 ) { } @@ -456,8 +456,8 @@ void KompareListViewItem::paintFocus( TQPainter* /* p */, const TQColorGroup& /* // Don't paint anything } -KompareListViewDiffItem::KompareListViewDiffItem( KompareListView* tqparent, Difference* difference ) - : KompareListViewItem( tqparent ), +KompareListViewDiffItem::KompareListViewDiffItem( KompareListView* parent, Difference* difference ) + : KompareListViewItem( parent ), m_difference( difference ), m_sourceItem( 0L ), m_destItem( 0L ) @@ -465,8 +465,8 @@ KompareListViewDiffItem::KompareListViewDiffItem( KompareListView* tqparent, Dif init(); } -KompareListViewDiffItem::KompareListViewDiffItem( KompareListView* tqparent, KompareListViewItem* after, Difference* difference ) - : KompareListViewItem( tqparent, after ), +KompareListViewDiffItem::KompareListViewDiffItem( KompareListView* parent, KompareListViewItem* after, Difference* difference ) + : KompareListViewItem( parent, after ), m_difference( difference ), m_sourceItem( 0L ), m_destItem( 0L ) @@ -525,8 +525,8 @@ void KompareListViewDiffItem::setSelected( bool b ) } } -KompareListViewLineContainerItem::KompareListViewLineContainerItem( KompareListViewDiffItem* tqparent, bool isSource ) - : KompareListViewItem( tqparent ), +KompareListViewLineContainerItem::KompareListViewLineContainerItem( KompareListViewDiffItem* parent, bool isSource ) + : KompareListViewItem( parent ), m_isSource( isSource ) { // kdDebug(8104) << "isSource ? " << (isSource ? " Yes!" : " No!") << endl; @@ -554,7 +554,7 @@ void KompareListViewLineContainerItem::setup() KompareListViewDiffItem* KompareListViewLineContainerItem::diffItemParent() const { - return (KompareListViewDiffItem*)tqparent(); + return (KompareListViewDiffItem*)parent(); } int KompareListViewLineContainerItem::lineCount() const @@ -575,8 +575,8 @@ DifferenceString* KompareListViewLineContainerItem::lineAt( int i ) const diffItemParent()->difference()->destinationLineAt( i ); } -KompareListViewLineItem::KompareListViewLineItem( KompareListViewLineContainerItem* tqparent, int line, DifferenceString* text ) - : KompareListViewItem( tqparent ) +KompareListViewLineItem::KompareListViewLineItem( KompareListViewLineContainerItem* parent, int line, DifferenceString* text ) + : KompareListViewItem( parent ) { setText( COL_LINE_NO, TQString::number( line ) ); setText( COL_MAIN, text->string() ); @@ -618,7 +618,7 @@ void KompareListViewLineItem::paintCell( TQPainter * p, const TQColorGroup & cg, if ( diffItemParent()->isSelected() ) { p->setPen( bg.dark(135) ); - if ( this == tqparent()->firstChild() ) + if ( this == parent()->firstChild() ) p->drawLine( 0, 0, width, 0 ); if ( nextSibling() == 0 ) p->drawLine( 0, height() - 1, width, height() - 1 ); @@ -713,12 +713,12 @@ void KompareListViewLineItem::paintText( TQPainter* p, const TQColor& bg, int co KompareListViewDiffItem* KompareListViewLineItem::diffItemParent() const { - KompareListViewLineContainerItem* p = (KompareListViewLineContainerItem*)tqparent(); + KompareListViewLineContainerItem* p = (KompareListViewLineContainerItem*)parent(); return p->diffItemParent(); } -KompareListViewBlankLineItem::KompareListViewBlankLineItem( KompareListViewLineContainerItem* tqparent ) - : KompareListViewLineItem( tqparent, 0, new DifferenceString() ) +KompareListViewBlankLineItem::KompareListViewBlankLineItem( KompareListViewLineContainerItem* parent ) + : KompareListViewLineItem( parent, 0, new DifferenceString() ) { } @@ -737,16 +737,16 @@ void KompareListViewBlankLineItem::paintText( TQPainter* p, const TQColor& bg, i } } -KompareListViewHunkItem::KompareListViewHunkItem( KompareListView* tqparent, DiffHunk* hunk, bool zeroHeight ) - : KompareListViewItem( tqparent ), +KompareListViewHunkItem::KompareListViewHunkItem( KompareListView* parent, DiffHunk* hunk, bool zeroHeight ) + : KompareListViewItem( parent ), m_zeroHeight( zeroHeight ), m_hunk( hunk ) { setSelectable( false ); } -KompareListViewHunkItem::KompareListViewHunkItem( KompareListView* tqparent, KompareListViewItem* after, DiffHunk* hunk, bool zeroHeight ) - : KompareListViewItem( tqparent, after ), +KompareListViewHunkItem::KompareListViewHunkItem( KompareListView* parent, KompareListViewItem* after, DiffHunk* hunk, bool zeroHeight ) + : KompareListViewItem( parent, after ), m_zeroHeight( zeroHeight ), m_hunk( hunk ) { diff --git a/kompare/komparepart/komparelistview.h b/kompare/komparepart/komparelistview.h index 7c10ff6d..b5de7661 100644 --- a/kompare/komparepart/komparelistview.h +++ b/kompare/komparepart/komparelistview.h @@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ class KompareListView : public KListView TQ_OBJECT public: - KompareListView( bool isSource, ViewSettings* settings, TQWidget* tqparent, const char* name = 0 ); + KompareListView( bool isSource, ViewSettings* settings, TQWidget* parent, const char* name = 0 ); virtual ~KompareListView(); KompareListViewItem* itemAtIndex( int i ); @@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ class KompareListViewFrame : public TQFrame TQ_OBJECT public: - KompareListViewFrame( bool isSource, ViewSettings* settings, KompareSplitter* tqparent, const char* name = 0 ); + KompareListViewFrame( bool isSource, ViewSettings* settings, KompareSplitter* parent, const char* name = 0 ); virtual ~KompareListViewFrame() {}; KompareListView* view() { return &m_view; }; @@ -125,10 +125,10 @@ private: class KompareListViewItem : public TQListViewItem { public: - KompareListViewItem( KompareListView* tqparent ); - KompareListViewItem( KompareListView* tqparent, KompareListViewItem* after ); - KompareListViewItem( KompareListViewItem* tqparent ); - KompareListViewItem( KompareListViewItem* tqparent, KompareListViewItem* after ); + KompareListViewItem( KompareListView* parent ); + KompareListViewItem( KompareListView* parent, KompareListViewItem* after ); + KompareListViewItem( KompareListViewItem* parent ); + KompareListViewItem( KompareListViewItem* parent, KompareListViewItem* after ); void paintFocus( TQPainter* p, const TQColorGroup& cg, const TQRect& r ); int scrollId() { return m_scrollId; }; @@ -144,8 +144,8 @@ private: class KompareListViewDiffItem : public KompareListViewItem { public: - KompareListViewDiffItem( KompareListView* tqparent, Diff2::Difference* difference ); - KompareListViewDiffItem( KompareListView* tqparent, KompareListViewItem* after, Diff2::Difference* difference ); + KompareListViewDiffItem( KompareListView* parent, Diff2::Difference* difference ); + KompareListViewDiffItem( KompareListView* parent, KompareListViewItem* after, Diff2::Difference* difference ); void setup(); void setSelected( bool b ); @@ -167,7 +167,7 @@ private: class KompareListViewLineContainerItem : public KompareListViewItem { public: - KompareListViewLineContainerItem( KompareListViewDiffItem* tqparent, bool isSource ); + KompareListViewLineContainerItem( KompareListViewDiffItem* parent, bool isSource ); void setup(); int maxHeight() { return 0; } @@ -184,7 +184,7 @@ private: class KompareListViewLineItem : public KompareListViewItem { public: - KompareListViewLineItem( KompareListViewLineContainerItem* tqparent, int line, Diff2::DifferenceString* text ); + KompareListViewLineItem( KompareListViewLineContainerItem* parent, int line, Diff2::DifferenceString* text ); virtual void setup(); int maxHeight() { return 0; } @@ -201,7 +201,7 @@ private: class KompareListViewBlankLineItem : public KompareListViewLineItem { public: - KompareListViewBlankLineItem( KompareListViewLineContainerItem* tqparent ); + KompareListViewBlankLineItem( KompareListViewLineContainerItem* parent ); void setup(); @@ -211,8 +211,8 @@ public: class KompareListViewHunkItem : public KompareListViewItem { public: - KompareListViewHunkItem( KompareListView* tqparent, Diff2::DiffHunk* hunk, bool zeroHeight = false ); - KompareListViewHunkItem( KompareListView* tqparent, KompareListViewItem* after, Diff2::DiffHunk* hunk, bool zeroHeight= false ); + KompareListViewHunkItem( KompareListView* parent, Diff2::DiffHunk* hunk, bool zeroHeight = false ); + KompareListViewHunkItem( KompareListView* parent, KompareListViewItem* after, Diff2::DiffHunk* hunk, bool zeroHeight= false ); void setup(); void paintCell( TQPainter* p, const TQColorGroup& cg, int column, int width, int align ); diff --git a/kompare/komparepart/komparesaveoptionswidget.cpp b/kompare/komparepart/komparesaveoptionswidget.cpp index cf6e9bf7..723093ac 100644 --- a/kompare/komparepart/komparesaveoptionswidget.cpp +++ b/kompare/komparepart/komparesaveoptionswidget.cpp @@ -31,8 +31,8 @@ #include "komparesaveoptionswidget.h" KompareSaveOptionsWidget::KompareSaveOptionsWidget( TQString source, TQString destination, - DiffSettings * settings, TQWidget * tqparent ) - : KompareSaveOptionsBase( tqparent, "save options" ) + DiffSettings * settings, TQWidget * parent ) + : KompareSaveOptionsBase( parent, "save options" ) , m_source( source ) , m_destination( destination ) { diff --git a/kompare/komparepart/komparesaveoptionswidget.h b/kompare/komparepart/komparesaveoptionswidget.h index 3618a2b2..04b3977e 100644 --- a/kompare/komparepart/komparesaveoptionswidget.h +++ b/kompare/komparepart/komparesaveoptionswidget.h @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ class KompareSaveOptionsWidget : public KompareSaveOptionsBase, public KompareFu Q_OBJECT TQ_OBJECT public: - KompareSaveOptionsWidget( TQString source, TQString destination, DiffSettings* settings, TQWidget* tqparent ); + KompareSaveOptionsWidget( TQString source, TQString destination, DiffSettings* settings, TQWidget* parent ); ~KompareSaveOptionsWidget(); void saveOptions(); diff --git a/kompare/komparepart/komparesplitter.cpp b/kompare/komparepart/komparesplitter.cpp index 32b7aa29..5e30652c 100644 --- a/kompare/komparepart/komparesplitter.cpp +++ b/kompare/komparepart/komparesplitter.cpp @@ -34,12 +34,12 @@ using namespace Diff2; -KompareSplitter::KompareSplitter( ViewSettings *settings, TQWidget * tqparent, +KompareSplitter::KompareSplitter( ViewSettings *settings, TQWidget * parent, const char *name) : - TQSplitter(Qt::Horizontal, tqparent, name ), + TQSplitter(Qt::Horizontal, parent, name ), m_settings( settings ) { - TQFrame *scrollFrame = new TQFrame( tqparent, "scrollFrame" ); + TQFrame *scrollFrame = new TQFrame( parent, "scrollFrame" ); reparent( scrollFrame, *(new TQPoint()), false ); // Set up the scrollFrame diff --git a/kompare/komparepart/komparesplitter.h b/kompare/komparepart/komparesplitter.h index 2ce07e29..812906af 100644 --- a/kompare/komparepart/komparesplitter.h +++ b/kompare/komparepart/komparesplitter.h @@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ class KompareSplitter : public TQSplitter TQ_OBJECT public: - KompareSplitter(ViewSettings *settings, TQWidget *tqparent=0, const char *name = 0); + KompareSplitter(ViewSettings *settings, TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name = 0); ~KompareSplitter(); signals: diff --git a/kompare/kompareurldialog.cpp b/kompare/kompareurldialog.cpp index be28295c..d24abaf9 100644 --- a/kompare/kompareurldialog.cpp +++ b/kompare/kompareurldialog.cpp @@ -32,8 +32,8 @@ #include "kompareurldialog.h" -KompareURLDialog::KompareURLDialog( TQWidget *tqparent, const char *name ) - : KDialogBase( IconList, "", Ok|Cancel, Ok, tqparent, name ) +KompareURLDialog::KompareURLDialog( TQWidget *parent, const char *name ) + : KDialogBase( IconList, "", Ok|Cancel, Ok, parent, name ) { setIconListAllVisible(true); diff --git a/kompare/kompareurldialog.h b/kompare/kompareurldialog.h index 2bc2a929..14e3ed47 100644 --- a/kompare/kompareurldialog.h +++ b/kompare/kompareurldialog.h @@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ class KompareURLDialog : public KDialogBase TQ_OBJECT public: - KompareURLDialog( TQWidget* tqparent = 0, const char* name = 0 ); + KompareURLDialog( TQWidget* parent = 0, const char* name = 0 ); ~KompareURLDialog(); KURL getFirstURL() const; diff --git a/kompare/libdialogpages/diffpage.cpp b/kompare/libdialogpages/diffpage.cpp index 70c8af2b..8e6d55e5 100644 --- a/kompare/libdialogpages/diffpage.cpp +++ b/kompare/libdialogpages/diffpage.cpp @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ #include "diffpage.h" -DiffPage::DiffPage( TQWidget* tqparent ) : PageBase( tqparent ), +DiffPage::DiffPage( TQWidget* parent ) : PageBase( parent ), m_ignoreRegExpDialog( 0 ) { addDiffTab(); diff --git a/kompare/libdialogpages/diffsettings.cpp b/kompare/libdialogpages/diffsettings.cpp index 3f7cb1be..6c2186f5 100644 --- a/kompare/libdialogpages/diffsettings.cpp +++ b/kompare/libdialogpages/diffsettings.cpp @@ -19,8 +19,8 @@ #include "diffsettings.h" -DiffSettings::DiffSettings( TQWidget* tqparent ) - : SettingsBase( tqparent ), +DiffSettings::DiffSettings( TQWidget* parent ) + : SettingsBase( parent ), m_linesOfContext( 0 ), m_format( Kompare::Unified ), m_largeFiles( false ), diff --git a/kompare/libdialogpages/diffsettings.h b/kompare/libdialogpages/diffsettings.h index 3d219c96..23bbb6ea 100644 --- a/kompare/libdialogpages/diffsettings.h +++ b/kompare/libdialogpages/diffsettings.h @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ class DiffSettings : public SettingsBase Q_OBJECT TQ_OBJECT public: - DiffSettings( TQWidget* tqparent ); + DiffSettings( TQWidget* parent ); virtual ~DiffSettings(); public: // some virtual functions that will be overloaded from the base class diff --git a/kompare/libdialogpages/filespage.cpp b/kompare/libdialogpages/filespage.cpp index fd0f6de6..0bbc87fe 100644 --- a/kompare/libdialogpages/filespage.cpp +++ b/kompare/libdialogpages/filespage.cpp @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ #include "filessettings.h" #include "filespage.h" -FilesPage::FilesPage( TQWidget* tqparent ) : PageBase( tqparent ), m_URLChanged( false ) +FilesPage::FilesPage( TQWidget* parent ) : PageBase( parent ), m_URLChanged( false ) { TQWidget* page = new TQWidget( this ); TQVBoxLayout* tqlayout = new TQVBoxLayout( page ); diff --git a/kompare/libdialogpages/filespage.h b/kompare/libdialogpages/filespage.h index 24380f7c..ef66771b 100644 --- a/kompare/libdialogpages/filespage.h +++ b/kompare/libdialogpages/filespage.h @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ class FilesPage : PageBase Q_OBJECT TQ_OBJECT public: - FilesPage( TQWidget* tqparent ); + FilesPage( TQWidget* parent ); virtual ~FilesPage(); public: diff --git a/kompare/libdialogpages/filessettings.cpp b/kompare/libdialogpages/filessettings.cpp index fa982a12..01b70076 100644 --- a/kompare/libdialogpages/filessettings.cpp +++ b/kompare/libdialogpages/filessettings.cpp @@ -21,8 +21,8 @@ #include "filessettings.h" -FilesSettings::FilesSettings( TQWidget* tqparent ) - : SettingsBase( tqparent ) +FilesSettings::FilesSettings( TQWidget* parent ) + : SettingsBase( parent ) { } diff --git a/kompare/libdialogpages/filessettings.h b/kompare/libdialogpages/filessettings.h index a2e5898b..8b8a8342 100644 --- a/kompare/libdialogpages/filessettings.h +++ b/kompare/libdialogpages/filessettings.h @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ class FilesSettings : public SettingsBase Q_OBJECT TQ_OBJECT public: - FilesSettings( TQWidget* tqparent ); + FilesSettings( TQWidget* parent ); virtual ~FilesSettings(); public: diff --git a/kompare/libdialogpages/pagebase.cpp b/kompare/libdialogpages/pagebase.cpp index bf13986b..33c45dba 100644 --- a/kompare/libdialogpages/pagebase.cpp +++ b/kompare/libdialogpages/pagebase.cpp @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ #include "pagebase.h" -PageBase::PageBase( TQWidget* tqparent ) : KTabCtl( tqparent ) +PageBase::PageBase( TQWidget* parent ) : KTabCtl( parent ) { } diff --git a/kompare/libdialogpages/settingsbase.cpp b/kompare/libdialogpages/settingsbase.cpp index 36f70a1b..6e347719 100644 --- a/kompare/libdialogpages/settingsbase.cpp +++ b/kompare/libdialogpages/settingsbase.cpp @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ #include "settingsbase.h" -SettingsBase::SettingsBase( TQWidget* tqparent ) : TQObject( tqparent ) +SettingsBase::SettingsBase( TQWidget* parent ) : TQObject( parent ) { } diff --git a/kompare/libdialogpages/settingsbase.h b/kompare/libdialogpages/settingsbase.h index 79e556cc..98e85308 100644 --- a/kompare/libdialogpages/settingsbase.h +++ b/kompare/libdialogpages/settingsbase.h @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ class SettingsBase : public TQObject Q_OBJECT TQ_OBJECT public: - SettingsBase( TQWidget* tqparent ); + SettingsBase( TQWidget* parent ); ~SettingsBase(); public: diff --git a/kompare/libdialogpages/viewpage.cpp b/kompare/libdialogpages/viewpage.cpp index f7261011..827e8a4d 100644 --- a/kompare/libdialogpages/viewpage.cpp +++ b/kompare/libdialogpages/viewpage.cpp @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ #include "viewpage.h" #include "viewsettings.h" -ViewPage::ViewPage( TQWidget* tqparent ) : PageBase( tqparent ) +ViewPage::ViewPage( TQWidget* parent ) : PageBase( parent ) { TQWidget* page; TQVBoxLayout* tqlayout; diff --git a/kompare/libdialogpages/viewsettings.cpp b/kompare/libdialogpages/viewsettings.cpp index 8e61117e..403746b1 100644 --- a/kompare/libdialogpages/viewsettings.cpp +++ b/kompare/libdialogpages/viewsettings.cpp @@ -31,8 +31,8 @@ const TQColor ViewSettings::default_changeColor (237, 190, 190); const TQColor ViewSettings::default_addColor (190, 190, 237); const TQColor ViewSettings::default_appliedColor(237, 237, 190); -ViewSettings::ViewSettings( TQWidget* tqparent ) - : SettingsBase( tqparent ), +ViewSettings::ViewSettings( TQWidget* parent ) + : SettingsBase( parent ), m_removeColor( 0, 0, 0 ), m_changeColor( 0, 0, 0), m_addColor( 0, 0, 0), diff --git a/kompare/libdialogpages/viewsettings.h b/kompare/libdialogpages/viewsettings.h index c7a2cfd5..3d314afe 100644 --- a/kompare/libdialogpages/viewsettings.h +++ b/kompare/libdialogpages/viewsettings.h @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ public: static const TQColor default_addColor; static const TQColor default_appliedColor; - ViewSettings( TQWidget* tqparent ); + ViewSettings( TQWidget* parent ); ~ViewSettings(); public: // some virtual functions that will be overloaded from the base class diff --git a/kompare/libdiff2/komparemodellist.cpp b/kompare/libdiff2/komparemodellist.cpp index ada2b949..89912eac 100644 --- a/kompare/libdiff2/komparemodellist.cpp +++ b/kompare/libdiff2/komparemodellist.cpp @@ -46,8 +46,8 @@ using namespace Diff2; -KompareModelList::KompareModelList( DiffSettings* diffSettings, struct Kompare::Info& info, TQObject* tqparent, const char* name ) - : TQObject( tqparent, name ), +KompareModelList::KompareModelList( DiffSettings* diffSettings, struct Kompare::Info& info, TQObject* parent, const char* name ) + : TQObject( parent, name ), m_diffProcess( 0 ), m_diffSettings( diffSettings ), m_models( 0 ), @@ -60,32 +60,32 @@ KompareModelList::KompareModelList( DiffSettings* diffSettings, struct Kompare:: { m_applyDifference = new KAction( i18n("&Apply Difference"), "1rightarrow", TQt::Key_Space, this, TQT_SLOT(slotActionApplyDifference()), - (( KomparePart* )tqparent)->actionCollection(), "difference_apply" ); + (( KomparePart* )parent)->actionCollection(), "difference_apply" ); m_unApplyDifference = new KAction( i18n("Un&apply Difference"), "1leftarrow", TQt::Key_BackSpace, this, TQT_SLOT(slotActionUnApplyDifference()), - (( KomparePart* )tqparent)->actionCollection(), "difference_unapply" ); + (( KomparePart* )parent)->actionCollection(), "difference_unapply" ); m_applyAll = new KAction( i18n("App&ly All"), "2rightarrow", TQt::CTRL + TQt::Key_A, this, TQT_SLOT(slotActionApplyAllDifferences()), - (( KomparePart* )tqparent)->actionCollection(), "difference_applyall" ); + (( KomparePart* )parent)->actionCollection(), "difference_applyall" ); m_unapplyAll = new KAction( i18n("&Unapply All"), "2leftarrow", TQt::CTRL + TQt::Key_U, this, TQT_SLOT(slotActionUnapplyAllDifferences()), - (( KomparePart* )tqparent)->actionCollection(), "difference_unapplyall" ); + (( KomparePart* )parent)->actionCollection(), "difference_unapplyall" ); m_previousFile = new KAction( i18n("P&revious File"), "2uparrow", TQt::CTRL + TQt::Key_PageUp, this, TQT_SLOT(slotPreviousModel()), - (( KomparePart* )tqparent)->actionCollection(), "difference_previousfile" ); + (( KomparePart* )parent)->actionCollection(), "difference_previousfile" ); m_nextFile = new KAction( i18n("N&ext File"), "2downarrow", TQt::CTRL + TQt::Key_PageDown, this, TQT_SLOT(slotNextModel()), - (( KomparePart* )tqparent)->actionCollection(), "difference_nextfile" ); + (( KomparePart* )parent)->actionCollection(), "difference_nextfile" ); m_previousDifference = new KAction( i18n("&Previous Difference"), "1uparrow", TQt::CTRL + TQt::Key_Up, this, TQT_SLOT(slotPreviousDifference()), - (( KomparePart* )tqparent)->actionCollection(), "difference_previous" ); + (( KomparePart* )parent)->actionCollection(), "difference_previous" ); m_nextDifference = new KAction( i18n("&Next Difference"), "1downarrow", TQt::CTRL + TQt::Key_Down, this, TQT_SLOT(slotNextDifference()), - (( KomparePart* )tqparent)->actionCollection(), "difference_next" ); + (( KomparePart* )parent)->actionCollection(), "difference_next" ); m_previousDifference->setEnabled( false ); m_nextDifference->setEnabled( false ); - m_save = KStdAction::save( this, TQT_SLOT(slotSaveDestination()), ((KomparePart*)tqparent)->actionCollection() ); + m_save = KStdAction::save( this, TQT_SLOT(slotSaveDestination()), ((KomparePart*)parent)->actionCollection() ); m_save->setEnabled( false ); updateModelListActions(); @@ -361,21 +361,21 @@ bool KompareModelList::saveDestination( DiffModel* model ) kdDebug(8101) << "Tempfilename : " << temp->name() << endl; kdDebug(8101) << "DestinationURL : " << destination << endl; KIO::UDSEntry entry; - if ( !KIO::NetAccess::stat( KURL( destination ).path(), entry, (TQWidget*)tqparent() ) ) + if ( !KIO::NetAccess::stat( KURL( destination ).path(), entry, (TQWidget*)parent() ) ) { - if ( !KIO::NetAccess::mkdir( KURL( destination ).path(), (TQWidget*)tqparent() ) ) + if ( !KIO::NetAccess::mkdir( KURL( destination ).path(), (TQWidget*)parent() ) ) { emit error( i18n( "<qt>Could not create destination directory <b>%1</b>.\nThe file has not been saved.</qt>" ) ); return false; } } - result = KIO::NetAccess::upload( temp->name(), KURL( destination ), (TQWidget*)tqparent() ); + result = KIO::NetAccess::upload( temp->name(), KURL( destination ), (TQWidget*)parent() ); } else { kdDebug(8101) << "Tempfilename : " << temp->name() << endl; kdDebug(8101) << "DestinationURL : " << m_destination << endl; - result = KIO::NetAccess::upload( temp->name(), KURL( m_destination ), (TQWidget*)tqparent() ); + result = KIO::NetAccess::upload( temp->name(), KURL( m_destination ), (TQWidget*)parent() ); } if ( !result ) @@ -613,7 +613,7 @@ void KompareModelList::slotWriteDiffOutput( bool success ) emit error( i18n( "Could not write to the temporary file." ) ); } - KIO::NetAccess::upload( m_diffTemp->name(), KURL( m_diffURL ), (TQWidget*)tqparent() ); + KIO::NetAccess::upload( m_diffTemp->name(), KURL( m_diffURL ), (TQWidget*)parent() ); emit status( Kompare::FinishedWritingDiff ); } @@ -1272,7 +1272,7 @@ void KompareModelList::updateModelListActions() { if ( m_models && m_selectedModel && m_selectedDifference ) { - if ( ( ( KomparePart* )tqparent() )->isReadWrite() ) + if ( ( ( KomparePart* )parent() )->isReadWrite() ) { if ( m_selectedModel->appliedCount() != m_selectedModel->differenceCount() ) m_applyAll->setEnabled( true ); diff --git a/kompare/libdiff2/komparemodellist.h b/kompare/libdiff2/komparemodellist.h index f4fb797e..22230db0 100644 --- a/kompare/libdiff2/komparemodellist.h +++ b/kompare/libdiff2/komparemodellist.h @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ class KompareModelList : public TQObject Q_OBJECT TQ_OBJECT public: - KompareModelList( DiffSettings* diffSettings, struct Kompare::Info& info, TQObject* tqparent = 0, const char* name = 0 ); + KompareModelList( DiffSettings* diffSettings, struct Kompare::Info& info, TQObject* parent = 0, const char* name = 0 ); ~KompareModelList(); public: diff --git a/kspy/classinfoview.cpp b/kspy/classinfoview.cpp index 02de2773..0fa16c86 100644 --- a/kspy/classinfoview.cpp +++ b/kspy/classinfoview.cpp @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ #include "classinfoview.h" -ClassInfoView::ClassInfoView(TQWidget *tqparent, const char *name ) : KListView(tqparent,name) +ClassInfoView::ClassInfoView(TQWidget *parent, const char *name ) : KListView(parent,name) { addColumn( i18n( "Name" ) ); addColumn( i18n( "Value" ) ); diff --git a/kspy/classinfoview.h b/kspy/classinfoview.h index 0526cc35..6b10a8f7 100644 --- a/kspy/classinfoview.h +++ b/kspy/classinfoview.h @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ class ClassInfoView : public KListView { Q_OBJECT TQ_OBJECT public: - ClassInfoView(TQWidget *tqparent=0, const char *name=0); + ClassInfoView(TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0); ~ClassInfoView(); void buildList( TQObject *o ); diff --git a/kspy/navview.cpp b/kspy/navview.cpp index 388e6bb5..2cdbec90 100644 --- a/kspy/navview.cpp +++ b/kspy/navview.cpp @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ #include "navview.h" #include "navviewitem.h" -NavView::NavView(TQWidget *tqparent, const char *name ) : KListView(tqparent,name) +NavView::NavView(TQWidget *parent, const char *name ) : KListView(parent,name) { addColumn( i18n( "Name" ) ); addColumn( i18n( "Type" ) ); @@ -70,9 +70,9 @@ void NavView::selectItem( TQListViewItem *item ) emit selected( navItem->data ); } -void NavView::createSubTree( NavViewItem *tqparent ) +void NavView::createSubTree( NavViewItem *parent ) { - const TQObjectList kids = tqparent->data->childrenListObject(); + const TQObjectList kids = parent->data->childrenListObject(); if ( kids.isEmpty() ) return; @@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ void NavView::createSubTree( NavViewItem *tqparent ) TQObjectListIt it( kids ); while ( (obj=it.current()) != 0 ) { ++it; - NavViewItem *item = new NavViewItem( tqparent, obj ); + NavViewItem *item = new NavViewItem( parent, obj ); createSubTree( item ); } } diff --git a/kspy/navview.h b/kspy/navview.h index 29ebf842..ff6a0571 100644 --- a/kspy/navview.h +++ b/kspy/navview.h @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ class NavView : public KListView TQ_OBJECT public: - NavView( TQWidget *tqparent = 0, const char *name = 0 ); + NavView( TQWidget *parent = 0, const char *name = 0 ); ~NavView(); /** diff --git a/kspy/navviewitem.cpp b/kspy/navviewitem.cpp index 596ba7ed..641332ac 100644 --- a/kspy/navviewitem.cpp +++ b/kspy/navviewitem.cpp @@ -20,15 +20,15 @@ #include "navview.h" #include "navviewitem.h" -NavViewItem::NavViewItem(NavView *tqparent, TQObject *obj ) - : KListViewItem(tqparent, obj->name(), obj->className() ) +NavViewItem::NavViewItem(NavView *parent, TQObject *obj ) + : KListViewItem(parent, obj->name(), obj->className() ) { data = obj; setExpandable( true ); } -NavViewItem::NavViewItem(NavViewItem *tqparent, TQObject *obj ) - : KListViewItem(tqparent, obj->name(), obj->className() ) +NavViewItem::NavViewItem(NavViewItem *parent, TQObject *obj ) + : KListViewItem(parent, obj->name(), obj->className() ) { data = obj; setExpandable( true ); diff --git a/kspy/navviewitem.h b/kspy/navviewitem.h index a6c0e888..d9b7ba23 100644 --- a/kspy/navviewitem.h +++ b/kspy/navviewitem.h @@ -28,8 +28,8 @@ class NavView; class NavViewItem : public KListViewItem { public: - NavViewItem(NavView *tqparent, TQObject *item ); - NavViewItem(NavViewItem *tqparent, TQObject *item ); + NavViewItem(NavView *parent, TQObject *item ); + NavViewItem(NavViewItem *parent, TQObject *item ); ~NavViewItem(); TQObject *data; diff --git a/kspy/propsview.cpp b/kspy/propsview.cpp index 8ae92ea7..93747c28 100644 --- a/kspy/propsview.cpp +++ b/kspy/propsview.cpp @@ -29,8 +29,8 @@ class KSpyItem : KListViewItem { public: - KSpyItem( TQListView * tqparent, TQString label1, TQString label2 = TQString(), TQString label3 = TQString(), TQString label4 = TQString(), TQString label5 = TQString(), TQString label6 = TQString() ) - : KListViewItem(tqparent, label1, label2, label3, label4, label5, label6) + KSpyItem( TQListView * parent, TQString label1, TQString label2 = TQString(), TQString label3 = TQString(), TQString label4 = TQString(), TQString label5 = TQString(), TQString label6 = TQString() ) + : KListViewItem(parent, label1, label2, label3, label4, label5, label6) { } protected: @@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ protected: } }; -PropsView::PropsView(TQWidget *tqparent, const char *name ) : KListView(tqparent,name) +PropsView::PropsView(TQWidget *parent, const char *name ) : KListView(parent,name) { addColumn( i18n( "Name" ) ); addColumn( i18n( "Value" ) ); diff --git a/kspy/propsview.h b/kspy/propsview.h index 6cc1285d..acf8a44d 100644 --- a/kspy/propsview.h +++ b/kspy/propsview.h @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ class PropsView : public KListView { Q_OBJECT TQ_OBJECT public: - PropsView(TQWidget *tqparent=0, const char *name=0); + PropsView(TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0); ~PropsView(); void buildList( TQObject *o ); diff --git a/kspy/receiversview.cpp b/kspy/receiversview.cpp index 2b04303a..36e06e63 100644 --- a/kspy/receiversview.cpp +++ b/kspy/receiversview.cpp @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ public: TQConnectionList *public_tqreceivers(int signal) const { return tqreceivers(signal); } }; -ReceiversView::ReceiversView(TQWidget *tqparent, const char *name ) : KListView(tqparent,name) +ReceiversView::ReceiversView(TQWidget *parent, const char *name ) : KListView(parent,name) { addColumn( i18n( "Object" ) ); addColumn( i18n( "Type" ) ); diff --git a/kspy/receiversview.h b/kspy/receiversview.h index 07a18188..6e703472 100644 --- a/kspy/receiversview.h +++ b/kspy/receiversview.h @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ class ReceiversView : public KListView { Q_OBJECT TQ_OBJECT public: - ReceiversView(TQWidget *tqparent=0, const char *name=0); + ReceiversView(TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0); ~ReceiversView(); void buildList( TQObject *o ); diff --git a/kspy/sigslotview.cpp b/kspy/sigslotview.cpp index 98400ed7..97d024fb 100644 --- a/kspy/sigslotview.cpp +++ b/kspy/sigslotview.cpp @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ #include "sigslotview.h" -SigSlotView::SigSlotView(TQWidget *tqparent, const char *name ) : KListView(tqparent,name) +SigSlotView::SigSlotView(TQWidget *parent, const char *name ) : KListView(parent,name) { addColumn( i18n( "Signals/Slots" ) ); diff --git a/kspy/sigslotview.h b/kspy/sigslotview.h index a1184771..cd2bd97b 100644 --- a/kspy/sigslotview.h +++ b/kspy/sigslotview.h @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ class SigSlotView : public KListView { Q_OBJECT TQ_OBJECT public: - SigSlotView(TQWidget *tqparent=0, const char *name=0); + SigSlotView(TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0); ~SigSlotView(); void buildList( TQObject *o ); diff --git a/kspy/spy.cpp b/kspy/spy.cpp index 6607e484..1ef024d0 100644 --- a/kspy/spy.cpp +++ b/kspy/spy.cpp @@ -44,8 +44,8 @@ extern "C" } } -Spy::Spy( TQWidget *tqparent, const char *name ) - : TQWidget( tqparent, name ) +Spy::Spy( TQWidget *parent, const char *name ) + : TQWidget( parent, name ) { TQVBoxLayout *tqlayout = new TQVBoxLayout( this, 11, 6 ); @@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ class Spy : public TQWidget TQ_OBJECT public: - Spy( TQWidget *tqparent = 0, const char *name = 0 ); + Spy( TQWidget *parent = 0, const char *name = 0 ); ~Spy(); void setTarget( TQWidget *target ); diff --git a/kuiviewer/kuiviewer_part.cpp b/kuiviewer/kuiviewer_part.cpp index 16f23292..d4d3fc21 100644 --- a/kuiviewer/kuiviewer_part.cpp +++ b/kuiviewer/kuiviewer_part.cpp @@ -52,9 +52,9 @@ typedef KParts::GenericFactory<KUIViewerPart> KUIViewerPartFactory; K_EXPORT_COMPONENT_FACTORY( libkuiviewerpart, KUIViewerPartFactory ) KUIViewerPart::KUIViewerPart( TQWidget *parentWidget, const char *widgetName, - TQObject *tqparent, const char *name, + TQObject *parent, const char *name, const TQStringList & /*args*/ ) - : KParts::ReadOnlyPart(tqparent, name) + : KParts::ReadOnlyPart(parent, name) { // we need an instance setInstance( KUIViewerPartFactory::instance() ); diff --git a/kuiviewer/kuiviewer_part.h b/kuiviewer/kuiviewer_part.h index 1d19afad..3400f3bd 100644 --- a/kuiviewer/kuiviewer_part.h +++ b/kuiviewer/kuiviewer_part.h @@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ public: * Default constructor */ KUIViewerPart(TQWidget *parentWidget, const char *widgetName, - TQObject *tqparent, const char *name, const TQStringList &args); + TQObject *parent, const char *name, const TQStringList &args); /** * Destructor diff --git a/kunittest/runnergui.cpp b/kunittest/runnergui.cpp index 64fbd27a..73e888e4 100644 --- a/kunittest/runnergui.cpp +++ b/kunittest/runnergui.cpp @@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ namespace KUnitTest RunnerGUI *m_rg; }; - RunnerGUI::RunnerGUI(TQWidget *tqparent) : TQHBox(tqparent) + RunnerGUI::RunnerGUI(TQWidget *parent) : TQHBox(parent) { m_dcop = new RunnerGUIDCOPImpl(this); @@ -222,7 +222,7 @@ namespace KUnitTest TQListViewItem *RunnerGUI::getItem(const TQString &name, TQListViewItem *item /*= 0L*/) { - TQListViewItem *tqparent = item; + TQListViewItem *parent = item; if ( item == 0L ) item = m_testerWidget->resultList()->firstChild(); else item = item->firstChild(); @@ -233,10 +233,10 @@ namespace KUnitTest // item not found, create it if ( item == 0L ) { - if ( tqparent == 0L ) + if ( parent == 0L ) item = new TQListViewItem(m_testerWidget->resultList()); else - item = new TQListViewItem(tqparent); + item = new TQListViewItem(parent); item->setText(g_nameColumn, name); } @@ -288,13 +288,13 @@ namespace KUnitTest bool passed = (item->text(g_failedColumn).toInt(&ok) + item->text(g_xfailedColumn).toInt(&ok)) == 0; item->setPixmap(g_nameColumn, passed ? SmallIcon("button_ok") : SmallIcon("button_cancel") ); - setSummary(item->tqparent(), res); + setSummary(item->parent(), res); } TQString RunnerGUI::fullName(TQListViewItem *item) { TQString name = item->text(g_nameColumn); - while ( (item = item->tqparent()) != 0L ) + while ( (item = item->parent()) != 0L ) name = item->text(g_nameColumn) + "::" + name; return name; @@ -358,7 +358,7 @@ namespace KUnitTest if ( item == 0L ) return; TQString name = fullName(item); - if ( name.endsWith("()") ) name = fullName(item->tqparent()); + if ( name.endsWith("()") ) name = fullName(item->parent()); Tester *tester = Runner::self()->registry().find(name.local8Bit()); diff --git a/kunittest/runnergui.h b/kunittest/runnergui.h index 6d996849..8b4399d3 100644 --- a/kunittest/runnergui.h +++ b/kunittest/runnergui.h @@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ namespace KUnitTest TQ_OBJECT public: - RunnerGUI(TQWidget *tqparent); + RunnerGUI(TQWidget *parent); ~RunnerGUI(); private slots: diff --git a/poxml/antlr/antlr/TokenStreamBasicFilter.hpp b/poxml/antlr/antlr/TokenStreamBasicFilter.hpp index 9857a122..5438878b 100644 --- a/poxml/antlr/antlr/TokenStreamBasicFilter.hpp +++ b/poxml/antlr/antlr/TokenStreamBasicFilter.hpp @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ public: void discard(int ttype); - void discard(const BitSet& tqmask); + void discard(const BitSet& mask); RefToken nextToken(); }; diff --git a/poxml/antlr/antlr/TokenStreamHiddenTokenFilter.hpp b/poxml/antlr/antlr/TokenStreamHiddenTokenFilter.hpp index b7904ce3..47aad001 100644 --- a/poxml/antlr/antlr/TokenStreamHiddenTokenFilter.hpp +++ b/poxml/antlr/antlr/TokenStreamHiddenTokenFilter.hpp @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ public: void hide(int m); - void hide(const BitSet& tqmask); + void hide(const BitSet& mask); protected: RefToken LA(int i); diff --git a/poxml/antlr/src/TokenStreamBasicFilter.cpp b/poxml/antlr/src/TokenStreamBasicFilter.cpp index 82922967..71257f46 100644 --- a/poxml/antlr/src/TokenStreamBasicFilter.cpp +++ b/poxml/antlr/src/TokenStreamBasicFilter.cpp @@ -16,9 +16,9 @@ void TokenStreamBasicFilter::discard(int ttype) discardMask.add(ttype); } -void TokenStreamBasicFilter::discard(const BitSet& tqmask) +void TokenStreamBasicFilter::discard(const BitSet& mask) { - discardMask = tqmask; + discardMask = mask; } RefToken TokenStreamBasicFilter::nextToken() diff --git a/poxml/antlr/src/TokenStreamHiddenTokenFilter.cpp b/poxml/antlr/src/TokenStreamHiddenTokenFilter.cpp index 5325fed2..827ca382 100644 --- a/poxml/antlr/src/TokenStreamHiddenTokenFilter.cpp +++ b/poxml/antlr/src/TokenStreamHiddenTokenFilter.cpp @@ -86,9 +86,9 @@ void TokenStreamHiddenTokenFilter::hide(int m) hideMask.add(m); } -void TokenStreamHiddenTokenFilter::hide(const BitSet& tqmask) +void TokenStreamHiddenTokenFilter::hide(const BitSet& mask) { - hideMask = tqmask; + hideMask = mask; } RefToken TokenStreamHiddenTokenFilter::LA(int i) diff --git a/scheck/scheck.cpp b/scheck/scheck.cpp index 033051b8..5d8d3582 100644 --- a/scheck/scheck.cpp +++ b/scheck/scheck.cpp @@ -1341,7 +1341,7 @@ void StyleCheckStyle::drawPrimitive( PrimitiveElement pe, } - // RADIOBUTTON (exclusive indicator) tqmask + // RADIOBUTTON (exclusive indicator) mask // ------------------------------------------------------------------- case PE_ExclusiveIndicatorMask: { if (maskBmp.isNull()) { @@ -2330,21 +2330,21 @@ void StyleCheckStyle::tqdrawComplexControl( ComplexControl control, TQPixmap pixmap = *(toolbutton->parentWidget()->backgroundPixmap()); p->drawTiledPixmap( r, pixmap, toolbutton->pos() ); } - else if (widget->tqparent()) + else if (widget->parent()) { - if (widget->tqparent()->inherits(TQTOOLBAR_OBJECT_NAME_STRING)) + if (widget->parent()->inherits(TQTOOLBAR_OBJECT_NAME_STRING)) { - TQToolBar* tqparent = (TQToolBar*)widget->tqparent(); - TQRect pr = tqparent->rect(); + TQToolBar* parent = (TQToolBar*)widget->parent(); + TQRect pr = parent->rect(); renderGradient( p, r, cg.button(), - tqparent->orientation() == Qt::Vertical, + parent->orientation() == Qt::Vertical, r.x(), r.y(), pr.width()-2, pr.height()-2); } - else if (widget->tqparent()->inherits("TQToolBarExtensionWidget")) + else if (widget->parent()->inherits("TQToolBarExtensionWidget")) { - TQWidget* tqparent = (TQWidget*)widget->tqparent(); - TQToolBar* toolbar = (TQToolBar*)tqparent->tqparent(); + TQWidget* parent = (TQWidget*)widget->parent(); + TQToolBar* toolbar = (TQToolBar*)parent->parent(); TQRect tr = toolbar->rect(); if ( toolbar->orientation() == Qt::Horizontal ) { @@ -2682,14 +2682,14 @@ bool StyleCheckStyle::eventFilter( TQObject *object, TQEvent *event ) bool nestedGroupBox = false; TQString stripped_title = removedXX(stripAccelViolations(gb->title())); - //Walk tqparent hierarchy to check whether any are groupboxes too.. - TQObject* tqparent = TQT_TQOBJECT(gb); + //Walk parent hierarchy to check whether any are groupboxes too.. + TQObject* parent = TQT_TQOBJECT(gb); // GCC suggested parentheses around assignment used as truth value // I suggested that it could eat me. GCC won. - while ( (tqparent = tqparent->tqparent()) ) + while ( (parent = parent->parent()) ) { - if (tqparent->inherits(TQGROUPBOX_OBJECT_NAME_STRING)) + if (parent->inherits(TQGROUPBOX_OBJECT_NAME_STRING)) { nestedGroupBox = true; break; diff --git a/scripts/fixuifiles b/scripts/fixuifiles index 3b387df9..785b45b4 100755 --- a/scripts/fixuifiles +++ b/scripts/fixuifiles @@ -212,7 +212,7 @@ sub fix_captions($) } } -# Find a .qt_minversion in $dir or any tqparent directory. +# Find a .qt_minversion in $dir or any parent directory. sub read_required_version($) { my $dir = Cwd::abs_path( shift @_ ); diff --git a/scripts/kde-devel-gdb b/scripts/kde-devel-gdb index 7627adad..f35161b5 100644 --- a/scripts/kde-devel-gdb +++ b/scripts/kde-devel-gdb @@ -188,10 +188,10 @@ define _qmapiterator_inc set $ret = $ret->left end else - set $y = $ret->tqparent + set $y = $ret->parent while $ret == $y->right set $ret = $y - set $y = $y->tqparent + set $y = $y->parent end if $ret->right != $y set $ret = $y diff --git a/scripts/kde-emacs/dirvars.el b/scripts/kde-emacs/dirvars.el index 94f682b0..5fba18e7 100644 --- a/scripts/kde-emacs/dirvars.el +++ b/scripts/kde-emacs/dirvars.el @@ -96,18 +96,18 @@ The FILE-NAME specifies the file name to search for." (setq dir-name (expand-file-name dir-name)) ;; Move up in the dir hierarchy till we find a change log file. (let ((file1 (concat dir-name file-name)) - tqparent-dir) + parent-dir) (while (and (not (file-exists-p file1)) - (progn (setq tqparent-dir + (progn (setq parent-dir (file-name-directory (directory-file-name (file-name-directory file1)))) ;; Give up if we are already at the root dir. (not (string= (file-name-directory file1) - tqparent-dir)))) - ;; Move up to the tqparent dir and try again. - (setq file1 (expand-file-name file-name tqparent-dir))) - ;; If we found the file in a tqparent dir, use that. Otherwise, + parent-dir)))) + ;; Move up to the parent dir and try again. + (setq file1 (expand-file-name file-name parent-dir))) + ;; If we found the file in a parent dir, use that. Otherwise, ;; return nil (if (or (get-file-buffer file1) (file-exists-p file1)) file1 diff --git a/scripts/kde-emacs/kde-emacs-compat.el b/scripts/kde-emacs/kde-emacs-compat.el index baa88a4d..1ff1fe7a 100644 --- a/scripts/kde-emacs/kde-emacs-compat.el +++ b/scripts/kde-emacs/kde-emacs-compat.el @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ Otherwise treat `\\' in NEWTEXT as special: (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap 'read-shell-command-map))) (if (eq kde-emacs-type 'xemacs) (set-keymap-parents map (list minibuffer-local-map)) - (set-keymap-tqparent map minibuffer-local-map)) + (set-keymap-parent map minibuffer-local-map)) (define-key map "\t" 'comint-dynamic-complete) (define-key map "\M-\t" 'comint-dynamic-complete) (define-key map "\M-?" 'comint-dynamic-list-completions) diff --git a/scripts/kde-emacs/kde-emacs-semantic.el b/scripts/kde-emacs/kde-emacs-semantic.el index 6b5f8c3f..6cc8dd54 100644 --- a/scripts/kde-emacs/kde-emacs-semantic.el +++ b/scripts/kde-emacs/kde-emacs-semantic.el @@ -138,9 +138,9 @@ token and TOKENS have to be a list of functions from buffer." (equal (semantic-token-type FUNC) (semantic-token-type elt)) ;; FIXME (semantic) : Functions in some classes don't have the - ;; 'tqparent property set !!! - ;;(string= (semantic-token-function-tqparent FUNC1) - ;; (semantic-token-function-tqparent FUNC2)) + ;; 'parent property set !!! + ;;(string= (semantic-token-function-parent FUNC1) + ;; (semantic-token-function-parent FUNC2)) (string= (kde-format-args (semantic-token-function-args FUNC)) (kde-format-args (semantic-token-function-args elt)))) (setq ret t)) @@ -224,7 +224,7 @@ would return t" )) (defun kde-function-construct (token pclass) - "Constructs a function string from the TOKEN, with the tqparent class PCLASS." + "Constructs a function string from the TOKEN, with the parent class PCLASS." (let ((fname (semantic-token-name token))) (if (semantic-token-function-destructor token) (setq fname (concat "~" fname)) @@ -262,7 +262,7 @@ would return t" class-token has to be a token representing either a class or a struct." (let ((ret "") (name (semantic-token-name class-token)) - (parents (semantic-token-type-tqparent class-token)) + (parents (semantic-token-type-parent class-token)) (parts (semantic-token-type-parts class-token)) (cur-token) (cur-token-name) @@ -432,13 +432,13 @@ in the current header file." (func (kde-function-at-point PT)) (file) (buf) - (tqparent)) + (parent)) (if (and object (equal (semantic-token-type object) "class")) - (setq tqparent (semantic-token-name object))) + (setq parent (semantic-token-name object))) (if (and (not (kde-function-expanded-at-point PT)) (kde-is-prototype func)) (progn - (setq func (kde-function-construct func tqparent)) + (setq func (kde-function-construct func parent)) (setq file (car (kde-file-get-cpp-h))) (setq buf (current-buffer)) (find-file file) diff --git a/scripts/kde-emacs/kde-emacs-utils.el b/scripts/kde-emacs/kde-emacs-utils.el index cb5b58da..4ad2e314 100644 --- a/scripts/kde-emacs/kde-emacs-utils.el +++ b/scripts/kde-emacs/kde-emacs-utils.el @@ -451,11 +451,11 @@ This function does not do any hidden buffer changes." (n (progn (insert " ") (self-insert-command (prefix-numeric-value arg)) - (insert kde-emacs-after-tqparent-string) + (insert kde-emacs-after-parent-string) )) (t ;else (self-insert-command (prefix-numeric-value arg)) - (cond ((not except) (insert kde-emacs-after-tqparent-string))) + (cond ((not except) (insert kde-emacs-after-parent-string))) ))) (self-insert-command (prefix-numeric-value arg))) ) @@ -489,7 +489,7 @@ This function does not do any hidden buffer changes." (t ;else (if abbrev-mode ; XEmacs (expand-abbrev)) - (insert kde-emacs-after-tqparent-string) + (insert kde-emacs-after-parent-string) (self-insert-command (prefix-numeric-value arg)) ))) ; normal case, prepend a space ;;(blink-matching-open) ; show the matching parens diff --git a/scripts/kde-emacs/kde-emacs-vars.el b/scripts/kde-emacs/kde-emacs-vars.el index 1b4bcd2e..b2333b30 100644 --- a/scripts/kde-emacs/kde-emacs-vars.el +++ b/scripts/kde-emacs/kde-emacs-vars.el @@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ file named /home/domi/src/kdenonbeta/kig/misc/newtype.h" :group 'kde-devel :type 'integer) -(defcustom kde-emacs-after-tqparent-string " " +(defcustom kde-emacs-after-parent-string " " "Set this to whatever you want to have inserted after the first parenthesis. Works only if magic-keys-mode is set to true. " :group 'kde-devel diff --git a/scripts/kdesvn-build b/scripts/kdesvn-build index 1cd46284..b0389d52 100755 --- a/scripts/kdesvn-build +++ b/scripts/kdesvn-build @@ -2581,7 +2581,7 @@ sub safe_system(@) return 0; # Return true } -# Helper subroutine to create a directory, including any tqparent +# Helper subroutine to create a directory, including any parent # directories that may also need created. # Returns 0 on failure, non-zero on success sub super_mkdir diff --git a/umbrello/THANKS b/umbrello/THANKS index 33ab7791..ab1462c5 100644 --- a/umbrello/THANKS +++ b/umbrello/THANKS @@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ Lutz Mueller <lutz.mueller @gmx.de> Heiko Nardmann <heiko.nardmann @onlinehome.de> Dimitri Ognibene <ognibened @yahoo.it> Michael Palomas <mpalomas @gmail.com> -Anthony Parent <anthony.tqparent @intel.com> +Anthony Parent <anthony.parent @intel.com> Carsten Pfeiffer <pfeiffer @kde.org> Ivan Porres <iporres @abo.fi> Maciej Puzio <maciek @work.swmed.edu> diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/activitywidget.h b/umbrello/umbrello/activitywidget.h index 86e494e1..1b82a4aa 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/activitywidget.h +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/activitywidget.h @@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ public: /** * Creates a Activity widget. * - * @param view The tqparent of the widget. + * @param view The parent of the widget. * @param activityType The type of activity. * @param id The ID to assign (-1 will prompt a new ID.) */ diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/actorwidget.h b/umbrello/umbrello/actorwidget.h index 7555bf77..6b62bc98 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/actorwidget.h +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/actorwidget.h @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ public: /** * Constructs an ActorWidget. * - * @param view The tqparent of this ActorWidget. + * @param view The parent of this ActorWidget. * @param o The Actor class this ActorWidget will display. */ ActorWidget(UMLView * view, UMLActor *o); @@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ public: /** * Saves the widget to the "actorwidget" XMI element. - * Note: For loading from XMI, the inherited tqparent method is used. + * Note: For loading from XMI, the inherited parent method is used. */ void saveToXMI( TQDomDocument & qDoc, TQDomElement & qElement ); diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/aligntoolbar.h b/umbrello/umbrello/aligntoolbar.h index 4e515489..7e2170a5 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/aligntoolbar.h +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/aligntoolbar.h @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ public: /** * Creates a bar with tools for tqalignment. * - * @param parentWindow The tqparent of the toolbar. + * @param parentWindow The parent of the toolbar. * @param name The name of the toolbar. */ AlignToolBar(TQMainWindow* parentWindow, const char* name); diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/artifactwidget.h b/umbrello/umbrello/artifactwidget.h index 68ca425a..3fdd26c2 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/artifactwidget.h +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/artifactwidget.h @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ public: /** * Constructs a ArtifactWidget. * - * @param view The tqparent of this ArtifactWidget. + * @param view The parent of this ArtifactWidget. * @param a The Artifact this widget will be representing. */ ArtifactWidget(UMLView *view, UMLArtifact *a); @@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ public: /** * Saves the widget to the "artifactwidget" XMI element. - * Note: For loading from XMI, the inherited tqparent method is used. + * Note: For loading from XMI, the inherited parent method is used. */ void saveToXMI(TQDomDocument& qDoc, TQDomElement& qElement); diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/association.cpp b/umbrello/umbrello/association.cpp index a4c9d9d5..62f47a43 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/association.cpp +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/association.cpp @@ -164,7 +164,7 @@ void UMLAssociation::saveToXMI( TQDomDocument & qDoc, TQDomElement & qElement ) TQDomElement assocElement = UMLObject::save("UML:Generalization", qDoc); assocElement.setAttribute( "discriminator", "" ); assocElement.setAttribute( "child", ID2STR(getObjectId(A)) ); - assocElement.setAttribute( "tqparent", ID2STR(getObjectId(B)) ); + assocElement.setAttribute( "parent", ID2STR(getObjectId(B)) ); qElement.appendChild( assocElement ); return; } @@ -201,7 +201,7 @@ bool UMLAssociation::load( TQDomElement & element ) { m_AssocType == Uml::at_Dependency) { for (unsigned r = Uml::A; r <= Uml::B; r++) { const TQString fetch = (m_AssocType == Uml::at_Generalization ? - r == Uml::A ? "child" : "tqparent" + r == Uml::A ? "child" : "parent" : r == Uml::A ? "client" : "supplier"); TQString roleIdStr = element.attribute(fetch, ""); if (roleIdStr.isEmpty()) { @@ -235,7 +235,7 @@ bool UMLAssociation::load( TQDomElement & element ) { continue; // Permitted tag names: // roleA: "child" "subtype" "client" - // roleB: "tqparent" "supertype" "supplier" + // roleB: "parent" "supertype" "supplier" TQString idStr = tempElement.attribute( "xmi.id", "" ); if (idStr.isEmpty()) idStr = tempElement.attribute( "xmi.idref", "" ); @@ -335,7 +335,7 @@ bool UMLAssociation::load( TQDomElement & element ) { // In the old days, we could just record this on the association, // and be done with it. But thats not how the UML13.dtd does things. // As a result, we are checking roleA for information about the - // tqparent association (!) which by this point in the parse, should + // parent association (!) which by this point in the parse, should // be set. However, the information that the roles are allowed to have // is not complete, so we need to finish the analysis here. diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/association.h b/umbrello/umbrello/association.h index f3cb5a6f..139a2eb6 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/association.h +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/association.h @@ -258,7 +258,7 @@ protected: */ bool load(TQDomElement& element); - // keep track of number of tqparent widgets + // keep track of number of parent widgets int nrof_parent_widgets; /** diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/associationwidget.cpp b/umbrello/umbrello/associationwidget.cpp index 3b4468f6..6ded541d 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/associationwidget.cpp +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/associationwidget.cpp @@ -775,7 +775,7 @@ void AssociationWidget::setUMLAssociation (UMLAssociation * assoc) umla->nrof_parent_widgets--; // we are the last "owner" of this association, so delete it - // from the tqparent UMLDoc, and as a stand-alone + // from the parent UMLDoc, and as a stand-alone //DISCUSS: Should we really do this? // It implies that an association's existence is ONLY // governed by its existence on at least one diagram. @@ -785,16 +785,16 @@ void AssociationWidget::setUMLAssociation (UMLAssociation * assoc) // relies on (at least the way it's implemented now) // ANSWER: yes, we *should* do this. // This only implies that IF an association once 'belonged' - // to one or more tqparent associationwidgets, then it must 'die' when the - // last widget does. UMLAssociations which never had a tqparent + // to one or more parent associationwidgets, then it must 'die' when the + // last widget does. UMLAssociations which never had a parent // in the first place wont be affected by this code, and can happily - // live on without a tqparent. + // live on without a parent. //DISCUSS: Sorry Brian, but this breaks cut/paste. // In particular, cut/paste means that the UMLAssociation _does_ - // have the assocwidget tqparent - the only means of doing a cut/paste + // have the assocwidget parent - the only means of doing a cut/paste // on the diagram is via the widgets. I.e. in practice there is no // such thing as an "orphan" UMLAssociation. - // BTW, IMHO the concept of a widget being the tqparent of a UML object + // BTW, IMHO the concept of a widget being the parent of a UML object // is fundamentally flawed. Widgets are pure presentation - they can // come and go at a whim. If at all, the widgets could be considered // tqchildren of the corresponding UML object. @@ -3121,14 +3121,14 @@ void AssociationWidget::setUMLObject(UMLObject *obj) { setOperation(dynamic_cast<UMLOperation *>(obj)); break; case Uml::ot_Attribute: - klass = static_cast<UMLClassifier*>(obj->tqparent()); + klass = static_cast<UMLClassifier*>(obj->parent()); connect(klass, TQT_SIGNAL(attributeRemoved(UMLClassifierListItem*)), this, TQT_SLOT(slotAttributeRemoved(UMLClassifierListItem*))); attr = static_cast<UMLAttribute*>(obj); connect(attr, TQT_SIGNAL(attributeChanged()), this, TQT_SLOT(slotAttributeChanged())); break; case Uml::ot_EntityAttribute: - ent = static_cast<UMLEntity*>(obj->tqparent()); + ent = static_cast<UMLEntity*>(obj->parent()); connect(ent, TQT_SIGNAL(entityAttributeRemoved(UMLClassifierListItem*)), this, TQT_SLOT(slotAttributeRemoved(UMLClassifierListItem*))); break; diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/associationwidget.h b/umbrello/umbrello/associationwidget.h index b6a9de63..fbbdf214 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/associationwidget.h +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/associationwidget.h @@ -69,14 +69,14 @@ public: /** * Constructor. * - * @param view The tqparent view of this widget. + * @param view The parent view of this widget. */ AssociationWidget(UMLView *view); /** * Constructor. * - * @param view The tqparent view of this widget. + * @param view The parent view of this widget. * @param WidgetA Pointer to the role A widget for the association. * @param Type The Association_Type for this association. * @param WidgetB Pointer to the role B widget for the association. diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/attribute.cpp b/umbrello/umbrello/attribute.cpp index d18f4d5e..9266c1f4 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/attribute.cpp +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/attribute.cpp @@ -23,11 +23,11 @@ #include "dialogs/umlattributedialog.h" #include "object_factory.h" -UMLAttribute::UMLAttribute( const UMLObject *tqparent, +UMLAttribute::UMLAttribute( const UMLObject *parent, const TQString& name, Uml::IDType id, Uml::Visibility s, UMLObject *type, const TQString& iv ) - : UMLClassifierListItem(tqparent, name, id) { + : UMLClassifierListItem(parent, name, id) { m_InitialValue = iv; m_BaseType = Uml::ot_Attribute; m_Vis = s; @@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ UMLAttribute::UMLAttribute( const UMLObject *tqparent, m_pSecondary = type; } -UMLAttribute::UMLAttribute(const UMLObject *tqparent) : UMLClassifierListItem(tqparent) { +UMLAttribute::UMLAttribute(const UMLObject *parent) : UMLClassifierListItem(parent) { m_BaseType = Uml::ot_Attribute; m_Vis = Uml::Visibility::Private; m_ParmKind = Uml::pd_In; @@ -88,15 +88,15 @@ TQString UMLAttribute::toString(Uml::Signature_Type sig) { if(sig == Uml::st_ShowSig || sig == Uml::st_SigNoVis) { // Determine whether the type name needs to be scoped. - UMLObject *owningObject = static_cast<UMLObject*>(tqparent()); + UMLObject *owningObject = static_cast<UMLObject*>(parent()); if (owningObject->getBaseType() == Uml::ot_Operation) { - // The immediate tqparent() is the UMLOperation but we want + // The immediate parent() is the UMLOperation but we want // the UMLClassifier: - owningObject = static_cast<UMLObject*>(owningObject->tqparent()); + owningObject = static_cast<UMLObject*>(owningObject->parent()); } UMLClassifier *ownParent = dynamic_cast<UMLClassifier*>(owningObject); if (ownParent == NULL) { - kError() << "UMLAttribute::toString: tqparent " + kError() << "UMLAttribute::toString: parent " << owningObject->getName() << " is not a UMLClassifier" << endl; return ""; @@ -129,15 +129,15 @@ TQString UMLAttribute::toString(Uml::Signature_Type sig) { TQString UMLAttribute::getFullyQualifiedName( const TQString& separator, bool includeRoot /* = false */) const { UMLOperation *op = NULL; - UMLObject *owningObject = static_cast<UMLObject*>(tqparent()); + UMLObject *owningObject = static_cast<UMLObject*>(parent()); if (owningObject->getBaseType() == Uml::ot_Operation) { op = static_cast<UMLOperation*>(owningObject); - owningObject = static_cast<UMLObject*>(owningObject->tqparent()); + owningObject = static_cast<UMLObject*>(owningObject->parent()); } UMLClassifier *ownParent = dynamic_cast<UMLClassifier*>(owningObject); if (ownParent == NULL) { kError() << "UMLAttribute::getFullyQualifiedName(" << m_Name - << "): tqparent " << owningObject->getName() + << "): parent " << owningObject->getName() << " is not a UMLClassifier" << endl; return ""; } @@ -168,7 +168,7 @@ bool UMLAttribute::operator==( UMLAttribute &rhs) { void UMLAttribute::copyInto(UMLAttribute *rhs) const { - // call the tqparent first. + // call the parent first. UMLClassifierListItem::copyInto(rhs); // Copy all datamembers @@ -180,8 +180,8 @@ void UMLAttribute::copyInto(UMLAttribute *rhs) const UMLObject* UMLAttribute::clone() const { - //FIXME: The new attribute should be slaved to the NEW tqparent not the old. - UMLAttribute *clone = new UMLAttribute( static_cast<UMLObject*>(tqparent()) ); + //FIXME: The new attribute should be slaved to the NEW parent not the old. + UMLAttribute *clone = new UMLAttribute( static_cast<UMLObject*>(parent()) ); copyInto(clone); return clone; @@ -249,8 +249,8 @@ bool UMLAttribute::load( TQDomElement & element ) { return true; } -bool UMLAttribute::showPropertiesDialog(TQWidget* tqparent) { - UMLAttributeDialog dialog(tqparent, this); +bool UMLAttribute::showPropertiesDialog(TQWidget* parent) { + UMLAttributeDialog dialog(parent, this); return dialog.exec(); } diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/attribute.h b/umbrello/umbrello/attribute.h index ab904874..4f900389 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/attribute.h +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/attribute.h @@ -32,14 +32,14 @@ public: /** * Sets up an attribute. * - * @param tqparent The tqparent of this UMLAttribute. + * @param parent The parent of this UMLAttribute. * @param name The name of this UMLAttribute. * @param id The unique id given to this UMLAttribute. * @param s The visibility of the UMLAttribute. * @param type The type of this UMLAttribute. * @param iv The initial value of the attribute. */ - UMLAttribute(const UMLObject *tqparent, const TQString& name, + UMLAttribute(const UMLObject *parent, const TQString& name, Uml::IDType id = Uml::id_None, Uml::Visibility s = Uml::Visibility::Private, UMLObject *type = 0, const TQString& iv = 0); @@ -47,9 +47,9 @@ public: /** * Sets up an attribute. * - * @param tqparent The tqparent of this UMLAttribute. + * @param parent The parent of this UMLAttribute. */ - UMLAttribute(const UMLObject *tqparent); + UMLAttribute(const UMLObject *parent); /** * Overloaded '==' operator @@ -121,7 +121,7 @@ public: /** * Display the properties configuration dialog for the attribute. */ - virtual bool showPropertiesDialog(TQWidget* tqparent); + virtual bool showPropertiesDialog(TQWidget* parent); void setParmKind (Uml::Parameter_Direction pk); Uml::Parameter_Direction getParmKind () const; diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/autolayout/autolayoutdlg.cpp b/umbrello/umbrello/autolayout/autolayoutdlg.cpp index 7df110fb..e47911e6 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/autolayout/autolayoutdlg.cpp +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/autolayout/autolayoutdlg.cpp @@ -20,8 +20,8 @@ #include <kdebug.h> -AutolayoutDlg::AutolayoutDlg(KConfig* c,UMLView* v,TQWidget *tqparent, const char *name) - :MyDialog1(tqparent, name) +AutolayoutDlg::AutolayoutDlg(KConfig* c,UMLView* v,TQWidget *parent, const char *name) + :MyDialog1(parent, name) { view=v; readConfig(c); diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/autolayout/autolayoutdlg.h b/umbrello/umbrello/autolayout/autolayoutdlg.h index ece6fc5f..f2614d03 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/autolayout/autolayoutdlg.h +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/autolayout/autolayoutdlg.h @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ class AutolayoutDlg : public MyDialog1 Q_OBJECT TQ_OBJECT public: - AutolayoutDlg(KConfig* c,UMLView* v, TQWidget *tqparent = 0, const char *name = 0); + AutolayoutDlg(KConfig* c,UMLView* v, TQWidget *parent = 0, const char *name = 0); public slots: virtual void slotSetAssociationWeight(int i); virtual void slotSetDependenciesWeight(int i); diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/boxwidget.h b/umbrello/umbrello/boxwidget.h index 02e56eb8..13f7e480 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/boxwidget.h +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/boxwidget.h @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ public: /** * Constructs a BoxWidget. * - * @param view The tqparent to this widget. + * @param view The parent to this widget. * @param id The ID to assign (-1 will prompt a new ID.) */ explicit BoxWidget(UMLView * view, Uml::IDType id = Uml::id_None); @@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ public: /** * Saves the widget to the "boxwidget" XMI element. - * Note: For loading from XMI, the inherited tqparent method is used. + * Note: For loading from XMI, the inherited parent method is used. */ void saveToXMI(TQDomDocument& qDoc, TQDomElement& qElement); }; diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/classifier.cpp b/umbrello/umbrello/classifier.cpp index 167bf674..4b8e0bc0 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/classifier.cpp +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/classifier.cpp @@ -571,7 +571,7 @@ UMLAttribute* UMLClassifier::addAttribute(const TQString &name, UMLObject *type, bool UMLClassifier::addAttribute(UMLAttribute* att, IDChangeLog* Log /* = 0 */, int position /* = -1 */) { if (findChildObject(att->getName()) == NULL) { - att->tqparent()->removeChild( att ); + att->parent()->removeChild( att ); this->insertChild( att ); if (position >= 0 && position < (int)m_List.count()) m_List.insert(position, att); @@ -636,10 +636,10 @@ UMLOperationList UMLClassifier::getOpList(bool includeInherited) { for (UMLClassifierListIt pit(parents); (c = pit.current()) != NULL; ++pit) { if (c == this) { kError() << "UMLClassifier::getOpList: class " << c->getName() - << " is tqparent of itself ?!?" << endl; + << " is parent of itself ?!?" << endl; continue; } - // get operations for each tqparent by recursive call + // get operations for each parent by recursive call UMLOperationList pops = c->getOpList(true); // add these operations to operation list, but only if unique. for (UMLOperation *po = pops.first(); po; po = pops.next()) { @@ -684,7 +684,7 @@ UMLTemplate* UMLClassifier::addTemplate(const TQString &name, Uml::IDType id) { bool UMLClassifier::addTemplate(UMLTemplate* newTemplate, IDChangeLog* log /* = 0*/) { TQString name = newTemplate->getName(); if (findChildObject(name) == NULL) { - newTemplate->tqparent()->removeChild(newTemplate); + newTemplate->parent()->removeChild(newTemplate); this->insertChild(newTemplate); m_List.append(newTemplate); emit templateAdded(newTemplate); @@ -702,7 +702,7 @@ bool UMLClassifier::addTemplate(UMLTemplate* Template, int position) { TQString name = Template->getName(); if (findChildObject(name) == NULL) { - Template->tqparent()->removeChild(Template); + Template->parent()->removeChild(Template); this->insertChild(Template); if( position >= 0 && position <= (int)m_List.count() ) m_List.insert(position,Template); diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/classifier.h b/umbrello/umbrello/classifier.h index 56dde52c..495f4812 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/classifier.h +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/classifier.h @@ -152,7 +152,7 @@ public: * no new method is created and the existing operation is returned. * If no name is provided, or if the params are NULL, an Operation * Dialog is shown to ask the user for a name and parameters. - * The operation's signature is checked for validity within the tqparent + * The operation's signature is checked for validity within the parent * classifier. * * @param name The operation name (will be chosen internally if @@ -325,7 +325,7 @@ public: /** * Needs to be called after all UML objects are loaded from file. - * Calls the tqparent resolveRef(), and calls resolveRef() on all + * Calls the parent resolveRef(), and calls resolveRef() on all * UMLClassifierListItems. * Overrides the method from UMLObject. * diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/classifiercodedocument.cpp b/umbrello/umbrello/classifiercodedocument.cpp index d5335a34..29e4bd88 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/classifiercodedocument.cpp +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/classifiercodedocument.cpp @@ -38,9 +38,9 @@ // Constructors/Destructors // -ClassifierCodeDocument::ClassifierCodeDocument ( UMLClassifier * tqparent ) +ClassifierCodeDocument::ClassifierCodeDocument ( UMLClassifier * parent ) { - init (tqparent); + init (parent); } ClassifierCodeDocument::~ClassifierCodeDocument ( ) @@ -344,7 +344,7 @@ void ClassifierCodeDocument::addCodeClassFieldMethods(CodeClassFieldList &list ) // add declaration blocks for the passed classfields void ClassifierCodeDocument::declareClassFields (CodeClassFieldList & list , - CodeGenObjectWithTextBlocks * tqparent ) + CodeGenObjectWithTextBlocks * parent ) { for (CodeClassFieldListIt ccflit(list); ccflit.current(); ++ccflit) @@ -356,18 +356,18 @@ void ClassifierCodeDocument::declareClassFields (CodeClassFieldList & list , // if it has a tag, check if(!declBlock->getTag().isEmpty()) { - // In C++, because we may shift the declaration to a different tqparent + // In C++, because we may shift the declaration to a different parent // block for a change in scope, we need to track down any pre-existing - // location, and remove FIRST before adding to new tqparent + // location, and remove FIRST before adding to new parent CodeGenObjectWithTextBlocks * oldParent = findParentObjectForTaggedTextBlock (declBlock->getTag()); if(oldParent) { - if(oldParent != tqparent) + if(oldParent != parent) oldParent->removeTextBlock(declBlock); } } */ - tqparent->addTextBlock(declBlock); // wont add it IF its already present. Will give it a tag if missing + parent->addTextBlock(declBlock); // wont add it IF its already present. Will give it a tag if missing } } @@ -573,8 +573,8 @@ void ClassifierCodeDocument::addAssociationClassField (UMLAssociation * a, bool void ClassifierCodeDocument::setAttributesFromNode ( TQDomElement & elem ) { - // NOTE: we DON'T set the tqparent here as we ONLY get to this point - // IF the tqparent codegenerator could find a matching tqparent classifier + // NOTE: we DON'T set the parent here as we ONLY get to this point + // IF the parent codegenerator could find a matching parent classifier // that already has a code document. // We FIRST set code class field stuff..check re-linnking with @@ -599,7 +599,7 @@ void ClassifierCodeDocument::setAttributesFromNode ( TQDomElement & elem ) } // look at all classfields currently in document.. match up -// by tqparent object ID and Role ID (needed for self-association CF's) +// by parent object ID and Role ID (needed for self-association CF's) CodeClassField * ClassifierCodeDocument::findCodeClassFieldFromParentID (Uml::IDType id, int role_id) @@ -619,7 +619,7 @@ ClassifierCodeDocument::findCodeClassFieldFromParentID (Uml::IDType id, } // shouldn't happen.. - kError() << "Failed to find codeclassfield for tqparent uml id:" + kError() << "Failed to find codeclassfield for parent uml id:" << ID2STR(id) << " (role id:" << role_id << ") Do you have a corrupt classifier code document?" << endl; @@ -640,7 +640,7 @@ void ClassifierCodeDocument::loadClassFieldsFromXMI( TQDomElement & elem) { CodeClassField * cf = findCodeClassFieldFromParentID(STR2ID(id), role_id); if(cf) { - // Because we just may change the tqparent object here, + // Because we just may change the parent object here, // we need to yank it from the map of umlobjects m_classFieldMap.remove(cf->getParentObject()); diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/classifiercodedocument.h b/umbrello/umbrello/classifiercodedocument.h index 33aed6ad..dfdb4438 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/classifiercodedocument.h +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/classifiercodedocument.h @@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ public: /** * Empty Constructor */ - ClassifierCodeDocument ( UMLClassifier * tqparent ); + ClassifierCodeDocument ( UMLClassifier * parent ); /** * Empty Destructor @@ -79,12 +79,12 @@ public: // some Utility methods /** - * Return if the tqparent classifier is an interface + * Return if the parent classifier is an interface */ bool parentIsInterface(); /** - * Return if the tqparent classifier is a class + * Return if the parent classifier is a class */ bool parentIsClass(); @@ -133,11 +133,11 @@ public: */ CodeClassFieldList getSpecificClassFields (CodeClassField::ClassFieldType cfType, bool isStatic, Uml::Visibility visibility); - /** Using the tqparent object's UML ID, find the corresponding + /** Using the parent object's UML ID, find the corresponding * codeclassfield object in this classifiercodedocument. Returns * NULL if no such codeclassfield object exists in this document. * - * @param id ID of the tqparent object + * @param id ID of the parent object * @param role_id 0 for role A of the asssociation * 1 for role B of the asssociation * -1 if this is an attribute. @@ -198,11 +198,11 @@ protected: TextBlock * findCodeClassFieldTextBlockByTag (const TQString &tag); // add the declaration text blocks for various classfields - void declareClassFields (CodeClassFieldList & list , CodeGenObjectWithTextBlocks * tqparent); + void declareClassFields (CodeClassFieldList & list , CodeGenObjectWithTextBlocks * parent); virtual void updateContent( ) = 0; - // force syncronization of child classfields to their tqparent objects + // force syncronization of child classfields to their parent objects void syncClassFields( ); // IF the classifier object is modified, this will get called. @@ -219,7 +219,7 @@ private: // based on UMLRoles (e.g. derived from associations with other classifiers). void updateAssociationClassFields ( UMLAssociationList &assocList ); - // update code operations in this document using the tqparent classifier + // update code operations in this document using the parent classifier void updateOperations( ); /** @@ -237,7 +237,7 @@ private: public slots: /** - * Synchronize this document to the attributes/associations of the tqparent classifier. + * Synchronize this document to the attributes/associations of the parent classifier. */ void addAttributeClassField(UMLClassifierListItem *at, bool syncToParentIfAdded = true); void addAssociationClassField (UMLAssociation * assoc, bool syncToParentIfAdded = true); diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/classifierlistitem.cpp b/umbrello/umbrello/classifierlistitem.cpp index 0e3fc206..60e5b7bf 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/classifierlistitem.cpp +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/classifierlistitem.cpp @@ -23,18 +23,18 @@ #include "model_utils.h" #include "object_factory.h" -UMLClassifierListItem::UMLClassifierListItem(const UMLObject *tqparent, +UMLClassifierListItem::UMLClassifierListItem(const UMLObject *parent, const TQString& name, Uml::IDType id) - : UMLObject(tqparent, name, id) { - UMLObject *parentObj = const_cast<UMLObject*>(tqparent); + : UMLObject(parent, name, id) { + UMLObject *parentObj = const_cast<UMLObject*>(parent); UMLClassifier *pc = dynamic_cast<UMLClassifier*>(parentObj); if (pc) UMLObject::setUMLPackage(pc); } -UMLClassifierListItem::UMLClassifierListItem(const UMLObject *tqparent) - : UMLObject(tqparent) { - UMLObject *parentObj = const_cast<UMLObject*>(tqparent); +UMLClassifierListItem::UMLClassifierListItem(const UMLObject *parent) + : UMLObject(parent) { + UMLObject *parentObj = const_cast<UMLObject*>(parent); UMLClassifier *pc = dynamic_cast<UMLClassifier*>(parentObj); if (pc) UMLObject::setUMLPackage(pc); @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ UMLClassifierListItem::~UMLClassifierListItem() { void UMLClassifierListItem::copyInto(UMLClassifierListItem *rhs) const { - // Call the tqparent. + // Call the parent. UMLObject::copyInto(rhs); } diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/classifierlistitem.h b/umbrello/umbrello/classifierlistitem.h index aba5dd86..c7333150 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/classifierlistitem.h +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/classifierlistitem.h @@ -35,30 +35,30 @@ public: /** * Constructor. Empty. * - * @param tqparent The tqparent to this operation. + * @param parent The parent to this operation. * At first sight it would appear that the type of the - * tqparent should be UMLClassifier. However, the class + * parent should be UMLClassifier. However, the class * UMLAttribute is also used for the parameters of * operations, and in this case the UMLOperation is the - * tqparent. + * parent. * @param name The name of the operation. * @param id The id of the operation. */ - UMLClassifierListItem(const UMLObject *tqparent, + UMLClassifierListItem(const UMLObject *parent, const TQString& name, Uml::IDType id = Uml::id_None); /** * Constructor. Empty. * - * @param tqparent The tqparent to this operation. + * @param parent The parent to this operation. * At first sight it would appear that the type of the - * tqparent should be UMLClassifier. However, the class + * parent should be UMLClassifier. However, the class * UMLAttribute is also used for the parameters of * operations, and in this case the UMLOperation is the - * tqparent. + * parent. */ - UMLClassifierListItem(const UMLObject *tqparent); + UMLClassifierListItem(const UMLObject *parent); /** * Destructor. Empty. @@ -105,10 +105,10 @@ public: /** * Display the properties configuration dialog for the list item. * - * @param tqparent The tqparent widget. + * @param parent The parent widget. * @return True for success of this operation. */ - virtual bool showPropertiesDialog(TQWidget* tqparent) = 0; + virtual bool showPropertiesDialog(TQWidget* parent) = 0; /** * Copy the internal presentation of this object into the new diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/classifierwidget.h b/umbrello/umbrello/classifierwidget.h index 4fa1041d..b92b774f 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/classifierwidget.h +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/classifierwidget.h @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ public: /** * Constructs a ClassifierWidget. * - * @param view The tqparent of this ClassifierWidget. + * @param view The parent of this ClassifierWidget. * @param o The UMLObject to represent. */ ClassifierWidget(UMLView * view, UMLClassifier * o); diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/clipboard/umlclipboard.cpp b/umbrello/umbrello/clipboard/umlclipboard.cpp index ec5b6c84..d654e083 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/clipboard/umlclipboard.cpp +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/clipboard/umlclipboard.cpp @@ -290,14 +290,14 @@ bool UMLClipboard::insertItemChildren(UMLListViewItem * Item, UMLListViewItemLis return true; } -bool UMLClipboard::pasteChildren(UMLListViewItem *tqparent, IDChangeLog *chgLog) { - if (!tqparent) { - kWarning() << "Paste Children Error, tqparent missing" << endl; +bool UMLClipboard::pasteChildren(UMLListViewItem *parent, IDChangeLog *chgLog) { + if (!parent) { + kWarning() << "Paste Children Error, parent missing" << endl; return false; } UMLDoc *doc = UMLApp::app()->getDocument(); UMLListView *listView = UMLApp::app()->getListView(); - UMLListViewItem *childItem = static_cast<UMLListViewItem*>(tqparent->firstChild()); + UMLListViewItem *childItem = static_cast<UMLListViewItem*>(parent->firstChild()); while (childItem) { Uml::IDType oldID = childItem->getID(); Uml::IDType newID = chgLog->findNewID(oldID); @@ -571,9 +571,9 @@ bool UMLClipboard::pasteClip5(TQMimeSource* data) { (lvitem->getType() != Uml::lvt_Class && lvitem->getType() != Uml::lvt_Interface)) { return false; } - UMLClassifier *tqparent = dynamic_cast<UMLClassifier *>(lvitem->getUMLObject()); - if (tqparent == NULL) { - kError() << "UMLClipboard::pasteClip5: tqparent is not a UMLClassifier" + UMLClassifier *parent = dynamic_cast<UMLClassifier *>(lvitem->getUMLObject()); + if (parent == NULL) { + kError() << "UMLClipboard::pasteClip5: parent is not a UMLClassifier" << endl; return false; } @@ -581,7 +581,7 @@ bool UMLClipboard::pasteClip5(TQMimeSource* data) { UMLObjectList objects; objects.setAutoDelete(false); IDChangeLog* idchanges = 0; - bool result = UMLDrag::decodeClip5(data, objects, tqparent); + bool result = UMLDrag::decodeClip5(data, objects, parent); if(!result) { return false; @@ -599,16 +599,16 @@ bool UMLClipboard::pasteClip5(TQMimeSource* data) { switch(obj->getBaseType()) { case Uml::ot_Attribute : { - UMLObject *exist = tqparent->findChildObject(obj->getName(), Uml::ot_Attribute); + UMLObject *exist = parent->findChildObject(obj->getName(), Uml::ot_Attribute); if (exist) { - TQString newName = tqparent->uniqChildName(Uml::ot_Attribute, obj->getName()); + TQString newName = parent->uniqChildName(Uml::ot_Attribute, obj->getName()); obj->setName(newName); } UMLAttribute *att = static_cast<UMLAttribute*>(obj); - if (tqparent->addAttribute(att, idchanges)) { + if (parent->addAttribute(att, idchanges)) { result = true; } else { - kError() << "UMLClipboard::pasteClip5: " << tqparent->getName() + kError() << "UMLClipboard::pasteClip5: " << parent->getName() << "->addAttribute(" << att->getName() << ") failed" << endl; } break; @@ -616,15 +616,15 @@ bool UMLClipboard::pasteClip5(TQMimeSource* data) { case Uml::ot_Operation : { UMLOperation *op = static_cast<UMLOperation*>(obj); - UMLOperation *exist = tqparent->checkOperationSignature(op->getName(), op->getParmList()); + UMLOperation *exist = parent->checkOperationSignature(op->getName(), op->getParmList()); if (exist) { - TQString newName = tqparent->uniqChildName(Uml::ot_Operation, obj->getName()); + TQString newName = parent->uniqChildName(Uml::ot_Operation, obj->getName()); op->setName(newName); } - if (tqparent->addOperation(op, idchanges)) { + if (parent->addOperation(op, idchanges)) { result = true; } else { - kError() << "UMLClipboard::pasteClip5: " << tqparent->getName() + kError() << "UMLClipboard::pasteClip5: " << parent->getName() << "->addOperation(" << op->getName() << ") failed" << endl; } break; diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/clipboard/umlclipboard.h b/umbrello/umbrello/clipboard/umlclipboard.h index b7a42e2e..b0607ef2 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/clipboard/umlclipboard.h +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/clipboard/umlclipboard.h @@ -183,7 +183,7 @@ private: /** * Pastes the tqchildren of a UMLListViewItem (The Parent) */ - bool pasteChildren(UMLListViewItem* tqparent, IDChangeLog *chgLog); + bool pasteChildren(UMLListViewItem* parent, IDChangeLog *chgLog); /** * Gives a `sorry' message box if you're pasting an item which diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/clipboard/umldrag.cpp b/umbrello/umbrello/clipboard/umldrag.cpp index 6fb0be93..543a4b39 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/clipboard/umldrag.cpp +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/clipboard/umldrag.cpp @@ -439,12 +439,12 @@ bool UMLDrag::decodeClip2(const TQMimeSource* mimeSource, UMLObjectList& objects while ( !diagramElement.isNull() ) { TQString type = diagramElement.attribute("type", "0"); Uml::Diagram_Type dt = (Uml::Diagram_Type)type.toInt(); - UMLListViewItem *tqparent = listView->findFolderForDiagram(dt); - if (tqparent == NULL) + UMLListViewItem *parent = listView->findFolderForDiagram(dt); + if (parent == NULL) return false; - UMLObject *po = tqparent->getUMLObject(); + UMLObject *po = parent->getUMLObject(); if (po == NULL || po->getBaseType() != Uml::ot_Folder) { - kError() << "UMLDrag::decodeClip2: bad tqparent for view" << endl; + kError() << "UMLDrag::decodeClip2: bad parent for view" << endl; return false; } UMLFolder *f = static_cast<UMLFolder*>(po); @@ -584,8 +584,8 @@ bool UMLDrag::decodeClip3(const TQMimeSource* mimeSource, UMLListViewItemList& u continue; } Uml::ListView_Type t = (Uml::ListView_Type)(type.toInt()); - UMLListViewItem* tqparent = parentListView->determineParentItem(t); - UMLListViewItem* itemData = new UMLListViewItem(tqparent); + UMLListViewItem* parent = parentListView->determineParentItem(t); + UMLListViewItem* itemData = new UMLListViewItem(parent); if ( itemData->loadFromXMI(listItemElement) ) umlListViewItems.append(itemData); else diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/codeaccessormethod.cpp b/umbrello/umbrello/codeaccessormethod.cpp index 938aa88f..e7890865 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/codeaccessormethod.cpp +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/codeaccessormethod.cpp @@ -59,8 +59,8 @@ bool CodeAccessorMethod::parentIsAttribute( ) { } /** - * Utility method to get the value of the tqparent object of the tqparent classifield. - * @return the value of the tqparent of the tqparent classfield + * Utility method to get the value of the parent object of the parent classifield. + * @return the value of the parent of the parent classfield */ /* UMLObject * CodeAccessorMethod::getParentObject ( ) { @@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ void CodeAccessorMethod::release () { // do nothing } -// ok, a method so the tqparent can force it to release +// ok, a method so the parent can force it to release void CodeAccessorMethod::forceRelease () { if(m_parentclassfield) m_parentclassfield->disconnect(this); @@ -142,8 +142,8 @@ void CodeAccessorMethod::setAttributesFromNode ( TQDomElement & root) { /* // I don't believe this is needed for a load from XMI. We never delete - // accessor methods from the tqparent classfield.. they are essentially - // in composition with the tqparent class and are arent meant to be out + // accessor methods from the parent classfield.. they are essentially + // in composition with the parent class and are arent meant to be out // on their own. Well, this is fine for now, but IF we start allowing // clipping and pasting of these methods between classes/ classfields // then we may have problems (ugh.. I cant imagine allowing this, but @@ -158,7 +158,7 @@ void CodeAccessorMethod::setAttributesFromNode ( TQDomElement & root) { if(newCF) initFields(newCF); else - kError()<<"ERROR: code accessor method cant load tqparent codeclassfield, corrupt file?"<<endl; + kError()<<"ERROR: code accessor method cant load parent codeclassfield, corrupt file?"<<endl; */ // now load/set other local attributes diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/codeaccessormethod.h b/umbrello/umbrello/codeaccessormethod.h index 14289e74..2e8457a2 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/codeaccessormethod.h +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/codeaccessormethod.h @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ public: */ void setType ( AccessorType type); - /** Utility method to get the value of the tqparent object of the tqparent classifield. + /** Utility method to get the value of the parent object of the parent classifield. */ // virtual UMLObject * getParentObject(); @@ -104,7 +104,7 @@ protected: virtual void updateContent() = 0; - // a method so the tqparent code classfield can force code block to release + // a method so the parent code classfield can force code block to release void forceRelease (); private: diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/codeblock.h b/umbrello/umbrello/codeblock.h index 49ad0fe1..b6ec86dd 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/codeblock.h +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/codeblock.h @@ -44,8 +44,8 @@ public: /** constructor with TQString so we can create & populate it in * one step. */ - explicit CodeBlock ( CodeDocument * tqparent, const TQString & body = ""); - explicit CodeBlock ( HierarchicalCodeBlock * tqparent, const TQString & body = "" ); + explicit CodeBlock ( CodeDocument * parent, const TQString & body = ""); + explicit CodeBlock ( HierarchicalCodeBlock * parent, const TQString & body = "" ); /** * Empty Destructor diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/codeblockwithcomments.cpp b/umbrello/umbrello/codeblockwithcomments.cpp index b4a92825..07709cf8 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/codeblockwithcomments.cpp +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/codeblockwithcomments.cpp @@ -34,10 +34,10 @@ CodeBlockWithComments::CodeBlockWithComments ( HierarchicalCodeBlock * hb, const initFields(hb->getParentDocument(), comment); } -CodeBlockWithComments::CodeBlockWithComments ( CodeDocument * tqparent , const TQString & body, const TQString & comment) - : CodeBlock (tqparent, body) +CodeBlockWithComments::CodeBlockWithComments ( CodeDocument * parent , const TQString & body, const TQString & comment) + : CodeBlock (parent, body) { - initFields(tqparent, comment); + initFields(parent, comment); } CodeBlockWithComments::~CodeBlockWithComments ( ) { } @@ -171,9 +171,9 @@ void CodeBlockWithComments::setOverallIndentationLevel ( int level ) m_comment->setIndentationLevel(level); } -void CodeBlockWithComments::initFields(CodeDocument *tqparent, const TQString& comment) +void CodeBlockWithComments::initFields(CodeDocument *parent, const TQString& comment) { - CodeComment * codecomment = CodeGenFactory::newCodeComment(tqparent); + CodeComment * codecomment = CodeGenFactory::newCodeComment(parent); codecomment->setText(comment); m_comment = codecomment; } diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/codeblockwithcomments.h b/umbrello/umbrello/codeblockwithcomments.h index ee7b88eb..3b5d3f66 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/codeblockwithcomments.h +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/codeblockwithcomments.h @@ -101,7 +101,7 @@ private: CodeComment * m_comment; - void initFields(CodeDocument *tqparent, const TQString& comment); + void initFields(CodeDocument *parent, const TQString& comment); }; diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/codeclassfield.cpp b/umbrello/umbrello/codeclassfield.cpp index 0ed3a1f4..60e97c77 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/codeclassfield.cpp +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/codeclassfield.cpp @@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ CodeClassField::CodeClassField ( ClassifierCodeDocument * doc , UMLAttribute * a CodeClassField::~CodeClassField ( ) { - // remove methods from tqparent document + // remove methods from parent document CodeAccessorMethodList list = m_methodVector; for(CodeAccessorMethod * m = list.first(); m ; m=list.next()) { @@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ CodeClassField::~CodeClassField ( ) { } list.clear(); - // clear the decl block from tqparent text block list too + // clear the decl block from parent text block list too if(m_declCodeBlock) { getParentDocument()->removeTextBlock(m_declCodeBlock); @@ -270,10 +270,10 @@ void CodeClassField::setAttributesFromNode ( TQDomElement & root) { // always disconnect getParentObject()->disconnect(this); - // superclass call.. may reset the tqparent object + // superclass call.. may reset the parent object CodeParameter::setAttributesFromNode(root); - // make AFTER super-class call. This will reconnect to the tqparent + // make AFTER super-class call. This will reconnect to the parent // and re-check we have all needed child accessor methods and decl blocks initFields( ); @@ -301,7 +301,7 @@ void CodeClassField::setAttributesFromNode ( TQDomElement & root) { } else if( tag == "header" ) { - // this is treated in tqparent.. skip over here + // this is treated in parent.. skip over here } else kWarning()<<"ERROR: bad savefile? code classfield loadFromXMI got child element with unknown tag:"<<tag<<" ignoring node."<<endl; @@ -482,7 +482,7 @@ void CodeClassField::updateContent() { // Set properties for writing out the various methods derived from UMLRoles. - // I suppose this could be supported under individual accessor method synctotqparent + // I suppose this could be supported under individual accessor method synctoparent // calls, but its going to happen again and again for many languages. Why not a catch // all here? -b.t. if (parentIsAttribute()) @@ -569,7 +569,7 @@ void CodeClassField::updateContent() } } -// determine whether the tqparent object in this classfield indicates that it is +// determine whether the parent object in this classfield indicates that it is // a single variable or a List (Vector). One day this will be done correctly with special // multiplicity object that we don't have to figure out what it means via regex. bool CodeClassField::fieldIsSingleValue ( ) diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/codeclassfield.h b/umbrello/umbrello/codeclassfield.h index a1674318..bbc3c8d6 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/codeclassfield.h +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/codeclassfield.h @@ -103,7 +103,7 @@ public: */ CodeAccessorMethod * findMethodByType(CodeAccessorMethod::AccessorType type, int role_id = -1); - /** Determine whether the tqparent object in this classfield indicates that it is + /** Determine whether the parent object in this classfield indicates that it is * a single variable or a List (Vector). One day this will be done correctly with special * multiplicity object. */ @@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ public: */ ClassFieldType getClassFieldType(); - // quick utility call to figure out if tqparent is an attribute or not + // quick utility call to figure out if parent is an attribute or not bool parentIsAttribute ( ); // get the type of object that will be added/removed from lists @@ -164,7 +164,7 @@ public: protected: - /** Set the tqparent UMLobject appropriately. + /** Set the parent UMLobject appropriately. */ void setParentUMLObject (UMLObject * obj); diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/codeclassfielddeclarationblock.cpp b/umbrello/umbrello/codeclassfielddeclarationblock.cpp index 7c4f5af6..ba7c6878 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/codeclassfielddeclarationblock.cpp +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/codeclassfielddeclarationblock.cpp @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ CodeClassField * CodeClassFieldDeclarationBlock::getParentClassField ( ) { return m_parentclassfield; } -/** Get the tqparent object of the parentCodeClassfield +/** Get the parent object of the parentCodeClassfield */ UMLObject * CodeClassFieldDeclarationBlock::getParentObject ( ) { return m_parentclassfield->getParentObject(); @@ -143,10 +143,10 @@ void CodeClassFieldDeclarationBlock::syncToParent () { // the name of the role is not defined. if(!(getParentClassField()->parentIsAttribute())) { - UMLRole * tqparent = dynamic_cast<UMLRole*>(getParentObject()); - if (tqparent == NULL) + UMLRole * parent = dynamic_cast<UMLRole*>(getParentObject()); + if (parent == NULL) return; - if(tqparent->getName().isEmpty()) + if(parent->getName().isEmpty()) { getComment()->setWriteOutText(false); setWriteOutText(false); diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/codeclassfielddeclarationblock.h b/umbrello/umbrello/codeclassfielddeclarationblock.h index add38fa8..3233c8f7 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/codeclassfielddeclarationblock.h +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/codeclassfielddeclarationblock.h @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ class CodeClassField; * class CodeClassFieldDeclarationBlock * Used to declare classifier fields (e.g. either class attributes or classifier * associations) in the code document for any given code classfield. This is a - * special CodeBlockWithComments which is "sync'd" to the tqparent CodeClassField. + * special CodeBlockWithComments which is "sync'd" to the parent CodeClassField. */ class CodeClassFieldDeclarationBlock : public CodeBlockWithComments, public OwnedCodeBlock @@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ public: /** * Constructor */ - CodeClassFieldDeclarationBlock (CodeClassField * tqparent); + CodeClassFieldDeclarationBlock (CodeClassField * parent); /** * Empty Destructor @@ -57,11 +57,11 @@ public: */ CodeClassField * getParentClassField ( ); - /** A Utility method to get the tqparent object of the parentCodeClassfield + /** A Utility method to get the parent object of the parentCodeClassfield */ UMLObject * getParentObject ( ); - // get the tqparent document + // get the parent document CodeDocument * getParentDocument ( ); /** @@ -96,13 +96,13 @@ protected: */ virtual void updateContent() = 0; - // so tqparent can actually release this block + // so parent can actually release this block void forceRelease (); private: CodeClassField * m_parentclassfield; - void init(CodeClassField * tqparent); + void init(CodeClassField * parent); public slots: diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/codecomment.cpp b/umbrello/umbrello/codecomment.cpp index b172c3c2..78873e3d 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/codecomment.cpp +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/codecomment.cpp @@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ void CodeComment::saveToXMI ( TQDomDocument & doc, TQDomElement & root ) { kDebug() << "CodeComment::saveToXMI is called!" << endl; TQDomElement blockElement = doc.createElement( "codecomment" ); setAttributesOnNode(doc, blockElement); // as we added no additional fields to this class we may - // just use tqparent TextBlock method + // just use parent TextBlock method root.appendChild( blockElement ); } diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/codedocument.cpp b/umbrello/umbrello/codedocument.cpp index 6fea4367..cb571b6b 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/codedocument.cpp +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/codedocument.cpp @@ -364,7 +364,7 @@ void CodeDocument::setAttributesOnNode ( TQDomDocument & doc, TQDomElement & doc docElement.appendChild( commElement); // doc codePolicy? - // FIX: store ONLY if different from the tqparent generator + // FIX: store ONLY if different from the parent generator // policy.. something which is not possible right now. -b.t. } diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerationpolicy.h b/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerationpolicy.h index 1876fced..50dfd998 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerationpolicy.h +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerationpolicy.h @@ -290,7 +290,7 @@ public: * Create a new dialog interface for this object. * @return dialog object */ - virtual CodeGenerationPolicyPage * createPage ( TQWidget *tqparent = 0, const char * name = 0); + virtual CodeGenerationPolicyPage * createPage ( TQWidget *parent = 0, const char * name = 0); /** * Gets the heading file (as a string) to be inserted at the diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerator.cpp b/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerator.cpp index 87c518a2..44a65c62 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerator.cpp +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerator.cpp @@ -166,10 +166,10 @@ CodeDocumentList * CodeGenerator::getCodeDocumentList ( ) { } // the vanilla version -CodeViewerDialog * CodeGenerator::getCodeViewerDialog ( TQWidget* tqparent, CodeDocument *doc, +CodeViewerDialog * CodeGenerator::getCodeViewerDialog ( TQWidget* parent, CodeDocument *doc, Settings::CodeViewerState state) { - return new CodeViewerDialog(tqparent, doc, state); + return new CodeViewerDialog(parent, doc, state); } // Other methods @@ -227,7 +227,7 @@ void CodeGenerator::saveToXMI ( TQDomDocument & doc, TQDomElement & root ) { } /** - * Initialize this code generator from its tqparent UMLDoc. When this is called, it will + * Initialize this code generator from its parent UMLDoc. When this is called, it will * (re-)generate the list of code documents for this project (generator) by checking * for new objects/attributes which have been added or changed in the documnet. One or more * CodeDocuments will be created/overwritten/amended as is appropriate for the given language. @@ -261,7 +261,7 @@ void CodeGenerator::initFromParentDocument( ) { } /** - * Force a synchronize of this code generator, and its present contents, to that of the tqparent UMLDocument. + * Force a synchronize of this code generator, and its present contents, to that of the parent UMLDocument. * "UserGenerated" code will be preserved, but Autogenerated contents will be updated/replaced * or removed as is apppropriate. */ diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerator.h b/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerator.h index eedec15d..e7e2c24d 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerator.h +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerator.h @@ -281,7 +281,7 @@ public: /** Get the editing dialog for this code document */ - virtual CodeViewerDialog * getCodeViewerDialog( TQWidget* tqparent, CodeDocument * doc, + virtual CodeViewerDialog * getCodeViewerDialog( TQWidget* parent, CodeDocument * doc, Settings::CodeViewerState state); /** @@ -304,7 +304,7 @@ public: virtual void createDefaultStereotypes (); /** - * Initialize this code generator from its tqparent UMLDoc. When this is called, + * Initialize this code generator from its parent UMLDoc. When this is called, * it will (re-)generate the list of code documents for this project (generator) * by checking for new objects/attributes which have been added or changed in the * document. One or more CodeDocuments will be created/overwritten/amended as is @@ -394,7 +394,7 @@ public slots: virtual void checkRemoveUMLObject (UMLObject * obj); /** - * Force a synchronize of this code generator, and its present contents, to that of the tqparent UMLDocument. + * Force a synchronize of this code generator, and its present contents, to that of the parent UMLDocument. * "UserGenerated" code will be preserved, but Autogenerated contents will be updated/replaced * or removed as is apppropriate. */ diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/adawriter.cpp b/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/adawriter.cpp index 6dc6e4e7..ec2bf59a 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/adawriter.cpp +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/adawriter.cpp @@ -298,8 +298,8 @@ void AdaWriter::writeClass(UMLClassifier *c) { ada << "tagged "; } else { // FIXME: Multiple inheritance is not yet supported - UMLClassifier* tqparent = superclasses.first(); - ada << "new " << className(tqparent, false) << " with "; + UMLClassifier* parent = superclasses.first(); + ada << "new " << className(parent, false) << " with "; } ada << "private;" << m_endl << m_endl; ada << getIndent() << "type " << name << "_Ptr is access all " << name << "'Class;" << m_endl << m_endl; @@ -363,8 +363,8 @@ void AdaWriter::writeClass(UMLClassifier *c) { ada << "tagged "; } else { // FIXME: Multiple inheritance is not yet supported - UMLClassifier* tqparent = superclasses.first(); - ada << "new " << className(tqparent, false) << " with "; + UMLClassifier* parent = superclasses.first(); + ada << "new " << className(parent, false) << " with "; } ada << "record" << m_endl; m_indentLevel++; diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/codegenfactory.h b/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/codegenfactory.h index 0930f43d..27a0f293 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/codegenfactory.h +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/codegenfactory.h @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ namespace CodeGenFactory { * Create a CodeOperation belonging to the given ClassifierCodeDocument. * Only applies to the advanced generators. * - * @param cd the tqparent ClassifierCodeDocument. + * @param cd the parent ClassifierCodeDocument. * @param op the related UMLOperation * @return CodeOperation which is specific to the current language */ @@ -57,8 +57,8 @@ namespace CodeGenFactory { * ClassifierCodeDocument. * Only applies to the advanced generators. * - * @param cd the tqparent ClassifierCodeDocument - * @param at attribute which is tqparent of this class field + * @param cd the parent ClassifierCodeDocument + * @param at attribute which is parent of this class field * @return CodeClassField which is specific to the current language */ CodeClassField * newCodeClassField (ClassifierCodeDocument *cd, UMLAttribute * at); @@ -68,8 +68,8 @@ namespace CodeGenFactory { * ClassifierCodeDocument. * Only applies to the advanced generators. * - * @param cd the tqparent ClassifierCodeDocument - * @param role association role which is tqparent of this class field + * @param cd the parent ClassifierCodeDocument + * @param role association role which is parent of this class field * @return CodeClassField which is specific to the current language */ CodeClassField * newCodeClassField(ClassifierCodeDocument *cd, UMLRole *role); @@ -78,8 +78,8 @@ namespace CodeGenFactory { * Create a CodeAccessorMethod object belonging to the given ClassifierCodeDocument. * Only applies to the advanced generators. * - * @param cd the tqparent ClassifierCodeDocument - * @param cf CodeClassField which is tqparent of this object + * @param cd the parent ClassifierCodeDocument + * @param cf CodeClassField which is parent of this object * @param type CodeAccessorMethod::AccessorType to create * * @return CodeAccessorMethod which is specific to the current language @@ -93,8 +93,8 @@ namespace CodeGenFactory { * ClassifierCodeDocument. * Only applies to the advanced generators. * - * @param cd the tqparent ClassifierCodeDocument - * @param cf CodeClassField which is tqparent of this object + * @param cd the parent ClassifierCodeDocument + * @param cf CodeClassField which is parent of this object * * @return CodeClassFieldDeclarationBlock which is specific to the current language */ @@ -105,7 +105,7 @@ namespace CodeGenFactory { * Create a new CodeComment object belonging to the given CodeDocument. * Only applies to the advanced generators. * - * @param cd the tqparent CodeDocument + * @param cd the parent CodeDocument * @return CodeBlockWithComments */ CodeComment * newCodeComment (CodeDocument *cd); diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/codegenpolicyext.h b/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/codegenpolicyext.h index ea792388..29e358a1 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/codegenpolicyext.h +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/codegenpolicyext.h @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ public: * Create a new dialog interface for this object. * @return dialog object */ - virtual CodeGenerationPolicyPage * createPage(TQWidget *tqparent = 0, const char *name = 0) = 0; + virtual CodeGenerationPolicyPage * createPage(TQWidget *parent = 0, const char *name = 0) = 0; /** * set the defaults from a config file for this code generator from the passed KConfig pointer. diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/cppcodeclassfield.cpp b/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/cppcodeclassfield.cpp index bdba3604..4742cd6d 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/cppcodeclassfield.cpp +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/cppcodeclassfield.cpp @@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ TQString CPPCodeClassField::getInitialValue() { if (at) { return fixInitialStringDeclValue(at->getInitialValue(), getTypeName()); } else { - kError() << "CPPCodeClassField::getInitialValue: tqparent object is not a UMLAttribute" + kError() << "CPPCodeClassField::getInitialValue: parent object is not a UMLAttribute" << endl; return ""; } diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/cppcodecomment.cpp b/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/cppcodecomment.cpp index dada5357..ecb100bd 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/cppcodecomment.cpp +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/cppcodecomment.cpp @@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ CPPCodeComment::~CPPCodeComment ( ) { } void CPPCodeComment::saveToXMI ( TQDomDocument & doc, TQDomElement & root ) { TQDomElement blockElement = doc.createElement( "cppcodecomment" ); setAttributesOnNode(doc, blockElement); // as we added no additional fields to this class we may - // just use tqparent TextBlock method + // just use parent TextBlock method root.appendChild( blockElement ); } diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/cppcodedocumentation.cpp b/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/cppcodedocumentation.cpp index c8e68f4c..ba303284 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/cppcodedocumentation.cpp +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/cppcodedocumentation.cpp @@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ CPPCodeDocumentation::~CPPCodeDocumentation ( ) { } void CPPCodeDocumentation::saveToXMI ( TQDomDocument & doc, TQDomElement & root ) { TQDomElement blockElement = doc.createElement( "cppcodedocumentation" ); setAttributesOnNode(doc, blockElement); // as we added no additional fields to this class we may - // just use tqparent TextBlock method + // just use parent TextBlock method root.appendChild( blockElement ); } diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/cppcodegenerationform.cpp b/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/cppcodegenerationform.cpp index 563a86ee..1051b6c6 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/cppcodegenerationform.cpp +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/cppcodegenerationform.cpp @@ -28,8 +28,8 @@ #include <kmessagebox.h> -CPPCodeGenerationForm::CPPCodeGenerationForm( TQWidget *tqparent, const char *name ) - : CPPCodeGenerationFormBase (tqparent,name) +CPPCodeGenerationForm::CPPCodeGenerationForm( TQWidget *parent, const char *name ) + : CPPCodeGenerationFormBase (parent,name) { init(); diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/cppcodegenerationform.h b/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/cppcodegenerationform.h index 7a98ef91..aebaa5d5 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/cppcodegenerationform.h +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/cppcodegenerationform.h @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ public: /** * std ctor */ - explicit CPPCodeGenerationForm (TQWidget *tqparent=0, const char *name=0); + explicit CPPCodeGenerationForm (TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0); /** * std dtor diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/cppcodegenerationpolicy.cpp b/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/cppcodegenerationpolicy.cpp index d14d92b9..8aec0351 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/cppcodegenerationpolicy.cpp +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/cppcodegenerationpolicy.cpp @@ -359,8 +359,8 @@ void CPPCodeGenerationPolicy::setDefaults( KConfig * config, bool emitUpdateSign * Create a new dialog interface for this object. * @return dialog object */ -CodeGenerationPolicyPage * CPPCodeGenerationPolicy::createPage ( TQWidget *tqparent, const char *name ) { - return new CPPCodeGenerationPolicyPage ( tqparent, name, this ); +CodeGenerationPolicyPage * CPPCodeGenerationPolicy::createPage ( TQWidget *parent, const char *name ) { + return new CPPCodeGenerationPolicyPage ( parent, name, this ); } void CPPCodeGenerationPolicy::init() { diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/cppcodegenerationpolicy.h b/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/cppcodegenerationpolicy.h index 949b451c..5788a2fe 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/cppcodegenerationpolicy.h +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/cppcodegenerationpolicy.h @@ -193,7 +193,7 @@ public: * Create a new dialog interface for this object. * @return dialog object */ - CodeGenerationPolicyPage * createPage ( TQWidget *tqparent = 0, const char * name = 0); + CodeGenerationPolicyPage * createPage ( TQWidget *parent = 0, const char * name = 0); protected: diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/cppcodegenerationpolicypage.cpp b/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/cppcodegenerationpolicypage.cpp index a008daab..60d37bac 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/cppcodegenerationpolicypage.cpp +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/cppcodegenerationpolicypage.cpp @@ -26,8 +26,8 @@ #include "cppcodegenerationformbase.h" #include "../uml.h" -CPPCodeGenerationPolicyPage::CPPCodeGenerationPolicyPage( TQWidget *tqparent, const char *name, CPPCodeGenerationPolicy * policy ) - : CodeGenerationPolicyPage(tqparent, name, policy) +CPPCodeGenerationPolicyPage::CPPCodeGenerationPolicyPage( TQWidget *parent, const char *name, CPPCodeGenerationPolicy * policy ) + : CodeGenerationPolicyPage(parent, name, policy) { CodeGenerationPolicy *common = UMLApp::app()->getCommonPolicy(); form = new CPPCodeGenerationForm(this); @@ -59,31 +59,31 @@ void CPPCodeGenerationPolicyPage::apply() CodeGenerationPolicy *common = UMLApp::app()->getCommonPolicy(); // now do our cpp-specific configs - CPPCodeGenerationPolicy * tqparent = (CPPCodeGenerationPolicy*) m_parentPolicy; + CPPCodeGenerationPolicy * parent = (CPPCodeGenerationPolicy*) m_parentPolicy; // block signals so that we don't generate too many sync signals for child code // documents - tqparent->blockSignals(true); + parent->blockSignals(true); common->setCommentStyle((CodeGenerationPolicy::CommentStyle ) form->m_SelectCommentStyle->currentItem()); common->setAutoGenerateConstructors(form->getGenerateEmptyConstructors()); - tqparent->setAutoGenerateAccessors(form->getGenerateAccessorMethods()); + parent->setAutoGenerateAccessors(form->getGenerateAccessorMethods()); - tqparent->setDestructorsAreVirtual(form->getVirtualDestructors()); - tqparent->setPackageIsNamespace(form->getPackageIsANamespace()); - tqparent->setAccessorsAreInline(form->getAccessorsAreInline()); - tqparent->setOperationsAreInline(form->getOperationsAreInline()); - tqparent->setAccessorsArePublic(form->getAccessorsArePublic()); + parent->setDestructorsAreVirtual(form->getVirtualDestructors()); + parent->setPackageIsNamespace(form->getPackageIsANamespace()); + parent->setAccessorsAreInline(form->getAccessorsAreInline()); + parent->setOperationsAreInline(form->getOperationsAreInline()); + parent->setAccessorsArePublic(form->getAccessorsArePublic()); - tqparent->setStringClassName(form->m_stringClassHCombo->currentText()); - tqparent->setStringClassNameInclude(form->m_stringIncludeFileHistoryCombo->currentText()); - tqparent->setStringIncludeIsGlobal(form->m_globalStringCheckBox->isChecked()); + parent->setStringClassName(form->m_stringClassHCombo->currentText()); + parent->setStringClassNameInclude(form->m_stringIncludeFileHistoryCombo->currentText()); + parent->setStringIncludeIsGlobal(form->m_globalStringCheckBox->isChecked()); - tqparent->setVectorClassName(form->m_listClassHCombo->currentText()); - tqparent->setVectorClassNameInclude(form->m_listIncludeFileHistoryCombo->currentText()); - tqparent->setVectorIncludeIsGlobal(form->m_globalListCheckBox->isChecked()); + parent->setVectorClassName(form->m_listClassHCombo->currentText()); + parent->setVectorClassNameInclude(form->m_listIncludeFileHistoryCombo->currentText()); + parent->setVectorIncludeIsGlobal(form->m_globalListCheckBox->isChecked()); - tqparent->blockSignals(false); + parent->blockSignals(false); // now send out modified code content signal common->emitModifiedCodeContentSig(); diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/cppcodegenerationpolicypage.h b/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/cppcodegenerationpolicypage.h index 6e32c62d..a918acfb 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/cppcodegenerationpolicypage.h +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/cppcodegenerationpolicypage.h @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ class CPPCodeGenerationPolicyPage : public CodeGenerationPolicyPage { TQ_OBJECT public: - explicit CPPCodeGenerationPolicyPage (TQWidget *tqparent=0, const char *name=0, CPPCodeGenerationPolicy * policy = 0); + explicit CPPCodeGenerationPolicyPage (TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0, CPPCodeGenerationPolicy * policy = 0); virtual ~CPPCodeGenerationPolicyPage(); diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/cppcodegenerator.cpp b/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/cppcodegenerator.cpp index b5571d02..b5c12dd6 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/cppcodegenerator.cpp +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/cppcodegenerator.cpp @@ -120,14 +120,14 @@ bool CPPCodeGenerator::removeHeaderCodeDocument ( CPPHeaderCodeDocument * remove // In the C++ version, we need to make both source and header files as well // as the makefile available. -CodeViewerDialog * CPPCodeGenerator::getCodeViewerDialog ( TQWidget* tqparent, CodeDocument *doc, +CodeViewerDialog * CPPCodeGenerator::getCodeViewerDialog ( TQWidget* parent, CodeDocument *doc, Settings::CodeViewerState state) { ClassifierCodeDocument * cdoc = dynamic_cast<ClassifierCodeDocument*>(doc); if(!cdoc) // bah..not a classcode document?? then just use vanilla version - return CodeGenerator::getCodeViewerDialog(tqparent,doc,state); + return CodeGenerator::getCodeViewerDialog(parent,doc,state); else { // build with passed (source) code document CodeViewerDialog *dialog; @@ -138,11 +138,11 @@ CodeViewerDialog * CPPCodeGenerator::getCodeViewerDialog ( TQWidget* tqparent, C if(hdoc) { // if we have a header document..build with that - dialog = new CodeViewerDialog(tqparent, hdoc, state); + dialog = new CodeViewerDialog(parent, hdoc, state); dialog->addCodeDocument(doc); } else // shouldn't happen, but lets try to gracefully deliver something. - dialog = new CodeViewerDialog(tqparent, doc, state); + dialog = new CodeViewerDialog(parent, doc, state); // add in makefile if available and desired if(getCreateProjectMakefile()) @@ -178,8 +178,8 @@ void CPPCodeGenerator::saveToXMI ( TQDomDocument & doc, TQDomElement & root ) { } /** - * Force a synchronize of this code generator, and its present contents, to that of the tqparent UMLDocument. - * Need to override tqparent method because we have header documents to consider too. + * Force a synchronize of this code generator, and its present contents, to that of the parent UMLDocument. + * Need to override parent method because we have header documents to consider too. */ void CPPCodeGenerator::syncCodeToDocument ( ) { @@ -347,7 +347,7 @@ void CPPCodeGenerator::initAttributes ( ) UMLApp::app()->setPolicyExt ( new CPPCodeGenerationPolicy(UMLApp::app()->getConfig()) ); - // load Classifier documents from tqparent document + // load Classifier documents from parent document //initFromParentDocument(); } diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/cppcodegenerator.h b/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/cppcodegenerator.h index 90b0c3f2..5d73f881 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/cppcodegenerator.h +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/cppcodegenerator.h @@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ public: /** Get the editing dialog for this code document */ - virtual CodeViewerDialog * getCodeViewerDialog( TQWidget* tqparent, CodeDocument * doc, + virtual CodeViewerDialog * getCodeViewerDialog( TQWidget* parent, CodeDocument * doc, Settings::CodeViewerState state); /** @@ -158,7 +158,7 @@ public slots: virtual void checkRemoveUMLObject (UMLObject * obj); /** - * Force a synchronize of this code generator, and its present contents, to that of the tqparent UMLDocument. + * Force a synchronize of this code generator, and its present contents, to that of the parent UMLDocument. * "UserGenerated" code will be preserved, but Autogenerated contents will be updated/replaced * or removed as is apppropriate. */ diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/cppheaderclassdeclarationblock.h b/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/cppheaderclassdeclarationblock.h index 84fc128a..7277ea87 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/cppheaderclassdeclarationblock.h +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/cppheaderclassdeclarationblock.h @@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ protected: private: - void init (CPPHeaderCodeDocument * tqparent, const TQString &comment); + void init (CPPHeaderCodeDocument * parent, const TQString &comment); }; diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/cppheadercodeclassfielddeclarationblock.cpp b/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/cppheadercodeclassfielddeclarationblock.cpp index 55edd167..3f15d05b 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/cppheadercodeclassfielddeclarationblock.cpp +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/cppheadercodeclassfielddeclarationblock.cpp @@ -21,8 +21,8 @@ // Constructors/Destructors // -CPPHeaderCodeClassFieldDeclarationBlock::CPPHeaderCodeClassFieldDeclarationBlock ( CodeClassField * tqparent ) - : CodeClassFieldDeclarationBlock ( tqparent ) +CPPHeaderCodeClassFieldDeclarationBlock::CPPHeaderCodeClassFieldDeclarationBlock ( CodeClassField * parent ) + : CodeClassFieldDeclarationBlock ( parent ) { setOverallIndentationLevel(1); updateContent(); @@ -41,8 +41,8 @@ CPPHeaderCodeClassFieldDeclarationBlock::~CPPHeaderCodeClassFieldDeclarationBloc */ void CPPHeaderCodeClassFieldDeclarationBlock::updateContent( ) { - UMLObject *umltqparent = CodeClassFieldDeclarationBlock::getParentObject(); - if (umltqparent == NULL) { + UMLObject *umlparent = CodeClassFieldDeclarationBlock::getParentObject(); + if (umlparent == NULL) { return; } @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ void CPPHeaderCodeClassFieldDeclarationBlock::updateContent( ) CPPCodeClassField * hcppcf = dynamic_cast<CPPCodeClassField*>(cf); // Set the comment - TQString notes = umltqparent->getDoc(); + TQString notes = umlparent->getDoc(); getComment()->setText(notes); if(notes.isEmpty()) getComment()->setWriteOutText(false); @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ void CPPHeaderCodeClassFieldDeclarationBlock::updateContent( ) // Set the body - TQString staticValue = umltqparent->getStatic() ? "static " : ""; + TQString staticValue = umlparent->getStatic() ? "static " : ""; TQString typeName = hcppcf->getTypeName(); TQString fieldName = hcppcf->getFieldName(); diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/cppheadercodeclassfielddeclarationblock.h b/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/cppheadercodeclassfielddeclarationblock.h index dc3a4c29..d4e28bb9 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/cppheadercodeclassfielddeclarationblock.h +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/cppheadercodeclassfielddeclarationblock.h @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ public: /** * Constructor */ - CPPHeaderCodeClassFieldDeclarationBlock ( CodeClassField * tqparent ); + CPPHeaderCodeClassFieldDeclarationBlock ( CodeClassField * parent ); /** * Empty Destructor @@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ public: protected: - // this will be called by syncToParent whenever the tqparent object is "modified" + // this will be called by syncToParent whenever the parent object is "modified" void updateContent ( ); private: diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/cppheadercodedocument.cpp b/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/cppheadercodedocument.cpp index c725439f..9da4c6aa 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/cppheadercodedocument.cpp +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/cppheadercodedocument.cpp @@ -206,7 +206,7 @@ void CPPHeaderCodeDocument::loadChildTextBlocksFromNode ( TQDomElement & root) { CPPHeaderClassDeclarationBlock * block = getClassDecl(); block->loadFromXMI(element); - // normally this would be populated by the following syncTotqparent + // normally this would be populated by the following syncToparent // call, but we cant wait for it, so lets just do it now. namespaceBlock = getHierarchicalCodeBlock("namespace", "Namespace", 0); @@ -326,7 +326,7 @@ void CPPHeaderCodeDocument::saveToXMI ( TQDomDocument & doc, TQDomElement & root */ // This method will cause the class to rebuild its text representation. -// based on the tqparent classifier object. +// based on the parent classifier object. // For any situation in which this is called, we are either building the code // document up, or replacing/regenerating the existing auto-generated parts. As // such, we will want to insert everything we resonablely will want @@ -334,7 +334,7 @@ void CPPHeaderCodeDocument::saveToXMI ( TQDomDocument & doc, TQDomElement & root // comments) to appear or not, as needed. void CPPHeaderCodeDocument::updateContent( ) { - // Gather info on the various fields and tqparent objects of this class... + // Gather info on the various fields and parent objects of this class... UMLClassifier * c = getParentClassifier(); CodeGenPolicyExt *pe = UMLApp::app()->getPolicyExt(); CPPCodeGenerationPolicy * policy = dynamic_cast<CPPCodeGenerationPolicy*>(pe); @@ -800,7 +800,7 @@ void CPPHeaderCodeDocument::updateContent( ) // Operations // - // nothing to do here.. "updateOperations" in tqparent class puts things + // nothing to do here.. "updateOperations" in parent class puts things // in the right place using the "addCodeOperation" method we defined in this class // FINISH up with hash def block close diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/cppheadercodeoperation.cpp b/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/cppheadercodeoperation.cpp index 37951553..471c7734 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/cppheadercodeoperation.cpp +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/cppheadercodeoperation.cpp @@ -26,8 +26,8 @@ // CPPHeaderCodeOperation::CPPHeaderCodeOperation - ( CPPHeaderCodeDocument * doc, UMLOperation *tqparent, const TQString & body, const TQString & comment ) - : CodeOperation (doc, tqparent, body, comment) + ( CPPHeaderCodeDocument * doc, UMLOperation *parent, const TQString & body, const TQString & comment ) + : CodeOperation (doc, parent, body, comment) { // lets not go with the default comment and instead use // full-blown cpp documentation object instead diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/cppsourcecodeclassfielddeclarationblock.cpp b/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/cppsourcecodeclassfielddeclarationblock.cpp index 2e55e92a..016249e5 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/cppsourcecodeclassfielddeclarationblock.cpp +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/cppsourcecodeclassfielddeclarationblock.cpp @@ -20,8 +20,8 @@ // Constructors/Destructors // -CPPSourceCodeClassFieldDeclarationBlock::CPPSourceCodeClassFieldDeclarationBlock ( CodeClassField * tqparent ) - : CodeClassFieldDeclarationBlock ( tqparent ) +CPPSourceCodeClassFieldDeclarationBlock::CPPSourceCodeClassFieldDeclarationBlock ( CodeClassField * parent ) + : CodeClassFieldDeclarationBlock ( parent ) { setOverallIndentationLevel(1); updateContent(); diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/cppsourcecodeclassfielddeclarationblock.h b/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/cppsourcecodeclassfielddeclarationblock.h index 00b6135f..46183b70 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/cppsourcecodeclassfielddeclarationblock.h +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/cppsourcecodeclassfielddeclarationblock.h @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ public: /** * Constructor */ - CPPSourceCodeClassFieldDeclarationBlock ( CodeClassField * tqparent ); + CPPSourceCodeClassFieldDeclarationBlock ( CodeClassField * parent ); /** * Empty Destructor @@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ public: protected: - // this will be called by syncToParent whenever the tqparent object is "modified" + // this will be called by syncToParent whenever the parent object is "modified" void updateContent ( ); private: diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/cppsourcecodedocument.cpp b/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/cppsourcecodedocument.cpp index 53ee06f7..57bf4637 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/cppsourcecodedocument.cpp +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/cppsourcecodedocument.cpp @@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ void CPPSourceCodeDocument::resetTextBlocks() } // This method will cause the class to rebuild its text representation. -// based on the tqparent classifier object. +// based on the parent classifier object. // For any situation in which this is called, we are either building the code // document up, or replacing/regenerating the existing auto-generated parts. As // such, we will want to insert everything we reasonably will want @@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ void CPPSourceCodeDocument::resetTextBlocks() void CPPSourceCodeDocument::updateContent( ) { - // Gather info on the various fields and tqparent objects of this class... + // Gather info on the various fields and parent objects of this class... //UMLClassifier * c = getParentClassifier(); CodeGenPolicyExt *pe = UMLApp::app()->getPolicyExt(); CPPCodeGenerationPolicy * policy = dynamic_cast<CPPCodeGenerationPolicy*>(pe); diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/cppsourcecodeoperation.cpp b/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/cppsourcecodeoperation.cpp index 9409b207..61b1950e 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/cppsourcecodeoperation.cpp +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/cppsourcecodeoperation.cpp @@ -25,8 +25,8 @@ // Constructors/Destructors // -CPPSourceCodeOperation::CPPSourceCodeOperation ( CPPSourceCodeDocument * doc, UMLOperation *tqparent, const TQString & body, const TQString & comment ) - : CodeOperation (doc, tqparent, body, comment) +CPPSourceCodeOperation::CPPSourceCodeOperation ( CPPSourceCodeDocument * doc, UMLOperation *parent, const TQString & body, const TQString & comment ) + : CodeOperation (doc, parent, body, comment) { // lets not go with the default comment and instead use // full-blown cpp documentation object instead diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/csharpwriter.cpp b/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/csharpwriter.cpp index 884661b5..180ba176 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/csharpwriter.cpp +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/csharpwriter.cpp @@ -405,7 +405,7 @@ void CSharpWriter::writeOverridesRecursive(UMLClassifierList *superclasses, TQTe opabstract.clear(); } - // Recurse to tqparent superclasses + // Recurse to parent superclasses UMLClassifierList superRecursive = obj->getSuperClasses(); UMLClassifierList *superRecursivePtr =& superRecursive; if (superRecursivePtr->count() > 0) { @@ -433,7 +433,7 @@ void CSharpWriter::writeRealizationsRecursive(UMLClassifier *currentClass, UMLAs writeOperations(opreal,cs,false,false,true); cs << m_container_indent << m_indentation << "#endregion" << m_endl << m_endl; - // Recurse to tqparent realizations + // Recurse to parent realizations UMLAssociationList parentReal = real->getRealizations(); if (!parentReal.isEmpty()) { writeRealizationsRecursive(real, &parentReal, cs); @@ -493,7 +493,7 @@ void CSharpWriter::writeOperations(UMLOperationList opList, if (op->getStatic()) cs << "static "; } else { - // method overriding an abstract tqparent + // method overriding an abstract parent cs << op->getVisibility().toString() << " override "; if (op->getStatic()) cs << "static "; } diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/csharpwriter.h b/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/csharpwriter.h index 6cf4d3f6..322ce06c 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/csharpwriter.h +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/csharpwriter.h @@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ private: int m_unnamedRoles; /** - * write realizations of a class and recurse to tqparent classes + * write realizations of a class and recurse to parent classes * @param currentClass class to start with * @param realizations realizations of this class diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/idlwriter.cpp b/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/idlwriter.cpp index 1d517fbb..efb49dc9 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/idlwriter.cpp +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/idlwriter.cpp @@ -275,13 +275,13 @@ void IDLWriter::writeClass(UMLClassifier *c) { UMLClassifierList superclasses = c->getSuperClasses(); if (! superclasses.isEmpty()) { idl << " : "; - UMLClassifier *tqparent = superclasses.first(); + UMLClassifier *parent = superclasses.first(); int n_parents = superclasses.count(); while (n_parents--) { - idl << tqparent->getFullyQualifiedName("::"); + idl << parent->getFullyQualifiedName("::"); if (n_parents) idl << ", "; - tqparent = superclasses.next(); + parent = superclasses.next(); } } idl << " {" << m_endl << m_endl; diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/javaclassdeclarationblock.h b/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/javaclassdeclarationblock.h index 0c1709ba..19a743d5 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/javaclassdeclarationblock.h +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/javaclassdeclarationblock.h @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ protected: private: - void init (JavaClassifierCodeDocument * tqparent, const TQString &comment); + void init (JavaClassifierCodeDocument * parent, const TQString &comment); }; diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/javaclassifiercodedocument.cpp b/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/javaclassifiercodedocument.cpp index 877111e1..1587c265 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/javaclassifiercodedocument.cpp +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/javaclassifiercodedocument.cpp @@ -326,7 +326,7 @@ void JavaClassifierCodeDocument::resetTextBlocks() } // This method will cause the class to rebuild its text representation. -// based on the tqparent classifier object. +// based on the parent classifier object. // For any situation in which this is called, we are either building the code // document up, or replacing/regenerating the existing auto-generated parts. As // such, we will want to insert everything we resonablely will want @@ -334,7 +334,7 @@ void JavaClassifierCodeDocument::resetTextBlocks() // comments) to appear or not, as needed. void JavaClassifierCodeDocument::updateContent( ) { - // Gather info on the various fields and tqparent objects of this class... + // Gather info on the various fields and parent objects of this class... UMLClassifier * c = getParentClassifier(); CodeGenerationPolicy * commonPolicy = UMLApp::app()->getCommonPolicy(); CodeGenPolicyExt * pe = UMLApp::app()->getPolicyExt(); diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/javacodeaccessormethod.cpp b/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/javacodeaccessormethod.cpp index c0b08396..6c883952 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/javacodeaccessormethod.cpp +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/javacodeaccessormethod.cpp @@ -159,7 +159,7 @@ void JavaCodeAccessorMethod::updateMethodDeclaration() break; default: case CodeGenerationPolicy::FromParent: - // do nothing..already have taken tqparent value + // do nothing..already have taken parent value break; } diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/javacodeclassfield.cpp b/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/javacodeclassfield.cpp index c3ebb9e2..0777cf1d 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/javacodeclassfield.cpp +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/javacodeclassfield.cpp @@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ TQString JavaCodeClassField::getInitialValue() { if (at) { return fixInitialStringDeclValue(at->getInitialValue(), getTypeName()); } else { - kError() << "JavaodeClassField::getInitialValue: tqparent object is not a UMLAttribute" + kError() << "JavaodeClassField::getInitialValue: parent object is not a UMLAttribute" << endl; return ""; } diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/javacodeclassfielddeclarationblock.cpp b/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/javacodeclassfielddeclarationblock.cpp index 520f5611..5507c314 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/javacodeclassfielddeclarationblock.cpp +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/javacodeclassfielddeclarationblock.cpp @@ -27,8 +27,8 @@ // Constructors/Destructors // -JavaCodeClassFieldDeclarationBlock::JavaCodeClassFieldDeclarationBlock ( CodeClassField * tqparent ) - : CodeClassFieldDeclarationBlock ( tqparent ) +JavaCodeClassFieldDeclarationBlock::JavaCodeClassFieldDeclarationBlock ( CodeClassField * parent ) + : CodeClassFieldDeclarationBlock ( parent ) { setOverallIndentationLevel(1); updateContent(); @@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ void JavaCodeClassFieldDeclarationBlock::updateContent( ) break; default: case CodeGenerationPolicy::FromParent: - // do nothing here... will leave as from tqparent object + // do nothing here... will leave as from parent object break; } } @@ -101,7 +101,7 @@ void JavaCodeClassFieldDeclarationBlock::updateContent( ) } else { // FIX?: IF a constructor method exists in the classifiercodedoc - // of the tqparent Object, then we can use that instead (if its empty). + // of the parent Object, then we can use that instead (if its empty). if(cf->fieldIsSingleValue()) { if(!typeName.isEmpty()) diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/javacodeclassfielddeclarationblock.h b/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/javacodeclassfielddeclarationblock.h index d7f3c2f5..869954cf 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/javacodeclassfielddeclarationblock.h +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/javacodeclassfielddeclarationblock.h @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ public: /** * Constructor */ - JavaCodeClassFieldDeclarationBlock ( CodeClassField * tqparent ); + JavaCodeClassFieldDeclarationBlock ( CodeClassField * parent ); /** * Empty Destructor @@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ public: protected: - // this will be called by syncToParent whenever the tqparent object is "modified" + // this will be called by syncToParent whenever the parent object is "modified" void updateContent ( ); private: diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/javacodedocumentation.cpp b/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/javacodedocumentation.cpp index a04a3cd1..2eeff46a 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/javacodedocumentation.cpp +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/javacodedocumentation.cpp @@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ JavaCodeDocumentation::~JavaCodeDocumentation ( ) { } void JavaCodeDocumentation::saveToXMI ( TQDomDocument & doc, TQDomElement & root ) { TQDomElement blockElement = doc.createElement( "javacodedocumentation" ); setAttributesOnNode(doc, blockElement); // as we added no additional fields to this class we may - // just use tqparent TextBlock method + // just use parent TextBlock method root.appendChild( blockElement ); } diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/javacodegenerationpolicy.cpp b/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/javacodegenerationpolicy.cpp index aeee86e0..6225485f 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/javacodegenerationpolicy.cpp +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/javacodegenerationpolicy.cpp @@ -174,8 +174,8 @@ void JavaCodeGenerationPolicy::setDefaults( KConfig * config, bool emitUpdateSig * Create a new dialog interface for this object. * @return dialog object */ -CodeGenerationPolicyPage * JavaCodeGenerationPolicy::createPage ( TQWidget *tqparent, const char *name ) { - return new JavaCodeGenerationPolicyPage ( tqparent, name, this ); +CodeGenerationPolicyPage * JavaCodeGenerationPolicy::createPage ( TQWidget *parent, const char *name ) { + return new JavaCodeGenerationPolicyPage ( parent, name, this ); } void JavaCodeGenerationPolicy::init() { diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/javacodegenerationpolicy.h b/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/javacodegenerationpolicy.h index cb9171f4..8f95c1c8 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/javacodegenerationpolicy.h +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/javacodegenerationpolicy.h @@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ public: * Create a new dialog interface for this object. * @return dialog object */ - CodeGenerationPolicyPage * createPage ( TQWidget *tqparent = 0, const char * name = 0); + CodeGenerationPolicyPage * createPage ( TQWidget *parent = 0, const char * name = 0); protected: diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/javacodegenerationpolicypage.cpp b/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/javacodegenerationpolicypage.cpp index c802024a..c7bfbf0b 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/javacodegenerationpolicypage.cpp +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/javacodegenerationpolicypage.cpp @@ -26,8 +26,8 @@ #include "javacodegenerationformbase.h" #include "../uml.h" -JavaCodeGenerationPolicyPage::JavaCodeGenerationPolicyPage( TQWidget *tqparent, const char *name, JavaCodeGenerationPolicy * policy ) - : CodeGenerationPolicyPage(tqparent, name, policy) +JavaCodeGenerationPolicyPage::JavaCodeGenerationPolicyPage( TQWidget *parent, const char *name, JavaCodeGenerationPolicy * policy ) + : CodeGenerationPolicyPage(parent, name, policy) { CodeGenerationPolicy *commonPolicy = UMLApp::app()->getCommonPolicy(); form = new JavaCodeGenerationFormBase(this); @@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ JavaCodeGenerationPolicyPage::~JavaCodeGenerationPolicyPage() void JavaCodeGenerationPolicyPage::apply() { CodeGenerationPolicy *commonPolicy = UMLApp::app()->getCommonPolicy(); - JavaCodeGenerationPolicy * tqparent = (JavaCodeGenerationPolicy*) m_parentPolicy; + JavaCodeGenerationPolicy * parent = (JavaCodeGenerationPolicy*) m_parentPolicy; // block signals so we don't cause too many update content calls to code documents commonPolicy->blockSignals(true); @@ -63,8 +63,8 @@ void JavaCodeGenerationPolicyPage::apply() commonPolicy->setAttributeAccessorScope((CodeGenerationPolicy::ScopePolicy) (form->m_accessorScopeCB->currentItem()+200)); commonPolicy->setAssociationFieldScope((CodeGenerationPolicy::ScopePolicy) (form->m_assocFieldScopeCB->currentItem()+200)); commonPolicy->setAutoGenerateConstructors(form->m_generateConstructors->isChecked()); - tqparent->setAutoGenerateAttribAccessors(form->m_generateAttribAccessors->isChecked()); - tqparent->setAutoGenerateAssocAccessors(form->m_generateAssocAccessors->isChecked()); + parent->setAutoGenerateAttribAccessors(form->m_generateAttribAccessors->isChecked()); + parent->setAutoGenerateAssocAccessors(form->m_generateAssocAccessors->isChecked()); /** * @todo unclean - CreateANTBuildFile attribute should be in java policy diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/javacodegenerationpolicypage.h b/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/javacodegenerationpolicypage.h index 2ace585e..8236e1a2 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/javacodegenerationpolicypage.h +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/javacodegenerationpolicypage.h @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ class JavaCodeGenerationPolicyPage : public CodeGenerationPolicyPage { TQ_OBJECT public: - explicit JavaCodeGenerationPolicyPage (TQWidget *tqparent=0, const char *name=0, JavaCodeGenerationPolicy * policy = 0); + explicit JavaCodeGenerationPolicyPage (TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0, JavaCodeGenerationPolicy * policy = 0); virtual ~JavaCodeGenerationPolicyPage(); diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/javacodegenerator.cpp b/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/javacodegenerator.cpp index d51a7b3c..0f78a0fb 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/javacodegenerator.cpp +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/javacodegenerator.cpp @@ -79,10 +79,10 @@ bool JavaCodeGenerator::getCreateANTBuildFile ( ) { } // In the Java version, we make the ANT build file also available. -CodeViewerDialog * JavaCodeGenerator::getCodeViewerDialog ( TQWidget* tqparent, CodeDocument *doc, +CodeViewerDialog * JavaCodeGenerator::getCodeViewerDialog ( TQWidget* parent, CodeDocument *doc, Settings::CodeViewerState state) { - CodeViewerDialog *dialog = new CodeViewerDialog(tqparent, doc, state); + CodeViewerDialog *dialog = new CodeViewerDialog(parent, doc, state); if(getCreateANTBuildFile()) dialog->addCodeDocument(findCodeDocumentByID("ANTDOC")); return dialog; @@ -143,7 +143,7 @@ CodeDocument * JavaCodeGenerator::newClassifierCodeDocument ( UMLClassifier * c) } void JavaCodeGenerator::init() { - // load Classifier documents from tqparent document + // load Classifier documents from parent document //initFromParentDocument(); // add in an ANT document diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/javacodegenerator.h b/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/javacodegenerator.h index c9fc49e7..24ab718a 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/javacodegenerator.h +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/javacodegenerator.h @@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ public: /** Get the editing dialog for this code document */ - virtual CodeViewerDialog * getCodeViewerDialog( TQWidget* tqparent, CodeDocument * doc, + virtual CodeViewerDialog * getCodeViewerDialog( TQWidget* parent, CodeDocument * doc, Settings::CodeViewerState state); // Other methods diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/javacodeoperation.cpp b/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/javacodeoperation.cpp index 54b34f46..c7e7d162 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/javacodeoperation.cpp +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/javacodeoperation.cpp @@ -25,8 +25,8 @@ // JavaCodeOperation::JavaCodeOperation - ( JavaClassifierCodeDocument * doc, UMLOperation *tqparent, const TQString & body, const TQString & comment ) - : CodeOperation (doc, tqparent, body, comment) + ( JavaClassifierCodeDocument * doc, UMLOperation *parent, const TQString & body, const TQString & comment ) + : CodeOperation (doc, parent, body, comment) { // lets not go with the default comment and instead use // full-blown java documentation object instead @@ -81,7 +81,7 @@ void JavaCodeOperation::updateMethodDeclaration() maybeStatic = "static "; TQString startText = strVis + ' ' + maybeStatic + returnType + methodName + " (" + paramStr + ')'; - // IF the tqparent is an interface, our operations look different + // IF the parent is an interface, our operations look different // e.g. they have no body if(isInterface) { startText += ';'; diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/pascalwriter.cpp b/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/pascalwriter.cpp index 8d11b893..0f3c32ef 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/pascalwriter.cpp +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/pascalwriter.cpp @@ -244,8 +244,8 @@ void PascalWriter::writeClass(UMLClassifier *c) { pas << getIndent() << classname << " = object"; if (!superclasses.isEmpty()) { // FIXME: Multiple inheritance is not yet supported - UMLClassifier* tqparent = superclasses.first(); - pas << "(" << qualifiedName(tqparent) << ")"; + UMLClassifier* parent = superclasses.first(); + pas << "(" << qualifiedName(parent) << ")"; } pas << m_endl; diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/php5writer.cpp b/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/php5writer.cpp index e0fe4828..10146b6c 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/php5writer.cpp +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/php5writer.cpp @@ -1776,7 +1776,7 @@ static const char *php5words[] = "ncurses_killchar", "ncurses_longname", "ncurses_mouseinterval", - "ncurses_mousetqmask", + "ncurses_mousemask", "ncurses_move", "ncurses_mvaddch", "ncurses_mvaddchnstr", diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/phpwriter.cpp b/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/phpwriter.cpp index b3c8a43e..4116020d 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/phpwriter.cpp +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/phpwriter.cpp @@ -1772,7 +1772,7 @@ static const char *words[] = "ncurses_killchar", "ncurses_longname", "ncurses_mouseinterval", - "ncurses_mousetqmask", + "ncurses_mousemask", "ncurses_move", "ncurses_mvaddch", "ncurses_mvaddchnstr", diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/rubyclassdeclarationblock.h b/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/rubyclassdeclarationblock.h index 327516a3..d181fc65 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/rubyclassdeclarationblock.h +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/rubyclassdeclarationblock.h @@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ protected: private: - void init (RubyClassifierCodeDocument * tqparent, const TQString &comment); + void init (RubyClassifierCodeDocument * parent, const TQString &comment); }; diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/rubyclassifiercodedocument.cpp b/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/rubyclassifiercodedocument.cpp index 6f5b881d..22fa56fc 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/rubyclassifiercodedocument.cpp +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/rubyclassifiercodedocument.cpp @@ -355,7 +355,7 @@ void RubyClassifierCodeDocument::resetTextBlocks() } // This method will cause the class to rebuild its text representation. -// based on the tqparent classifier object. +// based on the parent classifier object. // For any situation in which this is called, we are either building the code // document up, or replacing/regenerating the existing auto-generated parts. As // such, we will want to insert everything we resonablely will want @@ -363,7 +363,7 @@ void RubyClassifierCodeDocument::resetTextBlocks() // comments) to appear or not, as needed. void RubyClassifierCodeDocument::updateContent( ) { - // Gather info on the various fields and tqparent objects of this class... + // Gather info on the various fields and parent objects of this class... UMLClassifier * c = getParentClassifier(); RubyCodeGenerator * gen = dynamic_cast<RubyCodeGenerator*>(UMLApp::app()->getGenerator()); diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/rubycodeaccessormethod.cpp b/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/rubycodeaccessormethod.cpp index a3f4d26f..43986061 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/rubycodeaccessormethod.cpp +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/rubycodeaccessormethod.cpp @@ -168,7 +168,7 @@ void RubyCodeAccessorMethod::updateMethodDeclaration() break; default: case CodeGenerationPolicy::FromParent: - // do nothing..already have taken tqparent value + // do nothing..already have taken parent value break; } diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/rubycodeclassfield.cpp b/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/rubycodeclassfield.cpp index 793db6ed..b3b723b9 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/rubycodeclassfield.cpp +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/rubycodeclassfield.cpp @@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ TQString RubyCodeClassField::getInitialValue() { if (at) { return fixInitialStringDeclValue(at->getInitialValue(), getTypeName()); } else { - kError() << "RubyodeClassField::getInitialValue: tqparent object is not a UMLAttribute" + kError() << "RubyodeClassField::getInitialValue: parent object is not a UMLAttribute" << endl; return ""; } diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/rubycodeclassfielddeclarationblock.cpp b/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/rubycodeclassfielddeclarationblock.cpp index da8eb00e..e99ca774 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/rubycodeclassfielddeclarationblock.cpp +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/rubycodeclassfielddeclarationblock.cpp @@ -22,8 +22,8 @@ // Constructors/Destructors // -RubyCodeClassFieldDeclarationBlock::RubyCodeClassFieldDeclarationBlock ( CodeClassField * tqparent ) - : CodeClassFieldDeclarationBlock ( tqparent ) +RubyCodeClassFieldDeclarationBlock::RubyCodeClassFieldDeclarationBlock ( CodeClassField * parent ) + : CodeClassFieldDeclarationBlock ( parent ) { setOverallIndentationLevel(1); updateContent(); @@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ void RubyCodeClassFieldDeclarationBlock::updateContent( ) break; default: case CodeGenerationPolicy::FromParent: - // do nothing here... will leave as from tqparent object + // do nothing here... will leave as from parent object break; } } @@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ void RubyCodeClassFieldDeclarationBlock::updateContent( ) } else { // FIX?: IF a constructor method exists in the classifiercodedoc - // of the tqparent Object, then we can use that instead (if its empty). + // of the parent Object, then we can use that instead (if its empty). if(cf->fieldIsSingleValue()) { if(!typeName.isEmpty()) diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/rubycodeclassfielddeclarationblock.h b/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/rubycodeclassfielddeclarationblock.h index 1dd6b342..493f768c 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/rubycodeclassfielddeclarationblock.h +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/rubycodeclassfielddeclarationblock.h @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ public: /** * Constructor */ - RubyCodeClassFieldDeclarationBlock ( CodeClassField * tqparent ); + RubyCodeClassFieldDeclarationBlock ( CodeClassField * parent ); /** * Empty Destructor @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ public: protected: - // this will be called by syncToParent whenever the tqparent object is "modified" + // this will be called by syncToParent whenever the parent object is "modified" void updateContent ( ); private: diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/rubycodedocumentation.cpp b/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/rubycodedocumentation.cpp index 9afee3f1..776e0c1e 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/rubycodedocumentation.cpp +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/rubycodedocumentation.cpp @@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ RubyCodeDocumentation::~RubyCodeDocumentation ( ) { } void RubyCodeDocumentation::saveToXMI ( TQDomDocument & doc, TQDomElement & root ) { TQDomElement blockElement = doc.createElement( "rubycodedocumentation" ); setAttributesOnNode(doc, blockElement); // as we added no additional fields to this class we may - // just use tqparent TextBlock method + // just use parent TextBlock method root.appendChild( blockElement ); } diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/rubycodegenerationpolicy.cpp b/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/rubycodegenerationpolicy.cpp index 62df797d..8e58fdf0 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/rubycodegenerationpolicy.cpp +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/rubycodegenerationpolicy.cpp @@ -156,8 +156,8 @@ void RubyCodeGenerationPolicy::setDefaults( KConfig * config, bool emitUpdateSig * Create a new dialog interface for this object. * @return dialog object */ -CodeGenerationPolicyPage * RubyCodeGenerationPolicy::createPage ( TQWidget *tqparent, const char *name ) { - return new RubyCodeGenerationPolicyPage ( tqparent, name, this ); +CodeGenerationPolicyPage * RubyCodeGenerationPolicy::createPage ( TQWidget *parent, const char *name ) { + return new RubyCodeGenerationPolicyPage ( parent, name, this ); } void RubyCodeGenerationPolicy::init() { diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/rubycodegenerationpolicy.h b/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/rubycodegenerationpolicy.h index 459e80d0..542f3166 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/rubycodegenerationpolicy.h +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/rubycodegenerationpolicy.h @@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ public: * Create a new dialog interface for this object. * @return dialog object */ - CodeGenerationPolicyPage * createPage ( TQWidget *tqparent = 0, const char * name = 0); + CodeGenerationPolicyPage * createPage ( TQWidget *parent = 0, const char * name = 0); protected: diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/rubycodegenerationpolicypage.cpp b/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/rubycodegenerationpolicypage.cpp index c6153448..5c890b4f 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/rubycodegenerationpolicypage.cpp +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/rubycodegenerationpolicypage.cpp @@ -30,8 +30,8 @@ #include "../codegenerationpolicy.h" #include "../uml.h" -RubyCodeGenerationPolicyPage::RubyCodeGenerationPolicyPage( TQWidget *tqparent, const char *name, RubyCodeGenerationPolicy * policy ) - : CodeGenerationPolicyPage(tqparent, name, policy) +RubyCodeGenerationPolicyPage::RubyCodeGenerationPolicyPage( TQWidget *parent, const char *name, RubyCodeGenerationPolicy * policy ) + : CodeGenerationPolicyPage(parent, name, policy) { CodeGenerationPolicy *common = UMLApp::app()->getCommonPolicy(); form = new RubyCodeGenerationFormBase(this); @@ -52,19 +52,19 @@ void RubyCodeGenerationPolicyPage::apply() CodeGenerationPolicy *common = UMLApp::app()->getCommonPolicy(); // now do our ruby-specific configs - RubyCodeGenerationPolicy * tqparent = (RubyCodeGenerationPolicy*) m_parentPolicy; + RubyCodeGenerationPolicy * parent = (RubyCodeGenerationPolicy*) m_parentPolicy; // block signals so we don't cause too many update content calls to code documents - tqparent->blockSignals(true); + parent->blockSignals(true); common->setCommentStyle((CodeGenerationPolicy::CommentStyle) form->m_SelectCommentStyle->currentItem()); common->setAttributeAccessorScope((CodeGenerationPolicy::ScopePolicy) (form->m_accessorScopeCB->currentItem()+200)); common->setAssociationFieldScope((CodeGenerationPolicy::ScopePolicy) (form->m_assocFieldScopeCB->currentItem()+200)); common->setAutoGenerateConstructors(form->m_generateConstructors->isChecked()); - tqparent->setAutoGenerateAttribAccessors(form->m_generateAttribAccessors->isChecked()); - tqparent->setAutoGenerateAssocAccessors(form->m_generateAssocAccessors->isChecked()); + parent->setAutoGenerateAttribAccessors(form->m_generateAttribAccessors->isChecked()); + parent->setAutoGenerateAssocAccessors(form->m_generateAssocAccessors->isChecked()); - tqparent->blockSignals(false); + parent->blockSignals(false); // now send out modified code content signal common->emitModifiedCodeContentSig(); diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/rubycodegenerationpolicypage.h b/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/rubycodegenerationpolicypage.h index c994dff8..fc29fc3f 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/rubycodegenerationpolicypage.h +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/rubycodegenerationpolicypage.h @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ class RubyCodeGenerationPolicyPage : public CodeGenerationPolicyPage { TQ_OBJECT public: - explicit RubyCodeGenerationPolicyPage (TQWidget *tqparent=0, const char *name=0, RubyCodeGenerationPolicy * policy = 0); + explicit RubyCodeGenerationPolicyPage (TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0, RubyCodeGenerationPolicy * policy = 0); virtual ~RubyCodeGenerationPolicyPage(); diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/rubycodegenerator.cpp b/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/rubycodegenerator.cpp index 65b2af15..0cd9176f 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/rubycodegenerator.cpp +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/rubycodegenerator.cpp @@ -59,10 +59,10 @@ Uml::Programming_Language RubyCodeGenerator::getLanguage() { } // In the Java version, we make the ANT build file also available. -CodeViewerDialog * RubyCodeGenerator::getCodeViewerDialog ( TQWidget* tqparent, CodeDocument *doc, +CodeViewerDialog * RubyCodeGenerator::getCodeViewerDialog ( TQWidget* parent, CodeDocument *doc, Settings::CodeViewerState state) { - CodeViewerDialog *dialog = new CodeViewerDialog(tqparent, doc, state); + CodeViewerDialog *dialog = new CodeViewerDialog(parent, doc, state); return dialog; } @@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ CodeDocument * RubyCodeGenerator::newClassifierCodeDocument ( UMLClassifier * c) /* These initializations are done in CodeGenFactory::createObject() void RubyCodeGenerator::initFields() { UMLApp::app()->setPolicyExt ( new RubyCodeGenerationPolicy(UMLApp::app()->getConfig()) ); - // load Classifier documents from tqparent document + // load Classifier documents from parent document initFromParentDocument(); } */ diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/rubycodegenerator.h b/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/rubycodegenerator.h index 4be5e7e8..035daa86 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/rubycodegenerator.h +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/rubycodegenerator.h @@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ public: /** Get the editing dialog for this code document */ - virtual CodeViewerDialog * getCodeViewerDialog( TQWidget* tqparent, CodeDocument * doc, + virtual CodeViewerDialog * getCodeViewerDialog( TQWidget* parent, CodeDocument * doc, Settings::CodeViewerState state); // Other methods diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/rubycodeoperation.cpp b/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/rubycodeoperation.cpp index 5a360838..7354281b 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/rubycodeoperation.cpp +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/rubycodeoperation.cpp @@ -32,8 +32,8 @@ // Constructors/Destructors // -RubyCodeOperation::RubyCodeOperation ( RubyClassifierCodeDocument * doc, UMLOperation *tqparent, const TQString & body, const TQString & comment ) - : CodeOperation (doc, tqparent, body, comment) +RubyCodeOperation::RubyCodeOperation ( RubyClassifierCodeDocument * doc, UMLOperation *parent, const TQString & body, const TQString & comment ) + : CodeOperation (doc, parent, body, comment) { // lets not go with the default comment and instead use // full-blown ruby documentation object instead diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/simplecodegenerator.cpp b/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/simplecodegenerator.cpp index a3bb17df..6b7ac992 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/simplecodegenerator.cpp +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/simplecodegenerator.cpp @@ -258,7 +258,7 @@ void SimpleCodeGenerator::writeCodeToFile ( UMLClassifierList & concepts) { void SimpleCodeGenerator::initFields ( UMLDoc * parentDoc ) { - // load Classifier documents from tqparent document + // load Classifier documents from parent document // initFromParentDocument(); m_fileMap.clear(); @@ -282,7 +282,7 @@ void SimpleCodeGenerator::syncCodeToDocument() { } -// override tqparent method +// override parent method void SimpleCodeGenerator::initFromParentDocument( ) { // Do nothing diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/simplecodegenerator.h b/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/simplecodegenerator.h index 301dc780..c27e02ff 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/simplecodegenerator.h +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/simplecodegenerator.h @@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ protected: */ TQMap<UMLPackage*,TQString> m_fileMap; - // the tqparent document + // the parent document UMLDoc *m_doc; /** @@ -105,7 +105,7 @@ protected: int m_indentLevel; TQString m_endl; - // override tqparent method..we need special handling + // override parent method..we need special handling void initFromParentDocument( ); private: diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/xmlelementcodeblock.h b/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/xmlelementcodeblock.h index adbe39b7..46342658 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/xmlelementcodeblock.h +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/xmlelementcodeblock.h @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ private: UMLAttributeList m_attList; TQString m_nodeName; - void init (CodeDocument * tqparent, const TQString &nodeName, const TQString &comment); + void init (CodeDocument * parent, const TQString &nodeName, const TQString &comment); }; diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/xmlschemawriter.cpp b/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/xmlschemawriter.cpp index 39b530bb..f2bf7a66 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/xmlschemawriter.cpp +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/codegenerators/xmlschemawriter.cpp @@ -690,13 +690,13 @@ void XMLSchemaWriter::writeAssociationRoleDecl( UMLClassifier *c, const TQString // class (err. node) is inherit from it with a "concrete" element. Therefore, // in this manner, we need a group node for abstract classes to lay out the child // element choices so that the child, concrete class may be plugged into whatever spot - // it tqparent could go. The tradeoff is that "group" nodes may not be extended, so the + // it parent could go. The tradeoff is that "group" nodes may not be extended, so the // choices that you lay out here are it (e.g. no more nodes may inherit" from this group) // // The flipside for concrete classes is that we want to use them as elements in our document. // Unfortunately, about all you can do with complexTypes in terms of inheritance, is to // use these as the basis for a new node type. This is NOT full inheritence because the new - // class (err. element node) wont be able to go into the document where it tqparent went without + // class (err. element node) wont be able to go into the document where it parent went without // you heavily editing the schema. // // Therefore, IF a group is abstract, but has no inheriting sub-classes, there are no choices, and its nigh diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/codegenobjectwithtextblocks.cpp b/umbrello/umbrello/codegenobjectwithtextblocks.cpp index 839e82b4..0c689e1e 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/codegenobjectwithtextblocks.cpp +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/codegenobjectwithtextblocks.cpp @@ -32,8 +32,8 @@ // Constructors/Destructors // -CodeGenObjectWithTextBlocks::CodeGenObjectWithTextBlocks ( CodeDocument *tqparent ) - : m_pCodeDoc(tqparent) +CodeGenObjectWithTextBlocks::CodeGenObjectWithTextBlocks ( CodeDocument *parent ) + : m_pCodeDoc(parent) { initFields(); } @@ -85,8 +85,8 @@ bool CodeGenObjectWithTextBlocks::addTextBlock(TextBlock* add_object ) { else { - // if it has a tag, check to see that its not in some other tqparent object - // IF it is then we will need to remove it FIRST before adding to new tqparent + // if it has a tag, check to see that its not in some other parent object + // IF it is then we will need to remove it FIRST before adding to new parent CodeDocument * parentDoc = add_object->getParentDocument(); if(parentDoc) { @@ -142,9 +142,9 @@ TextBlock * CodeGenObjectWithTextBlocks::findTextBlockByTag( const TQString &tag return (TextBlock*) NULL; } -// IMPORTANT: this will only search for a tqparent from the viewpoint of this object +// IMPORTANT: this will only search for a parent from the viewpoint of this object // and down into its Hierarchical codeblocks. This means you should start any -// search from the tqparent document of the text block. This method NOT meant for +// search from the parent document of the text block. This method NOT meant for // casual usage. CodeGenObjectWithTextBlocks * CodeGenObjectWithTextBlocks::findParentObjectForTaggedTextBlock (const TQString & tag) { diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/codegenobjectwithtextblocks.h b/umbrello/umbrello/codegenobjectwithtextblocks.h index 0e522e83..b8f50454 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/codegenobjectwithtextblocks.h +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/codegenobjectwithtextblocks.h @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ public: /** * Constructor */ - CodeGenObjectWithTextBlocks ( CodeDocument *tqparent ); + CodeGenObjectWithTextBlocks ( CodeDocument *parent ); /** * Empty Destructor @@ -140,9 +140,9 @@ public: virtual CodeBlockWithComments * newCodeBlockWithComments() = 0; virtual HierarchicalCodeBlock * newHierarchicalCodeBlock() = 0; - /** Find the direct tqparent for a given textblock. This + /** Find the direct parent for a given textblock. This * may be any object which holds text blocks, e.g. a CodeGenObjectWithTextBlocks. - * @return tqparent object. Could return null if the textblock is missing from the + * @return parent object. Could return null if the textblock is missing from the * branch of the document tree being examined. */ CodeGenObjectWithTextBlocks * findParentObjectForTaggedTextBlock (const TQString & tag); diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/codeimport/adaimport.cpp b/umbrello/umbrello/codeimport/adaimport.cpp index c568cf3f..0cbd8d1c 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/codeimport/adaimport.cpp +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/codeimport/adaimport.cpp @@ -324,8 +324,8 @@ bool AdaImport::parseStmt() { UMLClassifier *klass = static_cast<UMLClassifier*>(ns); TQString base = expand(advance()); UMLObject *p = Import_Utils::createUMLObject(Uml::ot_Interface, base, m_scope[m_scopeIndex]); - UMLClassifier *tqparent = static_cast<UMLClassifier*>(p); - Import_Utils::createGeneralization(klass, tqparent); + UMLClassifier *parent = static_cast<UMLClassifier*>(p); + Import_Utils::createGeneralization(klass, parent); } } else { ns->setAbstract(m_isAbstract); @@ -359,13 +359,13 @@ bool AdaImport::parseStmt() { t = (known ? known->getBaseType() : Uml::ot_Datatype); } UMLObject *ns = Import_Utils::createUMLObject(t, base, NULL); - UMLClassifier *tqparent = static_cast<UMLClassifier*>(ns); + UMLClassifier *parent = static_cast<UMLClassifier*>(ns); ns = Import_Utils::createUMLObject(t, name, m_scope[m_scopeIndex], m_comment); if (isExtension) { next = advance(); if (next == "null" || next == "record") { UMLClassifier *klass = static_cast<UMLClassifier*>(ns); - Import_Utils::createGeneralization(klass, tqparent); + Import_Utils::createGeneralization(klass, parent); if (next == "record") { // Set the m_klass for attributes. m_klass = klass; @@ -375,8 +375,8 @@ bool AdaImport::parseStmt() { TQStringList::Iterator end(baseInterfaces.end()); for (TQStringList::Iterator bi(baseInterfaces.begin()); bi != end; ++bi) { ns = Import_Utils::createUMLObject(t, *bi, m_scope[m_scopeIndex]); - tqparent = static_cast<UMLClassifier*>(ns); - Import_Utils::createGeneralization(klass, tqparent); + parent = static_cast<UMLClassifier*>(ns); + Import_Utils::createGeneralization(klass, parent); } } } diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/codeimport/import_utils.cpp b/umbrello/umbrello/codeimport/import_utils.cpp index 5afae684..4e38a1aa 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/codeimport/import_utils.cpp +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/codeimport/import_utils.cpp @@ -274,8 +274,8 @@ UMLObject *createUMLObject(Uml::Object_Type type, return o; } -UMLOperation* makeOperation(UMLClassifier *tqparent, const TQString &name) { - UMLOperation *op = Object_Factory::createOperation(tqparent, name); +UMLOperation* makeOperation(UMLClassifier *parent, const TQString &name) { + UMLOperation *op = Object_Factory::createOperation(parent, name); return op; } @@ -396,7 +396,7 @@ void insertMethod(UMLClassifier *klass, UMLOperation* &op, UMLAttribute* addMethodParameter(UMLOperation *method, const TQString& type, const TQString& name) { - UMLClassifier *owner = static_cast<UMLClassifier*>(method->tqparent()); + UMLClassifier *owner = static_cast<UMLClassifier*>(method->parent()); UMLObject *typeObj = owner->findTemplate(type); if (typeObj == NULL) { bPutAtGlobalScope = true; @@ -415,19 +415,19 @@ void addEnumLiteral(UMLEnum *enumType, const TQString &literal, const TQString & el->setDoc(comment); } -void createGeneralization(UMLClassifier *child, UMLClassifier *tqparent) { - // if the child is an interface, so is the tqparent. +void createGeneralization(UMLClassifier *child, UMLClassifier *parent) { + // if the child is an interface, so is the parent. if (child->isInterface()) - tqparent->setBaseType(Uml::ot_Interface); + parent->setBaseType(Uml::ot_Interface); Uml::Association_Type association = Uml::at_Generalization; - if (tqparent->isInterface() && !child->isInterface()) { - // if the tqparent is an interface, but the child is not, then + if (parent->isInterface() && !child->isInterface()) { + // if the parent is an interface, but the child is not, then // this is really realization. // association = Uml::at_Realization; } - UMLAssociation *assoc = new UMLAssociation(association, child, tqparent); + UMLAssociation *assoc = new UMLAssociation(association, child, parent); UMLDoc *umldoc = UMLApp::app()->getDocument(); assoc->setUMLPackage(umldoc->getRootFolder(Uml::mt_Logical)); umldoc->addAssociation(assoc); @@ -435,8 +435,8 @@ void createGeneralization(UMLClassifier *child, UMLClassifier *tqparent) { void createGeneralization(UMLClassifier *child, const TQString &parentName) { UMLObject *parentObj = createUMLObject( Uml::ot_Class, parentName ); - UMLClassifier *tqparent = static_cast<UMLClassifier*>(parentObj); - createGeneralization(child, tqparent); + UMLClassifier *parent = static_cast<UMLClassifier*>(parentObj); + createGeneralization(child, parent); } TQStringList includePathList() { diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/codeimport/import_utils.h b/umbrello/umbrello/codeimport/import_utils.h index bec9e0ff..4a04190f 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/codeimport/import_utils.h +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/codeimport/import_utils.h @@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ namespace Import_Utils { * a conflict with a pre-existing parameterless method of the same * name.) */ - UMLOperation* makeOperation(UMLClassifier *tqparent, const TQString &name); + UMLOperation* makeOperation(UMLClassifier *parent, const TQString &name); /** * Insert the UMLOperation into the given classifier. @@ -131,13 +131,13 @@ namespace Import_Utils { /** * Create a generalization from the given child classifier to the given - * tqparent classifier. + * parent classifier. */ - void createGeneralization(UMLClassifier *child, UMLClassifier *tqparent); + void createGeneralization(UMLClassifier *child, UMLClassifier *parent); /** * Create a generalization from the existing child UMLObject to the given - * tqparent class name. + * parent class name. */ void createGeneralization(UMLClassifier *child, const TQString &parentName); diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/codeimport/javaimport.cpp b/umbrello/umbrello/codeimport/javaimport.cpp index 0ff5b689..7f62a1a9 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/codeimport/javaimport.cpp +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/codeimport/javaimport.cpp @@ -172,15 +172,15 @@ UMLObject* JavaImport::resolveClass (TQString className) { spawnImport( aFile ); // we need to set the package for the class that will be resolved // start at the root package - UMLPackage *tqparent = m_scope[0]; + UMLPackage *parent = m_scope[0]; UMLPackage *current = NULL; for (TQStringList::Iterator it = split.begin(); it != split.end(); ++it) { TQString name = (*it); UMLObject *ns = Import_Utils::createUMLObject(Uml::ot_Package, - name, tqparent); + name, parent); current = static_cast<UMLPackage*>(ns); - tqparent = current; + parent = current; } // for if ( isArray ) { // we have imported the type. For arrays we want to return @@ -292,9 +292,9 @@ bool JavaImport::parseStmt() { const TQString& baseName = advance(); // try to resolve the class we are extending, or if impossible // create a placeholder - UMLObject *tqparent = resolveClass( baseName ); - if ( tqparent ) { - Import_Utils::createGeneralization(m_klass, static_cast<UMLClassifier*>(tqparent)); + UMLObject *parent = resolveClass( baseName ); + if ( parent ) { + Import_Utils::createGeneralization(m_klass, static_cast<UMLClassifier*>(parent)); } else { kDebug() << "importJava parentClass " << baseName << " is not resolveable. Creating placeholder" << endl; diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/codeimport/kdevcppparser/ast.cpp b/umbrello/umbrello/codeimport/kdevcppparser/ast.cpp index 8e107ccf..e273aeb7 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/codeimport/kdevcppparser/ast.cpp +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/codeimport/kdevcppparser/ast.cpp @@ -170,14 +170,14 @@ void AST::getEndPosition( int* line, int* col ) const * col = m_endColumn; } -void AST::setParent( AST* tqparent ) +void AST::setParent( AST* parent ) { #ifndef CPPPARSER_NO_CHILDREN if( m_parent ) m_parent->removeChild( this ); #endif - m_parent = tqparent; + m_parent = parent; #ifndef CPPPARSER_NO_CHILDREN if( m_parent ) diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/codeimport/kdevcppparser/ast.h b/umbrello/umbrello/codeimport/kdevcppparser/ast.h index 568b480a..0d6a4759 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/codeimport/kdevcppparser/ast.h +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/codeimport/kdevcppparser/ast.h @@ -222,8 +222,8 @@ public: int nodeType() const { return m_nodeType; } void setNodeType( int nodeType ) { m_nodeType = nodeType; } - AST* tqparent() { return m_parent; } - void setParent( AST* tqparent ); + AST* parent() { return m_parent; } + void setParent( AST* parent ); void setStartPosition( int line, int col ); void getStartPosition( int* line, int* col ) const; diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/codeimport/kdevcppparser/ast_utils.cpp b/umbrello/umbrello/codeimport/kdevcppparser/ast_utils.cpp index a30db121..9d070334 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/codeimport/kdevcppparser/ast_utils.cpp +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/codeimport/kdevcppparser/ast_utils.cpp @@ -57,8 +57,8 @@ void scopeOfNode( AST* ast, TQStringList& scope ) if( !ast ) return; - if( ast->tqparent() ) - scopeOfNode( ast->tqparent(), scope ); + if( ast->parent() ) + scopeOfNode( ast->parent(), scope ); TQString s; switch( ast->nodeType() ) diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/codeimport/kdevcppparser/cpptree2uml.h b/umbrello/umbrello/codeimport/kdevcppparser/cpptree2uml.h index b97c7ced..7248c782 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/codeimport/kdevcppparser/cpptree2uml.h +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/codeimport/kdevcppparser/cpptree2uml.h @@ -33,21 +33,21 @@ public: virtual void parseTranslationUnit( TranslationUnitAST* ); // declarations - //virtual void parseDeclaration( DeclarationAST* ); // use tqparent method - //virtual void parseLinkageSpecification( LinkageSpecificationAST* ); // use tqparent method + //virtual void parseDeclaration( DeclarationAST* ); // use parent method + //virtual void parseLinkageSpecification( LinkageSpecificationAST* ); // use parent method virtual void parseNamespace( NamespaceAST* ); - //virtual void parseNamespaceAlias( NamespaceAliasAST* ); // use tqparent method - //virtual void parseUsing( UsingAST* ); // use tqparent method - //virtual void parseUsingDirective( UsingDirectiveAST* ); // use tqparent method + //virtual void parseNamespaceAlias( NamespaceAliasAST* ); // use parent method + //virtual void parseUsing( UsingAST* ); // use parent method + //virtual void parseUsingDirective( UsingDirectiveAST* ); // use parent method virtual void parseTypedef( TypedefAST* ); virtual void parseTemplateDeclaration( TemplateDeclarationAST* ); virtual void parseSimpleDeclaration( SimpleDeclarationAST* ); virtual void parseFunctionDefinition( FunctionDefinitionAST* ); - //virtual void parseLinkageBody( LinkageBodyAST* ); // use tqparent method + //virtual void parseLinkageBody( LinkageBodyAST* ); // use parent method virtual void parseAccessDeclaration( AccessDeclarationAST* ); // type-specifier - //virtual void parseTypeSpecifier( TypeSpecifierAST* ); // use tqparent method + //virtual void parseTypeSpecifier( TypeSpecifierAST* ); // use parent method virtual void parseClassSpecifier( ClassSpecifierAST* ); virtual void parseEnumSpecifier( EnumSpecifierAST* ); virtual void parseElaboratedTypeSpecifier( ElaboratedTypeSpecifierAST* ); diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/codeimport/kdevcppparser/urlutil.cpp b/umbrello/umbrello/codeimport/kdevcppparser/urlutil.cpp index 806a29a9..b6c55a61 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/codeimport/kdevcppparser/urlutil.cpp +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/codeimport/kdevcppparser/urlutil.cpp @@ -53,22 +53,22 @@ TQString URLUtil::directory(const TQString & name) { /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -TQString URLUtil::relativePath(const KURL & tqparent, const KURL & child, uint slashPolicy) { +TQString URLUtil::relativePath(const KURL & parent, const KURL & child, uint slashPolicy) { bool slashPrefix = slashPolicy & SLASH_PREFIX; bool slashSuffix = slashPolicy & SLASH_SUFFIX; - if (tqparent == child) + if (parent == child) return slashPrefix ? TQString("/") : TQString(""); - if (!tqparent.isParentOf(child)) return TQString(); + if (!parent.isParentOf(child)) return TQString(); int a=slashPrefix ? -1 : 1; int b=slashSuffix ? 1 : -1; - return child.path(b).mid(tqparent.path(a).length()); + return child.path(b).mid(parent.path(a).length()); } /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -TQString URLUtil::relativePath(const TQString & tqparent, const TQString & child, uint slashPolicy) { - return relativePath(KURL(tqparent), KURL(child), slashPolicy); +TQString URLUtil::relativePath(const TQString & parent, const TQString & child, uint slashPolicy) { + return relativePath(KURL(parent), KURL(child), slashPolicy); } /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/codeimport/kdevcppparser/urlutil.h b/umbrello/umbrello/codeimport/kdevcppparser/urlutil.h index d243ddbd..2d05b162 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/codeimport/kdevcppparser/urlutil.h +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/codeimport/kdevcppparser/urlutil.h @@ -38,13 +38,13 @@ namespace URLUtil */ TQString directory(const TQString & pathName); /** - * Returns the relative path between a tqparent and child URL, or blank if the specified child is not a child of tqparent + * Returns the relative path between a parent and child URL, or blank if the specified child is not a child of parent */ - TQString relativePath(const KURL & tqparent, const KURL & child, uint slashPolicy = SLASH_PREFIX); + TQString relativePath(const KURL & parent, const KURL & child, uint slashPolicy = SLASH_PREFIX); /** - * Returns the relative path between a tqparent and child URL, or blank if the specified child is not a child of tqparent + * Returns the relative path between a parent and child URL, or blank if the specified child is not a child of parent */ - TQString relativePath(const TQString & tqparent, const TQString & child, uint slashPolicy = SLASH_PREFIX); + TQString relativePath(const TQString & parent, const TQString & child, uint slashPolicy = SLASH_PREFIX); /** * Returns the relative path between a directory and file. Should never return empty path. * Example: diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/codeimport/pascalimport.cpp b/umbrello/umbrello/codeimport/pascalimport.cpp index 30d39128..a769571d 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/codeimport/pascalimport.cpp +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/codeimport/pascalimport.cpp @@ -332,9 +332,9 @@ bool PascalImport::parseStmt() { do { TQString base = advance(); UMLObject *ns = Import_Utils::createUMLObject(Uml::ot_Class, base, NULL); - UMLClassifier *tqparent = static_cast<UMLClassifier*>(ns); + UMLClassifier *parent = static_cast<UMLClassifier*>(ns); m_comment = TQString(); - Import_Utils::createGeneralization(klass, tqparent); + Import_Utils::createGeneralization(klass, parent); } while (advance() == ","); if (m_source[m_srcIndex] != ")") { kError() << "PascalImport: expecting \")\" at " diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/codemethodblock.h b/umbrello/umbrello/codemethodblock.h index 1e7f7ea0..62651750 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/codemethodblock.h +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/codemethodblock.h @@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ public: */ TQString getEndMethodText () const; - // get the tqparent code document + // get the parent code document CodeDocument * getParentDocument(); protected: @@ -93,13 +93,13 @@ protected: */ void setEndMethodText (const TQString &value); - /** this is the method called from within syncTotqparent(). + /** this is the method called from within syncToparent(). * to update the start and end Method text. It is called * whether or not the method is Auto or User generated. */ virtual void updateMethodDeclaration ( ) = 0; - /** this is the method called from within syncTotqparent(). + /** this is the method called from within syncToparent(). * to update the *body* of the method * It is only called if the method is Auto-generated. */ diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/codeoperation.cpp b/umbrello/umbrello/codeoperation.cpp index 3fa716dc..13f5121b 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/codeoperation.cpp +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/codeoperation.cpp @@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ TQPtrList<CodeParameter> CodeOperation::getParameterList ( ) { */ /** - * Get the tqparent UMLOperation of this codeoperation. + * Get the parent UMLOperation of this codeoperation. */ UMLOperation * CodeOperation::getParentOperation( ) { return dynamic_cast<UMLOperation*>(getParentObject()); @@ -129,9 +129,9 @@ void CodeOperation::setAttributesFromNode ( TQDomElement & element) // now set local attributes - // oops..this is done in the tqparent class "ownedcodeblock". - // we simply need to record the tqparent operation here - // m_parentOperation->disconnect(this); // always disconnect from current tqparent + // oops..this is done in the parent class "ownedcodeblock". + // we simply need to record the parent operation here + // m_parentOperation->disconnect(this); // always disconnect from current parent TQString idStr = element.attribute("parent_id","-1"); Uml::IDType id = STR2ID(idStr); @@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ void CodeOperation::init (UMLOperation * parentOp) m_canDelete = false; // we cant delete these with the codeeditor, delete the UML operation instead. setTag(CodeOperation::findTag(parentOp)); - // not needed.. done by tqparent "ownedcodeblock" class + // not needed.. done by parent "ownedcodeblock" class // connect(parentOp,TQT_SIGNAL(modified()),this,TQT_SLOT(syncToParent())); } diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/codeoperation.h b/umbrello/umbrello/codeoperation.h index 5709f31a..8bdc34fd 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/codeoperation.h +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/codeoperation.h @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ public: /** * Constructors */ - CodeOperation ( ClassifierCodeDocument * doc , UMLOperation * tqparent, + CodeOperation ( ClassifierCodeDocument * doc , UMLOperation * parent, const TQString & body = "", const TQString & comment = ""); /** @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ public: virtual ~CodeOperation ( ); /** - * Get the tqparent UMLOperation of this codeoperation. + * Get the parent UMLOperation of this codeoperation. */ UMLOperation * getParentOperation( ); diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/codeparameter.cpp b/umbrello/umbrello/codeparameter.cpp index 60f5d098..cd10e438 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/codeparameter.cpp +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/codeparameter.cpp @@ -50,15 +50,15 @@ CodeParameter::~CodeParameter ( ) { } // /** - * Utility method to get the value of tqparent object abstract value - * @return the value of tqparent object abstrtact + * Utility method to get the value of parent object abstract value + * @return the value of parent object abstrtact */ bool CodeParameter::getAbstract ( ) { return m_parentObject->getAbstract(); } /** - * Utility method to get the value of tqparent object static + * Utility method to get the value of parent object static * Whether or not this is static. * @return the value of static */ @@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ bool CodeParameter::getStatic ( ) { } /** - * Utility method to get the value of tqparent object name + * Utility method to get the value of parent object name * The name of this code parameter. * @return the value */ @@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ TQString CodeParameter::getName ( ) const { } /** - * Utility method to get the value of tqparent object type. + * Utility method to get the value of parent object type. * the typeName of this parameters (e.g. boolean, int, etc or perhaps Class name of * an object) * @return the value of type @@ -87,9 +87,9 @@ TQString CodeParameter::getTypeName ( ) { } /** - * Utility method to get the value of tqparent object scope. + * Utility method to get the value of parent object scope. * The visibility of this code parameter. - * @return the value of tqparent object scope + * @return the value of parent object scope */ Uml::Visibility CodeParameter::getVisibility ( ) const { return m_parentObject->getVisibility(); @@ -139,7 +139,7 @@ UMLObject * CodeParameter::getParentObject ( ) { return m_parentObject; } -// need to get the ID of the tqparent object +// need to get the ID of the parent object // this is kind of broken for UMLRoles. TQString CodeParameter::getID () { UMLRole * role = dynamic_cast<UMLRole*>(m_parentObject); @@ -187,7 +187,7 @@ void CodeParameter::setAttributesOnNode ( TQDomDocument & doc, TQDomElement & bl */ void CodeParameter::setAttributesFromNode ( TQDomElement & root) { - // set local attributes, tqparent object first + // set local attributes, parent object first TQString idStr = root.attribute("parent_id","-1"); Uml::IDType id = STR2ID(idStr); @@ -202,7 +202,7 @@ void CodeParameter::setAttributesFromNode ( TQDomElement & root) { // FIX..one day. // Ugh. This is UGLY, but we have to do it this way because UMLRoles // don't go into the document list of UMLobjects, and have the same - // ID as their tqparent UMLAssociations. So..the drill is then special + // ID as their parent UMLAssociations. So..the drill is then special // for Associations..in that case we need to find out which role will // serve as the parameter here. The REAL fix, of course, would be to // treat UMLRoles on a more even footing, but im not sure how that change diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/codeparameter.h b/umbrello/umbrello/codeparameter.h index dd86d05c..dd4cd7d9 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/codeparameter.h +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/codeparameter.h @@ -57,23 +57,23 @@ public: // /** - * Get the tqparent Code Document + * Get the parent Code Document */ ClassifierCodeDocument * getParentDocument ( ); /** - * Get the tqparent UMLObject + * Get the parent UMLObject */ UMLObject * getParentObject ( ); /** - * Utility method. Get the value of tqparent abstract value. + * Utility method. Get the value of parent abstract value. * @return the value */ bool getAbstract ( ); /** - * Utility method. Get the value of tqparent Static + * Utility method. Get the value of parent Static * Whether or not this is static. * @return the value */ @@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ public: */ CodeComment * getComment ( ); - // the id of this parameter is the same as the tqparent UMLObject id. + // the id of this parameter is the same as the parent UMLObject id. TQString getID (); protected: diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/componentwidget.h b/umbrello/umbrello/componentwidget.h index 4f0a3a05..d07b0536 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/componentwidget.h +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/componentwidget.h @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ public: /** * Constructs a ComponentWidget. * - * @param view The tqparent of this ComponentWidget. + * @param view The parent of this ComponentWidget. * @param c The UMLComponent this will be representing. */ ComponentWidget(UMLView * view, UMLComponent *c); diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/datatypewidget.h b/umbrello/umbrello/datatypewidget.h index 81dbe0f9..81a53ca6 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/datatypewidget.h +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/datatypewidget.h @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ public: /** * Constructs an DatatypeWidget. * - * @param view The tqparent of this DatatypeWidget. + * @param view The parent of this DatatypeWidget. * @param d The UMLClassifier this will be representing. */ DatatypeWidget(UMLView* view, UMLClassifier *d); diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/dialogs/assocgenpage.cpp b/umbrello/umbrello/dialogs/assocgenpage.cpp index 07c9e3af..b093cae0 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/dialogs/assocgenpage.cpp +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/dialogs/assocgenpage.cpp @@ -25,8 +25,8 @@ #include "../association.h" #include "../dialog_utils.h" -AssocGenPage::AssocGenPage (UMLDoc *d, TQWidget *tqparent, AssociationWidget *assoc) - : TQWidget(tqparent) +AssocGenPage::AssocGenPage (UMLDoc *d, TQWidget *parent, AssociationWidget *assoc) + : TQWidget(parent) { m_pAssociationWidget = assoc; diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/dialogs/assocgenpage.h b/umbrello/umbrello/dialogs/assocgenpage.h index 06c32c05..6d6ffcdf 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/dialogs/assocgenpage.h +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/dialogs/assocgenpage.h @@ -49,10 +49,10 @@ public: * Sets up the AssocGenPage. * * @param d The UMLDoc which controls controls object creation. - * @param tqparent The tqparent to the AssocGenPage. + * @param parent The parent to the AssocGenPage. * @param a The AssociationWidget to display the properties of. */ - AssocGenPage(UMLDoc *d, TQWidget *tqparent, AssociationWidget *a); + AssocGenPage(UMLDoc *d, TQWidget *parent, AssociationWidget *a); /** * Standard deconstructor. diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/dialogs/assocpage.cpp b/umbrello/umbrello/dialogs/assocpage.cpp index 425f01fe..ec95f619 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/dialogs/assocpage.cpp +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/dialogs/assocpage.cpp @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ #include <klocale.h> #include "assocpropdlg.h" -AssocPage::AssocPage(TQWidget *tqparent, UMLView * v, UMLObject * o) : TQWidget(tqparent) { +AssocPage::AssocPage(TQWidget *parent, UMLView * v, UMLObject * o) : TQWidget(parent) { m_pObject = o; m_pView = v; int margin = fontMetrics().height(); diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/dialogs/assocpage.h b/umbrello/umbrello/dialogs/assocpage.h index 469dd35d..dbb0eec8 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/dialogs/assocpage.h +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/dialogs/assocpage.h @@ -45,11 +45,11 @@ public: /** * Constructs an instance of AssocPage. * - * @param tqparent The tqparent of the page + * @param parent The parent of the page * @param v The view the UMLObject being represented. * @param o The UMLObject being represented */ - AssocPage(TQWidget *tqparent, UMLView * v, UMLObject * o); + AssocPage(TQWidget *parent, UMLView * v, UMLObject * o); /** * Standard deconstructor. diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/dialogs/assocpropdlg.cpp b/umbrello/umbrello/dialogs/assocpropdlg.cpp index cf4f5b21..1d5b9c77 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/dialogs/assocpropdlg.cpp +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/dialogs/assocpropdlg.cpp @@ -35,14 +35,14 @@ #include "../umlview.h" -AssocPropDlg::AssocPropDlg (TQWidget *tqparent, AssociationWidget * assocWidget, int pageNum) +AssocPropDlg::AssocPropDlg (TQWidget *parent, AssociationWidget * assocWidget, int pageNum) : KDialogBase(IconList, i18n("Association Properties"), Ok | Apply | Cancel | Help, - Ok, tqparent, "_ASSOCPROPDLG_", true, true) + Ok, parent, "_ASSOCPROPDLG_", true, true) { init(); m_pAssoc = assocWidget; - m_pDoc = ((UMLApp *)tqparent) -> getDocument(); // needed? + m_pDoc = ((UMLApp *)parent) -> getDocument(); // needed? setupPages(assocWidget); showPage(pageNum); diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/dialogs/assocpropdlg.h b/umbrello/umbrello/dialogs/assocpropdlg.h index 359add61..10fe344b 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/dialogs/assocpropdlg.h +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/dialogs/assocpropdlg.h @@ -36,12 +36,12 @@ public: /** * Sets up a Association Properties Dialog. - * @param tqparent The tqparent of the AssocPropDlg + * @param parent The parent of the AssocPropDlg * @param a The Association Widget to display properties of. * @param pageNum The page to show first. */ - AssocPropDlg(TQWidget *tqparent, AssociationWidget *a, int pageNum = 0); + AssocPropDlg(TQWidget *parent, AssociationWidget *a, int pageNum = 0); /** * Standard deconstructor diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/dialogs/assocrolepage.cpp b/umbrello/umbrello/dialogs/assocrolepage.cpp index f603abee..a44a5f05 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/dialogs/assocrolepage.cpp +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/dialogs/assocrolepage.cpp @@ -23,8 +23,8 @@ // local includes #include "../dialog_utils.h" -AssocRolePage::AssocRolePage (UMLDoc *d, TQWidget *tqparent, AssociationWidget *assoc) - : TQWidget(tqparent) +AssocRolePage::AssocRolePage (UMLDoc *d, TQWidget *parent, AssociationWidget *assoc) + : TQWidget(parent) { m_pAssociationWidget = assoc; diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/dialogs/assocrolepage.h b/umbrello/umbrello/dialogs/assocrolepage.h index ada69b4f..beede96e 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/dialogs/assocrolepage.h +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/dialogs/assocrolepage.h @@ -45,10 +45,10 @@ public: * Sets up the AssocRolePage. * * @param d The UMLDoc which controls controls object creation. - * @param tqparent The tqparent to the AssocRolePage. + * @param parent The parent to the AssocRolePage. * @param a The AssociationWidget to display the properties of. */ - AssocRolePage(UMLDoc *d, TQWidget *tqparent, AssociationWidget *a); + AssocRolePage(UMLDoc *d, TQWidget *parent, AssociationWidget *a); /** * Standard deconstructor. diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/dialogs/classgenpage.cpp b/umbrello/umbrello/dialogs/classgenpage.cpp index 7757b2d8..d633b6ae 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/dialogs/classgenpage.cpp +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/dialogs/classgenpage.cpp @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ #include "../umlview.h" #include "../stereotype.h" -ClassGenPage::ClassGenPage(UMLDoc* d, TQWidget* tqparent, UMLObject* o) : TQWidget(tqparent) { +ClassGenPage::ClassGenPage(UMLDoc* d, TQWidget* parent, UMLObject* o) : TQWidget(parent) { m_pWidget = 0; m_pObject = 0; m_pInstanceWidget = 0; @@ -236,7 +236,7 @@ ClassGenPage::ClassGenPage(UMLDoc* d, TQWidget* tqparent, UMLObject* o) : TQWidg ////////// } -ClassGenPage::ClassGenPage(UMLDoc* d, TQWidget* tqparent, ObjectWidget* o) : TQWidget(tqparent) { +ClassGenPage::ClassGenPage(UMLDoc* d, TQWidget* parent, ObjectWidget* o) : TQWidget(parent) { m_pObject = 0; m_pInstanceWidget = 0; m_pWidget = o; @@ -301,7 +301,7 @@ ClassGenPage::ClassGenPage(UMLDoc* d, TQWidget* tqparent, ObjectWidget* o) : TQW connect( m_pDrawActorCB, TQT_SIGNAL( toggled( bool ) ), this, TQT_SLOT( slotActorToggled( bool ) ) ); } -ClassGenPage::ClassGenPage(UMLDoc* d, TQWidget* tqparent, UMLWidget* widget) : TQWidget(tqparent) { +ClassGenPage::ClassGenPage(UMLDoc* d, TQWidget* parent, UMLWidget* widget) : TQWidget(parent) { m_pWidget = 0; m_pObject = 0; m_pInstanceWidget = widget; diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/dialogs/classgenpage.h b/umbrello/umbrello/dialogs/classgenpage.h index d6d06a50..fed32a2d 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/dialogs/classgenpage.h +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/dialogs/classgenpage.h @@ -45,29 +45,29 @@ public: * Sets up the ClassGenPage. * * @param d The UMLDoc which controls controls object creation. - * @param tqparent The tqparent to the ClassGenPage. + * @param parent The parent to the ClassGenPage. * @param o The UMLObject to display the properties of. */ - ClassGenPage(UMLDoc *d, TQWidget *tqparent, UMLObject * o); + ClassGenPage(UMLDoc *d, TQWidget *parent, UMLObject * o); /** * Sets up the ClassGenPage for an ObjectWidget * * @param d The UMLDoc which controls controls object creation. - * @param tqparent The tqparent to the ClassGenPage. + * @param parent The parent to the ClassGenPage. * @param o The ObjectWidget to display the properties of. */ - ClassGenPage(UMLDoc *d, TQWidget *tqparent, ObjectWidget * o); + ClassGenPage(UMLDoc *d, TQWidget *parent, ObjectWidget * o); /** * Sets up the ClassGenPage for a UMLWidget instance (used * for component instances on deployment diagrams) * * @param d The UMLDoc which controls controls object creation. - * @param tqparent The tqparent to the ClassGenPage. + * @param parent The parent to the ClassGenPage. * @param widget The UMLWidget to display the properties of. */ - ClassGenPage(UMLDoc* d, TQWidget* tqparent, UMLWidget* widget); + ClassGenPage(UMLDoc* d, TQWidget* parent, UMLWidget* widget); /** * Standard deconstructor. diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/dialogs/classifierlistpage.cpp b/umbrello/umbrello/dialogs/classifierlistpage.cpp index df0efb41..a96cb645 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/dialogs/classifierlistpage.cpp +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/dialogs/classifierlistpage.cpp @@ -29,8 +29,8 @@ using namespace Uml; -ClassifierListPage::ClassifierListPage(TQWidget* tqparent, UMLClassifier* classifier, - UMLDoc* doc, Uml::Object_Type type) : TQWidget(tqparent) { +ClassifierListPage::ClassifierListPage(TQWidget* parent, UMLClassifier* classifier, + UMLDoc* doc, Uml::Object_Type type) : TQWidget(parent) { m_itemType = type; TQString typeName(""); TQString newItemType(""); diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/dialogs/classifierlistpage.h b/umbrello/umbrello/dialogs/classifierlistpage.h index 7f0e298f..2675fd35 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/dialogs/classifierlistpage.h +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/dialogs/classifierlistpage.h @@ -43,12 +43,12 @@ public: /** * Sets up the ClassifierListPage * - * @param tqparent The tqparent to the ClassAttPage. + * @param parent The parent to the ClassAttPage. * @param classifier The Concept to display the properties of. * @param doc The UMLDoc document * @param type The type of listItem this handles */ - ClassifierListPage(TQWidget* tqparent, UMLClassifier* classifier, UMLDoc* doc, Uml::Object_Type type); + ClassifierListPage(TQWidget* parent, UMLClassifier* classifier, UMLDoc* doc, Uml::Object_Type type); /** * Standard deconstructor. diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/dialogs/classpropdlg.cpp b/umbrello/umbrello/dialogs/classpropdlg.cpp index 1b744ca0..169de20e 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/dialogs/classpropdlg.cpp +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/dialogs/classpropdlg.cpp @@ -33,9 +33,9 @@ #include "../uml.h" #include "../umlview.h" -ClassPropDlg::ClassPropDlg(TQWidget *tqparent, UMLObject * c, int pageNum, bool assoc) +ClassPropDlg::ClassPropDlg(TQWidget *parent, UMLObject * c, int pageNum, bool assoc) : KDialogBase(IconList, i18n("Properties"), Ok | Apply | Cancel | Help, - Ok, tqparent, "_CLASSDLG_", true, true) { + Ok, parent, "_CLASSDLG_", true, true) { m_pWidget = 0; m_pGenPage = 0; m_pAttPage = 0; @@ -52,9 +52,9 @@ ClassPropDlg::ClassPropDlg(TQWidget *tqparent, UMLObject * c, int pageNum, bool showPage(pageNum); } -ClassPropDlg::ClassPropDlg(TQWidget *tqparent, ObjectWidget * o) +ClassPropDlg::ClassPropDlg(TQWidget *parent, ObjectWidget * o) : KDialogBase(IconList, i18n("Properties"), Ok | Apply | Cancel | Help, - Ok, tqparent, "_CLASSDLG_", true, true) { + Ok, parent, "_CLASSDLG_", true, true) { m_pWidget = o; m_pGenPage = 0; m_pAttPage = 0; @@ -82,9 +82,9 @@ ClassPropDlg::ClassPropDlg(TQWidget *tqparent, ObjectWidget * o) setMinimumSize(340,420); } -ClassPropDlg::ClassPropDlg(TQWidget *tqparent, UMLWidget * w) +ClassPropDlg::ClassPropDlg(TQWidget *parent, UMLWidget * w) : KDialogBase(IconList, i18n("Properties"), Ok | Apply | Cancel | Help, - Ok, tqparent, "_CLASSDLG_", true, true) { + Ok, parent, "_CLASSDLG_", true, true) { m_pWidget = w; m_pGenPage = 0; m_pAttPage = 0; @@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ ClassPropDlg::ClassPropDlg(TQWidget *tqparent, UMLWidget * w) m_pOptionsPage = 0; m_Type = pt_Widget; m_pObject = w -> getUMLObject(); - m_pDoc = ((UMLApp *)tqparent) -> getDocument(); + m_pDoc = ((UMLApp *)parent) -> getDocument(); if (w->getBaseType() == Uml::wt_Class || w->getBaseType() == Uml::wt_Interface diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/dialogs/classpropdlg.h b/umbrello/umbrello/dialogs/classpropdlg.h index afb89f46..8078f372 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/dialogs/classpropdlg.h +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/dialogs/classpropdlg.h @@ -45,28 +45,28 @@ public: /** * Sets up a ClassPropDlg. * - * @param tqparent The tqparent of the ClassPropDlg + * @param parent The parent of the ClassPropDlg * @param c The UMLObject to display properties of. * @param pageNum The page to show first. * @param assoc Determines whether to display associations */ - ClassPropDlg(TQWidget *tqparent, UMLObject *c, int pageNum = 0, bool assoc = false); + ClassPropDlg(TQWidget *parent, UMLObject *c, int pageNum = 0, bool assoc = false); /** * Sets up a ClassPropDlg. * - * @param tqparent The tqparent of the ClassPropDlg + * @param parent The parent of the ClassPropDlg * @param o The ObjectWidget to display properties of. */ - ClassPropDlg(TQWidget *tqparent, ObjectWidget * o); + ClassPropDlg(TQWidget *parent, ObjectWidget * o); /** * Sets up a ClassPropDlg. * - * @param tqparent The tqparent of the ClassPropDlg + * @param parent The parent of the ClassPropDlg * @param o The UMLWidget to display properties of. */ - ClassPropDlg(TQWidget *tqparent, UMLWidget * o); + ClassPropDlg(TQWidget *parent, UMLWidget * o); /** diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/dialogs/classwizard.cpp b/umbrello/umbrello/dialogs/classwizard.cpp index 1cabe1b2..c49e418f 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/dialogs/classwizard.cpp +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/dialogs/classwizard.cpp @@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ #include "../umlclassifierlistitemlist.h" #include "../classifierlistitem.h" -ClassWizard::ClassWizard( UMLDoc * pDoc ) : KWizard( (TQWidget*)pDoc -> tqparent(), "_CLASSWIZARD_", true) { +ClassWizard::ClassWizard( UMLDoc * pDoc ) : KWizard( (TQWidget*)pDoc -> parent(), "_CLASSWIZARD_", true) { m_pDoc = pDoc; //create a unique class to start with UMLObject * pTemp = 0; diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/dialogs/codeeditor.cpp b/umbrello/umbrello/dialogs/codeeditor.cpp index 4f9f03a8..33fb743b 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/dialogs/codeeditor.cpp +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/dialogs/codeeditor.cpp @@ -55,16 +55,16 @@ #include "umlroledialog.h" #include "umloperationdialog.h" -CodeEditor::CodeEditor ( const TQString & text, const TQString & context, CodeViewerDialog * tqparent, const char * name , CodeDocument * doc) - : TQTextEdit ( text, context, tqparent, name) +CodeEditor::CodeEditor ( const TQString & text, const TQString & context, CodeViewerDialog * parent, const char * name , CodeDocument * doc) + : TQTextEdit ( text, context, parent, name) { - init(tqparent, doc); + init(parent, doc); } -CodeEditor::CodeEditor ( CodeViewerDialog * tqparent, const char* name, CodeDocument * doc ) - : TQTextEdit ( tqparent, name ) +CodeEditor::CodeEditor ( CodeViewerDialog * parent, const char* name, CodeDocument * doc ) + : TQTextEdit ( parent, name ) { - init(tqparent, doc); + init(parent, doc); } /* @@ -129,7 +129,7 @@ void CodeEditor::doubleClicked(int para, int pos) } -// allow us to edit, as appropriate, the tqparent UMLObject of the +// allow us to edit, as appropriate, the parent UMLObject of the // given text block. void CodeEditor::editTextBlock(TextBlock * tBlock, int para) { @@ -168,7 +168,7 @@ void CodeEditor::editTextBlock(TextBlock * tBlock, int para) { } else { - kError()<<" CodeViewerDlg ERROR: UNKNOWN tqparent for textBlock"<<endl; + kError()<<" CodeViewerDlg ERROR: UNKNOWN parent for textBlock"<<endl; } } @@ -223,7 +223,7 @@ void CodeEditor::loadFromDocument () } -void CodeEditor::insert (const TQString & text, TextBlock * tqparent, bool editable, const TQColor & fgcolor, const TQColor & bgcolor, UMLObject * umlobj, const TQString & displayName, int startLine) +void CodeEditor::insert (const TQString & text, TextBlock * parent, bool editable, const TQColor & fgcolor, const TQColor & bgcolor, UMLObject * umlobj, const TQString & displayName, int startLine) { // set some params @@ -253,18 +253,18 @@ void CodeEditor::insert (const TQString & text, TextBlock * tqparent, bool edita setParagraphBackgroundColor(para,bgcolor); // record paragraph information - // Did we already start recording info for this tqparent object? + // Did we already start recording info for this parent object? TextBlockInfo * tbinfo; - if(m_tbInfoMap->contains(tqparent)) - tbinfo = (*m_tbInfoMap)[tqparent]; + if(m_tbInfoMap->contains(parent)) + tbinfo = (*m_tbInfoMap)[parent]; else { tbinfo = new TextBlockInfo(); tbinfo->displayName = displayName; - tbinfo->isCodeAccessorMethod = dynamic_cast<CodeAccessorMethod*>(tqparent) ? true : false; - m_tbInfoMap->insert(tqparent,tbinfo); + tbinfo->isCodeAccessorMethod = dynamic_cast<CodeAccessorMethod*>(parent) ? true : false; + m_tbInfoMap->insert(parent,tbinfo); } - // set a tqparent, if its not already set + // set a parent, if its not already set if(umlobj && !tbinfo->getParent()) { tbinfo->displayName = displayName; @@ -272,13 +272,13 @@ void CodeEditor::insert (const TQString & text, TextBlock * tqparent, bool edita tbinfo->isClickable = textBlockIsClickable(umlobj); } - // now mark all lines that we just inserted as belonging to the tqparent + // now mark all lines that we just inserted as belonging to the parent for(int para=startLine;para<=endLine;para++) - m_textBlockList.insert(para,tqparent); + m_textBlockList.insert(para,parent); // lastly, update the para info - // start position is relative to the FIRST tqparent position - int start = startLine - m_textBlockList.findRef(tqparent); + // start position is relative to the FIRST parent position + int start = startLine - m_textBlockList.findRef(parent); int size = endLine-startLine; // create the object that records this particular "paragraph" @@ -293,7 +293,7 @@ void CodeEditor::insert (const TQString & text, TextBlock * tqparent, bool edita { // now we have to fix the 'start' value for all the para // info blocks that coorspond to textblocks that we inserted - // inside of. This means tqparent tblock paragraph locations + // inside of. This means parent tblock paragraph locations // that are greater than zero in that type of textblock int increase = size + 1; @@ -353,7 +353,7 @@ void CodeEditor::appendText(TextBlockList * items) appendText(cb); /* // no! shouldn't be any 'naked' comments floating about. Always - // are assocated with a tqparent code block + // are assocated with a parent code block else if ( (cm = dynamic_cast<CodeComment*>(tb)) ) appendText(cm); */ @@ -363,7 +363,7 @@ void CodeEditor::appendText(TextBlockList * items) } -void CodeEditor::appendText (CodeComment * comment, TextBlock * tqparent, UMLObject * umlObj , const TQString & componentName) +void CodeEditor::appendText (CodeComment * comment, TextBlock * parent, UMLObject * umlObj , const TQString & componentName) { if(!comment->getWriteOutText() && !m_showHiddenBlocks) @@ -376,7 +376,7 @@ void CodeEditor::appendText (CodeComment * comment, TextBlock * tqparent, UMLObj TQString indent = comment->getIndentationString(); TQString text = comment->toString(); // use comment formatting, NOT formatMultiLineText(comment->toString(), indent, "\n"); if(!StringIsBlank(text)) - insert(text,tqparent,true,getState().fontColor, bgcolor, umlObj, componentName); + insert(text,parent,true,getState().fontColor, bgcolor, umlObj, componentName); } @@ -462,7 +462,7 @@ void CodeEditor::appendText (CodeMethodBlock * mb) { TQString componentName = TQString("<b>parentless method\?</b>"); - // ugly, but we need to know if there is a tqparent object here. + // ugly, but we need to know if there is a parent object here. CodeOperation * op = dynamic_cast<CodeOperation*>(mb); CodeAccessorMethod * accessor = dynamic_cast<CodeAccessorMethod*>(mb); UMLObject * parentObj = 0; @@ -798,7 +798,7 @@ void CodeEditor::init ( CodeViewerDialog * parentDlg, CodeDocument * parentDoc ) setFont( getState().font ); - // set name of tqparent doc + // set name of parent doc ClassifierCodeDocument * cdoc = dynamic_cast<ClassifierCodeDocument*>(m_parentDoc); if(cdoc) parentDocName = cdoc->getParentClassifier()->getName(); @@ -860,7 +860,7 @@ void CodeEditor::updateTextBlockFromText (TextBlock * block) { //cerr<<"UPDATE GOT CONTENT:["<<content.latin1()<<"] to block:"<<block<<endl; block->setText(content); - // if a tqparent for the block, try to set its documentation + // if a parent for the block, try to set its documentation // as long as its NOT an accessor codeblock. if(parentObj && !info->isCodeAccessorMethod) parentObj->setDoc(content); diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/dialogs/codeeditor.h b/umbrello/umbrello/dialogs/codeeditor.h index 5f72fc7a..d5c42d1f 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/dialogs/codeeditor.h +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/dialogs/codeeditor.h @@ -46,8 +46,8 @@ class CodeEditor : public TQTextEdit TQ_OBJECT public: - explicit CodeEditor ( const TQString & text, const TQString & context = TQString(), CodeViewerDialog * tqparent = 0, const char * name = 0 , CodeDocument * doc = 0); - explicit CodeEditor ( CodeViewerDialog * tqparent, const char* name = 0, CodeDocument * doc = 0); + explicit CodeEditor ( const TQString & text, const TQString & context = TQString(), CodeViewerDialog * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 , CodeDocument * doc = 0); + explicit CodeEditor ( CodeViewerDialog * parent, const char* name = 0, CodeDocument * doc = 0); ~CodeEditor (); // return code viewer state @@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ protected: void appendText (CodeClassFieldDeclarationBlock * db ); void appendText (TextBlockList * items); void appendText (CodeMethodBlock * mb); - void appendText (CodeComment * comment, TextBlock * tqparent, UMLObject * umlObj = 0, const TQString & compName=""); + void appendText (CodeComment * comment, TextBlock * parent, UMLObject * umlObj = 0, const TQString & compName=""); void appendText (CodeBlockWithComments * cb ); // Rebuild our view of the document. Happens whenever we change @@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ protected: // and 'return' events. void keyPressEvent ( TQKeyEvent * e ); - // (re) load the tqparent code document into the editor + // (re) load the parent code document into the editor void loadFromDocument(); // specialized popup menu for our tool @@ -111,7 +111,7 @@ private: TextBlockList m_textBlockList; // main insert routine. Will append if startline is not supplied. - void insert (const TQString & text, TextBlock * tqparent, bool isEditable = false, + void insert (const TQString & text, TextBlock * parent, bool isEditable = false, const TQColor & fgcolor = TQColor("black"), const TQColor & bgcolor = TQColor("white"), UMLObject * umlobj = 0, const TQString & displayName = "", int startLine = -1); diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/dialogs/codegenerationoptionspage.cpp b/umbrello/umbrello/dialogs/codegenerationoptionspage.cpp index ab54eb3d..a5ce2f57 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/dialogs/codegenerationoptionspage.cpp +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/dialogs/codegenerationoptionspage.cpp @@ -37,8 +37,8 @@ #include <tqlistview.h> #include <tqbuttongroup.h> -CodeGenerationOptionsPage::CodeGenerationOptionsPage(TQWidget *tqparent) - : CodeGenerationOptionsBase(tqparent) +CodeGenerationOptionsPage::CodeGenerationOptionsPage(TQWidget *parent) + : CodeGenerationOptionsBase(parent) { init(); } @@ -154,7 +154,7 @@ void CodeGenerationOptionsPage::apply() { m_parentPolicy->setIndentationAmount(m_SelectIndentationNumber->value()); // emit in THIS order.. the first signal triggers any sub-class to do its apply - // slot, THEN, once we are all updated, we may sync the tqparent generator's code + // slot, THEN, once we are all updated, we may sync the parent generator's code // documents emit applyClicked(); emit syncCodeDocumentsToParent(); diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/dialogs/codegenerationoptionspage.h b/umbrello/umbrello/dialogs/codegenerationoptionspage.h index f444254e..15ac05b4 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/dialogs/codegenerationoptionspage.h +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/dialogs/codegenerationoptionspage.h @@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ class CodeGenerationOptionsPage : public CodeGenerationOptionsBase { Q_OBJECT TQ_OBJECT public: - CodeGenerationOptionsPage(TQWidget *tqparent=0); + CodeGenerationOptionsPage(TQWidget *parent=0); ~CodeGenerationOptionsPage(); void setDefaults(); TQString getCodeGenerationLanguage(); diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/dialogs/codegenerationpolicypage.cpp b/umbrello/umbrello/dialogs/codegenerationpolicypage.cpp index 0cdd5e08..0e488e75 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/dialogs/codegenerationpolicypage.cpp +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/dialogs/codegenerationpolicypage.cpp @@ -29,8 +29,8 @@ /** This is the page which comes up IF there is no special options for the * code generator. */ -CodeGenerationPolicyPage::CodeGenerationPolicyPage( TQWidget *tqparent, const char *name, CodeGenPolicyExt * policy ) - :CodeGenerationPolicyBase(tqparent,name) +CodeGenerationPolicyPage::CodeGenerationPolicyPage( TQWidget *parent, const char *name, CodeGenPolicyExt * policy ) + :CodeGenerationPolicyBase(parent,name) { m_parentPolicy = policy; } diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/dialogs/codegenerationpolicypage.h b/umbrello/umbrello/dialogs/codegenerationpolicypage.h index 54723dd3..6325a91e 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/dialogs/codegenerationpolicypage.h +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/dialogs/codegenerationpolicypage.h @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ class CodeGenerationPolicyPage : public CodeGenerationPolicyBase { Q_OBJECT TQ_OBJECT public: - explicit CodeGenerationPolicyPage (TQWidget *tqparent=0, const char *name=0, CodeGenPolicyExt * policy = 0); + explicit CodeGenerationPolicyPage (TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0, CodeGenPolicyExt * policy = 0); virtual ~CodeGenerationPolicyPage(); diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/dialogs/codegenerationwizard.cpp b/umbrello/umbrello/dialogs/codegenerationwizard.cpp index 3859d519..30ab5817 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/dialogs/codegenerationwizard.cpp +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/dialogs/codegenerationwizard.cpp @@ -165,7 +165,7 @@ void CodeGenerationWizard::showPage(TQWidget *page) { TQDir dir; if(!dir.mkdir(info.filePath())) { - KMessageBox::sorry(this,i18n("The folder could not be created.\nPlease make sure you have write access to its tqparent folder or select another, valid, folder."), + KMessageBox::sorry(this,i18n("The folder could not be created.\nPlease make sure you have write access to its parent folder or select another, valid, folder."), i18n("Error Creating Folder")); return; } diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/dialogs/codeviewerdialog.cpp b/umbrello/umbrello/dialogs/codeviewerdialog.cpp index ef0091fe..3f11adb3 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/dialogs/codeviewerdialog.cpp +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/dialogs/codeviewerdialog.cpp @@ -30,10 +30,10 @@ #include "../classifiercodedocument.h" #include "codeeditor.h" -CodeViewerDialog::CodeViewerDialog ( TQWidget* tqparent, CodeDocument * doc, +CodeViewerDialog::CodeViewerDialog ( TQWidget* parent, CodeDocument * doc, Settings::CodeViewerState state, const char* name, bool modal, WFlags fl ) - : CodeViewerDialogBase ( tqparent, name, modal, fl ) + : CodeViewerDialogBase ( parent, name, modal, fl ) { m_state = state; diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/dialogs/codeviewerdialog.h b/umbrello/umbrello/dialogs/codeviewerdialog.h index 2228dfae..eef90445 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/dialogs/codeviewerdialog.h +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/dialogs/codeviewerdialog.h @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ class CodeViewerDialog : public CodeViewerDialogBase TQ_OBJECT public: - CodeViewerDialog ( TQWidget* tqparent, CodeDocument * doc, Settings::CodeViewerState state, + CodeViewerDialog ( TQWidget* parent, CodeDocument * doc, Settings::CodeViewerState state, const char* name = 0, bool modal = false, WFlags fl = 0 ); ~CodeViewerDialog (); diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/dialogs/codevieweroptionspage.cpp b/umbrello/umbrello/dialogs/codevieweroptionspage.cpp index 3950d682..f4715b0d 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/dialogs/codevieweroptionspage.cpp +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/dialogs/codevieweroptionspage.cpp @@ -26,8 +26,8 @@ #include <kcolorbutton.h> -CodeViewerOptionsPage::CodeViewerOptionsPage( Settings::CodeViewerState options, TQWidget *tqparent, const char *name ) - :CodeViewerOptionsBase(tqparent,name) +CodeViewerOptionsPage::CodeViewerOptionsPage( Settings::CodeViewerState options, TQWidget *parent, const char *name ) + :CodeViewerOptionsBase(parent,name) { init (options); } diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/dialogs/codevieweroptionspage.h b/umbrello/umbrello/dialogs/codevieweroptionspage.h index f5a21736..1e1b4eea 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/dialogs/codevieweroptionspage.h +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/dialogs/codevieweroptionspage.h @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ class CodeViewerOptionsPage : public CodeViewerOptionsBase { Q_OBJECT TQ_OBJECT public: - CodeViewerOptionsPage (Settings::CodeViewerState options, TQWidget *tqparent, const char *name=0); + CodeViewerOptionsPage (Settings::CodeViewerState options, TQWidget *parent, const char *name=0); ~CodeViewerOptionsPage(); Settings::CodeViewerState getOptions(); diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/dialogs/defaultcodegenpolicypage.cpp b/umbrello/umbrello/dialogs/defaultcodegenpolicypage.cpp index 9732bbaf..3da163b7 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/dialogs/defaultcodegenpolicypage.cpp +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/dialogs/defaultcodegenpolicypage.cpp @@ -29,10 +29,10 @@ /** This is the page which comes up IF there is no special options for the * code generator. */ -DefaultCodeGenPolicyPage::DefaultCodeGenPolicyPage ( TQWidget *tqparent, const char *name, CodeGenPolicyExt * policy ) - :CodeGenerationPolicyPage(tqparent,name,policy) +DefaultCodeGenPolicyPage::DefaultCodeGenPolicyPage ( TQWidget *parent, const char *name, CodeGenPolicyExt * policy ) + :CodeGenerationPolicyPage(parent,name,policy) { - textLabel = new TQLabel(tqparent,"textLabel"); + textLabel = new TQLabel(parent,"textLabel"); textLabel->setText(tr2i18n("<p align=\"center\">No Options Available.</p>")); } diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/dialogs/defaultcodegenpolicypage.h b/umbrello/umbrello/dialogs/defaultcodegenpolicypage.h index 2bbf169c..bbc1c85a 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/dialogs/defaultcodegenpolicypage.h +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/dialogs/defaultcodegenpolicypage.h @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ class DefaultCodeGenPolicyPage : public CodeGenerationPolicyPage public: - explicit DefaultCodeGenPolicyPage( TQWidget* tqparent = 0, const char* name = 0, CodeGenPolicyExt * policy =0); + explicit DefaultCodeGenPolicyPage( TQWidget* parent = 0, const char* name = 0, CodeGenPolicyExt * policy =0); ~DefaultCodeGenPolicyPage(); diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/dialogs/diagramprintpage.cpp b/umbrello/umbrello/dialogs/diagramprintpage.cpp index cff98397..34176e3a 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/dialogs/diagramprintpage.cpp +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/dialogs/diagramprintpage.cpp @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ #include "../umlnamespace.h" -DiagramPrintPage::DiagramPrintPage(TQWidget * tqparent, UMLDoc * m_pDoc) : KPrintDialogPage(tqparent), m_pDoc(m_pDoc) { +DiagramPrintPage::DiagramPrintPage(TQWidget * parent, UMLDoc * m_pDoc) : KPrintDialogPage(parent), m_pDoc(m_pDoc) { int margin = fontMetrics().height(); setTitle(i18n("&Diagrams")); TQHBoxLayout * mainLayout = new TQHBoxLayout(this); diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/dialogs/diagramprintpage.h b/umbrello/umbrello/dialogs/diagramprintpage.h index 94e1deb5..b7980ca0 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/dialogs/diagramprintpage.h +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/dialogs/diagramprintpage.h @@ -41,10 +41,10 @@ public: /** * Constructs the diagram print page. * - * @param tqparent The tqparent to the page. + * @param parent The parent to the page. * @param doc The @ref UMLDoc class instance being used. */ - DiagramPrintPage(TQWidget * tqparent, UMLDoc *doc); + DiagramPrintPage(TQWidget * parent, UMLDoc *doc); /** * Stnadard deconstructor. diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/dialogs/exportallviewsdialog.cpp b/umbrello/umbrello/dialogs/exportallviewsdialog.cpp index fa1e6d60..443ad9e2 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/dialogs/exportallviewsdialog.cpp +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/dialogs/exportallviewsdialog.cpp @@ -25,12 +25,12 @@ #include "../umlviewimageexportermodel.h" ExportAllViewsDialog::ExportAllViewsDialog( - TQWidget* tqparent /* = 0 */, + TQWidget* parent /* = 0 */, const char* name /* = 0 */, bool modal /* = false */, WFlags fl /* = 0*/, const TQString &defaultMimeType /*= "image/png"*/) - : ExportAllViewsDialogBase(tqparent,name, modal,fl) { + : ExportAllViewsDialogBase(parent,name, modal,fl) { // create and initialize m_imageType m_imageType = new KFileFilterCombo(this, "m_imageType"); m_imageType->tqsetSizePolicy(TQSizePolicy(TQSizePolicy::Preferred, TQSizePolicy::Fixed, 0, 0, m_imageType->sizePolicy().hasHeightForWidth())); diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/dialogs/exportallviewsdialog.h b/umbrello/umbrello/dialogs/exportallviewsdialog.h index 3b28037c..69a4135d 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/dialogs/exportallviewsdialog.h +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/dialogs/exportallviewsdialog.h @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ public: /** * Constructor for UMLViewImageExporterModel. * - * @param tqparent The tqparent of the dialog. + * @param parent The parent of the dialog. * @param name The internal name. * @param modal If modal is true the dialog will block input to other the windows * in the application until it's closed. @@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ public: * * @see TQDialog::TQDialog */ - explicit ExportAllViewsDialog(TQWidget* tqparent = 0, const char* name = 0, + explicit ExportAllViewsDialog(TQWidget* parent = 0, const char* name = 0, bool modal = false, WFlags fl = 0, const TQString& defaultMimeType = "image/png"); diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/dialogs/notedialog.cpp b/umbrello/umbrello/dialogs/notedialog.cpp index 420b425e..effb585d 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/dialogs/notedialog.cpp +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/dialogs/notedialog.cpp @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ #include <kmessagebox.h> -NoteDialog::NoteDialog( TQWidget * tqparent, NoteWidget * pNote ) : KDialogBase(Plain, i18n("Note Documentation"), Help | Ok | Cancel , Ok, tqparent, "_NOTEDIALOG_", true, true) { +NoteDialog::NoteDialog( TQWidget * parent, NoteWidget * pNote ) : KDialogBase(Plain, i18n("Note Documentation"), Help | Ok | Cancel , Ok, parent, "_NOTEDIALOG_", true, true) { m_pNoteWidget = pNote; int margin = fontMetrics().height(); diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/dialogs/notedialog.h b/umbrello/umbrello/dialogs/notedialog.h index 6f6e2fd2..ed42319f 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/dialogs/notedialog.h +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/dialogs/notedialog.h @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ public: /** * Constructs an NoteDialog. */ - NoteDialog( TQWidget * tqparent, NoteWidget * pNote ); + NoteDialog( TQWidget * parent, NoteWidget * pNote ); /** * Standard deconstructor. diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/dialogs/overwritedialogue.cpp b/umbrello/umbrello/dialogs/overwritedialogue.cpp index c7661ced..9088b794 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/dialogs/overwritedialogue.cpp +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/dialogs/overwritedialogue.cpp @@ -23,8 +23,8 @@ OverwriteDialogue::OverwriteDialogue( const TQString& fileName, const TQString& outputDirectory, - bool applyToAllRemaining, TQWidget* tqparent, const char* name) : -KDialogBase(Plain, i18n("Destination File Already Exists"), Ok|Apply|Cancel, Yes, tqparent, name) { + bool applyToAllRemaining, TQWidget* parent, const char* name) : +KDialogBase(Plain, i18n("Destination File Already Exists"), Ok|Apply|Cancel, Yes, parent, name) { TQVBoxLayout* tqlayout = new TQVBoxLayout( plainPage(), 0, spacingHint() ); diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/dialogs/overwritedialogue.h b/umbrello/umbrello/dialogs/overwritedialogue.h index f67d7673..fb85e967 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/dialogs/overwritedialogue.h +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/dialogs/overwritedialogue.h @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ public: * constructor sets up the dialog, adding checkbox and label */ OverwriteDialogue(const TQString& fileName, const TQString& outputDirectory, - bool applyToAllRemaining, TQWidget* tqparent=0, const char* name=0); + bool applyToAllRemaining, TQWidget* parent=0, const char* name=0); /** * destrictor doesn't do anything diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/dialogs/parmpropdlg.cpp b/umbrello/umbrello/dialogs/parmpropdlg.cpp index ce5b5590..38a75292 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/dialogs/parmpropdlg.cpp +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/dialogs/parmpropdlg.cpp @@ -31,8 +31,8 @@ #include "parmpropdlg.moc" -ParmPropDlg::ParmPropDlg(TQWidget * tqparent, UMLDoc * doc, UMLAttribute * a) - : KDialogBase(Plain, i18n("Parameter Properties"), Help | Ok | Cancel , Ok, tqparent, "_PARMPROPDLG_", true, true) +ParmPropDlg::ParmPropDlg(TQWidget * parent, UMLDoc * doc, UMLAttribute * a) + : KDialogBase(Plain, i18n("Parameter Properties"), Help | Ok | Cancel , Ok, parent, "_PARMPROPDLG_", true, true) { m_pUmldoc = doc; m_pAtt = a; @@ -127,9 +127,9 @@ ParmPropDlg::ParmPropDlg(TQWidget * tqparent, UMLDoc * doc, UMLAttribute * a) // m_pTypeCB->setAutoCompletion(false); //add template parameters - UMLClassifier *pConcept = dynamic_cast<UMLClassifier*>( m_pAtt->tqparent()->tqparent() ); + UMLClassifier *pConcept = dynamic_cast<UMLClassifier*>( m_pAtt->parent()->parent() ); if (pConcept == NULL) { - kError() << "ParmPropDlg: grandtqparent of " << m_pAtt->getName() + kError() << "ParmPropDlg: grandparent of " << m_pAtt->getName() << " is not a UMLClassifier" << endl; } else { UMLTemplateList tmplParams( pConcept->getTemplateList() ); @@ -219,9 +219,9 @@ void ParmPropDlg::slotOk() { m_pAtt->setParmKind( getParmKind() ); m_pAtt->setStereotype( m_pStereoTypeCB->currentText() ); TQString typeName = m_pTypeCB->currentText(); - UMLClassifier * pConcept = dynamic_cast<UMLClassifier*>( m_pAtt->tqparent()->tqparent() ); + UMLClassifier * pConcept = dynamic_cast<UMLClassifier*>( m_pAtt->parent()->parent() ); if (pConcept == NULL) { - kError() << "ParmPropDlg::slotOk: grandtqparent of " << m_pAtt->getName() + kError() << "ParmPropDlg::slotOk: grandparent of " << m_pAtt->getName() << " is not a UMLClassifier" << endl; } else { UMLTemplate *tmplParam = pConcept->findTemplate(typeName); diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/dialogs/parmpropdlg.h b/umbrello/umbrello/dialogs/parmpropdlg.h index 8beca582..0164277d 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/dialogs/parmpropdlg.h +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/dialogs/parmpropdlg.h @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ class UMLDoc; /** * Displays a dialog box that displays properties of a paramater. * You need to make sure that @ref UMLDoc is made to be the - * tqparent. + * parent. * * @short A properties dialog box for a parameter. * @author Paul Hensgen <phensgen@techie.com> @@ -42,10 +42,10 @@ public: /** * Constructs a ParmPropDlg. * - * @param tqparent The tqparent of the dialog. + * @param parent The parent of the dialog. * @param a The parameter to represent. */ - ParmPropDlg(TQWidget * tqparent, UMLDoc * doc, UMLAttribute * a); + ParmPropDlg(TQWidget * parent, UMLDoc * doc, UMLAttribute * a); /** * Standard deconstructor. diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/dialogs/pkgcontentspage.cpp b/umbrello/umbrello/dialogs/pkgcontentspage.cpp index 6d9473c7..a5b742b1 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/dialogs/pkgcontentspage.cpp +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/dialogs/pkgcontentspage.cpp @@ -17,8 +17,8 @@ #include "../umldoc.h" #include "classpropdlg.h" -PkgContentsPage::PkgContentsPage(TQWidget *tqparent, UMLPackage *pkg) - : TQWidget(tqparent) +PkgContentsPage::PkgContentsPage(TQWidget *parent, UMLPackage *pkg) + : TQWidget(parent) { m_pPackage = pkg; int margin = fontMetrics().height(); diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/dialogs/pkgcontentspage.h b/umbrello/umbrello/dialogs/pkgcontentspage.h index ef6faff1..65db8d8f 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/dialogs/pkgcontentspage.h +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/dialogs/pkgcontentspage.h @@ -32,10 +32,10 @@ public: /** * Constructs an instance of PkgContentsPage. * - * @param tqparent The tqparent of the page. + * @param parent The parent of the page. * @param pkg The UMLPackage being represented. */ - PkgContentsPage(TQWidget *tqparent, UMLPackage *pkg); + PkgContentsPage(TQWidget *parent, UMLPackage *pkg); /** * Standard destructor. diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/dialogs/selectopdlg.cpp b/umbrello/umbrello/dialogs/selectopdlg.cpp index e49ea6d9..1c175752 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/dialogs/selectopdlg.cpp +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/dialogs/selectopdlg.cpp @@ -26,10 +26,10 @@ #include "../umlview.h" #include "../dialog_utils.h" -SelectOpDlg::SelectOpDlg(UMLView * tqparent, UMLClassifier * c) - : KDialogBase(Plain, i18n("Select Operation"), Ok | Cancel , Ok, tqparent, "_SELOPDLG_", true, true) +SelectOpDlg::SelectOpDlg(UMLView * parent, UMLClassifier * c) + : KDialogBase(Plain, i18n("Select Operation"), Ok | Cancel , Ok, parent, "_SELOPDLG_", true, true) { - m_pView = tqparent; + m_pView = parent; TQVBoxLayout * topLayout = new TQVBoxLayout(plainPage()); m_pOpGB = new TQGroupBox(i18n("Select Operation"), plainPage()); diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/dialogs/selectopdlg.h b/umbrello/umbrello/dialogs/selectopdlg.h index 3c12b1b1..be8a38ad 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/dialogs/selectopdlg.h +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/dialogs/selectopdlg.h @@ -44,10 +44,10 @@ public: /** * Constructs a SelectOpDlg instance. * - * @param tqparent The tqparent to this instance. + * @param parent The parent to this instance. * @param c The concept to get the operations from. */ - SelectOpDlg(UMLView * tqparent, UMLClassifier * c); + SelectOpDlg(UMLView * parent, UMLClassifier * c); /** * Standard deconstructor. diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/dialogs/settingsdlg.cpp b/umbrello/umbrello/dialogs/settingsdlg.cpp index a227572d..b5cddff5 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/dialogs/settingsdlg.cpp +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/dialogs/settingsdlg.cpp @@ -26,9 +26,9 @@ #include "codevieweroptionspage.h" #include "../dialog_utils.h" -SettingsDlg::SettingsDlg( TQWidget * tqparent, Settings::OptionState *state ) +SettingsDlg::SettingsDlg( TQWidget * parent, Settings::OptionState *state ) : KDialogBase( IconList, i18n("Umbrello Setup"), - Help | Default | Apply | Ok | Cancel, Ok, tqparent, 0, true, true ) { + Help | Default | Apply | Ok | Cancel, Ok, parent, 0, true, true ) { m_bChangesApplied = false; m_pOptionState = state; setHelp( "umbrello/index.html", TQString() ); diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/dialogs/settingsdlg.h b/umbrello/umbrello/dialogs/settingsdlg.h index a01696c8..228ac654 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/dialogs/settingsdlg.h +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/dialogs/settingsdlg.h @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ class SettingsDlg : public KDialogBase { TQ_OBJECT public: - SettingsDlg(TQWidget * tqparent, Settings::OptionState *state); + SettingsDlg(TQWidget * parent, Settings::OptionState *state); ~SettingsDlg(); //public methods diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/dialogs/umlattributedialog.cpp b/umbrello/umbrello/dialogs/umlattributedialog.cpp index af59de17..d6ea57ce 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/dialogs/umlattributedialog.cpp +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/dialogs/umlattributedialog.cpp @@ -157,7 +157,7 @@ bool UMLAttributeDialog::apply() { m_pNameLE->setText( m_pAttribute->getName() ); return false; } - UMLClassifier * pConcept = dynamic_cast<UMLClassifier *>( m_pAttribute->tqparent() ); + UMLClassifier * pConcept = dynamic_cast<UMLClassifier *>( m_pAttribute->parent() ); UMLObject *o = pConcept->findChildObject(name); if (o && o != m_pAttribute) { KMessageBox::error(this, i18n("The attribute name you have chosen is already being used in this operation."), diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/dialogs/umlentityattributedialog.cpp b/umbrello/umbrello/dialogs/umlentityattributedialog.cpp index ba111405..55a47857 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/dialogs/umlentityattributedialog.cpp +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/dialogs/umlentityattributedialog.cpp @@ -186,7 +186,7 @@ bool UMLEntityAttributeDialog::apply() { m_pNameLE->setText( m_pEntityAttribute->getName() ); return false; } - UMLClassifier * pConcept = dynamic_cast<UMLClassifier *>( m_pEntityAttribute->tqparent() ); + UMLClassifier * pConcept = dynamic_cast<UMLClassifier *>( m_pEntityAttribute->parent() ); UMLObject *o = pConcept->findChildObject(name); if (o && o != m_pEntityAttribute) { KMessageBox::error(this, i18n("The entity attribute name you have chosen is already being used in this operation."), diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/dialogs/umloperationdialog.cpp b/umbrello/umbrello/dialogs/umloperationdialog.cpp index 7edb1e35..e8216b99 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/dialogs/umloperationdialog.cpp +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/dialogs/umloperationdialog.cpp @@ -46,8 +46,8 @@ #include "../stereotype.h" #include "../uniqueid.h" -UMLOperationDialog::UMLOperationDialog( TQWidget * tqparent, UMLOperation * pOperation ) - : KDialogBase( Plain, i18n("Operation Properties"), Help | Ok | Cancel , Ok, tqparent, "_UMLOPERATIONDLG_", true, true) { +UMLOperationDialog::UMLOperationDialog( TQWidget * parent, UMLOperation * pOperation ) + : KDialogBase( Plain, i18n("Operation Properties"), Help | Ok | Cancel , Ok, parent, "_UMLOPERATIONDLG_", true, true) { m_pOperation = pOperation; m_doc = UMLApp::app()->getDocument(); m_pMenu = 0; @@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ void UMLOperationDialog::setupDialog() { m_pRtypeCB->setCompletionMode( KGlobalSettings::CompletionPopup ); // add template parameters - UMLClassifier *classifier = dynamic_cast<UMLClassifier*>(m_pOperation->tqparent()); + UMLClassifier *classifier = dynamic_cast<UMLClassifier*>(m_pOperation->parent()); if (classifier) { UMLClassifierListItemList tmplParams( classifier->getFilteredList(Uml::ot_Template) ); for (UMLClassifierListItem *li = tmplParams.first(); li; li = tmplParams.next()) @@ -459,7 +459,7 @@ bool UMLOperationDialog::apply() return false; } - UMLClassifier *classifier = dynamic_cast<UMLClassifier*>( m_pOperation->tqparent() ); + UMLClassifier *classifier = dynamic_cast<UMLClassifier*>( m_pOperation->parent() ); if( classifier != 0L && classifier->checkOperationSignature(name, m_pOperation->getParmList(), m_pOperation) ) { diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/dialogs/umloperationdialog.h b/umbrello/umbrello/dialogs/umloperationdialog.h index 2f67bfe2..7a932554 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/dialogs/umloperationdialog.h +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/dialogs/umloperationdialog.h @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ public: /** * Constructor */ - UMLOperationDialog( TQWidget * tqparent, UMLOperation * pOperation ); + UMLOperationDialog( TQWidget * parent, UMLOperation * pOperation ); /** * Deconstructor diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/dialogs/umlroledialog.cpp b/umbrello/umbrello/dialogs/umlroledialog.cpp index 00f2bd1a..607ac759 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/dialogs/umlroledialog.cpp +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/dialogs/umlroledialog.cpp @@ -21,8 +21,8 @@ #include "../umlrole.h" #include "umlroleproperties.h" -UMLRoleDialog::UMLRoleDialog( TQWidget * tqparent, UMLRole * pRole ) - : KDialogBase( Plain, i18n("Role Properties"), Help | Ok | Cancel , Ok, tqparent, "_UMLROLEDLG_", true, true) +UMLRoleDialog::UMLRoleDialog( TQWidget * parent, UMLRole * pRole ) + : KDialogBase( Plain, i18n("Role Properties"), Help | Ok | Cancel , Ok, parent, "_UMLROLEDLG_", true, true) { m_pRole = pRole; setupDialog(); diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/dialogs/umlroledialog.h b/umbrello/umbrello/dialogs/umlroledialog.h index 0b41060d..c429e2e4 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/dialogs/umlroledialog.h +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/dialogs/umlroledialog.h @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ public: /** * Constructor */ - UMLRoleDialog( TQWidget * tqparent, UMLRole * pRole ); + UMLRoleDialog( TQWidget * parent, UMLRole * pRole ); /** * Deconstructor diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/dialogs/umlroleproperties.cpp b/umbrello/umbrello/dialogs/umlroleproperties.cpp index 481eafb3..fe2e2f5f 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/dialogs/umlroleproperties.cpp +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/dialogs/umlroleproperties.cpp @@ -21,8 +21,8 @@ #include <kdebug.h> -UMLRoleProperties::UMLRoleProperties ( TQWidget *tqparent, UMLRole *role) - : UMLRolePropertiesBase (tqparent) +UMLRoleProperties::UMLRoleProperties ( TQWidget *parent, UMLRole *role) + : UMLRolePropertiesBase (parent) { m_pRole = role; diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/dialogs/umlroleproperties.h b/umbrello/umbrello/dialogs/umlroleproperties.h index cd3cb005..f52eaf4d 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/dialogs/umlroleproperties.h +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/dialogs/umlroleproperties.h @@ -30,10 +30,10 @@ public: /** * Sets up the UMLRoleProperties. * - * @param tqparent The tqparent widget to the UMLRoleProperties. + * @param parent The parent widget to the UMLRoleProperties. * @param role The UMLRole to display the properties of. */ - UMLRoleProperties( TQWidget *tqparent, UMLRole *role); + UMLRoleProperties( TQWidget *parent, UMLRole *role); /** * Standard deconstructor. @@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ public: protected: - // the tqparent role object + // the parent role object UMLRole * m_pRole; private: diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/dialogs/umltemplatedialog.cpp b/umbrello/umbrello/dialogs/umltemplatedialog.cpp index 20183e3a..6075fbe4 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/dialogs/umltemplatedialog.cpp +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/dialogs/umltemplatedialog.cpp @@ -131,7 +131,7 @@ bool UMLTemplateDialog::apply() { return false; } - UMLClassifier * pClass = dynamic_cast<UMLClassifier *>( m_pTemplate->tqparent() ); + UMLClassifier * pClass = dynamic_cast<UMLClassifier *>( m_pTemplate->parent() ); if (pClass) { UMLObject *o = pClass->findChildObject(name); if (o && o != m_pTemplate) { diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/dialogs/umlwidgetcolorpage.cpp b/umbrello/umbrello/dialogs/umlwidgetcolorpage.cpp index a330ad30..824d708f 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/dialogs/umlwidgetcolorpage.cpp +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/dialogs/umlwidgetcolorpage.cpp @@ -87,12 +87,12 @@ void UMLWidgetColorPage::init() UMLWidgetColorPage::~UMLWidgetColorPage() {} void UMLWidgetColorPage::slotLineButtonClicked() { - // UMLView * pView = dynamic_cast<UMLView *>( m_pUMLWidget -> tqparent() ); + // UMLView * pView = dynamic_cast<UMLView *>( m_pUMLWidget -> parent() ); m_pLineColorB -> setColor( Settings::getOptionState().uiState.lineColor ); } void UMLWidgetColorPage::slotFillButtonClicked() { - // UMLView * pView = dynamic_cast<UMLView *>( m_pUMLWidget -> tqparent() ); + // UMLView * pView = dynamic_cast<UMLView *>( m_pUMLWidget -> parent() ); m_pFillColorB -> setColor( Settings::getOptionState().uiState.fillColor ); } diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/docgenerators/xmi2docbook.xsl b/umbrello/umbrello/docgenerators/xmi2docbook.xsl index a48938f7..ff10aac5 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/docgenerators/xmi2docbook.xsl +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/docgenerators/xmi2docbook.xsl @@ -450,12 +450,12 @@ <title>Supertypes:</title> <xsl:for-each select="$generalizations"> - <!-- get the tqparent in the generalization --> + <!-- get the parent in the generalization --> <xsl:variable name="generalization" select="key('generalization', ./@xmi.idref)" /> <xsl:variable name="target" select="$generalization/ - Foundation.Core.Generalization.tqparent/ + Foundation.Core.Generalization.parent/ */@xmi.idref" /> <xsl:call-template name="classify"> <xsl:with-param name="target" select="$target"/> diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/docwindow.cpp b/umbrello/umbrello/docwindow.cpp index ddd056a2..ab935d00 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/docwindow.cpp +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/docwindow.cpp @@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ #include "umlwidget.h" -DocWindow::DocWindow( UMLDoc * doc, TQWidget *tqparent, const char *name ) : TQWidget( tqparent, name ) { +DocWindow::DocWindow( UMLDoc * doc, TQWidget *parent, const char *name ) : TQWidget( parent, name ) { //setup visual display TQHBoxLayout * mainLayout = new TQHBoxLayout( this ); diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/docwindow.h b/umbrello/umbrello/docwindow.h index 217e7d83..a2dce505 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/docwindow.h +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/docwindow.h @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ public: /** * Constructor */ - explicit DocWindow( UMLDoc * doc, TQWidget *tqparent = 0, const char *name = 0 ); + explicit DocWindow( UMLDoc * doc, TQWidget *parent = 0, const char *name = 0 ); /** * Deconstructor diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/entity.cpp b/umbrello/umbrello/entity.cpp index 38c73138..31ef1513 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/entity.cpp +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/entity.cpp @@ -107,7 +107,7 @@ UMLObject* UMLEntity::addEntityAttribute(const TQString& name, Uml::IDType id) { bool UMLEntity::addEntityAttribute(UMLEntityAttribute* attribute, IDChangeLog* Log /* = 0*/) { TQString name = (TQString)attribute->getName(); if (findChildObject(name) == NULL) { - attribute->tqparent()->removeChild(attribute); + attribute->parent()->removeChild(attribute); this->insertChild(attribute); m_List.append(attribute); emit entityAttributeAdded(attribute); @@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ bool UMLEntity::addEntityAttribute(UMLEntityAttribute* attribute, IDChangeLog* L bool UMLEntity::addEntityAttribute(UMLEntityAttribute* attribute, int position) { TQString name = (TQString)attribute->getName(); if (findChildObject(name) == NULL) { - attribute->tqparent()->removeChild(attribute); + attribute->parent()->removeChild(attribute); this->insertChild(attribute); if ( position >= 0 && position <= (int)m_List.count() ) { m_List.insert(position,attribute); diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/entity.h b/umbrello/umbrello/entity.h index 9b507f00..c9ec4633 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/entity.h +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/entity.h @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ public: virtual UMLObject* clone() const; /** - * Creates an entity attribute for the tqparent concept. + * Creates an entity attribute for the parent concept. * Reimplementation of method from UMLClassifier. * * @param name An optional name, used by when creating through UMLListView diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/entityattribute.cpp b/umbrello/umbrello/entityattribute.cpp index ebc2111f..b8030fed 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/entityattribute.cpp +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/entityattribute.cpp @@ -21,17 +21,17 @@ #include "dialogs/umlentityattributedialog.h" #include "object_factory.h" -UMLEntityAttribute::UMLEntityAttribute( const UMLObject *tqparent, const TQString& name, +UMLEntityAttribute::UMLEntityAttribute( const UMLObject *parent, const TQString& name, Uml::IDType id, Uml::Visibility s, UMLObject *type, const TQString& iv ) - : UMLAttribute(tqparent, name, id, s, type, iv) { + : UMLAttribute(parent, name, id, s, type, iv) { init(); if (m_pSecondary) { m_pSecondary->setBaseType(Uml::ot_Entity); } } -UMLEntityAttribute::UMLEntityAttribute(const UMLObject *tqparent) : UMLAttribute(tqparent) { +UMLEntityAttribute::UMLEntityAttribute(const UMLObject *parent) : UMLAttribute(parent) { init(); } @@ -119,7 +119,7 @@ bool UMLEntityAttribute::operator==( UMLEntityAttribute &rhs) { void UMLEntityAttribute::copyInto(UMLEntityAttribute *rhs) const { - // call the tqparent first. + // call the parent first. UMLClassifierListItem::copyInto(rhs); // Copy all datamembers @@ -131,7 +131,7 @@ void UMLEntityAttribute::copyInto(UMLEntityAttribute *rhs) const UMLObject* UMLEntityAttribute::clone() const { - UMLEntityAttribute* clone = new UMLEntityAttribute( (UMLEntityAttribute*)tqparent() ); + UMLEntityAttribute* clone = new UMLEntityAttribute( (UMLEntityAttribute*)parent() ); copyInto(clone); return clone; @@ -169,8 +169,8 @@ bool UMLEntityAttribute::load( TQDomElement & element ) { return true; } -bool UMLEntityAttribute::showPropertiesDialog(TQWidget* tqparent) { - UMLEntityAttributeDialog dialog(tqparent, this); +bool UMLEntityAttribute::showPropertiesDialog(TQWidget* parent) { + UMLEntityAttributeDialog dialog(parent, this); return dialog.exec(); } diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/entityattribute.h b/umbrello/umbrello/entityattribute.h index 4a094dfb..aee70bcf 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/entityattribute.h +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/entityattribute.h @@ -31,14 +31,14 @@ public: /** * Sets up an entityattribute. * - * @param tqparent The tqparent of this UMLEntityAttribute. + * @param parent The parent of this UMLEntityAttribute. * @param name The name of this UMLEntityAttribute. * @param id The unique id given to this UMLEntityAttribute. * @param s The visibility of the UMLEntityAttribute. * @param type The type of this UMLEntityAttribute. * @param iv The initial value of the entityattribute. */ - UMLEntityAttribute(const UMLObject* tqparent, const TQString& name, + UMLEntityAttribute(const UMLObject* parent, const TQString& name, Uml::IDType id = Uml::id_None, Uml::Visibility s = Uml::Visibility::Private, UMLObject *type = 0, const TQString& iv = 0); @@ -46,9 +46,9 @@ public: /** * Sets up an entityattribute. * - * @param tqparent The tqparent of this UMLEntityAttribute. + * @param parent The parent of this UMLEntityAttribute. */ - UMLEntityAttribute(const UMLObject* tqparent); + UMLEntityAttribute(const UMLObject* parent); /** * Overloaded '==' operator @@ -158,7 +158,7 @@ public: /** * Display the properties configuration dialog for the entityattribute. */ - bool showPropertiesDialog(TQWidget* tqparent); + bool showPropertiesDialog(TQWidget* parent); protected: /** diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/entitywidget.h b/umbrello/umbrello/entitywidget.h index 55b0e625..e99da521 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/entitywidget.h +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/entitywidget.h @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ public: /** * Constructs an EntityWidget. * - * @param view The tqparent of this EntityWidget. + * @param view The parent of this EntityWidget. * @param o The UMLObject this will be representing. */ EntityWidget(UMLView* view, UMLObject* o); diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/enum.cpp b/umbrello/umbrello/enum.cpp index 491817e2..93ee1bdd 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/enum.cpp +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/enum.cpp @@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ UMLObject* UMLEnum::addEnumLiteral(const TQString &name, Uml::IDType id) { bool UMLEnum::addEnumLiteral(UMLEnumLiteral* literal, IDChangeLog* Log /* = 0*/) { TQString name = (TQString)literal->getName(); if (findChildObject(name) == NULL) { - literal->tqparent()->removeChild(literal); + literal->parent()->removeChild(literal); this->insertChild(literal); m_List.append(literal); UMLObject::emitModified(); @@ -126,7 +126,7 @@ bool UMLEnum::addEnumLiteral(UMLEnumLiteral* literal, IDChangeLog* Log /* = 0*/) bool UMLEnum::addEnumLiteral(UMLEnumLiteral* literal, int position) { TQString name = (TQString)literal->getName(); if (findChildObject(name) == NULL) { - literal->tqparent()->removeChild(literal); + literal->parent()->removeChild(literal); this->insertChild(literal); if ( position >= 0 && position <= (int)m_List.count() ) { m_List.insert(position,literal); diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/enumliteral.cpp b/umbrello/umbrello/enumliteral.cpp index b6efb808..8158e40e 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/enumliteral.cpp +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/enumliteral.cpp @@ -15,13 +15,13 @@ #include <kdebug.h> #include <klocale.h> -UMLEnumLiteral::UMLEnumLiteral(const UMLObject *tqparent, +UMLEnumLiteral::UMLEnumLiteral(const UMLObject *parent, const TQString& name, Uml::IDType id) - : UMLClassifierListItem(tqparent, name, id) { + : UMLClassifierListItem(parent, name, id) { m_BaseType = Uml::ot_EnumLiteral; } -UMLEnumLiteral::UMLEnumLiteral(const UMLObject *tqparent) : UMLClassifierListItem(tqparent) { +UMLEnumLiteral::UMLEnumLiteral(const UMLObject *parent) : UMLClassifierListItem(parent) { m_BaseType = Uml::ot_EnumLiteral; } @@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ void UMLEnumLiteral::copyInto(UMLEnumLiteral *rhs) const UMLObject* UMLEnumLiteral::clone() const { - UMLEnumLiteral *clone = new UMLEnumLiteral((UMLObject *) tqparent()); + UMLEnumLiteral *clone = new UMLEnumLiteral((UMLObject *) parent()); copyInto(clone); return clone; @@ -60,9 +60,9 @@ bool UMLEnumLiteral::load(TQDomElement& ) { return true; } -bool UMLEnumLiteral::showPropertiesDialog(TQWidget* tqparent) { +bool UMLEnumLiteral::showPropertiesDialog(TQWidget* parent) { bool ok; - TQString name = KInputDialog::getText(i18n("Name"), i18n("Enter name:"), getName(), &ok, tqparent); + TQString name = KInputDialog::getText(i18n("Name"), i18n("Enter name:"), getName(), &ok, parent); if ( ok && !name.isEmpty() ) { setName(name); return true; diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/enumliteral.h b/umbrello/umbrello/enumliteral.h index 3e530c4d..e9a63b1a 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/enumliteral.h +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/enumliteral.h @@ -29,19 +29,19 @@ public: /** * Sets up an enum literal. * - * @param tqparent The tqparent of this UMLEnumLiteral. + * @param parent The parent of this UMLEnumLiteral. * @param name The name of this UMLEnumLiteral. * @param id The unique id given to this UMLEnumLiteral. */ - UMLEnumLiteral(const UMLObject* tqparent, + UMLEnumLiteral(const UMLObject* parent, const TQString& name, Uml::IDType id = Uml::id_None); /** * Sets up an enum literal. * - * @param tqparent The tqparent of this UMLEnumLiteral. + * @param parent The parent of this UMLEnumLiteral. */ - UMLEnumLiteral(const UMLObject* tqparent); + UMLEnumLiteral(const UMLObject* parent); /** * Overloaded '==' operator @@ -72,7 +72,7 @@ public: /** * Display the properties configuration dialog for the enum literal. */ - bool showPropertiesDialog(TQWidget* tqparent); + bool showPropertiesDialog(TQWidget* parent); protected: /** diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/enumwidget.h b/umbrello/umbrello/enumwidget.h index b5802135..aa61f4ea 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/enumwidget.h +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/enumwidget.h @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ public: /** * Constructs an EnumWidget. * - * @param view The tqparent of this EnumWidget. + * @param view The parent of this EnumWidget. * @param o The UMLObject this will be representing. */ EnumWidget(UMLView* view, UMLObject* o); diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/floatingtextwidget.h b/umbrello/umbrello/floatingtextwidget.h index ad33e532..635d750e 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/floatingtextwidget.h +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/floatingtextwidget.h @@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ public: /** * Constructs a FloatingTextWidget instance. * - * @param view The tqparent of this FloatingTextWidget. + * @param view The parent of this FloatingTextWidget. * @param role The role this FloatingTextWidget will take up. * @param text The main text to display. * @param id The ID to assign (-1 will prompt a new ID.) diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/floatingtextwidgetcontroller.h b/umbrello/umbrello/floatingtextwidgetcontroller.h index 5b89c3ad..93c91d69 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/floatingtextwidgetcontroller.h +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/floatingtextwidgetcontroller.h @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ protected: /** * Overridden from UMLWidgetController. * Saves the values of the widget needed for move/resize. - * Calls tqparent method and then saves the value of m_unconstrainedPositionX/Y + * Calls parent method and then saves the value of m_unconstrainedPositionX/Y * and m_movementDirectionX/Y. * * @param me The TQMouseEvent to get the offset from. diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/folder.cpp b/umbrello/umbrello/folder.cpp index 7a4d11ab..127c3b34 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/folder.cpp +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/folder.cpp @@ -157,8 +157,8 @@ void UMLFolder::removeAllViews() { UMLView *v = NULL; for (UMLViewListIt vit(m_diagrams); (v = vit.current()) != NULL; ++vit) { // TODO ------------------ check this code - bad: calling back to UMLDoc::removeView() - v->removeAllAssociations(); // note : It may not be aptqparent, but when we remove all associations - // from a view, it also causes any UMLAssociations that lack tqparent + v->removeAllAssociations(); // note : It may not be apparent, but when we remove all associations + // from a view, it also causes any UMLAssociations that lack parent // association widgets (but once had them) to remove themselves from // this document. UMLApp::app()->getDocument()->removeView(v, false); @@ -249,7 +249,7 @@ void UMLFolder::saveToXMI(TQDomDocument& qDoc, TQDomElement& qElement) { folderRoot.setAttribute("filename", m_folderFile); folderRoot.setAttribute("mainModel", umldoc->URL().fileName()); folderRoot.setAttribute("parentId", ID2STR(m_pUMLPackage->getID())); - folderRoot.setAttribute("tqparent", m_pUMLPackage->getFullyQualifiedName("::", true)); + folderRoot.setAttribute("parent", m_pUMLPackage->getFullyQualifiedName("::", true)); saveContents(folderDoc, folderRoot); folderDoc.appendChild(folderRoot); TQTextStream stream(&file); diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/forkjoinwidget.h b/umbrello/umbrello/forkjoinwidget.h index def633b4..8ee869ea 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/forkjoinwidget.h +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/forkjoinwidget.h @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ public: /** * Constructs a ForkJoinWidget. * - * @param view The tqparent to this widget. + * @param view The parent to this widget. * @param drawVertical Whether to draw the plate horizontally or vertically. * @param id The ID to assign (-1 will prompt a new ID.) */ diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/hierarchicalcodeblock.cpp b/umbrello/umbrello/hierarchicalcodeblock.cpp index 73e59bab..8802cbcf 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/hierarchicalcodeblock.cpp +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/hierarchicalcodeblock.cpp @@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ bool HierarchicalCodeBlock::insertTextBlock(TextBlock * newBlock, TextBlock * ex return false; TQString tag = existingBlock->getTag(); - // FIX: just do a quick check if the tqparent DOCUMENT has this. + // FIX: just do a quick check if the parent DOCUMENT has this. // IF it does, then the lack of an index will force us into // a search of any child hierarchical codeblocks we may have // Its not efficient, but works. I don't think speed is a problem @@ -365,7 +365,7 @@ TextBlock * HierarchicalCodeBlock::findCodeClassFieldTextBlockByTag ( const TQSt if(cdoc) return cdoc->findCodeClassFieldTextBlockByTag(tag); else - kError()<<" HierarchicalCodeBlock: findCodeClassFieldTextBlockByTag() finds NO tqparent document! Badly constructed textblock?!?"<<endl; + kError()<<" HierarchicalCodeBlock: findCodeClassFieldTextBlockByTag() finds NO parent document! Badly constructed textblock?!?"<<endl; // if we get here, we failed. return (TextBlock*) NULL; diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/kplayerslideraction.cpp b/umbrello/umbrello/kplayerslideraction.cpp index 5210f8ea..c5efcb65 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/kplayerslideraction.cpp +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/kplayerslideraction.cpp @@ -67,8 +67,8 @@ void KPlayerPopupFrame::mouseReleaseEvent (TQMouseEvent* ev) KPlayerPopupSliderAction::KPlayerPopupSliderAction (const TQString& text, const TQString& pix, const KShortcut& shortcut, const TQObject* receiver, - const char* slot, TQObject* tqparent, const char* name) - : KAction (text, pix, shortcut, tqparent, name) + const char* slot, TQObject* parent, const char* name) + : KAction (text, pix, shortcut, parent, name) { m_frame = new KPlayerPopupFrame; m_frame -> setFrameStyle (TQFrame::PopupPanel | TQFrame::Raised); @@ -158,9 +158,9 @@ void KPlayerPopupSliderAction::slotActivated (void) } KPlayerSliderAction::KPlayerSliderAction (const TQString& text, const KShortcut& cut, - const TQObject* receiver, const char* slot, KActionCollection* tqparent, const char* name) - : KWidgetAction (new KPlayerSlider (Qt::Horizontal, 0, name), text, cut, receiver, slot, tqparent, name) - //: KAction (text, 0, tqparent, name) + const TQObject* receiver, const char* slot, KActionCollection* parent, const char* name) + : KWidgetAction (new KPlayerSlider (Qt::Horizontal, 0, name), text, cut, receiver, slot, parent, name) + //: KAction (text, 0, parent, name) { setAutoSized (true); connect (slider(), TQT_SIGNAL (changed (int)), receiver, slot); @@ -213,7 +213,7 @@ void KPlayerSliderAction::unplug (TQWidget* widget) //Q_ASSERT (isPlugged()); //Q_ASSERT (widget -> inherits ("KToolBar")); KWidgetAction::unplug (widget); - if ( ! slider() || ! isPlugged() || TQT_BASE_OBJECT(widget) != TQT_BASE_OBJECT(slider() -> tqparent()) ) + if ( ! slider() || ! isPlugged() || TQT_BASE_OBJECT(widget) != TQT_BASE_OBJECT(slider() -> parent()) ) return; //KToolBar* toolbar = (KToolBar*) widget; disconnect (widget, TQT_SIGNAL (orientationChanged (Qt::Orientation)), this, TQT_SLOT (orientationChanged (Qt::Orientation))); @@ -264,9 +264,9 @@ void KPlayerSliderAction::orientationChanged (Qt::Orientation orientation) m_slider -> reparent (0, TQPoint()); }*/ -KPlayerSlider::KPlayerSlider (Qt::Orientation orientation, TQWidget* tqparent, const char* name) -//CHANGED : TQSlider (orientation, tqparent, name) - : TQSlider (300, 2200, 400, 1000, orientation, tqparent, name) +KPlayerSlider::KPlayerSlider (Qt::Orientation orientation, TQWidget* parent, const char* name) +//CHANGED : TQSlider (orientation, parent, name) + : TQSlider (300, 2200, 400, 1000, orientation, parent, name) { m_changing_orientation = false; setTickmarks (TQSlider::Both); diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/kplayerslideraction.h b/umbrello/umbrello/kplayerslideraction.h index ea4d290d..8c0b11ef 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/kplayerslideraction.h +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/kplayerslideraction.h @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ class KPlayerSlider : public TQSlider public: /** The KPlayerSlider constructor. Parameters are passed on to TQSlider. */ - explicit KPlayerSlider (Qt::Orientation, TQWidget* tqparent = 0, const char* name = 0); + explicit KPlayerSlider (Qt::Orientation, TQWidget* parent = 0, const char* name = 0); /** The KPlayerSlider destructor. Does nothing. */ virtual ~KPlayerSlider(); @@ -110,8 +110,8 @@ class KPlayerPopupFrame : public TQFrame public: /** The KPlayerPopupFrame constructor. Parameters are passed on to TQFrame. */ - KPlayerPopupFrame (TQWidget* tqparent = 0, const char* name = 0) - : TQFrame (tqparent, name, TQt::WType_Popup) { } + KPlayerPopupFrame (TQWidget* parent = 0, const char* name = 0) + : TQFrame (parent, name, TQt::WType_Popup) { } /** The KPlayerPopupFrame destructor. Does nothing. */ virtual ~KPlayerPopupFrame() { } @@ -134,7 +134,7 @@ public: /** The KPlayerPopupSliderAction constructor. Parameters are passed on to KAction. */ KPlayerPopupSliderAction (const TQString& text, const TQString& pix, const KShortcut& shortcut, - const TQObject* receiver, const char* slot, TQObject* tqparent = 0, const char* name = 0); + const TQObject* receiver, const char* slot, TQObject* parent = 0, const char* name = 0); /** The KPlayerPopupSliderAction destructor. Deletes the KPlayerPopupFrame. */ virtual ~KPlayerPopupSliderAction(); @@ -175,7 +175,7 @@ public: /** The KPlayerSliderAction constructor. Parameters are passed on to KAction. */ KPlayerSliderAction (const TQString& text, const KShortcut&, const TQObject* receiver, - const char* slot, KActionCollection* tqparent = 0, const char* name = 0); + const char* slot, KActionCollection* parent = 0, const char* name = 0); /** The KPlayerSliderAction destructor. Does nothing. */ virtual ~KPlayerSliderAction(); diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/kstartuplogo.cpp b/umbrello/umbrello/kstartuplogo.cpp index 48df28a8..1839dc06 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/kstartuplogo.cpp +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/kstartuplogo.cpp @@ -17,8 +17,8 @@ #include <kstandarddirs.h> #include <tqtimer.h> -KStartupLogo::KStartupLogo(TQWidget * tqparent, const char *name) - : TQWidget(tqparent,name, TQt::WStyle_NoBorder | TQt::WStyle_Customize | TQt::WDestructiveClose ) +KStartupLogo::KStartupLogo(TQWidget * parent, const char *name) + : TQWidget(parent,name, TQt::WStyle_NoBorder | TQt::WStyle_Customize | TQt::WDestructiveClose ) ,m_bReadyToHide(false) { //pm.load(locate("appdata", "pics/startlogo.png")); KStandardDirs * dirs = KGlobal::dirs(); diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/kstartuplogo.h b/umbrello/umbrello/kstartuplogo.h index 07770d6c..84302075 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/kstartuplogo.h +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/kstartuplogo.h @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ class KStartupLogo : public TQWidget { Q_OBJECT TQ_OBJECT public: - KStartupLogo(TQWidget *tqparent=0, const char *name=0); + KStartupLogo(TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0); ~KStartupLogo(); void setHideEnabled(bool bEnabled); diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/linepath.cpp b/umbrello/umbrello/linepath.cpp index 12f4b6c8..2d23021d 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/linepath.cpp +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/linepath.cpp @@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ void LinePath::setAssociation(AssociationWidget * association ) { createHeadLines(); if( getAssocType() == Uml::at_Coll_Message ) setupParallelLine(); - UMLView * view = (UMLView *)m_pAssociation -> tqparent(); + UMLView * view = (UMLView *)m_pAssociation -> parent(); connect( view, TQT_SIGNAL( sigColorChanged( Uml::IDType ) ), this, TQT_SLOT( slotLineColorChanged( Uml::IDType ) ) ); connect( view, TQT_SIGNAL( sigLineWidthChanged( Uml::IDType ) ), this, TQT_SLOT( slotLineWidthChanged( Uml::IDType ) ) ); } @@ -847,7 +847,7 @@ void LinePath::cleanup() { m_pClearPoly = 0; m_bHeadCreated = m_bParallelLineCreated = false; if( m_pAssociation ) { - UMLView * view = (UMLView *)m_pAssociation -> tqparent(); + UMLView * view = (UMLView *)m_pAssociation -> parent(); if(view) { disconnect( view, TQT_SIGNAL( sigColorChanged( Uml::IDType ) ), this, TQT_SLOT( slotLineColorChanged( Uml::IDType ) ) ); disconnect( view, TQT_SIGNAL( sigLineWidthChanged( Uml::IDType ) ), this, TQT_SLOT( slotLineWidthChanged( Uml::IDType ) ) ); diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/linepath.h b/umbrello/umbrello/linepath.h index d02714ed..c0343478 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/linepath.h +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/linepath.h @@ -169,7 +169,7 @@ public: * This is needed because the m_pAssociation does not yet * exist at the time of the LinePath::loadFromXMI call. * However, this means that the points in the m_LineList - * do not have a tqparent when they are loaded. + * do not have a parent when they are loaded. * They need to be reparented by calling LinePath::activate() * once the m_pAssociation exists. */ diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/linkwidget.cpp b/umbrello/umbrello/linkwidget.cpp index 259d6567..508de933 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/linkwidget.cpp +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/linkwidget.cpp @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ UMLClassifier *LinkWidget::getOperationOwner() { UMLOperation *op = getOperation(); if (op == NULL) return NULL; - return static_cast<UMLClassifier*>(op->tqparent()); + return static_cast<UMLClassifier*>(op->parent()); } TQString LinkWidget::getOperationText(UMLView *view /* = NULL */) { diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/listpopupmenu.cpp b/umbrello/umbrello/listpopupmenu.cpp index 548ded25..8eacf57e 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/listpopupmenu.cpp +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/listpopupmenu.cpp @@ -37,15 +37,15 @@ #include "objectwidget.h" //ListPopupMenu for a UMLView (diagram) -ListPopupMenu::ListPopupMenu(TQWidget *tqparent, Menu_Type type, UMLView * view) - : KPopupMenu(tqparent) { +ListPopupMenu::ListPopupMenu(TQWidget *parent, Menu_Type type, UMLView * view) + : KPopupMenu(parent) { init(); setupMenu(type, view); } //ListPopupMenu for the tree list view -ListPopupMenu::ListPopupMenu(TQWidget *tqparent, Uml::ListView_Type type) - : KPopupMenu(tqparent) { +ListPopupMenu::ListPopupMenu(TQWidget *parent, Uml::ListView_Type type) + : KPopupMenu(parent) { init(); Menu_Type mt = mt_Undefined; switch(type) @@ -205,9 +205,9 @@ ListPopupMenu::ListPopupMenu(TQWidget *tqparent, Uml::ListView_Type type) } //ListPopupMenu for a canvas widget -ListPopupMenu::ListPopupMenu(TQWidget * tqparent, UMLWidget * object, +ListPopupMenu::ListPopupMenu(TQWidget * parent, UMLWidget * object, bool multi, bool unique) - : KPopupMenu(tqparent) + : KPopupMenu(parent) { init(); //make the right menu for the type @@ -259,7 +259,7 @@ ListPopupMenu::ListPopupMenu(TQWidget * tqparent, UMLWidget * object, StateWidget *pState; ActivityWidget *pActivity; - UMLView * pView = static_cast<UMLView *>( tqparent ); + UMLView * pView = static_cast<UMLView *>( parent ); switch(type) { case Uml::wt_Actor: diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/listpopupmenu.h b/umbrello/umbrello/listpopupmenu.h index 54c7336c..e7030090 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/listpopupmenu.h +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/listpopupmenu.h @@ -187,30 +187,30 @@ public: /** * Constructs the popup menu for a diagram * - * @param tqparent The tqparent to ListPopupMenu. + * @param parent The parent to ListPopupMenu. * @param type The type of menu to display. * @param view The UMLView in which this ListPopupMenu is going to be displayed */ - explicit ListPopupMenu(TQWidget* tqparent, Menu_Type type = mt_Undefined, UMLView* view = 0); + explicit ListPopupMenu(TQWidget* parent, Menu_Type type = mt_Undefined, UMLView* view = 0); /** * Constructs the popup menu for a list view item. * - * @param tqparent The tqparent to ListPopupMenu. + * @param parent The parent to ListPopupMenu. * @param type The type of menu to display. */ - ListPopupMenu(TQWidget* tqparent, Uml::ListView_Type type); + ListPopupMenu(TQWidget* parent, Uml::ListView_Type type); /** * Constructs the popup menu for a canvas widget. * - * @param tqparent The tqparent to ListPopupMenu. + * @param parent The parent to ListPopupMenu. * @param object The UMLWidget to represent a menu for. * @param multi True if multiple items are selected. * @param unique True if multiple selected items all have * the same type (e.g. Class, Interface) */ - ListPopupMenu(TQWidget* tqparent, UMLWidget* object, bool multi = false, bool unique = false); + ListPopupMenu(TQWidget* parent, UMLWidget* object, bool multi = false, bool unique = false); /** * Standard deconstructor. @@ -296,7 +296,7 @@ private: * Shortcut for commonly used menu initializations. * * @param type The Menu_Type for which to set up the menu. - * @param view The UMLView tqparent of the menu. + * @param view The UMLView parent of the menu. */ void setupMenu(Menu_Type type, UMLView * view = 0); diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/messagewidget.h b/umbrello/umbrello/messagewidget.h index e1374cd3..9d36922b 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/messagewidget.h +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/messagewidget.h @@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ public: /** * Constructs a MessageWidget. * - * @param view The tqparent to this class. + * @param view The parent to this class. * @param a The role A widget for this message. * @param b The role B widget for this message. * @param y The vertical position to display this message. @@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ public: /** * Constructs a MessageWidget. * - * @param view The tqparent to this class. + * @param view The parent to this class. * @param sequenceMessageType The Uml::Sequence_Message_Type of this message widget * @param id The ID to assign (-1 will prompt a new ID.) */ diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/messagewidgetcontroller.h b/umbrello/umbrello/messagewidgetcontroller.h index 6d13034b..a691f465 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/messagewidgetcontroller.h +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/messagewidgetcontroller.h @@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ protected: /** * Overriden from UMLWidgetController. * Saves the values of the widget needed for move/resize. - * Calls tqparent method and then saves the value of m_unconstrainedPositionY + * Calls parent method and then saves the value of m_unconstrainedPositionY * * @param me The TQMouseEvent to get the offset from. */ diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/model_utils.cpp b/umbrello/umbrello/model_utils.cpp index 3f012e08..4131d9b1 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/model_utils.cpp +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/model_utils.cpp @@ -130,7 +130,7 @@ UMLObject* findUMLObject(const UMLObjectList& inList, if (currentObj) { UMLPackage *pkg = NULL; if (dynamic_cast<UMLClassifierListItem*>(currentObj)) { - currentObj = static_cast<UMLObject*>(currentObj->tqparent()); + currentObj = static_cast<UMLObject*>(currentObj->parent()); } pkg = dynamic_cast<UMLPackage*>(currentObj); if (pkg == NULL) diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/nodewidget.h b/umbrello/umbrello/nodewidget.h index c1151212..c06ea759 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/nodewidget.h +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/nodewidget.h @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ public: /** * Constructs a NodeWidget. * - * @param view The tqparent of this NodeWidget. + * @param view The parent of this NodeWidget. * @param n The UMLNode this will be representing. */ NodeWidget(UMLView * view, UMLNode *n ); diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/notewidget.h b/umbrello/umbrello/notewidget.h index b14dbe57..1ba65a57 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/notewidget.h +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/notewidget.h @@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ public: /** * Constructs a NoteWidget. * - * @param view The tqparent to this widget. + * @param view The parent to this widget. * @param noteType The NoteWidget::NoteType of this NoteWidget * @param id The unique id of the widget. * The default (-1) will prompt a new ID. diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/object_factory.cpp b/umbrello/umbrello/object_factory.cpp index cf49a1e1..327cb54b 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/object_factory.cpp +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/object_factory.cpp @@ -176,8 +176,8 @@ UMLObject* createUMLObject(Uml::Object_Type type, const TQString &n, return o; } -UMLAttribute *createAttribute(UMLObject *tqparent, const TQString& name, UMLObject *type) { - UMLAttribute *attr = new UMLAttribute(tqparent); +UMLAttribute *createAttribute(UMLObject *parent, const TQString& name, UMLObject *type) { + UMLAttribute *attr = new UMLAttribute(parent); attr->setName(name); attr->setType(type); if (g_predefinedId == Uml::id_None) @@ -185,35 +185,35 @@ UMLAttribute *createAttribute(UMLObject *tqparent, const TQString& name, UMLObje return attr; } -UMLOperation *createOperation(UMLClassifier *tqparent, const TQString& name) { - UMLOperation *op = new UMLOperation(tqparent, name, g_predefinedId); +UMLOperation *createOperation(UMLClassifier *parent, const TQString& name) { + UMLOperation *op = new UMLOperation(parent, name, g_predefinedId); return op; } -UMLClassifierListItem* createChildObject(UMLClassifier* tqparent, Uml::Object_Type type) { +UMLClassifierListItem* createChildObject(UMLClassifier* parent, Uml::Object_Type type) { UMLObject* returnObject = NULL; switch (type) { case Uml::ot_Attribute: case Uml::ot_EntityAttribute: { - UMLClassifier *c = dynamic_cast<UMLClassifier*>(tqparent); + UMLClassifier *c = dynamic_cast<UMLClassifier*>(parent); if (c && !c->isInterface()) returnObject = c->createAttribute(); break; } case Uml::ot_Operation: { - UMLClassifier *c = dynamic_cast<UMLClassifier*>(tqparent); + UMLClassifier *c = dynamic_cast<UMLClassifier*>(parent); if (c) returnObject = c->createOperation(); break; } case Uml::ot_Template: { - UMLClassifier *c = dynamic_cast<UMLClassifier*>(tqparent); + UMLClassifier *c = dynamic_cast<UMLClassifier*>(parent); if (c) returnObject = c->createTemplate(); break; } case Uml::ot_EnumLiteral: { - UMLEnum* umlenum = dynamic_cast<UMLEnum*>(tqparent); + UMLEnum* umlenum = dynamic_cast<UMLEnum*>(parent); if (umlenum) { returnObject = umlenum->createEnumLiteral(); } diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/object_factory.h b/umbrello/umbrello/object_factory.h index 69338203..4c178ba4 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/object_factory.h +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/object_factory.h @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ namespace Object_Factory { * @param n A name to give to the object (optional.) * If not given then an input dialog prompts * the user to supply a name. - * @param parentPkg The object's tqparent package. + * @param parentPkg The object's parent package. * @param solicitNewName Ask user for a different name if an object * of the given name already exists. * If set to false and the name already exists @@ -45,18 +45,18 @@ UMLObject* createUMLObject(Uml::Object_Type type, /** * Creates an operation, attribute, template, or enum literal - * for the tqparent classifier. + * for the parent classifier. * - * @param tqparent The tqparent concept + * @param parent The parent concept * @param type The type to create * @return Pointer to the UMLClassifierListItem created */ -UMLClassifierListItem* createChildObject(UMLClassifier *tqparent, Uml::Object_Type type); +UMLClassifierListItem* createChildObject(UMLClassifier *parent, Uml::Object_Type type); -UMLAttribute *createAttribute(UMLObject *tqparent, const TQString& name, +UMLAttribute *createAttribute(UMLObject *parent, const TQString& name, UMLObject *type = 0); -UMLOperation *createOperation(UMLClassifier *tqparent, const TQString& name); +UMLOperation *createOperation(UMLClassifier *parent, const TQString& name); /** * Control whether the createUMLObject() solicits a new unique ID for the diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/objectwidget.h b/umbrello/umbrello/objectwidget.h index fff23f2a..812ea067 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/objectwidget.h +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/objectwidget.h @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ public: /** * Creates an ObjectWidget. * - * @param view The tqparent to this object. + * @param view The parent to this object. * @param o The object it will be representing. * @param lid The local id for the object. */ diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/operation.cpp b/umbrello/umbrello/operation.cpp index 3f62bf05..dce9b41e 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/operation.cpp +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/operation.cpp @@ -25,9 +25,9 @@ #include "uniqueid.h" #include "dialogs/umloperationdialog.h" -UMLOperation::UMLOperation(const UMLClassifier *tqparent, const TQString& name, +UMLOperation::UMLOperation(const UMLClassifier *parent, const TQString& name, Uml::IDType id, Uml::Visibility s, UMLObject *rt) - : UMLClassifierListItem(tqparent, name, id) + : UMLClassifierListItem(parent, name, id) { if (rt) m_returnId = UniqueID::gen(); @@ -39,8 +39,8 @@ UMLOperation::UMLOperation(const UMLClassifier *tqparent, const TQString& name, m_bConst = false; } -UMLOperation::UMLOperation(const UMLClassifier * tqparent) - : UMLClassifierListItem (tqparent) +UMLOperation::UMLOperation(const UMLClassifier * parent) + : UMLClassifierListItem (parent) { m_BaseType = Uml::ot_Operation; m_bConst = false; @@ -150,7 +150,7 @@ TQString UMLOperation::toString(Uml::Signature_Type sig) { } else if (parameterlessOpNeedsParentheses) { s.append("()"); } - UMLClassifier *ownParent = static_cast<UMLClassifier*>(tqparent()); + UMLClassifier *ownParent = static_cast<UMLClassifier*>(parent()); TQString returnType; UMLClassifier *retType = UMLClassifierListItem::getType(); if (retType) { @@ -218,8 +218,8 @@ void UMLOperation::copyInto(UMLOperation *rhs) const UMLObject* UMLOperation::clone() const { - //FIXME: The new operation should be slaved to the NEW tqparent not the old. - UMLOperation *clone = new UMLOperation( static_cast<UMLClassifier*>(tqparent()) ); + //FIXME: The new operation should be slaved to the NEW parent not the old. + UMLOperation *clone = new UMLOperation( static_cast<UMLClassifier*>(parent()) ); copyInto(clone); return clone; @@ -243,24 +243,24 @@ bool UMLOperation::isConstructorOperation() { if (getStereotype() == strConstructor) return true; - UMLClassifier * c = static_cast<UMLClassifier*>(this->tqparent()); + UMLClassifier * c = static_cast<UMLClassifier*>(this->parent()); TQString cName = c->getName(); TQString opName = getName(); // It's a constructor operation if the operation name - // matches that of the tqparent classifier. + // matches that of the parent classifier. return (cName == opName); } bool UMLOperation::isDestructorOperation() { if (getStereotype() == "destructor") return true; - UMLClassifier * c = static_cast<UMLClassifier*>(this->tqparent()); + UMLClassifier * c = static_cast<UMLClassifier*>(this->parent()); TQString cName = c->getName(); TQString opName = getName(); // Special support for C++ syntax: // It's a destructor operation if the operation name begins - // with "~" followed by the name of the tqparent classifier. + // with "~" followed by the name of the parent classifier. if (! opName.startsWith("~")) return false; opName.remove( TQRegExp("^~\\s*") ); @@ -279,8 +279,8 @@ bool UMLOperation::getConst() const { return m_bConst; } -bool UMLOperation::showPropertiesDialog(TQWidget* tqparent) { - UMLOperationDialog dialog(tqparent, this); +bool UMLOperation::showPropertiesDialog(TQWidget* parent) { + UMLOperationDialog dialog(parent, this); return dialog.exec(); } diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/operation.h b/umbrello/umbrello/operation.h index 12625ac2..a088ef5e 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/operation.h +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/operation.h @@ -32,13 +32,13 @@ public: * umbrello's TQt signalling for object creation. * If you want to create an Operation use the method in UMLDoc instead. * - * @param tqparent The tqparent to this operation. + * @param parent The parent to this operation. * @param name The name of the operation. * @param id The id of the operation. * @param s The visibility of the operation. * @param rt The return type of the operation. */ - UMLOperation(const UMLClassifier * tqparent, const TQString& name, + UMLOperation(const UMLClassifier * parent, const TQString& name, Uml::IDType id = Uml::id_None, Uml::Visibility s = Uml::Visibility::Public, UMLObject *rt = 0); @@ -49,9 +49,9 @@ public: * umbrello's TQt signalling for object creation. * If you want to create an Operation use the method in UMLDoc instead. * - * @param tqparent The tqparent to this operation. + * @param parent The parent to this operation. */ - UMLOperation(const UMLClassifier * tqparent); + UMLOperation(const UMLClassifier * parent); public: /** @@ -157,7 +157,7 @@ public: /** * Display the properties configuration dialog for the template. */ - bool showPropertiesDialog(TQWidget* tqparent); + bool showPropertiesDialog(TQWidget* parent); /** * Returns whether this operation is a constructor. diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/ownedcodeblock.cpp b/umbrello/umbrello/ownedcodeblock.cpp index 3b141500..f80fd315 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/ownedcodeblock.cpp +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/ownedcodeblock.cpp @@ -34,10 +34,10 @@ // Constructors/Destructors // -OwnedCodeBlock::OwnedCodeBlock ( UMLObject * tqparent ) - : TQObject ( (TQObject*)tqparent, "anOwnedCodeBlock" ) +OwnedCodeBlock::OwnedCodeBlock ( UMLObject * parent ) + : TQObject ( (TQObject*)parent, "anOwnedCodeBlock" ) { - initFields(tqparent); + initFields(parent); } OwnedCodeBlock::~OwnedCodeBlock ( ) { @@ -110,11 +110,11 @@ void OwnedCodeBlock::setAttributesOnNode(TQDomDocument& /*doc*/, TQDomElement& e */ void OwnedCodeBlock::setAttributesFromNode ( TQDomElement & elem) { - // set local attributes, tqparent object first + // set local attributes, parent object first TQString idStr = elem.attribute("parent_id","-1"); Uml::IDType id = STR2ID(idStr); - // always disconnect from current tqparent + // always disconnect from current parent getParentObject()->disconnect(this); // now, what is the new object we want to set? @@ -125,7 +125,7 @@ void OwnedCodeBlock::setAttributesFromNode ( TQDomElement & elem) { // FIX..one day. // Ugh. This is UGLY, but we have to do it this way because UMLRoles // don't go into the document list of UMLobjects, and have the same - // ID as their tqparent UMLAssociations. So..the drill is then special + // ID as their parent UMLAssociations. So..the drill is then special // for Associations..in that case we need to find out which role will // serve as the parametger here. The REAL fix, of course, would be to // treat UMLRoles on a more even footing, but im not sure how that change @@ -159,13 +159,13 @@ void OwnedCodeBlock::setAttributesFromNode ( TQDomElement & elem) { } -void OwnedCodeBlock::initFields(UMLObject * tqparent ) +void OwnedCodeBlock::initFields(UMLObject * parent ) { - m_parentObject = tqparent; + m_parentObject = parent; // one reason for being: set up the connection between - // this code block and the tqparent UMLObject..when the tqparent + // this code block and the parent UMLObject..when the parent // signals a change has been made, we automatically update // ourselves connect(m_parentObject, TQT_SIGNAL(modified()), this, TQT_SLOT(syncToParent())); diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/ownedcodeblock.h b/umbrello/umbrello/ownedcodeblock.h index 130bd4dd..a911351b 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/ownedcodeblock.h +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/ownedcodeblock.h @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ class UMLObject; /** * class OwnedCodeBlock * Describes any codeblock which is 'owned' by a UMLobject of some sort and should - * be in sync with that tqparent. + * be in sync with that parent. */ class OwnedCodeBlock : virtual public TQObject @@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ public: /** * Constructor */ - OwnedCodeBlock ( UMLObject * tqparent ); + OwnedCodeBlock ( UMLObject * parent ); /** * Empty Destructor @@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ public: */ UMLObject * getParentObject ( ); - // get the tqparent code document of this code block + // get the parent code document of this code block virtual CodeDocument * getParentDocument ( ) = 0; protected: @@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ protected: private: - void initFields ( UMLObject * tqparent ); + void initFields ( UMLObject * parent ); UMLObject * m_parentObject; diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/ownedhierarchicalcodeblock.cpp b/umbrello/umbrello/ownedhierarchicalcodeblock.cpp index bb2e4990..078a02b7 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/ownedhierarchicalcodeblock.cpp +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/ownedhierarchicalcodeblock.cpp @@ -31,8 +31,8 @@ // Constructors/Destructors // -OwnedHierarchicalCodeBlock::OwnedHierarchicalCodeBlock ( UMLObject *tqparent, CodeDocument * doc, const TQString &start, const TQString &end, const TQString &comment) - : HierarchicalCodeBlock ( doc, start, end, comment), OwnedCodeBlock(tqparent) +OwnedHierarchicalCodeBlock::OwnedHierarchicalCodeBlock ( UMLObject *parent, CodeDocument * doc, const TQString &start, const TQString &end, const TQString &comment) + : HierarchicalCodeBlock ( doc, start, end, comment), OwnedCodeBlock(parent) { } diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/ownedhierarchicalcodeblock.h b/umbrello/umbrello/ownedhierarchicalcodeblock.h index 0999b02f..6cbdb983 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/ownedhierarchicalcodeblock.h +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/ownedhierarchicalcodeblock.h @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ public: /** constructor with TQString so we can create & populate it in * one step. */ - OwnedHierarchicalCodeBlock ( UMLObject * tqparent, CodeDocument * parentDoc, const TQString &start="", const TQString &end="", const TQString &comment="" ); + OwnedHierarchicalCodeBlock ( UMLObject * parent, CodeDocument * parentDoc, const TQString &start="", const TQString &end="", const TQString &comment="" ); /** * Empty Destructor @@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ public: // Public attributes // - // Return the tqparent code document + // Return the parent code document CodeDocument * getParentDocument(); // these next 2 methods should be supplied by inheriting classes diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/packagewidget.h b/umbrello/umbrello/packagewidget.h index c3fa4a8e..3cff4ed6 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/packagewidget.h +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/packagewidget.h @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ public: /** * Constructs a PackageWidget. * - * @param view The tqparent of this PackageWidget. + * @param view The parent of this PackageWidget. * @param o The UMLObject this will be representing. */ PackageWidget(UMLView * view, UMLPackage * o); diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/petaltree2uml.cpp b/umbrello/umbrello/petaltree2uml.cpp index 6bd4086f..8d56a3ec 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/petaltree2uml.cpp +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/petaltree2uml.cpp @@ -129,12 +129,12 @@ public: } /** - * Insert the given UMLClassifierListItem at the tqparent Umbrello object. + * Insert the given UMLClassifierListItem at the parent Umbrello object. * Abstract method to be implemented by inheriting classes. - * NB the tqparent Umbrello object is not included in the ClassifierListReader + * NB the parent Umbrello object is not included in the ClassifierListReader * class - it must be added at inheriting classes. * - * @param node The PetalNode which corresponds to the tqparent Umbrello object. + * @param node The PetalNode which corresponds to the parent Umbrello object. * @param o The UMLObject to insert. */ virtual void insertAtParent(const PetalNode *node, UMLObject *o) = 0; @@ -249,7 +249,7 @@ public: return new UMLAssociation(Uml::at_Generalization); } /** - * Override tqparent implementation: The secondary data is not for the + * Override parent implementation: The secondary data is not for the * UMLAssociation itself but for its role B object. */ void setTypeReferences(UMLObject *item, @@ -282,7 +282,7 @@ public: return new UMLAssociation(Uml::at_Realization); } /** - * Override tqparent implementation: The secondary data is not for the + * Override parent implementation: The secondary data is not for the * UMLAssociation itself but for its role B object. */ void setTypeReferences(UMLObject *item, @@ -310,7 +310,7 @@ protected: * @param node Pointer to the PetalNode which may contain a controlled unit * @param name Name of the current node * @param id TQUID of the current node - * @param parentPkg Pointer to the current tqparent UMLPackage. + * @param parentPkg Pointer to the current parent UMLPackage. * @return True if the node actually contained a controlled unit. */ bool handleControlledUnit(PetalNode *node, const TQString& name, Uml::IDType id, UMLPackage *parentPkg) { @@ -455,9 +455,9 @@ bool umbrellify(PetalNode *node, UMLPackage *parentPkg = NULL) { return true; } -Uml::ListView_Type folderType(UMLListViewItem *tqparent) { +Uml::ListView_Type folderType(UMLListViewItem *parent) { Uml::ListView_Type type = Uml::lvt_Unknown; - switch (tqparent->getType()) { + switch (parent->getType()) { case Uml::lvt_Logical_View: case Uml::lvt_Logical_Folder: type = Uml::lvt_Logical_Folder; @@ -488,7 +488,7 @@ Uml::ListView_Type folderType(UMLListViewItem *tqparent) { * Given a PetalNode for which the mapping to Umbrello is not yet * implemented umbrellify() is a no-op but also returns true. */ -bool umbrellify(PetalNode *node, const TQString& modelsName, UMLListViewItem *tqparent) { +bool umbrellify(PetalNode *node, const TQString& modelsName, UMLListViewItem *parent) { if (node == NULL) { kError() << "umbrellify(" << modelsName << "): node is NULL" << endl; return false; @@ -501,13 +501,13 @@ bool umbrellify(PetalNode *node, const TQString& modelsName, UMLListViewItem *tq UMLListViewItem *item = NULL; if (objType == "Class_Category") { - Uml::ListView_Type lvType = folderType(tqparent); - item = new UMLListViewItem( tqparent, name, lvType, id ); + Uml::ListView_Type lvType = folderType(parent); + item = new UMLListViewItem( parent, name, lvType, id ); } else if (objType == "Class") { TQString stereotype = clean(node->findAttribute("stereotype").string); if (stereotype == "Actor") { UMLActor *act = new UMLActor(name, id); - item = new UMLListViewItem(tqparent, name, Uml::lvt_Actor, act); + item = new UMLListViewItem(parent, name, Uml::lvt_Actor, act); obj = act; } else { kDebug() << "umbrellify(" << name << "): handling of Class stereotype " @@ -515,16 +515,16 @@ bool umbrellify(PetalNode *node, const TQString& modelsName, UMLListViewItem *tq } } else if (objType == "UseCase") { UMLUseCase *uc = new UMLUseCase(name, id); - item = new UMLListViewItem(tqparent, name, Uml::lvt_UseCase, uc); + item = new UMLListViewItem(parent, name, Uml::lvt_UseCase, uc); obj = uc; } else if (objType == "SubSystem") { UMLComponent *comp = new UMLComponent(name, id); - item = new UMLListViewItem(tqparent, name, Uml::lvt_Component, comp); + item = new UMLListViewItem(parent, name, Uml::lvt_Component, comp); obj = comp; } else if (objType == "Processor" || objType == "Device") { UMLNode *un = new UMLNode(name, id); un->setStereotype(objType.lower()); - item = new UMLListViewItem(tqparent, name, Uml::lvt_Node, un); + item = new UMLListViewItem(parent, name, Uml::lvt_Node, un); obj = un; } else { kDebug() << "umbrellify: object type " << objType diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/plugin.cpp b/umbrello/umbrello/plugin.cpp index 72dc3169..a682db06 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/plugin.cpp +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/plugin.cpp @@ -28,10 +28,10 @@ using namespace Umbrello; -Plugin::Plugin(TQObject *tqparent, +Plugin::Plugin(TQObject *parent, const char *name, const TQStringList & /* args */) : - TQObject(tqparent, name), + TQObject(parent, name), Configurable(), _ref(0), _instanceName(name), diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/plugin.h b/umbrello/umbrello/plugin.h index e566c5cc..1fa4d7f4 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/plugin.h +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/plugin.h @@ -81,7 +81,7 @@ class PluginLoader; * only available within the scope of the shared library, the configuration * records must be set in the constructor of the derived plugin class. However, * because the construction name is passed to this constructor (as are the - * tqparent object and args), we can simply capture the name when the object + * parent object and args), we can simply capture the name when the object * is constructed. */ class Plugin : @@ -113,7 +113,7 @@ public: protected: /** Construct a plugin */ - Plugin(TQObject *tqparent, const char *name, const TQStringList &args); + Plugin(TQObject *parent, const char *name, const TQStringList &args); /** Can be reimplemented to define plugin specific startup behavior */ virtual bool onInit(); diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/refactoring/refactoringassistant.cpp b/umbrello/umbrello/refactoring/refactoringassistant.cpp index 3c0cb32c..1986cfa3 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/refactoring/refactoringassistant.cpp +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/refactoring/refactoringassistant.cpp @@ -35,8 +35,8 @@ using std::type_info; -RefactoringAssistant::RefactoringAssistant( UMLDoc *doc, UMLClassifier *obj, TQWidget *tqparent, const char *name ): - KListView( tqparent, name ), m_doc( doc ) +RefactoringAssistant::RefactoringAssistant( UMLDoc *doc, UMLClassifier *obj, TQWidget *parent, const char *name ): + KListView( parent, name ), m_doc( doc ) { loadPixmaps(); @@ -159,7 +159,7 @@ void RefactoringAssistant::umlObjectModified( const UMLObject *obj ) void RefactoringAssistant::operationAdded( UMLClassifierListItem *o ) { UMLOperation *op = static_cast<UMLOperation*>(o); - UMLClassifier *c = dynamic_cast<UMLClassifier*>(op->tqparent()); + UMLClassifier *c = dynamic_cast<UMLClassifier*>(op->parent()); if(!c) { kWarning() << "RefactoringAssistant::operationAdded(" << op->getName() @@ -201,7 +201,7 @@ void RefactoringAssistant::operationRemoved( UMLClassifierListItem *o ) void RefactoringAssistant::attributeAdded( UMLClassifierListItem *a ) { UMLAttribute *att = static_cast<UMLAttribute*>(a); - UMLClassifier *c = dynamic_cast<UMLClassifier*>(att->tqparent()); + UMLClassifier *c = dynamic_cast<UMLClassifier*>(att->parent()); if(!c) { kWarning() << "RefactoringAssistant::attributeAdded(" << att->getName() @@ -456,12 +456,12 @@ void RefactoringAssistant::createAttribute() } -void RefactoringAssistant::addClassifier( UMLClassifier *classifier, TQListViewItem *tqparent, bool addSuper, bool addSub, bool recurse) +void RefactoringAssistant::addClassifier( UMLClassifier *classifier, TQListViewItem *parent, bool addSuper, bool addSub, bool recurse) { TQListViewItem *classifierItem, *item; - if( tqparent ) + if( parent ) { - classifierItem = tqparent; + classifierItem = parent; } else { @@ -566,7 +566,7 @@ bool RefactoringAssistant::acceptDrag(TQDropEvent *event) const break; } if(!movingItem || !parentItem) - { kDebug()<<"moving/tqparent items not found - can't accept drag!"<<endl; + { kDebug()<<"moving/parent items not found - can't accept drag!"<<endl; return false; } @@ -583,18 +583,18 @@ bool RefactoringAssistant::acceptDrag(TQDropEvent *event) const return false; } - kDebug()<<"tqparent item is "<<parentItem->text(0)<<endl; + kDebug()<<"parent item is "<<parentItem->text(0)<<endl; UMLObject *parentObject = me->findUMLObject(parentItem); if( parentObject && dynamic_cast<UMLClassifier*>(parentObject) ) { //droping to a classifier, ok } else - {//tqparent is not a classifier, so maybe it's a folder.. check types + {//parent is not a classifier, so maybe it's a folder.. check types if( (parentItem->text(1) == "operations" && t == Uml::ot_Operation) || (parentItem->text(1) == "attributes" && t == Uml::ot_Attribute)) { - parentObject = me->findUMLObject( parentItem->tqparent() ); + parentObject = me->findUMLObject( parentItem->parent() ); } else { @@ -637,11 +637,11 @@ void RefactoringAssistant::movableDropEvent (TQListViewItem* parentItem, TQListV if ((parentItem->text(1) == "operations" && t == Uml::ot_Operation) || (parentItem->text(1) == "attributes" && t == Uml::ot_Attribute)) { - newClassifier = dynamic_cast<UMLClassifier*>( findUMLObject( parentItem->tqparent() ) ); + newClassifier = dynamic_cast<UMLClassifier*>( findUMLObject( parentItem->parent() ) ); } if(!newClassifier) { - kWarning()<<"New tqparent of object is not a Classifier - Drop had already been accepted - check!"<<endl; + kWarning()<<"New parent of object is not a Classifier - Drop had already been accepted - check!"<<endl; return; } } @@ -656,7 +656,7 @@ void RefactoringAssistant::movableDropEvent (TQListViewItem* parentItem, TQListV KMessageBox::error(this, msg, i18n("Operation Name Invalid"), false); return; } - UMLClassifier *oldClassifier = dynamic_cast<UMLClassifier*>(op->tqparent()); + UMLClassifier *oldClassifier = dynamic_cast<UMLClassifier*>(op->parent()); if(oldClassifier) oldClassifier->removeOperation( op ); newClassifier->addOperation( op ); diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/refactoring/refactoringassistant.h b/umbrello/umbrello/refactoring/refactoringassistant.h index f69536ad..7acec605 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/refactoring/refactoringassistant.h +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/refactoring/refactoringassistant.h @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ class RefactoringAssistant : public KListView public: typedef std::map<TQListViewItem*, UMLObject*> UMLObjectMap; - explicit RefactoringAssistant( UMLDoc *doc, UMLClassifier *obj = 0, TQWidget *tqparent = 0, const char *name = 0 ); + explicit RefactoringAssistant( UMLDoc *doc, UMLClassifier *obj = 0, TQWidget *parent = 0, const char *name = 0 ); virtual ~RefactoringAssistant(); void refactor( UMLClassifier *obj ); @@ -72,10 +72,10 @@ protected: UMLObject* findUMLObject( const TQListViewItem* ); TQListViewItem* findListViewItem( const UMLObject *obj ); void editProperties( UMLObject *obj ); - void addClassifier( UMLClassifier *classifier, TQListViewItem *tqparent = 0, bool addSuper = true, bool addSub = true, bool recurse = false ); + void addClassifier( UMLClassifier *classifier, TQListViewItem *parent = 0, bool addSuper = true, bool addSub = true, bool recurse = false ); void loadPixmaps(); virtual bool acceptDrag(TQDropEvent *event) const; - virtual void movableDropEvent (TQListViewItem* tqparent, TQListViewItem* afterme); + virtual void movableDropEvent (TQListViewItem* parent, TQListViewItem* afterme); void setVisibilityIcon( TQListViewItem *item , const UMLObject *obj ); UMLClassifier *m_umlObject; UMLDoc *m_doc; diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/statewidget.h b/umbrello/umbrello/statewidget.h index 84471f10..eabe0670 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/statewidget.h +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/statewidget.h @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ public: /** * Creates a State widget. * - * @param view The tqparent of the widget. + * @param view The parent of the widget. * @param stateType The type of state. * @param id The ID to assign (-1 will prompt a new ID.) */ diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/stereotype.cpp b/umbrello/umbrello/stereotype.cpp index e77f6c03..c3b912f4 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/stereotype.cpp +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/stereotype.cpp @@ -71,9 +71,9 @@ void UMLStereotype::saveToXMI(TQDomDocument& qDoc, TQDomElement& qElement) { qElement.appendChild( stereotypeElement ); } -bool UMLStereotype::showPropertiesDialog(TQWidget* tqparent) { +bool UMLStereotype::showPropertiesDialog(TQWidget* parent) { bool ok; - TQString name = KInputDialog::getText(i18n("Stereotype"), i18n("Enter name:"), getName(),&ok, tqparent); + TQString name = KInputDialog::getText(i18n("Stereotype"), i18n("Enter name:"), getName(),&ok, parent); if (ok) { setName(name); } diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/stereotype.h b/umbrello/umbrello/stereotype.h index e5e593cc..a727fed8 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/stereotype.h +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/stereotype.h @@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ public: * Display the properties configuration dialog for the stereotype * (just a line edit). */ - bool showPropertiesDialog(TQWidget* tqparent); + bool showPropertiesDialog(TQWidget* parent); protected: /** diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/template.cpp b/umbrello/umbrello/template.cpp index 615e12de..f02f4426 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/template.cpp +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/template.cpp @@ -21,15 +21,15 @@ #include "umldoc.h" #include "dialogs/umltemplatedialog.h" -UMLTemplate::UMLTemplate(const UMLObject *tqparent, const TQString& name, +UMLTemplate::UMLTemplate(const UMLObject *parent, const TQString& name, Uml::IDType id, const TQString& type) - : UMLClassifierListItem( tqparent, name, id ) { + : UMLClassifierListItem( parent, name, id ) { setTypeName( type ); m_BaseType = Uml::ot_Template; } -UMLTemplate::UMLTemplate(const UMLObject *tqparent) - : UMLClassifierListItem( tqparent ) { +UMLTemplate::UMLTemplate(const UMLObject *parent) + : UMLClassifierListItem( parent ) { m_BaseType = Uml::ot_Template; } @@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ void UMLTemplate::copyInto(UMLTemplate *rhs) const UMLObject* UMLTemplate::clone() const { - UMLTemplate *clone = new UMLTemplate( (UMLTemplate*) tqparent()); + UMLTemplate *clone = new UMLTemplate( (UMLTemplate*) parent()); copyInto(clone); return clone; @@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ bool UMLTemplate::load(TQDomElement& element) { return true; } -bool UMLTemplate::showPropertiesDialog(TQWidget* tqparent) { - UMLTemplateDialog dialog(tqparent, this); +bool UMLTemplate::showPropertiesDialog(TQWidget* parent) { + UMLTemplateDialog dialog(parent, this); return dialog.exec(); } diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/template.h b/umbrello/umbrello/template.h index e7558010..6b471207 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/template.h +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/template.h @@ -30,20 +30,20 @@ public: /** * Sets up a template. * - * @param tqparent The tqparent of this UMLTemplate (i.e. its concept). + * @param parent The parent of this UMLTemplate (i.e. its concept). * @param name The name of this UMLTemplate. * @param id The unique id given to this UMLTemplate. * @param type The type of this UMLTemplate. */ - UMLTemplate(const UMLObject *tqparent, const TQString& name, + UMLTemplate(const UMLObject *parent, const TQString& name, Uml::IDType id = Uml::id_None, const TQString& type = "class"); /** * Sets up a template. * - * @param tqparent The tqparent of this UMLTemplate (i.e. its concept). + * @param parent The parent of this UMLTemplate (i.e. its concept). */ - UMLTemplate(const UMLObject *tqparent); + UMLTemplate(const UMLObject *parent); /** * Overloaded '==' operator @@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ public: * * @return Success status. */ - bool showPropertiesDialog(TQWidget* tqparent); + bool showPropertiesDialog(TQWidget* parent); /** * Writes the <UML:TemplateParameter> XMI element. diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/textblock.cpp b/umbrello/umbrello/textblock.cpp index 1a66c113..6ae42c52 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/textblock.cpp +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/textblock.cpp @@ -30,10 +30,10 @@ // Constructors/Destructors // -TextBlock::TextBlock ( CodeDocument * tqparent, const TQString & text ) - : TQObject ( (TQObject *)tqparent, "textBlock") +TextBlock::TextBlock ( CodeDocument * parent, const TQString & text ) + : TQObject ( (TQObject *)parent, "textBlock") { - initFields(tqparent); + initFields(parent); setText(text); } @@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ TextBlock::~TextBlock ( ) { } /** - * Set the value of the tqparent code document + * Set the value of the parent code document * @param new_var the new value of m_parentDocument */ void TextBlock::setParentDocument ( CodeDocument * new_var ) { @@ -137,7 +137,7 @@ void TextBlock::setIndentationLevel ( int level ) { } /** Get how many times to indent this text block. - * The amount of each indenatation is determined from the tqparent + * The amount of each indenatation is determined from the parent * codedocument codegeneration policy. */ int TextBlock::getIndentationLevel ( ) { @@ -308,10 +308,10 @@ TQString TextBlock::toString ( ) return ""; } -void TextBlock::initFields ( CodeDocument * tqparent ) { +void TextBlock::initFields ( CodeDocument * parent ) { m_canDelete = true; m_writeOutText = true; - m_parentDocument = tqparent; + m_parentDocument = parent; m_text = ""; m_tag = ""; m_indentationLevel = 0; diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/textblock.h b/umbrello/umbrello/textblock.h index 3e470c7a..9386f3d6 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/textblock.h +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/textblock.h @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ public: /** * Constructors */ - explicit TextBlock ( CodeDocument * tqparent, const TQString & text = ""); + explicit TextBlock ( CodeDocument * parent, const TQString & text = ""); // destructor ~TextBlock ( ); @@ -108,13 +108,13 @@ public: bool getWriteOutText ( ); /** Set how many times to indent this text block. - * The amount of each indenatation is determined from the tqparent + * The amount of each indenatation is determined from the parent * codedocument codegeneration policy. */ void setIndentationLevel ( int level ); /** Get how many times to indent this text block. - * The amount of each indenatation is determined from the tqparent + * The amount of each indenatation is determined from the parent * codedocument codegeneration policy. */ int getIndentationLevel ( ); diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/toolbarstate.h b/umbrello/umbrello/toolbarstate.h index 5bcb12bf..976a4a90 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/toolbarstate.h +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/toolbarstate.h @@ -163,7 +163,7 @@ protected: /** * Creates a new ToolBarState. - * UMLView is set as tqparent of this TQObject, and name is left empty. + * UMLView is set as parent of this TQObject, and name is left empty. * Protected to avoid classes other than derived to create objects of this * class. * diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/uml.h b/umbrello/umbrello/uml.h index 93cd981e..b2f9181d 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/uml.h +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/uml.h @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ public: /** * Constructor. Calls all init functions to create the application. */ - UMLApp(TQWidget* tqparent=0, const char* name=0); + UMLApp(TQWidget* parent=0, const char* name=0); /** * Standard deconstructor. @@ -247,7 +247,7 @@ public: void setDiagramMenuItemsState(bool bState); /** - * Returns the widget used as the tqparent for UMLViews. + * Returns the widget used as the parent for UMLViews. * @return The main view widget. */ TQWidget* getMainViewWidget(); @@ -984,13 +984,13 @@ private: bool m_loading; /** - * Shows, and is tqparent of, all the UMLViews (diagrams) + * Shows, and is parent of, all the UMLViews (diagrams) * if tabbed diagrams are not enabled. */ TQWidgetStack* m_viewStack; /** - * Shows, and is tqparent of, all the UMLViews (diagrams) + * Shows, and is parent of, all the UMLViews (diagrams) * if tabbed diagrams are enabled. */ KTabWidget* m_tabWidget; diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/umldoc.cpp b/umbrello/umbrello/umldoc.cpp index 4f692cba..6abc0f8e 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/umldoc.cpp +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/umldoc.cpp @@ -733,7 +733,7 @@ bool UMLDoc::addUMLObject(UMLObject* object) { if (pkg == NULL) { pkg = currentRoot(); kDebug() << "UMLDoc::addUMLObject(" << object->getName() - << "): no tqparent package set, assuming " << pkg->getName() << endl; + << "): no parent package set, assuming " << pkg->getName() << endl; object->setUMLPackage( pkg ); } return pkg->addObject(object); @@ -759,7 +759,7 @@ void UMLDoc::slotRemoveUMLObject(UMLObject* object) { UMLPackage *pkg = object->getUMLPackage(); if (pkg == NULL) { kError() << "UMLDoc::slotRemoveUMLObject(" << object->getName() - << "): tqparent package is not set !" << endl; + << "): parent package is not set !" << endl; return; } pkg->removeObject(object); @@ -772,7 +772,7 @@ bool UMLDoc::isUnique(const TQString &name) UMLListViewItem *parentItem = 0; // check for current item, if its a package, then we do a check on that - // otherwise, if current item exists, find its tqparent and check if thats + // otherwise, if current item exists, find its parent and check if thats // a package.. if(currentItem) { @@ -780,7 +780,7 @@ bool UMLDoc::isUnique(const TQString &name) // do check now if (Model_Utils::typeIsContainer(currentItem->getType())) return isUnique (name, (UMLPackage*) currentItem->getUMLObject()); - parentItem = (UMLListViewItem*)currentItem->tqparent(); + parentItem = (UMLListViewItem*)currentItem->parent(); } // item is in a package so do check only in that @@ -791,7 +791,7 @@ bool UMLDoc::isUnique(const TQString &name) kError() << "UMLDoc::isUnique(" << name << "): Not currently in a package" << endl; - /* Check against all objects that _don't_ have a tqparent package. + /* Check against all objects that _don't_ have a parent package. for (UMLObjectListIt oit(m_objectList); oit.current(); ++oit) { UMLObject *obj = oit.current(); if (obj->getUMLPackage() == NULL && obj->getName() == name) @@ -810,7 +810,7 @@ bool UMLDoc::isUnique(const TQString &name, UMLPackage *package) // Not currently in a package: ERROR kError() << "UMLDoc::isUnique(2)(" << name << "): Not currently in a package" << endl; - /* Check against all objects that _don't_ have a tqparent package. + /* Check against all objects that _don't_ have a parent package. for (UMLObjectListIt oit(m_objectList); oit.current(); ++oit) { UMLObject *obj = oit.current(); if (obj->getUMLPackage() == NULL && obj->getName() == name) @@ -848,7 +848,7 @@ void UMLDoc::removeAssociation (UMLAssociation * assoc, bool doSetModified /*=tr UMLPackage *pkg = assoc->getUMLPackage(); if (pkg == NULL) { kError() << "UMLDoc::removeAssociation(" << assoc->getName() - << "): tqparent package is not set !" << endl; + << "): parent package is not set !" << endl; return; } pkg->removeObject(assoc); @@ -917,7 +917,7 @@ void UMLDoc::addAssociation(UMLAssociation *Assoc) UMLPackage *pkg = Assoc->getUMLPackage(); if (pkg == NULL) { kError() << "UMLDoc::addAssociation(" << Assoc->getName() - << "): tqparent package is not set !" << endl; + << "): parent package is not set !" << endl; return; } pkg->addObject(Assoc); @@ -1048,9 +1048,9 @@ void UMLDoc::renameUMLObject(UMLObject *o) { void UMLDoc::renameChildUMLObject(UMLObject *o) { bool ok = false; - UMLClassifier* p = dynamic_cast<UMLClassifier *>(o->tqparent()); + UMLClassifier* p = dynamic_cast<UMLClassifier *>(o->parent()); if(!p) { - kDebug() << "Can't create object, no tqparent found" << endl; + kDebug() << "Can't create object, no parent found" << endl; return; } @@ -1134,25 +1134,25 @@ void UMLDoc::removeUMLObject(UMLObject* umlobject) { umlobject->setUMLStereotype(NULL); // triggers possible cleanup of UMLStereotype if (dynamic_cast<UMLClassifierListItem*>(umlobject)) { - UMLClassifier* tqparent = dynamic_cast<UMLClassifier*>(umlobject->tqparent()); - if (tqparent == NULL) { - kError() << "UMLDoc::removeUMLObject: tqparent of umlobject is NULL" + UMLClassifier* parent = dynamic_cast<UMLClassifier*>(umlobject->parent()); + if (parent == NULL) { + kError() << "UMLDoc::removeUMLObject: parent of umlobject is NULL" << endl; return; } if (type == ot_Operation) { - tqparent->removeOperation(static_cast<UMLOperation*>(umlobject)); + parent->removeOperation(static_cast<UMLOperation*>(umlobject)); } else if (type == ot_EnumLiteral) { - UMLEnum *e = static_cast<UMLEnum*>(tqparent); + UMLEnum *e = static_cast<UMLEnum*>(parent); e->removeEnumLiteral(static_cast<UMLEnumLiteral*>(umlobject)); } else if (type == ot_EntityAttribute) { - UMLEntity *ent = static_cast<UMLEntity*>(tqparent); + UMLEntity *ent = static_cast<UMLEntity*>(parent); ent->removeEntityAttribute(static_cast<UMLClassifierListItem*>(umlobject)); } else { - UMLClassifier* pClass = dynamic_cast<UMLClassifier*>(tqparent); + UMLClassifier* pClass = dynamic_cast<UMLClassifier*>(parent); if (pClass == NULL) { - kError() << "UMLDoc::removeUMLObject: tqparent of umlobject has " - << "unexpected type " << tqparent->getBaseType() << endl; + kError() << "UMLDoc::removeUMLObject: parent of umlobject has " + << "unexpected type " << parent->getBaseType() << endl; return; } if (type == ot_Attribute) { @@ -1174,7 +1174,7 @@ void UMLDoc::removeUMLObject(UMLObject* umlobject) { pkg->removeObject(umlobject); } else { kError() << "UMLDoc::removeUMLObject(" << umlobject->getName() - << "): tqparent package is not set !" << endl; + << "): parent package is not set !" << endl; } } emit sigObjectRemoved(umlobject); @@ -1693,7 +1693,7 @@ bool UMLDoc::loadUMLObjectsFromXMI(TQDomElement& element) { continue; } Uml::Object_Type ot = pObject->getBaseType(); - // Set the tqparent root folder. + // Set the parent root folder. UMLPackage *pkg = NULL; if (ot == Uml::ot_Datatype) { pkg = m_datatypeRoot; @@ -1839,7 +1839,7 @@ bool UMLDoc::loadDiagramsFromXMI( TQDomNode & node ) { return false; } // Put diagram in default predefined folder. - // @todo pass in the tqparent folder - it might be a user defined one. + // @todo pass in the parent folder - it might be a user defined one. Uml::Model_Type mt = Model_Utils::convert_DT_MT(pView->getType()); pView->setFolder(m_root[mt]); pView -> hide(); diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/umldoc.h b/umbrello/umbrello/umldoc.h index 60154fa9..5ee9cc39 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/umldoc.h +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/umldoc.h @@ -213,7 +213,7 @@ public: bool isUnique(const TQString &name, UMLPackage *package); /** - * Finds or creates a stereotype for the tqparent object. + * Finds or creates a stereotype for the parent object. */ UMLStereotype* findOrCreateStereotype(const TQString &name); diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/umllistview.cpp b/umbrello/umbrello/umllistview.cpp index 992e0f7f..6fe7b84f 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/umllistview.cpp +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/umllistview.cpp @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ class LVToolTip : public TQToolTip { public: - LVToolTip (TQWidget* tqparent) : TQToolTip (tqparent) {} + LVToolTip (TQWidget* parent) : TQToolTip (parent) {} virtual ~LVToolTip () {} protected: /** @@ -93,8 +93,8 @@ protected: #endif -UMLListView::UMLListView(TQWidget *tqparent, const char *name) - : KListView(tqparent,name), m_pMenu(0), m_doc(UMLApp::app()->getDocument()) +UMLListView::UMLListView(TQWidget *parent, const char *name) + : KListView(parent,name), m_pMenu(0), m_doc(UMLApp::app()->getDocument()) { loadPixmaps(); @@ -232,7 +232,7 @@ void UMLListView::keyPressEvent(TQKeyEvent *ke) { deleteItem(dynamic_cast<UMLListViewItem*>(item)); } } else { - TQListView::keyPressEvent(ke); // let tqparent handle it + TQListView::keyPressEvent(ke); // let parent handle it } } } @@ -601,7 +601,7 @@ UMLListViewItem* UMLListView::determineParentItem(UMLObject* object) const { UMLListViewItem* pkgItem = findUMLObject(pkg); if (pkgItem == NULL) kError() << "UMLListView::determineParentItem: could not find " - << "tqparent package " << pkg->getName() << endl; + << "parent package " << pkg->getName() << endl; else parentItem = pkgItem; } else if ((lvt == Uml::lvt_UseCase_Folder && @@ -764,22 +764,22 @@ void UMLListView::slotObjectChanged() { } void UMLListView::childObjectAdded(UMLClassifierListItem* obj) { - UMLClassifier *tqparent = const_cast<UMLClassifier*>(dynamic_cast<const UMLClassifier*>(sender())); - childObjectAdded(obj, tqparent); + UMLClassifier *parent = const_cast<UMLClassifier*>(dynamic_cast<const UMLClassifier*>(sender())); + childObjectAdded(obj, parent); } -void UMLListView::childObjectAdded(UMLClassifierListItem* child, UMLClassifier* tqparent) { +void UMLListView::childObjectAdded(UMLClassifierListItem* child, UMLClassifier* parent) { if (m_bCreatingChildObject) return; const TQString text = child->toString(Uml::st_SigNoVis); UMLListViewItem *childItem = NULL; - UMLListViewItem *parentItem = findUMLObject(tqparent); + UMLListViewItem *parentItem = findUMLObject(parent); if (parentItem == NULL) { kDebug() << "UMLListView::childObjectAdded(" << child->getName() - << "): tqparent " << tqparent->getName() + << "): parent " << parent->getName() << " does not yet exist, creating it now." << endl; - const Uml::ListView_Type lvt = Model_Utils::convert_OT_LVT(tqparent); - parentItem = new UMLListViewItem(m_lv[Uml::mt_Logical], tqparent->getName(), lvt, tqparent); + const Uml::ListView_Type lvt = Model_Utils::convert_OT_LVT(parent); + parentItem = new UMLListViewItem(m_lv[Uml::mt_Logical], parent->getName(), lvt, parent); } else { childItem = parentItem->findChildObject(child); } @@ -798,11 +798,11 @@ void UMLListView::childObjectAdded(UMLClassifierListItem* child, UMLClassifier* } void UMLListView::childObjectRemoved(UMLClassifierListItem* obj) { - UMLClassifier *tqparent = const_cast<UMLClassifier*>(dynamic_cast<const UMLClassifier*>(sender())); - UMLListViewItem *parentItem = findUMLObject(tqparent); + UMLClassifier *parent = const_cast<UMLClassifier*>(dynamic_cast<const UMLClassifier*>(sender())); + UMLListViewItem *parentItem = findUMLObject(parent); if (parentItem == NULL) { kError() << "UMLListView::childObjectRemoved(" << obj->getName() - << "): cannot find tqparent UMLListViewItem" << endl; + << "): cannot find parent UMLListViewItem" << endl; return; } parentItem->deleteChildItem(obj); @@ -1065,7 +1065,7 @@ void UMLListView::contentsMouseDoubleClickEvent(TQMouseEvent * me) { Uml::Object_Type type = object -> getBaseType(); int page = ClassPropDlg::page_gen; if(type == Uml::ot_Attribute || type == Uml::ot_Operation) - object = (UMLObject *)object -> tqparent(); + object = (UMLObject *)object -> parent(); //set what page to show if(type == Uml::ot_Attribute) page = ClassPropDlg::page_att; @@ -1222,12 +1222,12 @@ bool UMLListView::acceptDrag(TQDropEvent* event) const { return accept; } -void UMLListView::addAtContainer(UMLListViewItem *item, UMLListViewItem *tqparent) { +void UMLListView::addAtContainer(UMLListViewItem *item, UMLListViewItem *parent) { UMLCanvasObject *o = static_cast<UMLCanvasObject*>(item->getUMLObject()); if (o == NULL) { kDebug() << "UMLListView::addAtContainer(" << item->getText() << "): item's UMLObject is NULL" << endl; - } else if (Model_Utils::typeIsContainer(tqparent->getType())) { + } else if (Model_Utils::typeIsContainer(parent->getType())) { /**** TBC: Do this here? If yes then remove that logic at the callers and rename this method to moveAtContainer() @@ -1235,12 +1235,12 @@ void UMLListView::addAtContainer(UMLListViewItem *item, UMLListViewItem *tqparen if (oldPkg) oldPkg->removeObject(o); *********/ - UMLPackage *pkg = static_cast<UMLPackage*>(tqparent->getUMLObject()); + UMLPackage *pkg = static_cast<UMLPackage*>(parent->getUMLObject()); o->setUMLPackage(pkg); pkg->addObject(o); } else { kError() << "UMLListView::addAtContainer(" << item->getText() - << "): tqparent type is " << tqparent->getType() << endl; + << "): parent type is " << parent->getType() << endl; } UMLView *currentView = UMLApp::app()->getCurrentView(); if (currentView) @@ -1256,7 +1256,7 @@ UMLListViewItem * UMLListView::moveObject(Uml::IDType srcId, Uml::ListView_Type return NULL; UMLObject *newParentObj = NULL; - // Remove the source object at the old tqparent package. + // Remove the source object at the old parent package. UMLObject *srcObj = m_doc->findObjectById(srcId); if (srcObj) { newParentObj = newParent->getUMLObject(); @@ -1422,14 +1422,14 @@ UMLListViewItem * UMLListView::moveObject(Uml::IDType srcId, Uml::ListView_Type // update model objects m_bCreatingChildObject = true; - UMLClassifier *oldParentClassifier = dynamic_cast<UMLClassifier*>(srcObj->tqparent()); + UMLClassifier *oldParentClassifier = dynamic_cast<UMLClassifier*>(srcObj->parent()); UMLClassifier *newParentClassifier = dynamic_cast<UMLClassifier*>(newParentObj); if (srcType == Uml::lvt_Attribute) { UMLAttribute *att = dynamic_cast<UMLAttribute*>(srcObj); // We can't use the existing 'att' directly - // because its tqparent is fixed to the old classifier + // because its parent is fixed to the old classifier // and we have no way of changing that: - // TQObject does not permit changing the tqparent(). + // TQObject does not permit changing the parent(). if (att == NULL) { kError() << "moveObject internal error: srcObj " << srcObj->getName() << " is not a UMLAttribute" << endl; @@ -1454,9 +1454,9 @@ UMLListViewItem * UMLListView::moveObject(Uml::IDType srcId, Uml::ListView_Type } else { UMLOperation *op = dynamic_cast<UMLOperation*>(srcObj); // We can't use the existing 'op' directly - // because its tqparent is fixed to the old classifier + // because its parent is fixed to the old classifier // and we have no way of changing that: - // TQObject does not permit changing the tqparent(). + // TQObject does not permit changing the parent(). if (op && oldParentClassifier->takeItem(op) != -1) { bool isExistingOp; Model_Utils::NameAndType_List ntDummyList; @@ -1502,7 +1502,7 @@ UMLListViewItem * UMLListView::moveObject(Uml::IDType srcId, Uml::ListView_Type return newItem; } -void UMLListView::slotDropped(TQDropEvent* de, TQListViewItem* /* tqparent */, TQListViewItem* item) { +void UMLListView::slotDropped(TQDropEvent* de, TQListViewItem* /* parent */, TQListViewItem* item) { item = (UMLListViewItem *)currentItem(); if(!item) { kDebug() << "UMLListView::slotDropped: item is NULL - doing nothing" << endl; @@ -1545,10 +1545,10 @@ int UMLListView::getSelectedItemsRoot(UMLListViewItemList &ItemList) { for ( ; it.current(); ++it ) { if ( it.current()->isSelected() ) { UMLListViewItem *item = (UMLListViewItem*)it.current(); - // this is the trick, we select only the item with a tqparent unselected - // since we can't select a child and its grandfather without its tqparent + // this is the trick, we select only the item with a parent unselected + // since we can't select a child and its grandfather without its parent // we would be able to delete each item individually, without an invalid iterator - if (item && item->tqparent() && item->tqparent()->isSelected()==false) { + if (item && item->parent() && item->parent()->isSelected()==false) { ItemList.append(item); } } @@ -1560,37 +1560,37 @@ int UMLListView::getSelectedItemsRoot(UMLListViewItemList &ItemList) { UMLListViewItem* UMLListView::createDiagramItem(UMLView *v) { Uml::ListView_Type lvt = Model_Utils::convert_DT_LVT(v->getType()); - UMLListViewItem *tqparent = NULL; + UMLListViewItem *parent = NULL; UMLFolder *f = v->getFolder(); if (f) { - tqparent = findUMLObject(f); - if (tqparent == NULL) + parent = findUMLObject(f); + if (parent == NULL) kError() << "UMLListView::createDiagramItem(" << v->getName() << "): findUMLObject(" << f->getName() << ") returns NULL" << endl; } else { kDebug() << "UMLListView::createDiagramItem(" << v->getName() - << "): no tqparent folder set, using predefined folder" << endl; + << "): no parent folder set, using predefined folder" << endl; } - if (tqparent == NULL) { - tqparent = determineParentItem(lvt); + if (parent == NULL) { + parent = determineParentItem(lvt); lvt = Model_Utils::convert_DT_LVT(v->getType()); } - UMLListViewItem *item = new UMLListViewItem(tqparent, v->getName(), lvt, v->getID()); + UMLListViewItem *item = new UMLListViewItem(parent, v->getName(), lvt, v->getID()); return item; } /** Creates a new UMLListViewItem from a UMLListViewItem, - if tqparent is null the ListView Decides who is going to be - the tqparent */ + if parent is null the ListView Decides who is going to be + the parent */ UMLListViewItem* UMLListView::createItem(UMLListViewItem& Data, IDChangeLog& IDChanges, - UMLListViewItem* tqparent /*= 0*/) { + UMLListViewItem* parent /*= 0*/) { UMLObject* pObject = 0; UMLListViewItem* item = 0; Uml::ListView_Type lvt = Data.getType(); - if(!tqparent) { - tqparent = determineParentItem(lvt); - if (!tqparent) + if(!parent) { + parent = determineParentItem(lvt); + if (!parent) return 0; } @@ -1618,13 +1618,13 @@ UMLListViewItem* UMLListView::createItem(UMLListViewItem& Data, IDChangeLog& IDC //it could exist an Item already asocciated if the user chose to reuse an uml object if(!(item = findItem(newID))) { pObject = m_doc->findObjectById( IDChanges.findNewID(Data.getID()) ); - item = new UMLListViewItem(tqparent, Data.getText(), lvt, pObject); + item = new UMLListViewItem(parent, Data.getText(), lvt, pObject); } ***/ pObject = m_doc->findObjectById( Data.getID() ); - item = new UMLListViewItem(tqparent, Data.getText(), lvt, pObject); + item = new UMLListViewItem(parent, Data.getText(), lvt, pObject); break; case Uml::lvt_Datatype_Folder: - item = new UMLListViewItem(tqparent, Data.getText(), lvt); + item = new UMLListViewItem(parent, Data.getText(), lvt); break; case Uml::lvt_Attribute: case Uml::lvt_EntityAttribute: @@ -1632,11 +1632,11 @@ UMLListViewItem* UMLListView::createItem(UMLListViewItem& Data, IDChangeLog& IDC case Uml::lvt_Template: case Uml::lvt_EnumLiteral: { - UMLClassifier *pClass = static_cast<UMLClassifier*>(tqparent->getUMLObject()); + UMLClassifier *pClass = static_cast<UMLClassifier*>(parent->getUMLObject()); Uml::IDType newID = IDChanges.findNewID( Data.getID() ); pObject = pClass->findChildObjectById(newID); if (pObject) { - item = new UMLListViewItem( tqparent, Data.getText(), lvt, pObject ); + item = new UMLListViewItem( parent, Data.getText(), lvt, pObject ); } else { item = 0; } @@ -1658,7 +1658,7 @@ UMLListViewItem* UMLListView::createItem(UMLListViewItem& Data, IDChangeLog& IDC return NULL; } const Uml::ListView_Type lvt = Model_Utils::convert_DT_LVT(v->getType()); - item = new UMLListViewItem(tqparent, v->getName(), lvt, newID); + item = new UMLListViewItem(parent, v->getName(), lvt, newID); } break; default: @@ -1669,36 +1669,36 @@ UMLListViewItem* UMLListView::createItem(UMLListViewItem& Data, IDChangeLog& IDC } UMLListViewItem* UMLListView::determineParentItem(Uml::ListView_Type lvt) const { - UMLListViewItem* tqparent = 0; + UMLListViewItem* parent = 0; switch (lvt) { case Uml::lvt_Datatype: - tqparent = m_datatypeFolder; + parent = m_datatypeFolder; break; case Uml::lvt_Actor: case Uml::lvt_UseCase: case Uml::lvt_UseCase_Folder: case Uml::lvt_UseCase_Diagram: - tqparent = m_lv[Uml::mt_UseCase]; + parent = m_lv[Uml::mt_UseCase]; break; case Uml::lvt_Component_Diagram: case Uml::lvt_Component: case Uml::lvt_Artifact: - tqparent = m_lv[Uml::mt_Component]; + parent = m_lv[Uml::mt_Component]; break; case Uml::lvt_Deployment_Diagram: case Uml::lvt_Node: - tqparent = m_lv[Uml::mt_Deployment]; + parent = m_lv[Uml::mt_Deployment]; break; case Uml::lvt_EntityRelationship_Diagram: case Uml::lvt_Entity: - tqparent = m_lv[Uml::mt_EntityRelationship]; + parent = m_lv[Uml::mt_EntityRelationship]; break; default: if (Model_Utils::typeIsDiagram(lvt) || !Model_Utils::typeIsClassifierList(lvt)) - tqparent = m_lv[Uml::mt_Logical]; + parent = m_lv[Uml::mt_Logical]; break; } - return tqparent; + return parent; } int UMLListView::getSelectedCount() { @@ -1737,9 +1737,9 @@ Uml::ListView_Type UMLListView::rootViewType(UMLListViewItem *item) { return Uml::lvt_Deployment_View; if (item == m_lv[Uml::mt_EntityRelationship]) return Uml::lvt_EntityRelationship_Model; - UMLListViewItem *tqparent = dynamic_cast<UMLListViewItem*>(item->tqparent()); - if (tqparent) - return rootViewType(tqparent); + UMLListViewItem *parent = dynamic_cast<UMLListViewItem*>(item->parent()); + if (parent) + return rootViewType(parent); return Uml::lvt_Unknown; } @@ -1872,8 +1872,8 @@ void UMLListView::addNewItem(UMLListViewItem *parentItem, Uml::ListView_Type typ return; } if (Model_Utils::typeIsClassifierList(type)) { - UMLClassifier *tqparent = static_cast<UMLClassifier*>(parentPkg); - name = tqparent->uniqChildName(ot); + UMLClassifier *parent = static_cast<UMLClassifier*>(parentPkg); + name = parent->uniqChildName(ot); } else { name = Model_Utils::uniqObjectName(ot, parentPkg); } @@ -2073,7 +2073,7 @@ UMLObject *UMLListView::createUMLObject( UMLListViewItem * item, Uml::Object_Typ return NULL; } - UMLListViewItem * parentItem = static_cast<UMLListViewItem *>(item->tqparent()); + UMLListViewItem * parentItem = static_cast<UMLListViewItem *>(item->parent()); const Uml::ListView_Type lvt = parentItem->getType(); if (! Model_Utils::typeIsContainer(lvt)) { kError() << "UMLListView::createUMLObject(" << object->getName() @@ -2093,9 +2093,9 @@ UMLObject *UMLListView::createUMLObject( UMLListViewItem * item, Uml::Object_Typ bool UMLListView::createChildUMLObject( UMLListViewItem * item, Uml::Object_Type type ) { m_bCreatingChildObject = true; TQString text = item->text( 0 ); - UMLObject* tqparent = static_cast<UMLListViewItem *>( item->tqparent() )->getUMLObject(); - if( !tqparent ) { - kError() << "UMLListView::createChildUMLObject: tqparent UMLObject is NULL" << endl; + UMLObject* parent = static_cast<UMLListViewItem *>( item->parent() )->getUMLObject(); + if( !parent ) { + kError() << "UMLListView::createChildUMLObject: parent UMLObject is NULL" << endl; m_bCreatingChildObject = false; return false; } @@ -2103,13 +2103,13 @@ bool UMLListView::createChildUMLObject( UMLListViewItem * item, Uml::Object_Type //kDebug() << "UMLListView::createChildUMLObject (" << text << ")" << endl; UMLObject* newObject = NULL; if ( type == Uml::ot_EnumLiteral ) { - UMLEnum *owningEnum = static_cast<UMLEnum*>(tqparent); + UMLEnum *owningEnum = static_cast<UMLEnum*>(parent); newObject = owningEnum->createEnumLiteral(text); UMLEnumLiteral* enumLiteral = static_cast<UMLEnumLiteral*>(newObject); text = enumLiteral->toString(Uml::st_SigNoVis); } else if ( type == Uml::ot_Template ) { - UMLClassifier *owningClassifier = static_cast<UMLClassifier*>(tqparent); + UMLClassifier *owningClassifier = static_cast<UMLClassifier*>(parent); Model_Utils::NameAndType nt; Model_Utils::Parse_tqStatus st = Model_Utils::parseTemplate(text, nt, owningClassifier); if (st) { @@ -2124,7 +2124,7 @@ bool UMLListView::createChildUMLObject( UMLListViewItem * item, Uml::Object_Type tmplParm->setType(nt.m_type); text = tmplParm->toString(Uml::st_SigNoVis); } else if (type == Uml::ot_Attribute || type == Uml::ot_EntityAttribute) { - UMLClassifier *owningClass = static_cast<UMLClassifier*>(tqparent); + UMLClassifier *owningClass = static_cast<UMLClassifier*>(parent); Model_Utils::NameAndType nt; Uml::Visibility vis; Model_Utils::Parse_tqStatus st; @@ -2141,7 +2141,7 @@ bool UMLListView::createChildUMLObject( UMLListViewItem * item, Uml::Object_Type att->setParmKind(nt.m_direction); text = att->toString(Uml::st_SigNoVis); } else if ( type == Uml::ot_Operation ) { - UMLClassifier *owningClassifier = static_cast<UMLClassifier*>(tqparent); + UMLClassifier *owningClassifier = static_cast<UMLClassifier*>(parent); Model_Utils::OpDescriptor od; Model_Utils::Parse_tqStatus st = Model_Utils::parseOperation(text, od, owningClassifier); if (st) { @@ -2180,9 +2180,9 @@ bool UMLListView::createChildUMLObject( UMLListViewItem * item, Uml::Object_Type item->setText( text ); ensureItemVisible(item); - // as it's a ClassifierListItem add it to the childObjectMap of the tqparent + // as it's a ClassifierListItem add it to the childObjectMap of the parent UMLClassifierListItem* classifierListItem = static_cast<UMLClassifierListItem*>( newObject ); - static_cast<UMLListViewItem*>( item->tqparent() )->addClassifierListItem(classifierListItem, item ); + static_cast<UMLListViewItem*>( item->parent() )->addClassifierListItem(classifierListItem, item ); m_bCreatingChildObject = false; @@ -2198,11 +2198,11 @@ void UMLListView::createDiagram( UMLListViewItem * item, Uml::Diagram_Type type delete item; return; } - UMLListViewItem *parentItem = static_cast<UMLListViewItem*>(item->tqparent()); + UMLListViewItem *parentItem = static_cast<UMLListViewItem*>(item->parent()); UMLFolder *parentFolder = dynamic_cast<UMLFolder*>(parentItem->getUMLObject()); if (parentFolder == NULL) { kError() << "UMLListView::createDiagram(" << name - << "): tqparent UMLObject is not a UMLFolder" << endl; + << "): parent UMLObject is not a UMLFolder" << endl; delete item; return; } @@ -2223,7 +2223,7 @@ TQString UMLListView::getUniqueDiagramName(Uml::Diagram_Type type) { } bool UMLListView::isUnique( UMLListViewItem * item, const TQString &name ) { - UMLListViewItem * parentItem = static_cast<UMLListViewItem *>( item -> tqparent() ); + UMLListViewItem * parentItem = static_cast<UMLListViewItem *>( item -> parent() ); Uml::ListView_Type type = item -> getType(); switch( type ) { case Uml::lvt_Class_Diagram: @@ -2289,7 +2289,7 @@ bool UMLListView::isUnique( UMLListViewItem * item, const TQString &name ) { UMLPackage *pkg = static_cast<UMLPackage*>(parentItem->getUMLObject()); if (pkg == NULL) { kError() << "UMLListView::isUnique: internal error - " - << "tqparent listviewitem is package but has no UMLObject" << endl; + << "parent listviewitem is package but has no UMLObject" << endl; return true; } return (pkg->findObject(name) == NULL); @@ -2302,8 +2302,8 @@ bool UMLListView::isUnique( UMLListViewItem * item, const TQString &name ) { case Uml::lvt_Operation: case Uml::lvt_EnumLiteral: { - UMLClassifier *tqparent = static_cast<UMLClassifier*>(parentItem->getUMLObject()); - return (tqparent->findChildObject(name) == NULL); + UMLClassifier *parent = static_cast<UMLClassifier*>(parentItem->getUMLObject()); + return (parent->findChildObject(name) == NULL); break; } @@ -2355,7 +2355,7 @@ bool UMLListView::loadFromXMI( TQDomElement & element ) { return true; } -bool UMLListView::loadChildrenFromXMI( UMLListViewItem * tqparent, TQDomElement & element ) { +bool UMLListView::loadChildrenFromXMI( UMLListViewItem * parent, TQDomElement & element ) { TQDomNode node = element.firstChild(); TQDomElement domElement = node.toElement(); const TQString pfx("UMLListView::loadChildrenFromXMI: "); @@ -2400,7 +2400,7 @@ bool UMLListView::loadChildrenFromXMI( UMLListViewItem * tqparent, TQDomElement label = pObject->getName(); } else if (Model_Utils::typeIsFolder(lvType)) { // Synthesize the UMLFolder here - UMLObject *umlParent = tqparent->getUMLObject(); + UMLObject *umlParent = parent->getUMLObject(); UMLPackage *parentPkg = dynamic_cast<UMLPackage*>(umlParent); if (parentPkg == NULL) { kError() << pfx << "umlParent(" << umlParent << ") is not a UMLPackage" @@ -2412,7 +2412,7 @@ bool UMLListView::loadChildrenFromXMI( UMLListViewItem * tqparent, TQDomElement f->setUMLPackage(parentPkg); parentPkg->addObject(f); pObject = f; - item = new UMLListViewItem(tqparent, label, lvType, pObject); + item = new UMLListViewItem(parent, label, lvType, pObject); // Moving all relevant UMLObjects to the new UMLFolder is done below, // in the switch(lvType) } @@ -2454,7 +2454,7 @@ bool UMLListView::loadChildrenFromXMI( UMLListViewItem * tqparent, TQDomElement << "findItem(id " << ID2STR(nID) << ") returns NULL" << endl; /* if (pObject && pObject->getUMLPackage() && - tqparent->getType() != Uml::lvt_Package) { + parent->getType() != Uml::lvt_Package) { // Pre-1.2 file format: // Objects were not nested in their packages. // Synthesize the nesting here. @@ -2463,17 +2463,17 @@ bool UMLListView::loadChildrenFromXMI( UMLListViewItem * tqparent, TQDomElement if (pkgItem == NULL) { kDebug() << pfx << "synthesizing ListViewItem for package " << ID2STR(umlpkg->getID()) << endl; - pkgItem = new UMLListViewItem(tqparent, umlpkg->getName(), + pkgItem = new UMLListViewItem(parent, umlpkg->getName(), Uml::lvt_Package, umlpkg); pkgItem->setOpen(true); } item = new UMLListViewItem(pkgItem, label, lvType, pObject); } else { - item = new UMLListViewItem(tqparent, label, lvType, pObject); + item = new UMLListViewItem(parent, label, lvType, pObject); } */ } - else if (tqparent != item->tqparent()) { + else if (parent != item->parent()) { // The existing item was created by the slot event triggered // by the loading of the corresponding model object from the // XMI file. @@ -2481,23 +2481,23 @@ bool UMLListView::loadChildrenFromXMI( UMLListViewItem * tqparent, TQDomElement // of foreign XMI files that do not have the umbrello specific // <listview> tag. // However, now that we encountered the real <listview> info, - // we need to delete the existing item: Its tqparent is always + // we need to delete the existing item: Its parent is always // one of the default predefined folders, but the actual // listview item might be located in a user created folder. // Thanks to Achim Spangler for spotting the problem. - UMLListViewItem *itmParent = dynamic_cast<UMLListViewItem*>(item->tqparent()); - kDebug() << pfx << item->getText() << " tqparent " - << tqparent->getText() << " (" << tqparent << ") != " + UMLListViewItem *itmParent = dynamic_cast<UMLListViewItem*>(item->parent()); + kDebug() << pfx << item->getText() << " parent " + << parent->getText() << " (" << parent << ") != " << itmParent->getText() << " (" << itmParent << ")" << endl; if (item == m_datatypeFolder && itmParent == m_lv[Uml::mt_Logical]) { kDebug() << pfx << "Reparenting the Datatypes folder is prohibited" << endl; } else { - UMLListViewItem *newItem = moveObject(nID, lvType, tqparent); + UMLListViewItem *newItem = moveObject(nID, lvType, parent); item = newItem; if (item) { kDebug() << pfx << "Attempted reparenting of " << item->getText() - << "(current tqparent: " << (itmParent ? itmParent->getText() : "NULL") - << ", new tqparent: " << tqparent->getText() << ")" << endl; + << "(current parent: " << (itmParent ? itmParent->getText() : "NULL") + << ", new parent: " << parent->getText() << ")" << endl; } } } @@ -2511,9 +2511,9 @@ bool UMLListView::loadChildrenFromXMI( UMLListViewItem * tqparent, TQDomElement if (item == NULL) { kDebug() << pfx << "item " << ID2STR(nID) << " (of type " << lvType << ") does not yet exist..." << endl; - UMLObject* umlObject = tqparent->getUMLObject(); + UMLObject* umlObject = parent->getUMLObject(); if (!umlObject) { - kDebug() << "And also the tqparent->getUMLObject() does not exist" << endl; + kDebug() << "And also the parent->getUMLObject() does not exist" << endl; return false; } if (nID == Uml::id_None) { @@ -2525,7 +2525,7 @@ bool UMLListView::loadChildrenFromXMI( UMLListViewItem * tqparent, TQDomElement if (umlObject) { connectNewObjectsSlots(umlObject); label = umlObject->getName(); - item = new UMLListViewItem( tqparent, label, lvType, umlObject); + item = new UMLListViewItem( parent, label, lvType, umlObject); } else { kDebug() << pfx << "lvtype " << lvType << " child object " << ID2STR(nID) << " not found" << endl; @@ -2556,7 +2556,7 @@ bool UMLListView::loadChildrenFromXMI( UMLListViewItem * tqparent, TQDomElement break; default: if (Model_Utils::typeIsDiagram(lvType)) { - item = new UMLListViewItem( tqparent, label, lvType, nID ); + item = new UMLListViewItem( parent, label, lvType, nID ); } else { kError() << pfx << "INTERNAL ERROR: unexpected listview type " << lvType << " (ID " << ID2STR(nID) << ")" << endl; @@ -2634,14 +2634,14 @@ UMLListViewItem *UMLListView::rootView(Uml::ListView_Type type) { return theView; } -void UMLListView::deleteChildrenOf(TQListViewItem* tqparent) { - if ( !tqparent ) { +void UMLListView::deleteChildrenOf(TQListViewItem* parent) { + if ( !parent ) { return; } - if (tqparent == m_lv[Uml::mt_Logical]) + if (parent == m_lv[Uml::mt_Logical]) m_datatypeFolder = NULL; - while ( tqparent->firstChild() ) { - delete tqparent->firstChild(); + while ( parent->firstChild() ) { + delete parent->firstChild(); } } diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/umllistview.h b/umbrello/umbrello/umllistview.h index 3420c1f4..b6bf201c 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/umllistview.h +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/umllistview.h @@ -49,10 +49,10 @@ public: /** * Constructs the tree view. * - * @param tqparent The tqparent to this. + * @param parent The parent to this. * @param name The internal name for this class. */ - UMLListView(TQWidget *tqparent,const char *name); + UMLListView(TQWidget *parent,const char *name); /** * Standard deconstructor. @@ -106,41 +106,41 @@ public: * CHECK - This is perhaps redundant since the * UMLListViewItemData => UMLListViewItem merge. * Creates a new UMLListViewItem from a UMLListViewItem, if - * tqparent is null the ListView Decides who is going to be the - * tqparent + * parent is null the ListView Decides who is going to be the + * parent */ UMLListViewItem* createItem(UMLListViewItem& Data, IDChangeLog& IDChanges, - UMLListViewItem* tqparent = 0); + UMLListViewItem* parent = 0); /** - * Find the tqparent folder for a diagram. + * Find the parent folder for a diagram. * If the currently selected item in the list view is a folder - * then that folder is returned as the tqparent. + * then that folder is returned as the parent. * * @param dt The Diagram_Type of the diagram. * The type will only be used if there is no currently * selected item, or if the current item is not a folder. * In that case the root folder which is suitable for the * Diagram_Type is returned. - * @return Pointer to the tqparent UMLListViewItem for the diagram. + * @return Pointer to the parent UMLListViewItem for the diagram. */ UMLListViewItem *findFolderForDiagram(Uml::Diagram_Type dt); /** - * Determine the tqparent ListViewItem given an UMLObject. + * Determine the parent ListViewItem given an UMLObject. * - * @param object Pointer to the UMLObject for which to look up the tqparent. - * @return Pointer to the tqparent UMLListViewItem chosen. - * Returns NULL on error (no tqparent could be determined.) + * @param object Pointer to the UMLObject for which to look up the parent. + * @return Pointer to the parent UMLListViewItem chosen. + * Returns NULL on error (no parent could be determined.) */ UMLListViewItem* determineParentItem(UMLObject* object) const; /** - * Determine the tqparent ListViewItem given a ListView_Type. - * This tqparent is used for creating new UMLListViewItems. + * Determine the parent ListViewItem given a ListView_Type. + * This parent is used for creating new UMLListViewItems. * - * @param lvt The ListView_Type for which to lookup the tqparent. - * @return Pointer to the tqparent UMLListViewItem chosen. + * @param lvt The ListView_Type for which to lookup the parent. + * @return Pointer to the parent UMLListViewItem chosen. */ UMLListViewItem* determineParentItem(Uml::ListView_Type lvt) const; @@ -169,11 +169,11 @@ public: } /** - * Adds a new item to the tree of the given type under the given tqparent. + * Adds a new item to the tree of the given type under the given parent. * Method will take care of signalling anyone needed on creation of new item. * e.g. UMLDoc if an UMLObject is created. */ - void addNewItem(UMLListViewItem * tqparent, Uml::ListView_Type type); + void addNewItem(UMLListViewItem * parent, Uml::ListView_Type type); /** * Find an UMLObject in the listview. @@ -260,7 +260,7 @@ public: /** * Moves an object given is unique ID and listview type to an - * other listview tqparent item. + * other listview parent item. * Also takes care of the corresponding move in the model. */ UMLListViewItem * moveObject(Uml::IDType srcId, Uml::ListView_Type srcType, @@ -286,7 +286,7 @@ public: * predefined root views (Root, Logical, UseCase, Component, * Deployment, EntityRelationship.) Returns the ListView_Type * of the matching root view; if no match then continues the - * search using the item's tqparent, then grandtqparent, and so forth. + * search using the item's parent, then grandparent, and so forth. * Returns Uml::lvt_Unknown if no match at all is found. */ Uml::ListView_Type rootViewType(UMLListViewItem *item); @@ -295,7 +295,7 @@ public: bool loadFromXMI( TQDomElement & element ); - bool loadChildrenFromXMI( UMLListViewItem * tqparent, TQDomElement & element ); + bool loadChildrenFromXMI( UMLListViewItem * parent, TQDomElement & element ); protected: UMLListViewItem* m_rv; // root view (home) @@ -343,9 +343,9 @@ protected: void loadPixmaps(); /** - * Deletes all child-items of @p tqparent. + * Deletes all child-items of @p parent. */ - void deleteChildrenOf( TQListViewItem *tqparent ); + void deleteChildrenOf( TQListViewItem *parent ); /** * Delete a listview item. @@ -357,18 +357,18 @@ protected: /** * Adds a new operation, attribute or template item to a classifier, identical to - * childObjectAdded(obj) but with an explicit tqparent. + * childObjectAdded(obj) but with an explicit parent. * @param child the child object - * @param tqparent the tqparent object + * @param parent the parent object */ - void childObjectAdded(UMLClassifierListItem* child, UMLClassifier* tqparent); + void childObjectAdded(UMLClassifierListItem* child, UMLClassifier* parent); /** * Auxiliary method for moveObject(): Adds the model object at the proper * new container (package if nested, UMLDoc if at global level), and * updates the containment relationships in the model. */ - void addAtContainer(UMLListViewItem *item, UMLListViewItem *tqparent); + void addAtContainer(UMLListViewItem *item, UMLListViewItem *parent); public slots: @@ -433,7 +433,7 @@ public slots: /** * Something has been dragged and dropped onto the list view */ - void slotDropped(TQDropEvent* de, TQListViewItem* tqparent, TQListViewItem* item); + void slotDropped(TQDropEvent* de, TQListViewItem* parent, TQListViewItem* item); /** * calls updateFolder() on the item to update the icon to open diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/umllistviewitem.cpp b/umbrello/umbrello/umllistviewitem.cpp index e6b7e569..01680fde 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/umllistviewitem.cpp +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/umllistviewitem.cpp @@ -39,10 +39,10 @@ UMLListView* UMLListViewItem::s_pListView = 0; -UMLListViewItem::UMLListViewItem( UMLListView * tqparent, const TQString &name, +UMLListViewItem::UMLListViewItem( UMLListView * parent, const TQString &name, Uml::ListView_Type t, UMLObject* o) - : TQListViewItem(tqparent, name) { - init(tqparent); + : TQListViewItem(parent, name) { + init(parent); m_Type = t; m_pObject = o; if (o) @@ -52,20 +52,20 @@ UMLListViewItem::UMLListViewItem( UMLListView * tqparent, const TQString &name, setRenameEnabled( 0, false ); } -UMLListViewItem::UMLListViewItem(UMLListView * tqparent) - : TQListViewItem(tqparent) { - init(tqparent); - if (tqparent == NULL) - kDebug() << "UMLListViewItem constructor called with a NULL listview tqparent" << endl; +UMLListViewItem::UMLListViewItem(UMLListView * parent) + : TQListViewItem(parent) { + init(parent); + if (parent == NULL) + kDebug() << "UMLListViewItem constructor called with a NULL listview parent" << endl; } -UMLListViewItem::UMLListViewItem(UMLListViewItem * tqparent) - : TQListViewItem(tqparent) { +UMLListViewItem::UMLListViewItem(UMLListViewItem * parent) + : TQListViewItem(parent) { init(); } -UMLListViewItem::UMLListViewItem(UMLListViewItem * tqparent, const TQString &name, Uml::ListView_Type t,UMLObject*o) - : TQListViewItem(tqparent, name) { +UMLListViewItem::UMLListViewItem(UMLListViewItem * parent, const TQString &name, Uml::ListView_Type t,UMLObject*o) + : TQListViewItem(parent, name) { init(); m_Type = t; m_pObject = o; @@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ UMLListViewItem::UMLListViewItem(UMLListViewItem * tqparent, const TQString &nam } else { UMLClassifierListItem *umlchild = dynamic_cast<UMLClassifierListItem*>(o); if (umlchild) - tqparent->addClassifierListItem(umlchild, this); + parent->addClassifierListItem(umlchild, this); updateObject(); m_nId = o->getID(); } @@ -83,8 +83,8 @@ UMLListViewItem::UMLListViewItem(UMLListViewItem * tqparent, const TQString &nam setText( name ); } -UMLListViewItem::UMLListViewItem(UMLListViewItem * tqparent, const TQString &name, Uml::ListView_Type t,Uml::IDType id) - : TQListViewItem(tqparent, name) { +UMLListViewItem::UMLListViewItem(UMLListViewItem * parent, const TQString &name, Uml::ListView_Type t,Uml::IDType id) + : TQListViewItem(parent, name) { init(); m_Type = t; m_nId = id; @@ -127,16 +127,16 @@ UMLListViewItem::UMLListViewItem(UMLListViewItem * tqparent, const TQString &nam UMLListViewItem::~UMLListViewItem() {} -void UMLListViewItem::init(UMLListView * tqparent) { +void UMLListViewItem::init(UMLListView * parent) { m_Type = Uml::lvt_Unknown; m_bCreating = false; m_pObject = NULL; m_nId = Uml::id_None; m_nChildren = 0; - if (s_pListView == NULL && tqparent != NULL) { + if (s_pListView == NULL && parent != NULL) { kDebug() << "UMLListViewItem::init: s_pListView still NULL, setting it now " << endl; - s_pListView = tqparent; + s_pListView = parent; } } @@ -182,7 +182,7 @@ bool UMLListViewItem::isOwnParent(Uml::IDType listViewItemID) { << ID2STR(listViewItemID) << ") returns NULL" << endl; return true; } - for (TQListViewItem *self = (TQListViewItem*)this; self; self = self->tqparent()) { + for (TQListViewItem *self = (TQListViewItem*)this; self; self = self->parent()) { if (lvi == self) return true; } @@ -331,9 +331,9 @@ void UMLListViewItem::okRename( int col ) { return; } UMLOperation *op = static_cast<UMLOperation*>(m_pObject); - UMLClassifier *tqparent = static_cast<UMLClassifier *>( op -> tqparent() ); + UMLClassifier *parent = static_cast<UMLClassifier *>( op -> parent() ); Model_Utils::OpDescriptor od; - Model_Utils::Parse_tqStatus st = Model_Utils::parseOperation(newText, od, tqparent); + Model_Utils::Parse_tqStatus st = Model_Utils::parseOperation(newText, od, parent); if (st == Model_Utils::PS_OK) { // TODO: Check that no operation with the exact same profile exists. op->setName( od.m_name ); @@ -382,13 +382,13 @@ void UMLListViewItem::okRename( int col ) { cancelRenameWithMsg(); return; } - UMLClassifier *tqparent = static_cast<UMLClassifier*>(m_pObject->tqparent()); + UMLClassifier *parent = static_cast<UMLClassifier*>(m_pObject->parent()); Model_Utils::NameAndType nt; Uml::Visibility vis; Model_Utils::Parse_tqStatus st; - st = Model_Utils::parseAttribute(newText, nt, tqparent, &vis); + st = Model_Utils::parseAttribute(newText, nt, parent, &vis); if (st == Model_Utils::PS_OK) { - UMLObject *exists = tqparent->findChildObject(newText); + UMLObject *exists = parent->findChildObject(newText); if (exists) { cancelRenameWithMsg(); return; @@ -415,11 +415,11 @@ void UMLListViewItem::okRename( int col ) { cancelRenameWithMsg(); return; } - UMLClassifier *tqparent = static_cast<UMLClassifier*>(m_pObject->tqparent()); + UMLClassifier *parent = static_cast<UMLClassifier*>(m_pObject->parent()); Model_Utils::NameAndType nt; - Model_Utils::Parse_tqStatus st = Model_Utils::parseTemplate(newText, nt, tqparent); + Model_Utils::Parse_tqStatus st = Model_Utils::parseTemplate(newText, nt, parent); if (st == Model_Utils::PS_OK) { - UMLObject *exists = tqparent->findChildObject(newText); + UMLObject *exists = parent->findChildObject(newText); if (exists) { cancelRenameWithMsg(); return; @@ -521,8 +521,8 @@ int UMLListViewItem::compare(TQListViewItem *other, int col, bool ascending) con #endif return retval; } - UMLClassifier *ourParent = dynamic_cast<UMLClassifier*>(m_pObject->tqparent()); - UMLClassifier *otherParent = dynamic_cast<UMLClassifier*>(otherObj->tqparent()); + UMLClassifier *ourParent = dynamic_cast<UMLClassifier*>(m_pObject->parent()); + UMLClassifier *otherParent = dynamic_cast<UMLClassifier*>(otherObj->parent()); if (ourParent == NULL) { retval = (subItem ? 1 : alphaOrder); #ifdef DEBUG_LVITEM_INSERTION_ORDER diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/umllistviewitem.h b/umbrello/umbrello/umllistviewitem.h index 105b751e..596a93f5 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/umllistviewitem.h +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/umllistviewitem.h @@ -38,46 +38,46 @@ public: /** * Sets up an instance. * - * @param tqparent The tqparent to this instance. + * @param parent The parent to this instance. * @param name The name of this instance. * @param t The type of this instance. * @param o The object it represents. */ - UMLListViewItem(UMLListView * tqparent, const TQString &name, Uml::ListView_Type t, UMLObject*o=0); + UMLListViewItem(UMLListView * parent, const TQString &name, Uml::ListView_Type t, UMLObject*o=0); /** * Sets up an instance for subsequent loadFromXMI(). * - * @param tqparent The tqparent to this instance. + * @param parent The parent to this instance. */ - UMLListViewItem(UMLListView * tqparent); + UMLListViewItem(UMLListView * parent); /** * Sets up an instance for subsequent loadFromXMI(). * - * @param tqparent The tqparent to this instance. + * @param parent The parent to this instance. */ - UMLListViewItem(UMLListViewItem * tqparent); + UMLListViewItem(UMLListViewItem * parent); /** * Sets up an instance. * - * @param tqparent The tqparent to this instance. + * @param parent The parent to this instance. * @param name The name of this instance. * @param t The type of this instance. * @param o The object it represents. */ - UMLListViewItem(UMLListViewItem * tqparent, const TQString &name, Uml::ListView_Type t, UMLObject*o=0); + UMLListViewItem(UMLListViewItem * parent, const TQString &name, Uml::ListView_Type t, UMLObject*o=0); /** * Sets up an instance. * - * @param tqparent The tqparent to this instance. + * @param parent The parent to this instance. * @param name The name of this instance. * @param t The type of this instance. * @param id The id of this instance. */ - UMLListViewItem(UMLListViewItem * tqparent, const TQString &name, Uml::ListView_Type t, Uml::IDType id); + UMLListViewItem(UMLListViewItem * parent, const TQString &name, Uml::ListView_Type t, Uml::IDType id); /** * Standard deconstructor. @@ -126,7 +126,7 @@ public: } /** - * Returns true if the UMLListViewItem of the given ID is a tqparent of + * Returns true if the UMLListViewItem of the given ID is a parent of * this UMLListViewItem. */ bool isOwnParent(Uml::IDType listViewItemID); @@ -199,7 +199,7 @@ public: /** * Create a deep copy of this UMLListViewItem, but using the - * given tqparent instead of the tqparent of this UMLListViewItem. + * given parent instead of the parent of this UMLListViewItem. * Return the new UMLListViewItem created. */ UMLListViewItem* deepCopy(UMLListViewItem *newParent); @@ -243,7 +243,7 @@ protected: /** * Initializes key variables of the class. */ - void init(UMLListView * tqparent = 0); + void init(UMLListView * parent = 0); /** * This function is called if the user presses Enter during in-place renaming diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/umlobject.cpp b/umbrello/umbrello/umlobject.cpp index b9a1b2d8..85de579f 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/umlobject.cpp +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/umlobject.cpp @@ -30,8 +30,8 @@ #include "docwindow.h" #include "dialogs/classpropdlg.h" -UMLObject::UMLObject(const UMLObject * tqparent, const TQString &name, Uml::IDType id) - : TQObject(const_cast<UMLObject*>(tqparent), "UMLObject" ) { +UMLObject::UMLObject(const UMLObject * parent, const TQString &name, Uml::IDType id) + : TQObject(const_cast<UMLObject*>(parent), "UMLObject" ) { init(); if (id == Uml::id_None) m_nId = UniqueID::gen(); @@ -50,8 +50,8 @@ UMLObject::UMLObject(const TQString &name, Uml::IDType id) m_Name = name; } -UMLObject::UMLObject(const UMLObject * tqparent) - : TQObject(const_cast<UMLObject*>(tqparent)) { +UMLObject::UMLObject(const UMLObject * parent) + : TQObject(const_cast<UMLObject*>(parent)) { init(); } @@ -200,9 +200,9 @@ void UMLObject::copyInto(UMLObject *rhs) const // Create a new ID. rhs->m_nId = UniqueID::gen(); - // Hope that the tqparent from TQObject is okay. - if (rhs->tqparent() != tqparent()) - kDebug() << "copyInto has a wrong tqparent" << endl; + // Hope that the parent from TQObject is okay. + if (rhs->parent() != parent()) + kDebug() << "copyInto has a wrong parent" << endl; } @@ -721,7 +721,7 @@ bool UMLObject::loadFromXMI( TQDomElement & element) { m_BaseType != Uml::ot_Template && m_BaseType != Uml::ot_Stereotype && m_BaseType != Uml::ot_Role) { if (m_bInPaste) { - m_pUMLPackage = NULL; // forget any old tqparent + m_pUMLPackage = NULL; // forget any old parent UMLListView *listView = UMLApp::app()->getListView(); UMLListViewItem *parentItem = (UMLListViewItem*)listView->currentItem(); if (parentItem) { diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/umlobject.h b/umbrello/umbrello/umlobject.h index 727ec1d9..a0e02160 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/umlobject.h +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/umlobject.h @@ -41,19 +41,19 @@ public: /** * Creates a UMLObject. * - * @param tqparent The tqparent of the object. + * @param parent The parent of the object. * @param name The name of the object. * @param id The ID of the object (optional.) If omitted * then a new ID will be assigned internally. */ - UMLObject(const UMLObject * tqparent, const TQString &name, Uml::IDType id = Uml::id_None); + UMLObject(const UMLObject * parent, const TQString &name, Uml::IDType id = Uml::id_None); /** * Creates a UMLObject. * - * @param tqparent The tqparent of the object. + * @param parent The parent of the object. */ - UMLObject(const UMLObject * tqparent); + UMLObject(const UMLObject * parent); /** * Creates a UMLObject with a given name and unique ID. diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/umlrole.cpp b/umbrello/umbrello/umlrole.cpp index 939b7167..ca33dffb 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/umlrole.cpp +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/umlrole.cpp @@ -23,10 +23,10 @@ // constructor -UMLRole::UMLRole(UMLAssociation * tqparent, UMLObject * parentObj, Uml::Role_Type role) - : UMLObject(const_cast<UMLAssociation*>(tqparent)) +UMLRole::UMLRole(UMLAssociation * parent, UMLObject * parentObj, Uml::Role_Type role) + : UMLObject(const_cast<UMLAssociation*>(parent)) { - init(tqparent, parentObj, role); + init(parent, parentObj, role); } UMLRole::~UMLRole() { } @@ -59,9 +59,9 @@ TQString UMLRole::getMultiplicity() const { } void UMLRole::setObject (UMLObject *obj) { - // because we will get the id of this role from the tqparent + // because we will get the id of this role from the parent // object, we CANT allow UMLRoles to take other UMLRoles as - // tqparent objects. In fact, there is probably good reason + // parent objects. In fact, there is probably good reason // to only take UMLClassifiers here, but I'll leave it more open // for the time being. -b.t. if (obj && dynamic_cast<UMLRole*>(obj)) { @@ -88,17 +88,17 @@ Uml::Role_Type UMLRole::getRole() { return m_role; } -void UMLRole::init(UMLAssociation * tqparent, UMLObject * parentObj, Uml::Role_Type r) { +void UMLRole::init(UMLAssociation * parent, UMLObject * parentObj, Uml::Role_Type r) { m_BaseType = Uml::ot_Role; m_role = r; - m_pAssoc = tqparent; + m_pAssoc = parent; m_pSecondary = parentObj; m_Multi = ""; m_Name = ""; m_Changeability = Uml::chg_Changeable; - // connect this up to tqparent - connect(this,TQT_SIGNAL(modified()),tqparent,TQT_SIGNAL(modified())); + // connect this up to parent + connect(this,TQT_SIGNAL(modified()),parent,TQT_SIGNAL(modified())); } void UMLRole::saveToXMI( TQDomDocument & qDoc, TQDomElement & qElement ) { @@ -110,7 +110,7 @@ void UMLRole::saveToXMI( TQDomDocument & qDoc, TQDomElement & qElement ) { << "): m_pSecondary is NULL" << endl; if (!m_Multi.isEmpty()) roleElement.setAttribute("multiplicity", m_Multi); - if (m_role == Uml::A) { // role aggregation based on tqparent type + if (m_role == Uml::A) { // role aggregation based on parent type // role A switch (m_pAssoc->getAssocType()) { case Uml::at_Composition: @@ -268,8 +268,8 @@ bool UMLRole::load( TQDomElement & element ) { // Here comes the handling of the association type. // This is open for discussion - I'm pretty sure there are better ways.. - // Yeah, for one, setting the *tqparent* object parameters from here is sucky - // as hell. Why are we using roleA to store what is essentially a tqparent (association) + // Yeah, for one, setting the *parent* object parameters from here is sucky + // as hell. Why are we using roleA to store what is essentially a parent (association) // parameter, eh? The UML13.dtd is pretty silly, but since that is what // is driving us to that point, we have to go with it. Some analysis of // the component roles/linked items needs to be done in order to get things diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/umlrole.h b/umbrello/umbrello/umlrole.h index 464e264e..57bacbb1 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/umlrole.h +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/umlrole.h @@ -30,11 +30,11 @@ public: /** * Sets up an association. * - * @param tqparent The tqparent (association) of this UMLRole. + * @param parent The parent (association) of this UMLRole. * @param parentUMLObject The Parent UML Object of this UMLRole * @param role The Uml::Role_Type of this UMLRole */ - UMLRole (UMLAssociation * tqparent, UMLObject * parentUMLObject, Uml::Role_Type role); + UMLRole (UMLAssociation * parent, UMLObject * parentUMLObject, Uml::Role_Type role); /** * Overloaded '==' operator @@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ public: UMLAssociation * getParentAssociation (); - /** get the 'id' of the role (NOT the tqparent object). This could be + /** get the 'id' of the role (NOT the parent object). This could be * either Uml::A or Uml::B. Yes, it would be better if we * could get along without this, but we need it to distinguish saved * umlrole objects in the XMI for 'self' associations where both roles @@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ protected: private: /** do some initialization at construction time */ - void init (UMLAssociation * tqparent, UMLObject * parentObj, Uml::Role_Type r); + void init (UMLAssociation * parent, UMLObject * parentObj, Uml::Role_Type r); UMLAssociation * m_pAssoc; Uml::Role_Type m_role; diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/umlview.cpp b/umbrello/umbrello/umlview.cpp index 7054105d..a64b770c 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/umlview.cpp +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/umlview.cpp @@ -1149,10 +1149,10 @@ bool UMLView::isSavedInSeparateFile() { << "listView->findUMLObject(this) returns false" << endl; return false; } - UMLListViewItem *parentItem = dynamic_cast<UMLListViewItem*>( lvItem->tqparent() ); + UMLListViewItem *parentItem = dynamic_cast<UMLListViewItem*>( lvItem->parent() ); if (parentItem == NULL) { kError() << msgPrefix - << "tqparent item in listview is not a UMLListViewItem (?)" << endl; + << "parent item in listview is not a UMLListViewItem (?)" << endl; return false; } const Uml::ListView_Type lvt = parentItem->getType(); @@ -1161,7 +1161,7 @@ bool UMLView::isSavedInSeparateFile() { UMLFolder *modelFolder = dynamic_cast<UMLFolder*>(parentItem->getUMLObject()); if (modelFolder == NULL) { kError() << msgPrefix - << "tqparent model object is not a UMLFolder (?)" << endl; + << "parent model object is not a UMLFolder (?)" << endl; return false; } TQString folderFile = modelFolder->getFolderFile(); @@ -1882,7 +1882,7 @@ void UMLView::updateContainment(UMLCanvasObject *self) { if (self == NULL) return; // See if the object has a widget representation in this view. - // While we're at it, also see if the new tqparent has a widget here. + // While we're at it, also see if the new parent has a widget here. UMLWidget *selfWidget = NULL, *newParentWidget = NULL; UMLPackage *newParent = self->getUMLPackage(); for (UMLWidgetListIt wit(m_WidgetList); wit.current(); ++wit) { @@ -2073,11 +2073,11 @@ void UMLView::createAutoAssociations( UMLWidget * widget ) { } } // if the UMLCanvasObject has a parentPackage then - UMLPackage *tqparent = umlObj->getUMLPackage(); - if (tqparent == NULL) + UMLPackage *parent = umlObj->getUMLPackage(); + if (parent == NULL) return; // if the parentPackage has a widget representation on this view then - Uml::IDType pkgID = tqparent->getID(); + Uml::IDType pkgID = parent->getID(); UMLWidget *pWidget; UMLWidgetListIt wit(m_WidgetList); while ((pWidget = wit.current()) != NULL) { diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/umlviewimageexportermodel.cpp b/umbrello/umbrello/umlviewimageexportermodel.cpp index 0fab653a..a8de3637 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/umlviewimageexportermodel.cpp +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/umlviewimageexportermodel.cpp @@ -174,14 +174,14 @@ TQString UMLViewImageExporterModel::getDiagramFileName(UMLView *view, const TQSt UMLListView *listView = UMLApp::app()->getListView(); UMLListViewItem* listViewItem = listView->findItem(view->getID()); // skip the name of the first item because it's the View - listViewItem = static_cast<UMLListViewItem*>(listViewItem->tqparent()); + listViewItem = static_cast<UMLListViewItem*>(listViewItem->parent()); // Relies on the tree structure of the UMLListView. There are a base "Views" folder // and five tqchildren, one for each view type (Logical, use case, components, deployment // and entity relationship) while (listView->rootView(listViewItem->getType()) == NULL) { name.insert(0, listViewItem->getText() + '/'); - listViewItem = static_cast<UMLListViewItem*>(listViewItem->tqparent()); + listViewItem = static_cast<UMLListViewItem*>(listViewItem->parent()); if (listViewItem == NULL) break; } @@ -193,7 +193,7 @@ bool UMLViewImageExporterModel::prepareDirectory(const KURL &url) const { KURL directory = url; directory.setPath(""); - // creates the directory and any needed tqparent directories + // creates the directory and any needed parent directories TQStringList dirs = TQStringList::split(TQDir::separator(), url.directory()); for (TQStringList::ConstIterator it = dirs.begin() ; it != dirs.end(); ++it ) { directory.addPath(*it); diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/umlviewimageexportermodel.h b/umbrello/umbrello/umlviewimageexportermodel.h index a7f0193d..5e1b7dd5 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/umlviewimageexportermodel.h +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/umlviewimageexportermodel.h @@ -129,11 +129,11 @@ private: /** * Returns the name of the file where the view will be exported to. * The name of the exported images will be like their view's name and using the - * 'imageType' as extension. It can also include the tqparent folders of the view. + * 'imageType' as extension. It can also include the parent folders of the view. * * The views are stored in folders in the document. The same tree structure used * in the document to store the views can be created with 'useFolders', so the file name - * will include recursively also its tqparent folders. Only the folders made by the user + * will include recursively also its parent folders. Only the folders made by the user * are included in the file name (Logical view, use case view and so on aren't created). * * @param view The view to export. @@ -146,7 +146,7 @@ private: /** * Creates, if it doesn't exist, the directory to save the file. - * It also creates all the needed tqparent directories. + * It also creates all the needed parent directories. * * @param url The url where the image will be saved. * @return True if the operation was successful, diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/umlwidgetcontroller.h b/umbrello/umbrello/umlwidgetcontroller.h index 032b3fbd..8b3e2091 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/umlwidgetcontroller.h +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/umlwidgetcontroller.h @@ -186,7 +186,7 @@ protected: * size in m_oldW/H. * * It can be overridden to save subclass specific values whenever a move or - * resize begins. However, tqparent method (that is, this method) must be + * resize begins. However, parent method (that is, this method) must be * called in the overridden method. * * @param me The TQMouseEvent to get the offset from. diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/usecasewidget.h b/umbrello/umbrello/usecasewidget.h index de330b62..65613d1e 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/usecasewidget.h +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/usecasewidget.h @@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ public: /** * Creates a UseCase widget. * - * @param view The tqparent of the widget. + * @param view The parent of the widget. * @param o The UMLObject to represent. */ UseCaseWidget(UMLView * view, UMLUseCase *o); diff --git a/umbrello/umbrello/worktoolbar.h b/umbrello/umbrello/worktoolbar.h index 410644d2..6893284b 100644 --- a/umbrello/umbrello/worktoolbar.h +++ b/umbrello/umbrello/worktoolbar.h @@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ public: /** * Creates a work tool bar. * - * @param parentWindow The tqparent of the toolbar. + * @param parentWindow The parent of the toolbar. */ WorkToolBar(TQMainWindow *parentWindow, const char *name); |